Quantcast
Channel: Learn CBSE
Viewing all 10076 articles
Browse latest View live

Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10

$
0
0

Get access to Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 Vector Algebra, Vector Algebra Class 12 Important Questions with Solutions Previous Year Questions will help the students to score good marks in the board examination.

Vector Algebra Class 12 Important Questions with Solutions Previous Year Questions

Algebra of Vectors

Question 1.
Find the position vector of a point which divides the join of points with position vectors \(\vec{a}-2 \vec{b}\) and 2\(2 \vec{a}+\vec{b}\) externally in the ratio 2:1. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Let given position vectors are \(\overrightarrow{O A}=\vec{a}-2 \vec{b}\) and \(\overrightarrow{O B}=2 \vec{a}+\vec{b}\).

Let \(\overrightarrow{O A}\) be the position vector of a point C which divides the join of points, with position vectors
\(\overrightarrow{O A}\) and \(\overrightarrow{O B}\), externally in the ratio 2:1.
∴ \(\overrightarrow{O A}\) = \(\frac{2 \overrightarrow{O B}-1 \overrightarrow{O A}}{2-1}=\frac{2(2 \vec{a}+\vec{b})-1(\vec{a}-2 \vec{b})}{1}\) [by external section formula]
= 4\(\vec{a}\) + 2\(\vec{b}\) – \(\vec{a}\) + 2\(\vec{b}\) = 3\(\vec{a}\) + 4\(\vec{b}\)

Question 2.
If \(\vec{a}\) = 4î – ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 2î – 2ĵ + k̂, then find a unit vector parallel to the vector \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\). (All India 2016)
Answer:
Given vectors are
\(\vec{a}\) = 4î – ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 2î – 2ĵ + k̂.
Now, \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\) == (4î – ĵ + k̂) + (2î – 2ĵ + k̂)
= 6î – 3ĵ + 2k̂

and \(|\vec{a}+\vec{b}|=\sqrt{(6)^{2}+(-3)^{2}+(2)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{36+9+4}=\sqrt{49}\) = 7units

∴ The unit vector parallelto the vector \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\) is
\(\frac{\vec{a}+\vec{b}}{|\vec{a}+\vec{b}|}=\frac{6 \hat{i}-3 \hat{j}+2 \hat{k}}{7}\)

Question 3.
The two vectors ĵ + k̂ and 3î – ĵ + 4k̂ represent the two sides \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) and \(\overrightarrow{A C}\) respectively of triangle ABC. Find the length of the median through A. (Delhi 2016; Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Given, \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) = ĵ + k̂ and \(\overrightarrow{A C}\) = 3î – ĵ + 4k̂
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 1
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 2

Alternate Method:
Given \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) = ĵ + k̂ and \(\overrightarrow{A C}\) = 3î – ĵ + 4k̂
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 3

Question 4.
Write the direction ratios of the vector 3\(\vec{a}\) + 2\(\vec{b}\), where \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ – 2k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 2î – 4ĵ + 5k̂ (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Clearly, 3\(\vec{a}\) + 2\(\vec{b}\) = 3 (î + ĵ – 2k̂) + 2 (2î – 4ĵ + 5k̂)
= (3î + 3ĵ – 6k̂) + (4î – 8ĵ + 10k̂)
= 7î – 5ĵ + 4k̂
Hence, direction ratios of vectors 3\(\vec{a}\) + 2\(\vec{b}\) are 7, – 5 and 4.

Question 5.
Find the unit vector in the direction of the sum of the vectors 2î + 3ĵ – k̂ and 4î – 3ĵ + 2k̂. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Let \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 3ĵ – k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 4î – 3ĵ + 2k̂
Now, sum of two vectors,
\(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\) = (2î + 3ĵ – k̂) + (4î – 3ĵ + 2k̂) = 6î + k̂
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 4

Question 6.
Find a vector in the direction of vector 2î – 3ĵ + 6k̂ which has magnitude 21 units. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
To find a vector in the direction of given vector, first of all we find unit vector in the direction of given vector and then multiply it with given magnitude.

Let \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – 3ĵ + 6k̂
Then, |\(\vec{a}\)| = \(\sqrt{(2)^{2}+(-3)^{2}+(6)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{4+9+36}=\sqrt{49}\) = 7 units

The unit vector in the direction of the given vector \(\vec{a}\) is
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 5

Now, the vector of magnitude equal to 21 units
and in the direction of a is given by
21â = 21\(\left(\frac{2}{7} \hat{i}-\frac{3}{7} \hat{j}+\frac{6}{7} \hat{k}\right)\) = 6î – 9ĵ + 18k̂

Question 7.
Find a vector a of magnitude 5√2, making an angle of \(\frac{\pi}{4}\) with X-axis, \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) with Y-axis and an acute angle 0 with Z-axis. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Here, we have l = cos \(\frac{\pi}{4}\), m = cos \(\frac{\pi}{2}\) and n = cosθ
⇒ l = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\), m = 0 and n = cosθ
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 6

Question 8.
Write a unit vector in the direction of the sum of the vectors \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 2ĵ – 5k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = -2î + ĵ – 7k̂. (Delhi2014C)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{13}\)(4î + 3ĵ – 12k̂)

Question 9.
Find the value of p for which the vectors 3î + 2ĵ + 9k̂ and î – 2pĵ + 3k̂ are parallel. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Given, 3î + 2ĵ + 9k̂ and î – 2pĵ + 3k̂ are two parallel vectors, so their direction ratios will be proportional.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 7

Question 10.
Write the value of cosine of the angle which the vector \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ makes with Y-axis. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂
Now, unit vector in the direction of \(\vec{a}\) is
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 8
∴ Cosine of the angle which given vector makes with Z-axis is \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Question 11.
Find the angle between X-axis and the vector î + ĵ + k̂. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Let \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂
Now, unit vector in the direction of \(\vec{a}\) is
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 9
So, angle between X-axis and the vector
î + ĵ + k̂ is cos α = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\) ⇒ α = cos-1 (\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\))
[∵ â = lî + mĵ + nk̂ and cos α = l ⇒ α = cos-1l]

Question 12.
Write a vector in the direction of the vector î – 2ĵ + 2k̂ that has magnitude 9 units. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
3î – 6ĵ + 6k̂

Question 13.
Write a unit vector in the direction of vector \(\vec{P Q}\), where P and Q are the points (1, 3, 0) and (4, 5, 6), respectively. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
First, find the vector \(\overrightarrow{P Q}\) by using the formula (x2 – x1)î + (y2 – y1)ĵ + (z2 – z1)k̂, then required unit vector is given by \(\frac{\overrightarrow{P Q}}{|\overrightarrow{P Q}|}\)

Given points are P (1, 3, 0) and Q (4, 5, 6).
Here, x1 = 1, y1 = 3, z1 = 0
and x2 = 4, y2 = 5, z2 = 6
So, vector PQ = (x2 – x1)k̂ + (y2 – y1)ĵ + (z2 – z1)k̂
= (4 – 1)î + (5 – 3)ĵ + (6 – 0)k̂
= 3î + 2ĵ + 6k̂
∴ Magnitude of given vector
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 10
Hence, the unit vector in the direction of \(\vec{P Q}\) is
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 11

Question 14.
If a unit vector \(\vec{a}\) makes angle \(\frac{\pi}{3}\) with î, \(\frac{\pi}{4}\) with ĵ and an acute angle θ with k̂, then find the value of θ. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Here, we have
l = cos\(\frac{\pi}{3}\), m = cos \(\frac{\pi}{4}\) and n = cos θ
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 12

Question 15.
Write a unit vector in the direction of the sum of vectors \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – ĵ + 2k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = – î + ĵ + 3k̂. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{\sqrt{26}} \hat{i}+\frac{5}{\sqrt{26}} \hat{k}\)

Question 16.
If \(\vec{a}\) = xî +2ĵ – zk̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 3î – yĵ + k̂ are two equal vectors, then write the value of x + y + z. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Two vectors are equal, if coefficients of their components are equal.
Given, \(\vec{a}=\vec{b}\) ⇒ xî + 2ĵ – zk̂ = î – yĵ + k̂

On comparing the coefficient of components, we get
x = 3, y = -2, z = -1
Now, x + y + z = 3 – 2 – 1 = 0

Question 17.
P and Q are two points with position vectors 3\(\vec{a}\) – 2\(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\), respectively. Write the position vector of a point R which divides the line segment PQ in the ratio 2 : 1 externally. (All India 2013)
Answer:
\(-\vec{a}+4 \vec{b}\)

Question 18.
L and M are two points with position vectors 2\(\vec{a}\) – \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{a}\) + 2\(\vec{b}\), respectively. Write the position vector of a point N which divides the line segment LM in the ratio 2 : 1 externally. (All India 2013)
Answer:
5\(\vec{b}\)

Question 19.
A and B are two points with position vectors 2\(\vec{a}\) – 3\(\vec{b}\) and 6\(\vec{b}\) – \(\vec{a}\), respectively. Write the position vector of a point P which divides the line segment AB internally in the ratio 1:2. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Given, A and B are two points with position vectors 2\(\vec{a}\) – 3\(\vec{b}\) and 6\(\vec{b}\) – \(\vec{a}\), respectively. Also, point P divides the line segment AB in the ratio 1 : 2 internally.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 13

Question 20.
Find the sum of the vectors \(\vec{a}\) = î – 2ĵ + k̂ \(\vec{b}\) = – 2î + 4ĵ + 5k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = î – 6ĵ – 7k̂. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Given vectors are \(\vec{a}\) = î – 2ĵ + k̂ \(\vec{b}\) = – 2î + 4ĵ + 5k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = î – 6ĵ – 7k̂.
Sum of the vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) is
\(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}\) = (î – 2ĵ + k̂) + (- 2î + 4ĵ + 5k̂) + (î – 6ĵ – 7 k̂)
= – 4ĵ – k̂

Question 21.
Find the sum of the following vectors. \(\vec{a}\) = î – 3k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 2ĵ – k̂, \(\vec{c}\) = 2î – 3ĵ + 2k̂. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
3î – ĵ – 2k̂

Question 22.
Find the sum of the following vectors. \(\vec{a}\) = î – 2ĵ, \(\vec{b}\) = 2î – 3 ĵ, \(\vec{c}\) = 2î + 3k̂. (Deihi 2012)
Answer:
5î – 5ĵ + 3k̂

Question 23.
Find the scalar components of \(\vec{AB}\) with initial point A (2,1) and terminal point B(- 5, 7). (All India 2012)
Answer:
Given initial point is A (2,1) and terminal point is B (- 5, 7), then scalar component of \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) are
x2 – x1 = – 5 – 2 = – 7and y2 – y1 = 7 – 1 = 6.

Question 24.
For what values of \(\vec{a}\), the vectors 2î – 3ĵ + 4k̂ and aî + 6ĵ – 8k̂ are collinear? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
If \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are collinear, then use the condition \(\vec{a}\) = λ\(\vec{b}\), where λ is some scalar.

Let given vectors are \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – 3ĵ + 4k̂ and \(\vec{a}\) = aî + 6ĵ – 8k̂
We know that, vectors \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are said to be collinear, if
\(\vec{a}\) = k. \(\vec{b}\), where k is a scalar.
∴ 2î – 3ĵ + 4k̂ = k(aî + 6ĵ – 8k̂)

On comparing the coefficients of î and ĵ, we get
2 = ka and -3 = 6k ⇒ k = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)
∴ 2 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)a ⇒ a = -4

Question 25.
Write the direction cosines of vector -2î + ĵ – 5k̂. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Direction cosines of the vector aî + bĵ + ck̂ are
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 14

Question 26.
Write the position vector of mid-point of the vector joining points P(2, 3, 4) and Q (4, 1, – 2). (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Mid-point of the position vectors
\(\vec{a}\) = a1î + a2ĵ + a3k̂ and
\(\vec{b}\) = b1î + b2ĵ + b3k̂ is \(\frac{\vec{a}+\vec{b}}{2}\) or \(\frac{\left(a_{1}+b_{1}\right) \hat{i}+\left(a_{2}+b_{2}\right) \hat{j}+\left(a_{3}+b_{3}\right) \hat{k}}{2}\)

Given points are P(2, 3, 4) and Q(4,1,-2) whose position vectors are \(\overrightarrow{O P}\) = 2 î + 5ĵ + 4k̂ and \(\overrightarrow{O Q}\) =4î + ĵ – 2k̂.
Now, position vector of mid-point of vector joining points P(2, 3, 4) and Q(4, 1, – 2) is
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 15

Question 27.
Write a unit vector in the direction of vector \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 2k̂. (All India 2011; Delhi 2009)
Answer:
We know that, unit vector in the direction of â is â = \(\frac{\vec{a}}{|\vec{a}|}\)

Required unit vector in the direction of vector
\(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 2k̂
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 16

Question 28.
Find the magnitude of the vector \(\vec{a}\) = 3î – 2ĵ + 6k̂. (All India 2011C: Delhi 2008)
Answer:
Magnitude of a vector r = xî + yĵ + zk̂ is |\(\vec{r}\)| = \(\sqrt{x^{2}+y^{2}+z^{2}}\)

Given vector is a = 3i – 2/ + 6fc.
∴ Magnitude of \(\vec{a}\) = \(|\vec{a}|=\sqrt{(3)^{2}+(-2)^{2}+(6)^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9+4+36}=\sqrt{49}\) = 7 units

Question 29.
Find a unit vector in the direction of vector \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 3ĵ + 6k̂. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{7} \hat{i}+\frac{3}{7} \hat{j}+\frac{6}{7} \hat{k}\)

Question 30.
If A, B and C are the vertices of a ΔABC, then what is the value of \(\overrightarrow{A B}+\overrightarrow{B C}+\overrightarrow{C A}\) ? (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Let ΔABC be the given triangle.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 17
Now, by triangle law of vector addition,
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 18

Question 31.
Find a unit vector in the direction of \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – 3ĵ + 6k̂. (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{7} \hat{i}-\frac{3}{7} \hat{j}+\frac{6}{7} \hat{k}\)

Question 32.
Find a vector in the direction of \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – ĵ + 2k̂, which has magnitude 6 units. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
4î – 2ĵ + 4k̂

Question 33.
Find the position vector of mid-point of the line segment AB, where A is point (3, 4, -2) and Bis point (1, 2, 4). (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
2î + 3ĵ + k̂

Question 34.
Write a vector of magnitude 9 units in the direction of vector -2î + ĵ + 2k̂. (All India 2010)
Answer:
-6î + 3ĵ + 6k̂

Question 35.
Write a vector of magnitude 15 units in the direction of vector î – 2ĵ + 2k̂. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
5î – 10ĵ + 10k̂

Question 36.
What is the cosine of angle which the vector √2î + ĵ + k̂ makes with Y-axis? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 37.
Find a vector of magnitude 5 units and parallel to the resultant of \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 3ĵ – k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = î – 2ĵ + k̂. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
First, find resultant of the vectors a and o, which is \(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\). Then, find a unit vector in the direction of \(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\). After this, the unit vector is multiplying by 5.

Given, \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 3ĵ – k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = î – 2ĵ + k̂.
Now, resultant of above vectors = \(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\)
= (2î + 3ĵ – k̂) + (î – 2ĵ + k̂) = 3î + ĵ
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 19

Question 38.
Let \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 4î – 2ĵ + 8k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = î – 2ĵ + k̂. Find a vector of magnitude 6 units, which is parallel to the vector 2\(\vec{a}\) – \(\vec{b}\) + 8 \(\vec{c}\). (All India 2010)
Answer:
First, find the vector 2 a – b + 3c, then find a unit vector in the direction of 2a-b + 3c.
After this, the unit vector is multiplying by 6.
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 4î – 2ĵ + 8k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = î – 2ĵ + k̂
∴ \(2 \vec{a}-\vec{b}+3 \vec{c}\)
= 2 (î + ĵ + k̂) – (4î – 2ĵ + 3k̂) + 3 (î – 2ĵ + k̂)
= 2î + 2ĵ + 2k̂ – 4î + 2ĵ – 3k̂ + 3î – 6ĵ + 3k̂
⇒ \(2 \vec{a}-\vec{b}+3 \vec{c}\) = î – 2ĵ + 2k̂

Now, a unit vector in the direction of vector
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 20
Hence, vector of magnitude 6 units parallel to the Vector \(2 \vec{a}-\vec{b}+3 \vec{c}\) = 6\(\left(\frac{1}{3} \hat{i}-\frac{2}{3} \hat{j}+\frac{2}{3} \hat{k}\right)\)
= 2î – 4ĵ + 4k̂

Question 39.
Find the position vector of a point R, which divides the line joining two points P and Q whose position vectors are 2\(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{a}\) – 8\(\vec{b}\) respectively, externally in the ratio 1 : 2. Also, show that P is the mid-point of line segment RO. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Given, \(\overrightarrow{O P}\) = Position vector of P = 2\(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\)
and \(\overrightarrow{O Q}\) = Position vector of Q = \(\vec{a}\) – 3\(\vec{b}\)

Let OR be the position vector of point R, which divides PQ in the ratio 1 : 2 externally
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 21

Now, we have to show that P is the mid-point of RQ,
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 22
Hence, P is the mid-point of line segment RQ.

Product of Two Vectors and Scalar Triple Product

Question 1.
Find the magnitude of each of the two vectors \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\), having the same magnitude such that the angle between them is 60° and their scalar product is \(\frac{9}{2}\). (CBSE 2018)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 23

Question 2.
Find the value of [î, k̂, ĵ], (CBSE 2018C)
Answer:
[î, k̂, ĵ] = î ∙ (k̂× ĵ)
= -[[î, k̂, ĵ] = –\(\left|\begin{array}{lll}
1 & 0 & 0 \\
0 & 1 & 0 \\
0 & 0 & 1
\end{array}\right|\) = – 1

Question 3.
Find λ and μ, if (î + 3ĵ + 9k̂) × (3î – λĵ + μk̂) = 0. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Given, (î + 3ĵ + 9k̂) × (3î – λĵ + μk̂)
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 24
= î(3μ + 9λ) ĵ k̂
On comparing the coefficients of î, ĵ and k̂ , we get
3μ + 9λ = 0, – μ + 27 = 0 and – λ – 9 = 0
⇒ μ = 27 and – λ = 9
⇒ μ = 27 and λ = – 9
Also, the values of μ and λ satisfy the equation
3μ + 9λ = 0.
Hence, μ = 27 and λ = – 9.

Question 4.
Write the number of vectors of unit length perpendicular to both the vectors \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 2k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = ĵ + k̂. (All India 2016)
Answer:
We know that, unit vectors perpendicular to \(\vec{a}\)
and \(\vec{b}\) are ±\(\left(\frac{\vec{a} \times \vec{b}}{|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|}\right)\)
So, there arc two unit vectors perpendicular to the given vectors.

Question 5.
If \(\vec{a}, \vec{b}, \vec{c}\) are unit vectors such that \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}=\overrightarrow{0}\) = 0, then write the value of \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}+\vec{b} \cdot \vec{c}+\vec{c} \cdot \vec{a}\). (Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 25

Question 6.
If \(|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|^{2}+|\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}|^{2}\) = 400 and \(|\vec{a}|\) = 5, then write the value of \(|\vec{b}|\). (Foreign 2016)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 26

Question 7.
Find λ, if the vectors \(\vec{a}\) = î + 3ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 2 î – ĵ – k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = λĵ + 3 k̂ are coplanar. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 27
⇒ 1(- 3 + λ) – 3(6) + 1(2λ) = 0
[expanding along R1]
⇒ – 3 + λ – 18 + 2λ = 0
⇒ 3λ = 21
∴ λ = 7

Question 8.
If \(\vec{a}\) = 7î + ĵ – 4k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 2î + 6ĵ + 3k̂, then find the projection of \(\vec{a}\) on \(\vec{b}\). (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 28

Question 9.
If â, b̂ and ĉ are mutually perpendicular unit vectors, then find the value of |2â + b̂ + ĉ |. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Given â, b̂ and ĉ are mutually perpendicular unit vectors, i.e.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 29

Question 10.
Write a unit vector perpendicular to both the vectors \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = î + ĵ. (All India 2015)
Answer:
First, determine perpendicular vectors of \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\), i.e., \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}\). Further , determine perpendicular unit vector by using formula \(\frac{\vec{a} \times \vec{b}}{|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|}\).

Given vector are \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = î + ĵ
As we know the, vectors \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}\) is perpendicular to both the vectors, so let us first evaluate \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}\).
Then, \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}\) = \(\left|\begin{array}{lll}
\hat{i} & \hat{j} & \hat{k} \\
1 & 1 & 1 \\
1 & 1 & 0
\end{array}\right|\)
= î(0 -1) – ĵ(0 – 1) + k̂(1 – 1)
= – î + ĵ
Then , the unit vector perpendicular to both \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) is given by
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 30

Question 11.
Find the area of a parallelogram whose adjacent sides are represented by the vectors 2 î – 3 k̂ and 4 ĵ + 2 k̂. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Let adjacent sides of a parallelogram bc
\(\vec{a}\) = 2 î – 3 k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 4 ĵ + 2 k̂.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 31

Question 12.
If \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are perpendicular vectors, |\(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\)| = 13 and |\(\vec{a}\)| = 5, then find the value of |\(\vec{b}\)|. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 32

Question 13.
If \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are two unit vectors such that \(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\) is also a unit vector, then find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 33

Question 14.
Find the projection of the vector î + 3ĵ + 7k̂ on the vector 2î – 3 ĵ + 6k̂. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
let \(\vec{a}\) = î + 3ĵ + 7k̂ and \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – 3 ĵ + 6k̂

Question 15.
Write the projection of vector î + ĵ + k̂ along the vector ĵ. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
1

Question 16.
Write the value of the following. î × (ĵ + k̂) + ĵ × (k̂ + î) + k̂ × (î + ĵ). (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
we have, î × (ĵ + k̂) + ĵ × (k̂ + î) + k̂ × (î + ĵ)
= î × ĵ + î × k̂ × ĵ × k̂ + ĵ × î + k̂ × î + k̂ × ĵ
[∵ cross product is distributive over addition]
= k̂ – ĵ + î – k̂ + ĵ – î = \(\vec{0}\)
[∵ î × ĵ = k̂, î × k̂ = – ĵ, ĵ × k̂ = î, ĵ × î = – k̂, k̂ × î = ĵ, k̂ × ĵ = – î ]

Question 17.
If vectors \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are such that |\(\vec{a}\)| = 3, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 2/3 and \(\vec{a}\) × \(\vec{b}\) is a unit vector, then write the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (Delhi 2014: All India 2010)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 34

Question 18.
Find \(\vec{a} \cdot(\vec{b} \times \vec{c})\), if \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 3k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = -î + 2ĵ + k̂, and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î + ĵ + 2k̂. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 3k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = -î + 2ĵ + k̂, and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î + ĵ + 2k̂.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 35
= 2(4 – 1) – 1 (- 2 – 3) + 3( – 1 – 6)
= 2 × 3 – 1 × (-5) + 3 × (- 7)
= 6 + 5 – 21 = 11 – 21 = – 10

Question 19.
If \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are unit vectors, then find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\), given that (√3\(\vec{a}\) – \(\vec{b}\)) is a unit vector. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 36

Question 20.
If |\(\vec{a}\)| = 8, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 3 and|\(|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|\)| = 12, find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (All India 2014C)
Answer:
let θ be the angle between latex]\vec{a}[/latex] and \(\vec{b}\).
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 37

Question 21.
Write the projection of the vector \(\vec{a}\) = 2 î – ĵ + k̂ on the vector \(\vec{b}\) = î + 2ĵ + 2k̂. (Delhi 2014 C)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 22.
Write the value of λ, so that the vectors a = 2î + λĵ + k̂ and b = î – 2ĵ + 3k̂ are perpendicular to each other. (Delhi 2013C, 2008)
Answer:
Given vectors are \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + λĵ + k̂
and \(\vec{b}\) = î – 2ĵ + 3k̂
Since, vectors are perpendicular.
∴ \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}\) = 0
⇒ (2î + λĵ + k̂) ∙ (î – 2ĵ + 3k̂)
⇒ 2 – 2λ + 3 = 0
∴ λ = 5/2

Question 23.
Write the projection of (\(\vec{b}\) + \(\vec{c}\)) on \(\vec{a}\), where \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – 2ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = î + 2ĵ – 2k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = 2î – ĵ + 4k̂. (All India 2013 C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 38

Question 24.
Write the projection of the vector 7î + ĵ – 4k̂ on the vector 2î + 6 ĵ + 3k̂. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
\(\frac{8}{7}\)

Question 25.
If \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are two vectors such that |\(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\)| = |\(\vec{a}\)|, then prove that vector 2\(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\) is perpendicular to vector b. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 39

Question 26.
Find |\(\vec{x}\)|, if for â unit vector a, \((\vec{x}-\vec{a}) \cdot(\vec{x}+\vec{a})\) = 15. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Given, \(\vec{a}\) is a unit vector. Then, |\(\vec{a}\)| = 1.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 40

Question 27.
Find λ, when projection of \(\vec{a}\) = λî + ĵ + 4k̂ on \(\vec{b}\) = 2 î + 6 ĵ + 3k̂ is 4 units. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = λî + ĵ + 4k̂ on \(\vec{b}\) = 2 î + 6 ĵ + 3k̂ and projection of \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) = 4.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 41
⇒ 2λ + 18 = 28
⇒ 2λ = 10
∴ λ = 5

Question 28.
Write the value of (k̂ × ĵ) . î + ĵ . k̂. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Use the results k̂ × ĵ = – î
ĵ ∙ k̂ and î ∙ î = 1 and simplify it.

Given, (k̂ × î) ∙ î + ĵ ∙ k̂ = (- î) ∙ î + ĵ ∙ k̂
= – (î ∙ î) + 0 = – 1 [∵ (î ∙ î) = 1]

Question 29.
If \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{a}\) = 0 and \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}\) = 0, then what can be concluded about the vector \(\vec{b}\)? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 42
From Eqs. (i) and (ii). it may be concluded that \(\vec{b}\) is either zero or non-zero perpendicular vector.

Question 30.
Write the projection of vector î – ĵ on the vector î + ĵ. (All India 2011)
Answer:
0

Question 31.
Write the angle between vectors \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) with magnitudes √3 and 2 respectively, having \(\vec{a}\). \(\vec{b}\) = √6. (All India 2011)
Answer:
let θ be the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\), then use the following formula
cos θ = \(\frac{\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}}{|\vec{a}||\vec{b}|}\).

Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 43

Question 32.
For what value of λ are the vectors î + 2λĵ + k̂ and 2î + ĵ – 3k̂ perpendicular? (All India 2011C)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 33.
If |\(\vec{a}\)| = √3, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 2 and angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) is 60°, then find \(\vec{a}\).\(\vec{b}\). (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 44

Question 34.
Find the value of λ, if the vectors 2î + λĵ + 3k and 3î + 2ĵ – 4k̂ are perpendicular to each other. (All India 2010c)
Answer:
3

Question 35.
If |\(\vec{a}\)| = 2, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 3 and \(\vec{a}\).\(\vec{b}\) = 3, then find the projection of \(\vec{b}\) on \(\vec{a}\). (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 45

Question 36.
If \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are two vectors, such that \(|\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}|=|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|\), then find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (All India 2010)
Answer:
Use the following formulae:
\(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}\) = \(|\vec{a}||\vec{b}|\) cos θ
and \(|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|\) = \(|\vec{a}||\vec{b}|\) sin θ
where, θ is the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\).
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 46

Question 37.
Find λ, if (2î + 6ĵ + 14k̂) × (î – λĵ + Ik̂) = 0. (All India 2010)
Answer:
– 3

Question 38.
If the sum of two unit vectors a and b is a unit vector, show that the magnitude of their difference is √3. (Delhi 2019, 2012c)
Answer:
let \(\vec{c}\) = \(\vec{a}\) + \(\vec{b}\). Then, according to given condition \(\vec{c}\) is a unit vector, i.e. |\(\vec{c}\)| = 1.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 47
[taking positive square root, as magnitude cannot be negative]

Question 39.
If \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 5ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = î – 2 ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = – 3î + ĵ + 2k̂, find \([\vec{a} \vec{b} \vec{c}]\). (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 48
= 2(- 4 – 1) – 3(2 + 3) + 1(1 – 6)
= – 10 – 15 – 5 = – 30

Question 40.
If |\(\vec{a}\)| = 2, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 7 and \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}\) = 3î + 2ĵ + 6k̂, find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (All India 2019)
Answer:
let θ be the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\).
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 49

Question 41.
Find the volume of cuboid whose edges are given by -5î + 7ĵ + 5k̂, -5î + 7ĵ – 5k̂ and 7î – 5 ĵ – 5k̂. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 50
= |- 3 (- 21 – 15) – 7 (15 + 21) + 5(25 – 49)|
= |1108 – 252 – 120|
= 264 cubic units

Question 42.
Show that the points A(-2î + 5ĵ + 5k̂), B(î + 2 ĵ + 5k̂) and C(7î – k̂) are collinear. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 51

Question 43.
Find \(|\vec{a} \times \vec{b}|\), if \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 5k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 3î + 5ĵ – 2k̂. (All India 2019)
Answer:
We have, \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + ĵ + 3k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 3î + 5ĵ – 2k̂
∴ \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}\) = \(\left|\begin{array}{rrr}
\hat{i} & \hat{j} & \hat{k} \\
2 & 1 & 3 \\
3 & 5 & -2
\end{array}\right|\)
= î ( – 2 – 15) – ĵ (- 4 – 9) + k̂(10 – 3)
= – 17î + 13ĵ + 7k̂

Question 44.
If θ is the angle between two vectors î – 2 ĵ + 3k̂ and 3î – 2 ĵ + k̂, find sin θ. (CBSE 2018)
Answer:
let \(\vec{a}\) = î – 2 ĵ + 3k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) 3î – 2 ĵ + k̂
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 52

Question 45.
If \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}\) = 0 and |\(\vec{a}\)| = 5, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 6 and |\(\vec{c}\)| = 9, then find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (CBSE 2018C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 53
(5)2 + 2 × 5 × 6 × cos θ + (6)2 = (9)2
⇒ 25 + 60 cos θ + 36 = 81
⇒ cos θ = \(\frac{20}{60}=\frac{1}{3}\)
⇒ θ = cos-1\(\left(\frac{1}{3}\right)\)

Question 46.
If î + ĵ + k̂, 2î + 5ĵ, 5î + 2ĵ – 5k̂ and î – 6ĵ – k̂ respectively, are the position vectors of points A, B, C and D, then find the angle between the straight lines AB and CD. Find whether \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) and \(\overrightarrow{C D}\) are collinear or not. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 54

Question 47.
The scalar product of the vector \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ with a unit vector along the sum of the vectors \(\vec{b}\) = 2î + 4ĵ – 5k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = λî + 2ĵ + 5k̂ is equal to 1. Find the value of λ and hence find the unit vector along \(\vec{b}\) + \(\vec{c}\). (All India 2019)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 55

Question 48.
Let \(\vec{a}\) = 4 î + 5ĵ – k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = î – 4ĵ + 5k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î + ĵ – k̂. Find a vector which is perpendicular to both \(\vec{c}\) and \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{d} \cdot \vec{a}\) = 21. (CBSE 2018)
Answer:
We have, \(\vec{a}\) = 4 î + 5ĵ – k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = î – 4ĵ + 5k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î + ĵ – k̂.
Since, \(\vec{d}\) is perpendicular to both \(\vec{c}\) and \(\vec{b}\).
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 56
= λ[î(5 – 4) – ĵ(15 + 1) + k̂(- 12 – 1)]
= λ(î – 16ĵ – 13k̂)
Also, it is given that \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{a}\) = 21
∴ λ(î – 16ĵ – 13k̂) ∙ (4î + 5ĵ – k̂) = 21
⇒ λ(4 – 80 + 13) = 21
⇒ λ(- 63) = 21
⇒ λ = \(\frac{-1}{3}\)
Now from Eq. (j), we get
\(\vec{d}\) = –\(\frac{-1}{3}\)(î – 16ĵ – 13k̂)

Question 49.
Find x such that the four points A(4, 4, 4), B(5, x, 8), C(5, 4, 1) and D (7, 7, 2) are coplanar. (CBSE 2018C)
Answer:
Given points are A(4, 4, 4), B (5, x, 8), C(5, 4, 1) and D(7, 7, 2), then position vectors of A, B, C and D respectively, are
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 57
⇒ 1(0 + 9) – (x – 4) (- 2 + 9) + 4(3 – 0) = 0
⇒ 9 – (x – 4) (7) + 12 = 0
⇒ 9 – 7x + 28 + 12 = 0
⇒ 49 – 7x = 0
⇒ 7x = 49
⇒ x = 7

Question 50.
Find the value of x such that the points A(3, 2, 1), B(4, x, 5), C(4, 2,- 2) and D (6, 5, -1) are coplanar. (All India 2017)
Answer:
5

Question 51.
If \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are three mutually perpendicular vectors of the same magnitude, then prove that \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}\) is equally inclined with the vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\). (Delhi 2017, 2013C, 2011)
Answer:
If three vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are mutually perpendicular to each other, then \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}=\vec{b} \cdot \vec{c}\) = \(\vec{c} \cdot \vec{a}\) = 0 and if all three vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are equally inclined with the vector \((\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c})\) that means each vector \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) makes equal angle with \((\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c})\) by using formula
cos θ = \(\frac{\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}}{|\vec{a}||\vec{b}|}\).
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 58

Question 52.
Using vectors, find the area of the ΔABC, whose vertices are A(1, 2, 5), 5(2, -1, 4) and C(4, 5, -1). (Delhi 2017; All India 2013)
Answer:
Let the position vectors of the verices A, B and C of ΔABC be
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 59

Question 53.
Let \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = î + 0 ∙ ĵ + 0 ∙ k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = c1î + c2ĵ + c3k̂, then
(a) Let c1 = 1 and c2 = 2, find c3 which makes \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) coplanar.
(b) If c2 = – 1 and c3 = 1, show that no value of c1 can make \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) coplanar. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = î + 0 ∙ ĵ + 0 ∙ k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = c1î + c2ĵ + c3
The given vectors are coplanar iff \([\vec{a} \vec{b} \vec{c}]\) = 0

(a) If c1 = 1 and c2 = 2,
Then, from Eq.(i), we get
\(\left|\begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 1 & 1 \\
1 & 0 & 0 \\
1 & 2 & c_{3}
\end{array}\right|\) = 0
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 60
⇒ – 1(c3 – 0) + 1(2 – 0) = 0
⇒ – c3 + 2 = 0
⇒ – c3 = – 2
⇒ c3 = 2

(b) If c2 = – 1 and c3 = 1, then from Eq. (i), we get
\(\left|\begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 1 & 1 \\
1 & 0 & 0 \\
c_{1} & -1 & 1
\end{array}\right|\) = 0
⇒ 1(0) – 1(1 – 0) + 1(- 1 – 0) = 0
⇒ 0 – 1 – 1 = 0
⇒ – 2 ≠ 0
∴ No value of c1 can make 1’ and coplanar.
Hence proved

Question 54.
Show that the points A, B, C with position vectors 2î – ĵ + k̂, î – 5ĵ – 5k̂ and 5î – 4ĵ – 4k̂ respectively, are the vertices of a right-angled triangle. Hence find the area of the triangle. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 61

Question 55.
Show that the vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are coplanar, if a + b, 6+ c and c+ a are coplanar. (Delhi 2016, Foreign 2014)
Or
Prove that, for any three vectors \(\vec{a}\), \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c},[\vec{a}+\vec{b} \vec{b}+\vec{c} \vec{c}+\vec{a}]=2[\vec{a} \vec{b} \vec{c}]\). (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 62

Question 56.
Show that the four points A (4, 5, 1), B(0, -1, -1), C(3, 9, 4) and D (-4, 4, 4) are coplanar. (All India 2016)
Or
Show that the four points A, B, C and D with position vectors 4î + 5ĵ + k̂, – ĵ – k̂, 3î + 9ĵ + 4k̂ and 4(- î + ĵ + k̂), respectively are coplanar. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Let the position vector of points A, B, C and D are
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 63
= – 4(12 + 3) + 6 (- 3 + 24) – 2(1 + 32)
= – 60 + 126 – 66 = 0
Hence, the four points A, B, C and D are coplanar.

Question 57.
The two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are 2î – 4ĵ – 5k̂ and 2î + 2 ĵ + 3k̂. Find the two unit vectors parallel to its diagonals. Using the diagonal vectors, find the area of the parallelogram. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Let ABCD be the given parallelogram with
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 64

Question 58.
If \(\vec{a} \times \vec{b}=\vec{c} \times \vec{d}\) and \(\vec{a} \times \vec{c}=\vec{b} \times \vec{d}\), then show that \(\vec{a}-\vec{d}\) is parallel to \(\vec{b}-\vec{c}\), where \(\vec{a} \neq \vec{d}\) and \(\vec{b} \neq \vec{c}\). (Foreign 2016; Delhi 2009)
Answer:
Use the result, if two vectors are parallel, then their cross-product will be a zero vector.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 65

Question 59.
If \(\vec{r}\) = xî + yĵ + zk̂, find \((\vec{r} \times \hat{i}) \cdot(\vec{r} \times \hat{j})\) + xy. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 66

Question 60.
If \(\vec{a}\) = î + 2ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 2î + ĵ and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î – 4 ĵ – 5k̂, then find a unit vector perpendicular to both of the vectors \((\vec{a}-\vec{b})\) and \((\vec{c}-\vec{b})\). (All India 2015)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 67

Question 61.
Find the value of λ so that the four points A, B,C and D with position vectors 4 î + 5ĵ + k̂, -ĵ – k̂,3i + Xj+4k and – 4 î + 4ĵ + 4 k̂, respectively are coplanar. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Use the condition that four points with position vectors \(\vec{A}, \vec{B}, \vec{C}\) and \(\vec{D}\) are coplanar, if
\([\overrightarrow{A B}, \overrightarrow{A C}, \overrightarrow{A D}]=\overrightarrow{0}\) = 0.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 68
On expanding along R1, we get
⇒ – 4(3λ – 15 + 3) + 6(- 3 + 24) – 2(1 + 8λ – 40) = 0
⇒ – 4(3λ – 12) + 6(21) – 2(8λ – 39) = 0
⇒ – 12λ + 48 + 126 – 16λ + 78 = 0
⇒ – 28λ + 252 = 0
λ = 9

Question 62.
Prove that \(\left[\begin{array}{lll}
\vec{a} & \vec{b}+\vec{c} & \vec{d}
\end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{lll}
\vec{a} & \vec{b} & \vec{d}
\end{array}\right]+\left[\begin{array}{lll}
\vec{a} & \vec{c} & \vec{d}
\end{array}\right]\). (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 69

Question 63.
If \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – 3ĵ + k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = – î + k̂, \(\vec{c}\) = 2 ĵ – k̂ are three vectors, find the area of the parallelogram having diagonals \(\) and \(\). (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 70

Question 64.
Vectors \(\vec{a}, \vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are such that \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}=\overrightarrow{0}\) and |\(\vec{a}\)| = 3, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 5 and |\(\vec{c}\)| = 7. Find the angle between \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\). (Delhi 2014,2008; All India 2008)
Answer:
\(\frac{\pi}{3}\)

Question 65.
The scalar product of the vector \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ with a unit vector along the sum of vectors \(\vec{b}\) = 2î + 4ĵ – 5k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = λî + 2ĵ + 3k̂ is equal to one. Find the value of λ and hence, find the unit vector along \(\vec{b}\) + \(\vec{c}\). (All India 2014)
Or
The scalar product of vector i + j + k with the unit vector along the sum of vectors 2î + 4ĵ – 5k̂ and λî + 2ĵ + 3k̂ is equal to one. Find the value of λ. (All India 2009,2008C)
Answer:
First, determine the unit vector of \(\vec{b}+\vec{c}\), i.e. \(\frac{\vec{b}+\vec{c}}{|\vec{b}+\vec{c}|}\). Further put \(\vec{a} \cdot \frac{(\vec{b}+\vec{c})}{|\vec{b}+\vec{c}|}\) = 1 and then determine the value of λ.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 71
⇒ (λ + 6)2 = λ2 + 4λ + 44 [squaring both sides]
⇒ λ2 + 36 + 12λ + 4λ + 44
⇒ 8λ = 8
⇒ λ = 1
Hence, the value of λ is 1.
On substituting the value of λ in Eq. (1), we get Unit vector along \(\vec{b}+\vec{c}\)
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 72

Question 66.
Find the vector \(\vec{p}\) which is perpendicular to both \(\vec{α}\) = 4î + 5ĵ – k̂ and \(\vec{β}\) = î – 4ĵ + 5k̂ and \(\vec{p}\). \(\vec{q}\) = 21, where \(\vec{q}\) = 3i + j – k. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 73
= î (25 – 4) – ĵ (20 + 1) + k̂(- 16 – 5)
= î(21) – ĵ(21) + k̂(- 21)
= 21î – 21ĵ – 21k̂
So, \(\vec{p}\) = 21λk̂—21λ?—21λk [fromEq.(i)] ….. (ii)
Also, given that \(\vec{p} \cdot \vec{q}\) = 21
∴ (21λî – 21λĵ – 21λk̂) . (3î + ĵ – k̂) = 21
⇒ 63λ – 21λ + 21λ = 21
⇒ 63λ = 21
⇒ λ = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
On putting λ = \(\frac{1}{3}\) in Eq. (ii), we get
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 74
which is the required vector.

Question 67.
Find the unit vector perpendicular to both of the vectors \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{a}-\vec{b}\) where, \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = î + 2ĵ + 3k̂. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 75
⇒ 2x + 3y + 4z = 0 …… (ii)
and (xî + yĵ + zk̂) . (- ĵ – 2k̂) = 0
⇒ – y – 2z = 0
⇒ y = – 2z
On putting the value of yin Eq. (ii), we get
2x + 3 (- 2z) + 4z = 0
⇒ x = z
On substituting the value of x and y in Eq. (1),
we get
⇒ z2 + 4z2 + z2 = 1
⇒ 6z2 = 1
⇒ z = ± \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{6}}\)
then, x = ± \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{6}}\)
and y = ± \(\frac{2}{\sqrt{6}}\)
Hence, the required vectors are
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 76

Question 68.
Find the unit vector perpendicular to the plane ABC where the position vectors of A, B and C are 2î – ĵ + k̂, î + ĵ + 2k̂ and 2î + 3k̂, respectively. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
A unit vector perpendicular to plane ABC is
\(\frac{\overrightarrow{A B} \times \overrightarrow{A C}}{|\overrightarrow{A B} \times \overrightarrow{A C}|}\)

Let O be the origin of reference.
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 77

Question 69.
Dot product of a vector with vectors î – ĵ + k̂, 2î + ĵ – 3k̂ and î + ĵ + k̂ are respectively 4, 0 and 2. Find the vector. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 78
⇒ a1 + a2 + a3 = 2
On subtracting Eq. (iii) from Eq. (i), we get
– 2a2 = 2
⇒ a2 = – 1
On substituting a2 = – 1 in Eq. (ii) and (iii),
we get
2a2 – 3a3 = 1 …… (iv)
⇒ a1 + a3 = 3
On multiplying Eq. (v) by 3 and then adding with Eq. (iv), we get
5a1 = 1 + 9 = 10
⇒ a1 = 2
On substituting a1 = 2 in Eq. (v), we get
a3 = 1
Hence, the vector is \(\vec{a}\) = 2î – ĵ + k̂

Question 70.
Find the values of λ for which the angle between the vectors \(\vec{a}\) = 2λ2î + 4λĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 7î – 2ĵ + λk̂ is obtuse. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
let θ be the obtuse angle between the vectors
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 79
14λ2 – 7λ < 0
= 2λ2 – λ < 0
Either λ < 0, 2λ – 1 > 0 or λ > 0, 2λ – 1 < 0
= Either λ < 0, λ > \(\frac{1}{2}\) or λ > 0, λ < \(\frac{1}{2}\) Clearly, first option is impossible. ∴ λ > 0, λ < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
0 < λ < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
λ ∈ \(\left(0, \frac{1}{2}\right)\)

Question 71.
If a, b and c are three vectors such that each one is perpendicular to the vector obtained by sum of the other two and |\(\vec{a}\)| = 3, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 4 and |\(\vec{c}\)| = 5, then prove that |\(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}\)| = 5√2. (All India 2013C, 2010C)
Or
If \(\vec{a}, \vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are three vectors, such that |\(\vec{a}\)| = 3, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 4 and |\(\vec{c}\)| = 5 and each one of these is perpendicular to the sum of other two, then find |\(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}\)|. (All India 2011C, 2010C)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 80

Question 72.
If \(\vec{a}\) = 3î – ĵ and \(\vec{b}\) = 2î + ĵ – 3k̂, then express \(\vec{b}\) in the form \(\vec{b}=\vec{b}_{1}+\vec{b}_{2}\), where \(\vec{b}_{1} \| \vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}_{2} \perp \vec{a}\). (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Given \(\vec{a}\) = 3î – ĵ and \(\vec{b}\) = 2î + ĵ – 3k̂
Let \(\overrightarrow{b_{1}}\) = x1î + y1ĵ + z1k̂ are two vectors such that \(\overrightarrow{b_{1}}+\overrightarrow{b_{2}}=\vec{b}, \overrightarrow{b_{1}} \| \vec{a}\) and \(\overrightarrow{b_{2}} \perp \vec{a}\)

Consider, \(\vec{b}_{1}+\vec{b}_{2}=\vec{b}\)
⇒ (x1 + x2)î + (y1 + y2)ĵ + (z1 + z2)k̂ = 2î + ĵ – 3k̂

On comparing the coefficient of î ĵ and k̂ both sides, we get
x1 + x2 = 2
y1 + y2 = 1
z1 + z2 = -3

Now, consider \(\overrightarrow{b_{1}} \| \vec{a}\)
⇒ \(\frac{x_{1}}{3}=\frac{y_{1}}{-1}=\frac{z_{1}}{0}\)
⇒ x1 = 3λ, y1 = -λ,and z1 = 0 …(iv)

On substituting the values of x, y and z, from Eq. (iv) to Eq. (i), (ii) and (iii), respectively, we get
x2 = 2- 3λ, y2 = -1 + λ and z2 = -3 …(v)
Since, b2 ± a , therefore b2 a = 0
⇒ 3x2 – y2 = 0
⇒ 3 (2 – 3λ) – (1 + λ) = 0
⇒ 6 – 9λ – 1 – λ = 0
⇒ 5 – 10λ = 0
⇒ λ = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

On substituting λ = \(\frac{1}{2}\) in Eqs. (iv) and (v), we get
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 81

Question 73.
If \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = ĵ – k̂, then find a vector \(\vec{c}\), such that \(\vec{a} \times \vec{c}=\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{c}\) = 3. (Delhi 2013, 2008)
Answer:
Given \(\vec{a}\) = î + ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = ĵ – k̂
Let \(\vec{c}\) = xî + yĵ + zk̂
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 82
= î (z – y) – ĵ(z – x) + k̂(y – x)
Now, \(\vec{a} \times \vec{c}=\vec{b}\) [given]
= î(z – y) + ĵ(x – z) + k̂(y – x)
= 0î + 1ĵ + (-1)k̂ [∵ \(\vec{b}\) = ĵ – k̂]

On comparing the coefficients from both sides, we get
z – y = 0,x – z = 1, y – x = -1
⇒ y = z and x – y = 1…(i)

Also given, \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{c}\) = 3
⇒ (î + ĵ + k̂) . (xî + yĵ + zk̂) = 3
⇒ x + y + z = 3 (1)
⇒ x + 2y = 3 [∵ y = z] …(ii)

On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get
3y = 2
⇒ y = \(\frac{2}{3}\) = z [∵ y = z]

From Eq. (i),
x = 1 + y + 1 = 1 + \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{5}{3}\)
Hence, \(\vec{c}=\frac{5}{3} \hat{i}+\frac{2}{3} \hat{j}+\frac{2}{3} \hat{k}\)

Question 74.
If \(\vec{a}\) = î – ĵ + 7k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 5î – ĵ + λk̂, then find the value of λ, so that \(\) and \(\) are perpendicular vectors. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Use the result that if \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) are perpendicular, then their dot product should be zero and simplify it.
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = î – ĵ + 7k̂ and \(\vec{b}\) = 5î – ĵ + λk̂
Then, \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\) = (î – ĵ + 7k̂) + (5î – ĵ + λk̂)
= 6î – 2ĵ + (7 + λ) k̂
and a – = (î – ĵ + 7k̂) – (5î – j ̂+ λk̂)
= -4î + (7 – λ)k̂

Since, \((\vec{a}+\vec{b})\) and \((\vec{a}-\vec{b})\) are perpendicular
vectors, then \((\vec{a}+\vec{b}) \cdot(\vec{a}-\vec{b})\) = 0
⇒ [6î – 2ĵ + (7 + λ)k̂]- [-4î + (7 – λ)k̂] = 0 (1)
⇒ -24 + (7+ X)(7 – X) =0
⇒ 49 – λ2 = 24
⇒ λ2 = 25
∴ λ = ± 5

Question 75.
If p = 5î + λĵ – 3k̂ and q = î + 3ĵ – 5k̂, then find the value of λ, so that \(\vec{p}+\vec{q}\) and \(\vec{p}-\vec{q}\) are perpendicular vectors. (All India 2013)
Answer:
λ = ± 1

Question 76.
If \(\vec{a}, \vec{b}\) and \(\vec{c}\) are three vectors, such that |\(\vec{a}\)| = 5, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 12, |\(\vec{c}\)| = 13 and \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}+\vec{c}\) = 0, then find the value of \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}+\vec{b} \cdot \vec{c}+\vec{c} \cdot \vec{a}\). (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
-169

Question 77.
Let \(\vec{a}\) = î + 4ĵ + 2k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = 3î – 2ĵ + 7k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = 2î – ĵ + 4k̂. Find a vector \(\vec{p}\), which is perpendicular to both \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{p}.\vec{c}\) = 18. (All India 2012,2010)
Answer:
Given vectors are \(\vec{a}\) = î + 4ĵ + 2k̂,
\(\vec{b}\) = 3î – 2ĵ + 7k̂
and \(\vec{c}\) = 2î – ĵ + 4k̂

Let \(\vec{p}\) = xî + yĵ + zk̂
We have, \(\vec{p}\) is perpendicular to both \(\vec{a}\) and \(\vec{b}\).
\(\vec{p} \cdot \vec{a}\) = 0
⇒ (xî + yĵ + zk̂) – (î + 4ĵ + 7k̂) = 0
⇒ x + 4y + 2z = 0 ………….(i)

and \(\vec{p} \cdot \vec{b}\) = 0
⇒ (xî + yĵ + zk̂) . (3î – 2ĵ + 7k̂) = 0
⇒ 3x – 2y + 7z = 0 …(ii)

Also, given ~p-~c =18 (1)
⇒ (xî + yĵ + zk̂) . (2î – ĵ + 4k̂) = 0
⇒ 2x – y + 4z = 18 …(iii)

On multiplying Eq. (i) by 3 and subtracting it from Eq. (ii), we get
– 14y + z = 0 ..(iv)

Now, multiplying Eq. (i) by 2 and subtracting it from Eq. (iii), we get
– 9y = 18
⇒ y = -2

On putting y = -2 in Eq. (iv), we get
-14 (-2) + z = 0
⇒ 28 + z = 0
⇒ z = -28

On putting y = -2 and z = -28 in Eq. (i), we get
x + 4 (-2) + 2 (-28) = 0
⇒ x – 8 – 56 = 0
⇒ x = 64

Hence, the required vector is
\(\vec{p}\) = xî + yĵ + zk̂
i.e. \(\vec{p}\) = 64î – 2ĵ – 28k̂

Question 78.
Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors \(\vec{a}+\vec{b}\) and \(\vec{a}-\vec{b}\), where a = 3î + 2 ĵ + 2k̂ and b = î + 2ĵ – 2k̂. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3} \hat{i}-\frac{2}{3} \hat{j}-\frac{1}{3} \hat{k}\)

Question 79.
If a and 6 are two vectors, such that |\(\vec{a}\)| = 2, |\(\vec{b}\)| = 1 and \(\vec{a}\).\(\vec{b}\) = 1, then find \((3 \vec{a}-5 \vec{b}) \cdot(2 \vec{a}+7 \vec{b})\). (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 83

Question 80.
If vectors \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 2ĵ + 3k̂, \(\vec{b}\) = -î + 2ĵ + k̂ and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î + ĵ are such that \(\vec{a}+\lambda \vec{b}\) is perpendicular to \(\vec{c}\), then find the value λ. (Foreign 2011; All India 2009C)
Answer:
Given, \(\vec{a}\) = 2î + 2ĵ + 3k̂,
\(\vec{b}\) = -î + 2ĵ + k̂
and \(\vec{c}\) = 3î + ĵ

Also, \(\vec{a}\) + λ\(\vec{b}\) is perpendicular to \(\vec{c}\).
∴ (\(\vec{a}\) + λ\(\vec{b}\)).\(\vec{c}\) = 0 …(i) [∵ when \([latex]\)[/latex], then \(\vec{a} \cdot \vec{b}\) = 0]
Now, \(\vec{a}\) + λ\(\vec{b}\) = (2î + 2ĵ + 3k̂) + λ (-î + 2ĵ + k̂)
⇒ \(\vec{a}\) + λ\(\vec{b}\) = î(2 – λ) + ĵ(2 + 2λ) + k̂(3 + λ)
Then, from Bq. (i), we get
[î (2 – λ) + ĵ (2 + 2λ) + k̂(3 + λ)].[3î + ĵ] = 0
⇒ 3(2 – λ) + 1(2+ 2k) = 0
⇒ 8 – λ = 0
∴ λ = 8

Question 81.
Using vectors, find the area of triangle with vertices A (1, 1, 2), 5(2, 3, 5) and C (1, 5, 5). (All India 2011)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)\(\sqrt{61}\) sq.units

Question 82.
Using vectors, find the area of triangle with vertices A (2, 3, 5), B (3, 5, 8) and C(2, 7, 8). (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)\(\sqrt{61}\) sq.units

The post Vector Algebra Class 12 Maths Important Questions Chapter 10 appeared first on Learn CBSE.


Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12

$
0
0

We have given these Important Questions for Class 10 Science Chapter 12 Electricity to solve different types of questions in the exam. Previous Year Questions & Important Questions of Electricity Class 10 Science Chapter 12 will help the students to score good marks in the board examination.

Important Questions of Electricity Class 10 Science Chapter 12

Question 1.
A current of 10 A flows through a conductor for two minutes.
(i) Calculate the amount of charge passed through any area of cross section of the conductor.
(ii) If the charge of an electron is 1.6 × 10-19 C, then calculate the total number of electrons flowing. (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
Given that: I = 10 A, t = 2 min = 2 × 60 s = 120 s
(i) Amount of charge Q passed through any area of cross-section is given by I = \(\frac { Q }{ t }\)
or Q = I × t ∴ Q = (10 × 120) A s = 1200 C

(ii) Since, Q = ne
where n is the total number of electrons flowing and e is the charge on one electron
∴ 1200 = n × 1.6 × 10-19
or n = \(\frac { 1200 }{ 1.6×10^{-19} }\) = 7.5 × 1021

Question 2.
Define electric current. (1/5, Board Term 1,2017)
Answer:
Electric current is the amount of charge flowing through a particular area in unit time.

Question 3.
Define one ampere. (1/5, Board Term 1,2015)
Answer:
One ampere is constituted by the flow of one coulomb of charge per second.
1 A = 1 C s-1

Question 4.
Name a device that you can use to maintain a potential difference between the ends of a conductor. Explain the process by which this device does so. (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
A cell or a battery can be used to maintain a potential difference between the ends of a conductor. The chemical reaction within a cell generates the potential difference across the terminals of the cell, even when no current is drawn from it. When it is connected to a conductor, it produces electric current and, maintain the potential difference across the ends of the conductor.

Question 5.
Draw the symbols of commonly used components in electric circuit diagrams for
(i) An electric cell
(ii) Open plug key
(iii) Wires crossing without connection
(iv) Variable resistor
(v) Battery
(vi) Electric bulb
(vii) Resistance (4/5, Board Term 1,2017)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 1

Question 6.
A student plots V-I graphs for three samples of nichrome wire with resistances R1, R2 and R3. Choose from the following the statements that holds true for this graph. (2020)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 2
(a) R1 = R2 = R3
(b) R1 > R2 > R3
(c) R3 > R2 > R1
(d) R2 > R1 > R3
Answer:
(d) : The inverse of the slope of I-V graph gives the resistance of the material. Here the slope of -Rj is highest. Thus, R2 > R1 > R3

Question 7.
State Ohms law. (AI 2019)
Answer:
It states that the potential difference V, across the ends of a given metallic wire in an electric circuit is directly proportional to the current flowing through it, provided its temperature remains the same. Mathematically,
V ∝ I
V = RI
where R is resistance of the conductor.

Question 8.
A V-I graph for a nichrome wire is given below. What do you infer from this graph? Draw a labelled circuit diagram to obtain such a graph. (2020)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 3
Answer:
As graph is a straight line, so it is clear from the graph that V ∝ I.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 4
The shape of the graph obtained by plotting potential difference applied across conductor against the current flowing v. llmuigh il will be a straight line.
According to ohms law,
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 5
V = IR or R = \(\frac { V }{ I }\)
So, the slope of V’-/ graph at any point represents the resistance of the given conductor.

Question 9.
Study the V-I graph for a resistor as shown in the figure and prepare a table showing the values of I (in amperes) corresponding to four different values V (in volts). Find the value of current for V = 10 volts. How can we determine the resistance of the resistor from this graph? (Board Term I, 2016)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 6
Answer:
Since, the graph is straight line so we can either extrapolate the data or simply mark the value from graph as shown in figure.

Current, I(A) Voltage, V(V)
0 0
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8

Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 7
Hence, the value of current for V = 10 volts is 5 amperes (or 5 A).
From Ohm’s law, V = IR,
We can write, R = \(\frac { V }{ I }\)
At any point on the graph, resistance is the ratio of values of V and I. Since, the given graph is straight line (ohmic conductor) so, the slope of graph will also give the resistance of the resistor
R = \(\frac { 10 V }{ 5A }\) = 2Ω
Alternately, R = \(\frac { (8-2)V }{ (4-1)A }\) = \(\frac { 6 V }{ 3A }\) = 2 Ω

Question 10.
V-I graph for a conductor is as shown in the figure
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 8
(i) What do you infer from this graph?
(ii) State the law expressed here. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
(i) Refer to answer 8.
(ii) Refer to answer 7.

Question 11.
State Ohm’s law. Draw a labelled circuit diagram to verify this law in the laboratory. If you draw a graph between the potential difference and current flowing through a metallic conductor, what kind of curve will you get? Explain how would you use this graph to determine the resistance of the conductor. (Board Term I, 2016)
Answer:
Refer to answer 7 and 8.

Question 12.
State and explain Ohm’s law. Define resistance and give its SI unit. What is meant by 1 ohm resistance? Draw V-I graph for an ohmic conductor and list its two important features. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Ohm’s law: Refer to answer 7.
Resistance : It is ihe properly of a conductor lo resist the How of charges through it.
Its SI unit is ohm (Ω). If the potential difference across the two ends of a conductor is 1 V and the current through it is 1 A, then the resistance R, of the conductor is 1 ohm (1 Ω). lvolt
1 ohm = \(\frac { 1 volt }{ 1 ampere }\)
V-I graph for an ohmic conductor can be drawn as given in figure.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 9
Important feature of V-I graph are:
(i) It is a straight line passing through origin.
(ii) Slope of V-I graph gives the value of resistance of conductor slope = R = \(\frac { V }{ I }\)

Question 13.
Assertion (A) : The metals and alloys are good conductors of electricity.
Reason (R) : Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin and it is not a good conductor of electricity.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of the assertion (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct explanation of the assertion (A).
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false.
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true. (2020)
Answer:
(c) : Metals and alloys are good conductors of electricity. Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin which are metals and thus is a good conductor of electricity.

Question 14.
A cylindrical conductor of length ‘l’ and uniform area of cross section ‘A’ has resistance ‘R’. The area of cross section of another conductor of same material and same resistance but of length ‘2l’ is (2020)
(a) \(\frac { A }{ 2 }\)
(b) \(\frac { 3A }{ 2 }\)
(c) 2A
(d) 3A
Answer:
(c) : The resistance of a conductor of length!, and area of cross section, A is
R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\)
where ρ is the resistivity of the material.
Now for the conductor of length 21, area of cross-section A’ and resistivity ρ.
R’ = ρ\(\frac { l’ }{ A’ }\) = ρ\(\frac { 2l }{ A’ }\)
But given, R = R’ ⇒ ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\) = ρ\(\frac { 2l }{ A }\) or A’ = 2A

Question 15.
Assertion (A) : Alloys are commonly used in electrical heating devices like electric iron and heater.
Reason (R): Resistivity of an alloy is generally higher than that of its constituent metals but the alloys have low melting points then their constituent metals.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of the assertion (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct explanation of the assertion (A).
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false.
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true. (2020)
Answer:
(a)

Question 16.
How is the resistivity of alloys compared with those of pure metals from which they may have been formed? (Board Term I, 2017)
Answer:
The resistivity of an alloy is generally higher than that of its constituent metals.

Question 17.
(i) List three factors on which the resistance of a conductor depends.
(ii) Write the SI unit of resistivity. (Board Term 1, 2015)
Answer:
(i) Resistance of a conductor depends upon the following factors:
(1) Length of the conductor : (Treater the length (I) of the conductor more will be the resistance (R).
R ∝ I

(2) Area ol cross section of the conductor: (Ireater the cross-sectional area of the conductor, less will be the resistance.
R ∝ \(\frac { 1 }{ A }\)

(3) Nature of conductor.
(ii) SI unit of resistivity is Ω m.

Question 18.
Calculate the resistance of a metal wire of length 2m and area of cross section 1.55 × 106 m², if the resistivity of the metal be 2.8 × 10-8 Ωm. (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
For the given metal wire,
length, l = 2 m
area of cross-section, A = 1.55 × 10-6
resistivity of the metal, p = 2.8 × 10-8 Ω m
Since, resistance, R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\)
So R = (\(\frac { 2.8×10^{-8}×2 }{ 1.55×10^{-6} }\))Ω
= \(\frac { 5.6 }{ 1.55 }\) × 10-2 Ω = 3.6 × 10-2Ω or R = 0.036Ω

Question 19.
(a) List the factors on which the resistance of a conductor in the shape of a wire depends.
(b) Why are metals good conductors of electricity whereas glass is a bad conductor of electricity ? Give reason.
(c) Why are alloys commonly used in electrical heating devices ? Give reason. (2018)
Answer:
(a) Refer to answer 17 (i).
(b) Metal have very low resistivity and hence they are good conductors of electricity.
Whereas glass has very high resistivity so glass is a bad conductor of electricity.
(c) Alloys are commonly used in electrical heating devices due to the following reasons
(i) Alloys have higher resistivity than metals
(ii) Alloys do not get oxidised or burn readily.

Question 20.
Calculate the resistivity of the material of a wire of length 1 m, radius 0.01 cm and resistance 20 ohms. (Board Term I, 2017)
Answer:
We are given, the length of wire, l = 1 m, radius of wire, r = 0.01 cm = 1 × 10-4 m and resistance, R = 20Ω As we know,
R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\), where ρ is resistivity of the material of the wire.
∴ 20Ω.= ρ\(\frac{l}{\pi r^{2}}\) = ρ\(\frac{1 \mathrm{~m}}{3.14 \times\left(10^{-4}\right)^{2} \mathrm{~m}^{2}}\)
∴ ρ = 6.28 × 10-7 Ω m

Question 21.
A copper wire has diameter 0.5 mm and resistivity 1.6 × 10-8 Ω m. Calculate the length of this wire to make it resistance 100 Ω. How much does the resistance change if the diameter is doubled without changing its length? (Board Term I, 2015)
Answer:
Given; resistivity of copper = 1.6 × 10-8 Ω m, diameter of wire, d = 0.5 mm and resistance of wire, R = 100 Ω
Radius of wire, r = \(\frac {d }{ 2}\) = \(\frac {0.5 }{ 2 }\) mm
= 0.25 mm = 2.5 × 10-4 m
Area of cross-section of wire, A = nr²
∴ A = 3.14 × (2.5 × 10-4
= 1.9625 × 10-7
= 1.9 × 10-7
As, R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\)
∴ 100 Ω = \(\frac{1.6 \times 10^{-8} \Omega \mathrm{m} \times l}{1.9 \times 10^{-7} \mathrm{~m}^{2}}\)
l = 1200 m
If diameter is doubled (d’ = 2d), then the area of cross-section of wire will become
A’ = πr² = π(\(\frac { d’ }{ 2 }\))² = π(\(\frac { 2d }{ 2 }\))² = 4A
Now R ∝ \(\frac { 1 }{ A }\), so the resistance will decrease by four times or new resistance will be
R’ = \(\frac { R }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 100 }{ 4 }\) = 25Ω

Question 22.
The resistance of a wire of 0.01 cm radius is 10 Ω. If the resistivity of the material of the wire is 50 × 10-8 ohm meter, find the length of the wire. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Here, r = 0.01 cm = 10-4 m, ρ = 50 × 10-8 Ω m and R = 10 Ω
As, R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\)
or l = \(\frac{R A}{\rho}=\frac{R}{\rho}\left(\pi r^{2}\right)\)
so l = \(\frac{10}{50 \times 10^{-8}} 3.14 \times\left(10^{-4}\right)^{2}\)
= 0.628 m = 62.8 cm

Question 23.
A wire has a resistance of 16 Ω. It is melted and drawn into a wire of half its original length. Calculate the resistance of the new wire. What is the percentage change in its resistance? (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
When wire is melted, its volume remains same, so,
V’ = V or A’l’ = Al
Here, l’ = \(\frac { l }{ 2 }\)
Therefore, A’ = 2 A
Resistance, R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\) = 16 Ω
Now, R’ = \(\rho \frac{l^{\prime}}{A^{\prime}}=\rho \frac{(l / 2)}{2 A}=\frac{1}{4} \rho \frac{l}{A}\)
So, R’ = \(\frac { R }{ 4 }\) = \(\frac { 16 }{ 4 }\) = 4 Ω
Percentage change in resistance,
= \(\left(\frac{R-R^{\prime}}{R}\right) \times 100=\left(\frac{16-4}{16}\right)\) × 100 = 75%

Question 24.
If the radius of a current carrying conductor is halved, how does current through it change? (2/5 Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
If the radius of conductor is halved, the area of cross-section reduced to (\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)) of its previous value.
Since, R ∝ \(\frac { 1 }{ A }\), resistance will become four times
From Ohm’s law, V = IR
For given V, I ∝ \(\frac { 1 }{ R }\)
So, current will reduce to one-fourth of its previous value.

Question 25.
Define resistance of a conductor. State the factors on which resistance of a conductor depends. Name the device which is often used to change the resistance without changing the voltage source in an electric circuit. Calculate the resistance of 50 cm length of wire of cross sectional area 0.01 square mm and of resistivity 5 × 10-8 Ω m. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Resistance is the property of a conductor to resist the flow of charges through it.
Factors affecting resistance of a conductor:
Refer to answer 17(i)
Rheostat is the device which is often used to change the resistance without changing the voltage source in an electric circuit.
We are given, length of wire, l = 50 cm = 50 × 10-2 m cross-sectional area, A = 0.01 mm²
= 0.01 × 10-6
and resistivity, ρ = 5 x 10-8 Ω m.
As, resistance, R = ρ\(\frac { l }{ A }\)
∴ R = \(\left(\frac{5 \times 10^{-8} \times 50 \times 10^{-2}}{0.01 \times 10^{-6}}\right)\) Ω
= 2.5 Ω

Question 26.
If a person has five resistors each of value \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 }\) Ω, then the maximum resistance he can obtain by connecting them is
(a) 1 Ω
(b) 5 Ω
(c) 10 Ω
(d) 25 Ω (2020)
Answer:
(a) The maximum resistance can be obtained from a group of resistors by connecting them in series. Thus,
Rs = \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\) 1 Ω

Question 27.
The maximum resistance which can be made using four resistors each of 2 Ω is
(a) 2 Ω
(b) 4 Ω
(c) 8 Ω
(d) 16 Ω (2020)
Answer:
(c) : A group of resistors can produce maximum resistance when they all are connected in series.
∴ Rs = 2 Ω + 2 Ω + 2 Ω + 2 Ω = 8 Ω

Question 28.
The maximum resistance which can be made using four resistors each of resistance \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) Ω is
(a) 2 Ω
(b) 1 Ω
(c) 2.5 Ω
(d) 8 Ω (2020)
Answer:
(a) The maximum resistance can be produced from a group of resistors by connecting them in series.
Thus, Rs = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) Ω + H \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) Ω + \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) Ω + \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) Ω = 2 Ω

Question 29.
Three resistors of 10 Ω, 15 Ω and 5 Ω are connected in parallel. Find their equivalent resistance. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Here, R1 = 10 Ω, R2 =15 Ω, R3 = 5 Ω.
In parallel combination, equivalent resistance, (Req) is given by
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 10

Question 30.
List the advantages of connecting electrical devices in parallel with an electrical source instead of connecting them is series. (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
(a) When a number of electrical devices are connected in parallel, each device gets the same potential difference as provided by the battery and it keeps on working even if other devices fail. This is not so in case the devices are connected in series because when one device fails, the circuit is broken and all devices stop working.

(b) Parallel circuit is helpful when each device has different resistance and requires different current for its operation as in this case the current divides itself through different devices. This is not so in series circuit where same current flows through all the devices, irrespective of their resistances.

Question 31.
Show how would you join three resistors, each of resistance 9 Ω so that the equivalent resistance of the combination is (i) 13.5 Ω, (ii) 6 Ω (2018)
Answer:
(i) The resistance of the series combination is higher than each of the resistances. A parallel combination of two 9 Ω resistors is equivalent to 4.5 Ω. We can obtain 13.5 Ω by coupling 4.5 Ω and 9 Ω in series. So, to obtain 13.5 Ω, the combination is as shown in figure (a).
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 11

(ii) To obtain a equivalent resistance of 6 Ω, we have to connect two 9 Ω resistors in series and then connect the third 9 Ω resistor in parallel to the series combination as shown in the figure (b).
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 12

Question 32.
Three resistors of 3 Ω each are connected to a battery of 3 V as shown. Calculate the current drawn from the battery. (Board Term I, 2017)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 13
Answer:
As given in circuit diagram, two 3 Ω resistors are connected in series to form R1; so R1 = 3 Ω + 3 Ω = 6 Ω
And, R1 and R2 are in parallel combination, Hence, equivalent resistance of circuit (Req) given by
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 14
Req = 2 Ω
Using Ohm’s law, V = IR
We get,
3 V = I × 2 Ω
or I = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\) A = 1.5 A
Current drawn from the battery is 1.5 A.

Question 33.
Two identical resistors are first connected in series and then in parallel. Find the ratio of equivalent resistance in two cases. (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
Let resistance of each resistor be R.
For series combination,
Rs = R1 + R2
So, Rs = R + R = 2R
For parallel combination,
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 15

Question 34.
(a) A 6 Ω resistance wire is doubled on itself. Calculate the new resistance of the wire.
(b) Three 2 Ω resistors A, B and C are connected in such a way that the total resistance of the combination is 3 Ω. Show the arrangement of the three resistors and justify your answer. (2020)
Answer:
(a) Given resistance of wire, R = 6 Ω
Let l be the length of the wire and A be its area of
cross-section. Then
R = \(\frac { ρl }{ A }\) = 6 Ω
Now when the length is doubled, l’ = 2l and A’ = \(\frac { A }{ 2 }\)
∴ R’ = \(\frac{\rho(2 l)}{A / 2}=\frac{4 \rho l}{A}\) = 4 × 6 Ω = 24 Ω

(b) Given the total resistance of the combination = 3 Ω
In order to get a total resistance of 3 Ω, the three resistors has to be connected as shown.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 16
Such that, \(\frac{1}{R_{P}}=\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\) = 1
⇒ Rp = 1 Ω
and Rs = 2 Ω + 1 Ω = 3 Ω

Question 35.
Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of a battery of 3 cells of 2 V each, a combination of three resistors of 10 Ω, 20 Ω and 30 Ω connected in parallel, a plug key and an ammeter, all connected in series. Use this circuit to find the value of the following :
(a) Current through each resistor
(b) Total current in the circuit
(c) Total effective resistance of the circuit. (2020)
Answer:
The circuit diagram is as shown below.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 17
(a) Given, voltage of the battery = 2V + 2V + 2V = 6 V
Current through 10 Ω resistance,
I10 = \(\frac{V}{R}=\frac{6}{10}\) = 0.6 A
Current through 20 Ω resistance,
I20 = \(\frac{V}{R}=\frac{6}{20}\) = 0.3 A
Current through 30 Ω resistance,
I30 = \(\frac{V}{R}=\frac{6}{30}\) = 0.2 A
(b) Total current in the circuit, 1= I10 + I20 + I30
= 0.6 + 0.3 + 0.2 = 1.1 A
(c) Total resistance of the circuit,
\(\frac{1}{R_{P}}=\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{20}+\frac{1}{30}=\frac{11}{60}\)

Question 36.
(a) With the help of a suitable circuit diagram prove that the reciprocal of the equivalent resistance of a group of resistances joined in parallel is equal to the sum of the reciprocals of the individual resistances.
(b) In an electric circuit two resistors of 12 Ω each are joined in parallel to a 6 V battery. Find the current drawn from the battery. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(a) Resistors in parallel : When resistors are connected in parallel.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 18
(i) The potential difference across their ends is the same.
(ii) The sum of current through them is the current drawn from the source of energy or cell.
I = I1 + I1 + I3 or \(\frac{V}{R_{P}}=\frac{V}{R_{1}}+\frac{V}{R_{2}}+\frac{V}{R_{3}}\)
(iii) The equivalent resistance is given by,
\(\frac{1}{R_{P}}=\frac{1}{R_{1}}+\frac{1}{R_{2}}+\frac{1}{R_{3}}\)
Hence equivalent resistance in parallel combination is equal to the sum of reciprocals of the individual resistances.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 19

Question 37.
For the series combination of three resistors current in each resistor, establish the relation R = R1 + R2 + R3 where the symbols have their usual meanings. Calculate the equivalent resistance of the combination of three resistors of 6 Ω, 9 Ω and 18 Ω joined in parallel. (Board Term I, 2016)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 20
Given figure shows the series combination of three resistors R1, R2 and R3 connected across a voltage source of potential difference V.
Let current I is flowing through the circuit.
V1, V2 and V3 are the potential differences across resistors R1, R2 and R3 respectively.

Since, the total potential difference across a combination of resistors in series is equal to the sum of potential difference across the individual resistors.
∴ v = v1 + v2 + v3 …(i)
In series current through each resistor is same. Applying the Ohms law,
V1 = IR1, V2 = IR2 and V3 = IR1 ……..(ii)
If Rs is the equivalent resistance of the circuit, then
V = IRs …(iii)
From eqns. (i), (ii) and (iii),
we can write IRs = IR1 + IR2 + IR3
or Rs = R1 + R2 + R3
We can conclude that when several resistors are joined in series, the resistance of the combination Rs equals the sum of their individual resistances,
R1, R2 and R3
Given : R1 = 6 Ω, R2 = 9 Ω,
R3 = 18 Ω are connected in parallel.
Equivalent resistance, Req, is given by
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 21
or Req = 3 Ω

Question 38.
State ohms law. Represent it graphically. In the given circuit diagram calculate
(i) the total effective resistance of the circuit.
(ii) the current through each resistor.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 22
Answer:
Ohm’s law: Refer to answer 7.
Graphical representation of Ohm’s law
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 23
For the given circuit
R1 = 3 Ω, R2 = 4 Ω., R3 = 6 Ω and V = 6V.
(i) Total effective resistance of the circuit, Req is given by
\(\frac{1}{R_{\mathrm{eq}}}=\frac{1}{R_{1}}+\frac{1}{R_{2}}+\frac{1}{R_{3}}=\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{6}=\frac{9}{12}\)
or Req = \(\frac { 12 }{ 9 }\) Ω = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 }\) Ω = 1.33 Ω

(ii) Since, potential difference across each resistor connected in parallel is same.
So, V1 = V2 = V3 = 6 V
Applying Ohm’s law,
V1 = I1R1 or I1 = \(\frac { V_1 }{ R_1 }\) or I3 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 3 }\) A = 2A
Similarly, I2 = \(\frac { 6A }{ 4 }\) = 1.5 A and I3 = \(\frac { 6 }{ 6 }\) A = 1 A

Question 39.
(a) Prove that the equivalent resistance of three resistors R1, R2 and R3 in series is R1 + R2 + R3
(b) You have four resistors of 8 Ω each. Show how would you connect these resistors to have effective resistance of 8 Ω? (4/5, Board Term I, 2015)
Answer:
(a) Refer to answer 37.
(b) If you have four 8 Ω resistors and the effective resistance is also 8 Ω then the two 8 Ω resistors are connected in series. Now you have pair of two 16 Ω resistors (8 Ω + 8 Ω). If you connect these resistors in parallel, you will have net resistance 8 Ω.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 24

Question 40.
Draw a labelled circuit diagram showing three resistors R1, R2 and R3 connected in series with a battery (E), a rheostat (Rh), a plug key (K) and an ammeter (A) using standard circuit symbols. Use this circuit to show that the same current flows through every part of the circuit. List two precautions you would observe while performing the experiment. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 25
Change the positions of ammeter and note the reading of ammeter each time. You will find that all the reading obtained are same.
So, the value of the current in the ammeter is the same, independent of its position in the electric circuit. It means that in this circuit (series combination) the current is the same in every part of the circuit.

Precautions:
(i) All the connections are neat and tight.
(ii) Ammeter is connected with the proper polarity, i.e., positive terminal of the ammeter should go to positive terminal and negative terminal of ammeter to the negative terminal of the battery or cell used.

Question 41.
Two wires A and B are of equal length and have equal resistances. If the resistivity of A is more than that of B, which wire is thicker and why ? For the electric circuit given below calculate:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 26
(i) current in each resistor
(ii) total current drawn from the battery, and
(iii) equivalent resistance of the circuit. (Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Let lA, aA and RA be the length, area of cross-section and resistance of wire A and lB, aB and RB are that of wire B.
Here, lA = lB and RA = RB
If ρA and ρB are the resistivities of wire A and B respectively then
RA = ρA \(\frac{l_{A}}{a_{A}}\) and RB = ρB \(\frac{l_{B}}{a_{B}}\), As RA = RB
∴ ρA \(\frac{l_{A}}{a_{A}}\), ρB \(\frac{l_{B}}{a_{B}}\)
or \(\frac{ρ_{A}}{ρ_{B}}\) = \(\frac{a_{A}}{a_{B}}\)
Since ρA > ρB therefore aA > aB Hence, wire A is thicker than wire B.
For parallel combination,
V1 = V2 = V3 = 6V
(i) Using Ohm’s law
I1 = V1/R1 = 6/30 = 0.2 A
I2 = V2/R2 = 6/10 = 0.6 A
I3 = V3/R3 = 6/5 = 1.2 A

(ii) Total current drawn from battery,
I = I1 + I2 + I3 = 0.2 + 0.6 + 1.2 = 2 A
(iii) Equivalent resistance of the circuit, Req can be obtained by Ohm’s law
V= I Req
So, 6 V = 2 A × Req or, Req = \(\frac { 6 }{ 2 }\) = 3 Ω
Aliter, \(\frac{1}{R_{e q}}=\frac{1}{R_{1}}+\frac{1}{R_{2}}+\frac{1}{R_{3}}\)
\(\frac{1}{30}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{5}=\frac{1+3+6}{30}=\frac{10}{30}=\frac{1}{3}\)
or Req = 3 Ω

Question 42.
(a) Derive an expression to find the equivalent resistance of three resistors connected in series. Also draw the schematic diagram of the circuit.
(b) Find the equivalent resistance of the following circuit.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 27
Answer:
(a) Refer to answer 37.
(b) For the given circuit,
R1 = 6 Ω, R2 = 10 Ω, R3 = 15 Ω.
As \(\frac{1}{R_{e q}}=\frac{1}{R_{1}}+\frac{1}{R_{2}}+\frac{1}{R_{3}}\)
\(\frac{1}{R_{e q}}=\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{15}\)
= \(\frac{5+3+2}{30}=\frac{10}{30}=\frac{1}{3}\)
Req = 3 Ω

Question 43.
Draw a circuit diagram for a circuit consisting of a battery of five cells of 2 volts each, a 5 Ω resistor, a 10 Ω resistor and a 15 Ω resistor, an ammeter and a plug key, all connected in series. Also connect a voltmeter to record the potential difference across the 15 Ω resistor and calculate
(i) the electric current passing through the above circuit and
(ii) potential difference across 5 Ω resistor when the key is closed. (Board Term 1, 2013)
Answer:
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 28
Potential of the battery, V = (2 × 5) V = 10 V
Equivalent resistance,
Req = R1 + R2 + R3
= (5 + 10 + 15)Ω = 30 Ω
(i) Current through circuit, I = \(\frac{V}{R}=\frac{10}{30} \mathrm{~A}=\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{~A}\)
(ii) Potential across 5 Ω resistor, V1 = IR1
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) × 5 = \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 }\) V = 1.67 V

Question 44.
The resistance of a resistor is reduced to half of its initial value. In doing so, if other parameters of the circuit remain unchanged, the heating effects in the resistor will become
(a) two times
(b) half
(c) one-fourth
(d) four times (2020)
Answer:
(a) : We know, H = I²Rt = \(\frac { V^2 }{ 4 }\). t
Now when, R’ = \(\frac { R }{ 24 }\), V’ = V and t’ = t
H’ = \(\frac{V^{\prime 2} t^{\prime}}{R^{\prime}}=\frac{V^{2} t}{R / 2}=\frac{2 V^{2} t}{R}\) = 2H

Question 45.
(a) Write the mathematical expression for Joules law of heating.
(b) Compute the heat generated while transferring 96000 coulomb of charge in two hours through a potential difference of 40 V. (2020)
Answer:
(a) The Joule’s law of healing implies that heat produced in a resistor is
(i) directly proportional to the square of current lor a given resistance,
(ii) directly proportional to resistance for a given current, and
(iii) directly proportional to the time for which the current flows through the resistor.
i.e., H = I² Rt
(b) Given, charge q = 96000 C, time t = 2 h = 7200 s and potential difference V = 40 V
We know, H = I²Rt = \(\frac{Q^{2}}{t^{2}} \times \frac{V}{Q}\) × t × t = VQ
= 40 × 96000 = 3.84 × 106 J = 3.84 MJ

Question 46.
Write Joules law of heating. (1/3, 2018)
Answer:
Refer to answer 45(a).

Question 47.
Explain the use of an electric fuse. What type of material is used for fuse wire and why? (Board Term I, 2016)
Answer:
Electric fuse protects circuits and appliances by stopping the flow of any unduly high electric current. It consists of a piece of wire made of a metal or an alloy of appropriate melting point, for example aluminium, copper, iron, lead etc. If a current larger than the specified value flows through the circuit, the temperature of the fuse wire increases. This melts the fuse wire and breaks the circuit.

Question 48.
(a) Why is tungsten used for making bulb filaments of incandescent lamps?
(b) Name any two electric devices based on heating effect of electric current. (2/5, Board Term I, 2015)
Answer:
(a) (i) Tungsten is a strong metal and has high melting point (3380°C).
(ii) It emits light at high temperatures (about 2500°C).
(b) Electric laundry iron and electric heater are based on heating effect of electric current.

Question 49.
A fuse wire melts at 5 A. If it is desired that the fuse wire of same material melt at 10 A, then whether the new fuse wire should be of smaller or larger radius than the earlier one? Give reasons for your answer. (3/5, Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Let the resistance of the wire be R, heat produced in the fuse at 5 A in Is is
H=(5)²R ( H – I²Rt)
50. fuse melts at (5)²R joules of heat.
Let, the resistance of new wire is R’
So, heat produced in 1 second = (10)²R’
To prevent it from melting
(5)²R = (10)²R’ or R’ = \(\frac { R }{ 4 }\)
As R ∝ \(\frac { 1 }{ A }\)
∴ cross-sectional area of new fuse wire is four times the first fuse.
Now, A = πr², so new radius is twice the previous one. So, at 10 A, the new fuse wire of same material and length has larger radius than the earlier one.

Question 50.
What is heating effect of current? List two electrical appliances which work on this effect. (2/5, Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
If only resislors are connected to the battery, the source energy continually gets dissipated entirely in the form of heal. This is known as healing effect of current, ’file amount of heat (77) produced in time t is given by Joule’s law of heating.
H = I²Rt
Where, 7 is current flowing through resistor R.
The electric laundry iron, electric toaster, electric oven, electric kettle and electric heater are some common devices based on heating effect of current.

Question 51.
Two bulbs of 100 W and 40 W are connected in series. The current through the 100 W bulb is 1 A. The current through the 40 W bulb will be
(a) 0.4 A
(b) 0.6 A
(c) 0.8 A
(d) 1A (2020)
Answer:
(d) : Given power of first bulb, P1 = 100 W and second bulb P2 = 40 W
Current through 100 W bulb, I1 = 1 A
Current through 40 W bulb, I2 = ?
Since both the bulbs are connected in series, the electric current passing through both the bulbs are same i.e., I2 = 1 A.

Question 52.
Write the relation between resistance (R) of filament of a bulb, its power (P) and a constant voltage V applied across it. (Board Term I, 2017)
Answer:
P = \(\frac { V^2}{ R }\)

Question 53.
Power of a lamp is 60 W. Find the energy in joules consumed by it in Is. (Board Term I, 2016)
Answer:
Here, power of lamp, P = 60 W time,
t = 1 s
So, energy consumed = Power × time = (60 × 1)J = 60 J

Question 54.
Two lamps, one rated 100 W; 220 V, and the other 60 W; 220 V, are connected in parallel to electric mains supply. Find the current drawn by two bulbs from the line, if the supply voltage is 220 V. (2/3, 2018, Board Term I, 2014)
Answer:
Since both the bulbs are connected in parallel and to a 220 V supply, the voltage across each bulb is 220 V. Then
Current drawn by 100 W bulb,
I1 = \(\frac { power rating}{ voltage applied }\) = \(\frac { 100 W}{ 220 V }\) = 0.454 A
Current drawn by 60 W bulb,
I2 = \(\frac { 60 W}{ 220 V }\) = 0.273 A
Total current drawn from the supply line,
I = I1 + I2 = 0.454 A + 0.273 A = 0.727 A = 0.73 A

Question 55.
How much current will an electric iron draw from a 220 V source if the resistance of its element when hot is 55 ohms? Calculate the wattage of the electric iron when it operates on 220 volts. (Board Term I, 2016)
Answer:
Here, V = 220 V, R = 55 Ω
By Ohm’s law V = IR
∴ 220 = 7 × 55 or I = 4A
Wattage of electric iron = Power
= \(\frac{V^{2}}{R}=\frac{(220)^{2}}{55}\) = 880 W

Question 56.
An electric iron has a rating of 750 W; 200 V. Calculate:
(i) the current required.
(ii) the resistance of its heating element.
(iii) energy consumed by the iron in 2 hours. [Board Term 1, 2015]
Answer:
Here, P = 750 W, V = 200 V
(i) As P = V7
I = P/V= (750/200) A = 3.75A
(ii) By Ohm’s law V = IR or R = V/I
∴ R = \(\frac { 200}{ 3.75 }\) Ω = 53.3 Ω
(iii) Energy consumed by the iron in 2 hours
= P × t = 750 W × 2h = 1.5 kWh
or E = (750 × 2 × 3600) J = 5.4 × 106 J

Question 57.
An electric bulb is connected to a 220 V generator. The current is 2.5 A. Calculate the power of the bulb. (1/3, Board Term I, 2015)
Answer:
Here, V= 220 V,/= 2.5 A
Power of the bulb P = VI = 220 × 2.5 W = 550 W

Question 58.
(a) Define power and state its SI unit.
(b) A torch bulb is rated 5 V and 500 mA. Calculate its
(i) power
(ii) resistance
(iii) energy consumed when it is lighted for 2 \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) hours.
Answer:
(a) Power is defined as the rate at which electric energy is dissipated or consumed in an electric circuit.
P = VI = I²R = V²/R
The SI unit of electric power is watt (W). It is the power consumed by a device that carries 1 A of current when operated at a potential difference of IV.
1 W = 1 volt × 1 ampere = 1 V A

(b) Given, V = 5 V and I = 500 mA = 0.5 A
(i) Power, P = V × 7 = 5 × 0.5 = 2.5 W
(ii) As, P = \(\frac{V^{2}}{R} \Rightarrow R=\frac{V^{2}}{P}=\frac{25}{2.5}\) = 10 Ω
(iii) Given, time t = 2.5 hrs = 9000 s
∴ The energy consumed, E = P × t
= 2.5 × 9000 = 2.25 × 104 J
= 6.25 Watt hour

Question 59.
Two identical resistors, each of resistance 15 Ω, are connected in (i) series, and (ii) parallel, in turn to a battery of 6 V. Calculate the ratio of the power consumed in the combination of resistors in each case. (2020)
Answer:
Given, R1 = R1 = 15 Ω, V = 6 V
(i) When connected in series,
Rs = R1 + R2 = 15 Ω + 15 Ω = 30 Ω
Power, PS = \(\frac{V^{2}}{R_{S}}=\frac{36}{30}\) W
(ii) When connected in parallel,
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 29

Question 60.
An electric lamp of resistance 20 Ω and a conductor of resistance 4 Ω. are connected to a 6 V battery as shown in the circuit. Calculate.
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 30
(a) the total resistance of the circuit
(b) the current through the circuit,
(c) the potential difference across the (i) electric lamp and (ii) conductor, and
(d) power of the lamp. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Resistance of the lamp = 20 Ω
External resistance = 4 Ω
(a) As both the lamp and external resistance are connected in series, therefore the total resistance,
R = 20 + 4 = 24 Ω
(b) Current, I = \(\frac { V}{ R }\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 24 }\) = 0.25 A
(c) (i) Potential difference across the electric lamp
\(\frac { Total voltage }{ Total resistance }\) × resistance of lamp
= \(\frac { 6}{ 24 }\) × 20 = 5 V

(ii) Potential difference across conductor
\(\frac { Total voltage }{ Total resistance }\) × resistance of conductor
= \(\frac { 6}{ 24 }\) × 4 = 1 V

(d) Power of the lamp
= (current)² × resistance of lamp
= (0.25)² × 20 = 1.25 W

Question 61.
Compare the power used in 2 Ω. resistor in each of the following circuits. (AI 2019)
Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 Img 31
Answer:
In circuit A,
Total resistance, R = l + 2 = 3Ω
Voltage across 2 Ω = \(\frac { V_{Total}}{ R_{Total} }\) × 2 Ω = \(\frac { 6}{ 3 }\) × 2 = 4 V
∴ Power used in 2 Ω resistor,
p = \(\frac { V^2}{ R }\) = \(\frac { (4)^2}{2 }\) = 8 w
In circuit B, Voltage across both the resistance is same i.e. 4 V and both are connected in parallel combination.
∴ Power used in 2 Ω resistor = \(\frac { V^2}{ R }\) = \(\frac { (4)^2}{2 }\) = 8 w
∴ Power used in 2 Ω resistor in each case is same i.e. 8 W.

Question 62.
A bulb is rated 40 W; 220 V. Find the current drawn by it, when it is connected to a 220 V supply. Also find its resistance. If the given bulb is replaced by a bulb of rating 25 W; 220 V, will there be any change in the value of current and resistance? Justify your answer and determine the change. (AI 2019)
Answer:
In first case, P = 40 W, V = 220 V
Current drawn l = \(\frac { P}{ V }\) = \(\frac { 40}{ 220 }\) = 0.18 A
Also, resistance of bulb,
R = \(\frac{V^{2}}{P}=\frac{(220)^{2}}{40}\) = 1210 Ω
In second case, P = 25 W, V = 220 V
Current drawn, I = \(\frac { P}{ V }\) = \(\frac { 25}{ 220 }\) = 0.11 A
Also, resistance of the bulb,
R = \(\frac { V^2}{ P }\) = \(\frac { (220)^2}{ 25 }\) = 1936 Ω
Hence, by replacing 40 W bulb to 25 W bulb, having same source of voltage the amount of current flows decreases while resistance increases.

Question 63.
(a) How two resistors, with resistances R1 Ω and R1 Ω respectively are to be connected to a battery of emf V volts so that the electrical power consumed is minimum?
(b) In a house 3 bulbs of 100 watt each lighted for 5 hours daily, 2 fans of 50 watt each used for 10 hours daily and an electric heater of 1.00 kW is used for half an hour daily. Calculate the total energy consumed in a month of 31 days and its cost at the rate of Rs 3.60 per kWh. (Board Term I, 2017)
Answer:
(a) Power consumed is minimum when current through the circuit is minimum, so the two resistors are connected in series.
(b) Power of each bulb P1 = 100 watt
Total power of 3 bulbs, P1 = 3 × 100 = 300 watt
Energy consumed by bulbs in 1 day
E1 = P1 × t = 300 watt × 5 hours.
= 1500 Wh = 1.5 kWh
Power of each fan = 50 watt
Total power of 2 fans = 2 × 50 watt
P2 = 100 watt
Energy consumed by fans in 1 day
E2 = P2 × t = 100 watt × 10 hours
= 1000 watt hour = 1 kWh
Energy consumed by heater,
E3 = 1 kW × 1/2 h = 0.5 kWh
Total energy consumed in one day
E = E1 + E2 + E3 = (1.5 + 1 + 0.5) kWh = 3 kWh
Total energy consumed in a month of 31 days
= E × 31 = (3 × 31) kWh = 93 kWh
Cost of energy consumed = Rs (93 × 3.60) = Rs 334.80

Question 64.
(a) An electric bulb is connected to a 220 V generator. If the current drawn by the bulb is 0.50 A, find its power.
(b) An electric refrigerator rated 400 W operates 8 hours a day. Calculate the energy per day in kWh.
(c) State the difference between kilowatt and kilowatt hour. (3/5, Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
(a) Here, V = 220 V, I = 0.50 A
Power of the bulb, P = VI = (220 × 0.5)W = 110 W
(b) Energy consumed by electric refrigerator in a day = Power x time
= 400 W × 8 h = 3200 Wh = 3.2 kWh
(c) Kilowatt is unit of power and kilowatt hour is a unit of energy.

Question 65.
(i) State one difference between kilowatt and kilowatt hour. Express 1 kWh in joules.
(ii) A bulb is rated 5V; 500 mA. Calculate the rated power and resistance of the bulb when it glows. (Board Term I, 2013)
Answer:
(i) Refer to answer 64(c).
1 kWh = 1000 W × 1 h
= 1000 W × 3600 s = 3600000 J = 3.6 × 106 J

(ii) Here, V = 5 V, I = 500 mA = 0.5 A
Power rating of bulb is
P = VI = ( 5 × 0.5)W = 2.5W
Resistance of the bulb is R = V/I = (5/0.5) Ω = 10 Ω

NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Maths NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Science
NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Social Science NCERT Solutions for Class 10 English
NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Hindi NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Sanskrit
NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Foundation of IT RD Sharma Class 10 Solutions

The post Electricity Class 10 Important Questions with Answers Science Chapter 12 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Reproduction in Organisms to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 1 Important Questions, Reproduction in Organisms Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 1 Important Questions Reproduction in Organisms

Question 1.
Identify the picture and mention the vegetative part that helps it to propagate. (All India 2015C)
Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1 Img 1
Answer:
The given figure shows the rhizome of a ginger. Rhizome is an underground stem that takes part in vegetative propagation.

Question 2.
Name the vegetative propagules in the following: (All India 2014C)
(i) Agave
(ii) Bryophyllum
Answer:
The vegetative propagules in given plants are as follows
(i) In Agave – Bulbil
(ii) In Bryophyllum – Leaf buds/Adventitious buds

Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1

Question 3.
Write the name of the organism that is referred to as ‘Terror of Bengal’. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Water hyacinth is referred to as the ‘Terror of Bengal’.

Question 4.
Give one example each of a fungus which reproduces by (Delhi 2014C)
(i) budding
(ii) conidia
Answer:
Fungus that reproduces by
(i) budding – Yeast
(ii) conidia – Penicillium

Question 5.
Give one example of a plant that reproduces by (Delhi 2014C)
(i) runner
(ii) offset
Answer:
Below are is the example of a plant that reproduces by
(i) runner – Oxalis
(ii) offset -Pistia

Question 6.
Which of the following statements is true of Hydra? (All India 2013C)
(i) It produces asexual gemmules.
(ii) It produces unicellular buds.
(iii) It produces multicellular buds.
Answer:
(iii) Hydra produces multicellular buds.

Question 7.
Which one of the following statements is true of ginger? (All India 2013C)
(i) Germinating bud appears from the eye of the stem tuber.
(ii) Germinating bud appears from the node of rhizome.
(iii) Germinating bud appears from the notch of the leaf margin.
Answer:
(ii) The germinating bud appears from the node of rhizome in ginger.

Question 8.
Name an organism, where cell division is itself a mode of reproduction. (All India 2013; Foreign 2010)
Answer:
In unicellular organisms like Amoeba, bacteria, etc., cell division itself is a mode of reproduction.

Question 9.
How does Penicillium reproduce asexually? (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Penicillium reproduces asexually by conidia formation, which are non-motile spores produced singly or in chains by the constriction of tip of hyphal branches. These spores germinate by giving out germ tubes.

Question 10.
Name an alga that reproduces asexually through zoospores. Why are these reproductive units so called? (All India 2013)
Answer:
Chlamydomonas is an alga that reproduces asexually through zoospores. Due to mobility (motile) like animals, these reproductive units are referred to as zoospores.

Question 11.
Which one of the following statements is true for yeast? (Delhi 2013C)
(i) The cell divides by binary fission.
One of them develops into a bud.
(ii) The cell divides unequally. The smaller cell develops into a bud.
(iii) The cell produces conidia, which develop into a bud.
Answer:
Statement (ii) is true for yeast. The cell divides unequally. The smaller cell develops into a bud.

Question 12.
Which one of the following organisms exhibit binary fission?
Bacillus, Penicillium, Yeast, Amoeba (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
Bacillus and Amoeba reproduce by binary fission. In this mode, the body of an individual divides into two equal halves.

Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1

Question 13.
Offsprings produced by asexual reproduction are called clones. Justify giving two reasons. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Offsprings produced by asexual reproduction are called clones, because

  • they are morphologically similar to their parent.
  • they have same genetic composition as their parent.

Question 14.
Identify this reproductive structure and name the organism they are being released from. (Delhi 2010)
Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1 Img 2
Answer:
The reproductive structure in the figure are zoospores. These are motile, microscopic and thin-walled structures released by Chlamydomonas for asexual reproduction.

Question 15.
Name the organism and the mode of reproduction represented in the diagram given below (All India 2010)
Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1 Img 3
Answer:
Organism Yeast
Mode of reproduction Asexual by budding.

Question 16.
Banana crop is produced by farmers without sowing of seeds. Explain how the plant is propagated? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Banana crop is cultivated by farmer’s through vegetative propagation.
For this purpose, a rhizome of banana is taken instead of a seed. Each piece from a rhizome is able to give rise to a new plant.

Question 17.
Unicellular organisms are immortal, whereas multicellular organisms are not. Justify. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Unicellular organisms are considered immortal mainly because, in them the parent body as a whole constitutes the reproductive unit and after reproduction it continues to live as daughter cells. The multicellular organisms produce their reproductive structures in specialised organs and their whole body dies due to ageing and senescence.

Question 18.
(i) Name the organism that reproduce
through the following reproductive structures
(a) Conidia
(b) Zoospores
(ii) Mention similarity and one difference between these two reproductive units, (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
(i) (a) Conidia – Penicillium
(b) Zoospore – Chlamydomonas

(ii) Similarity between conidia and zoospore is that the both are asexual reproductive structures. The difference between conidia and zoospore is that, the conidia are non-motile while zoospores are motile structures.

Question 19.
At what stage does the meiosis occur in an organism exhibiting haplontic life cycle and mention the fate of the products thus produced. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
In organisms with haplontic life cycle, meiosis occur in the diploid cell, i.e., zygote which divides to form haploid spores. These spores grow into haploid individuals.

Question 20.
Write the number of chromosomes body cells of honeybee workers and drone have. (Delhi 2019)
Or
A male honeybee has 16 chromosomes whereas its female has 32 chromosomes. Give one reason. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
In case of honeybees, the male (drones) have 16 chromosomes and females (queen and workers) have 32 chromosomes, because of incomplete parthenogenesis. Fertilised diploid eggs give rise to females by sexual reproduction and unfertilised haploid eggs develop into drones (males) by parthenogenesis.

Question 21.
Explain the significance of meiocytes in a diploid organism. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Most of the animals including human beings have diploid parental body and their gametes are formed by meiosis. In such organisms, specialised cells called meiocytes are present, which take part in the production of gametes.

At the time of gamete formation, meiocytes undergo meiotic division. As a result, the number of chromosomes in the daughter cells (i.e. in the gametes) get reduced to half and thus from diploid meiocytes haploid gametes are formed.

Question 22.
Explain the importance of syngamy and meiosis in a sexual life cycle of an organism. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Syngamy It helps to restore the diploid condition in sexually reproducing organism by the formation of diploid zygote and thus ensuring the continuity of species.
Meiosis It helps in producing haploid gametes in sexually reproducing organisms.

Question 23.
A single pea plant in your kitchen garden produces pods with viable seeds, but the individual papaya plant does not. Explain. (All India 2015)
Answer:
A pea plant is monoecious or bisexual, hence even a single plant can produce seeds while papaya is dioecious, hence an individual plant alone cannot produce viable seeds.

Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1

Question 24.
How many chromosomes do drones of honeybees possess? Name the type of cell division involved in the production of sperms by them. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Drones of honeybees possess 16 chromosomes (haploid). They produce sperms by a mitosis¬like division, rather than meiosis.

Question 25.
Meiosis is an essential event in the sexual life cycle of any organism. Give two reasons. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Meiosis is an essential event in the sexual life cycle of any organism because

  • It is a source of genetic variability.
  • It helps to conserve the chromosome number of species from generation to generation.

Question 26.
Give one example of an animal which exhibits oestrus cycle. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Example of an animal that exhibits oestrus cycle is cow.

Question 27.
Write the two pre-fertilisation events from the list given below Syngamy, Gametogenesis, Embryogenesis, Pollination (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Gametogenesis and pollination are pre-fertilisation events.

Question 28.
In which two of the following organisms is the fertilisation external?
Bony fishes, Ferns, Frogs, Birds (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Bony fishes and frogs exhibits external fertilisation.

Question 29.
Differentiate between oviparous and viviparous animals. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
In oviparous animals, embryo develops outside the body of female and they lay eggs, e.g. reptiles. On the contrary in viviparous animals, embryo develops inside the body of female. Thus, they give birth to babies, e.g. humans.

Question 30.
Give the name of the common phenomenon with reference to reproduction in rotifers, honeybees and turkeys. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Parthenogenesis is the common phenomenon with reference to reproduction in rotifers, honeybees and turkeys.

Question 31.
Which of the following statements is true of date palm?
(i) It is monoecious producing both staminate flowers and pistillate flowers on the same plant.
(ii) It is monoecious producing staminate flowers on one tree and pistillate flowers on another tree.
(iii) It is dioecious producing staminate flowers on one tree and pistillate on another tree. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
(iii) Date palm is a dioecious plant which produces staminate flowers on one tree and pistillate flowers on another tree.

Question 32.
Cucurbits and papaya plants bear staminate and pistillate flowers.
Mention the categories they are put under separately on the basis of the type of flowers they bear. (Delhi 2012)
Or
How are Cucurbita plants different from papaya plant with reference to flowers they bear? (All India 2011C)
Answer:
Papaya is dioecious because the staminate and pistillate flowers are borne on two different plants, while Cucurbita is monoecious because it bears both staminate and pistillate flowers on the same plant.

Question 33.
Mention the unique flowering phenomenon exhibited by Strobilanthes kunthiana (Neelakurinji). (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
In the shrub plant, Strobiknthes kunthiana flowers bloom only once in twelve years.

Question 34.
Name the mode of reproduction that ensures the creation of new variants. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
The process of sexual reproduction ensures the creation of new variants. It involves the fusion of gametes from different parents (male and female) resulting into genetic recombination that leads to variations.

Question 35.
Name the type of cell division that takes place in the zygote of an organism exhibiting haplontic life cycle. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Meiosis is the type of cell division that takes place in the zygote of an organism exhibiting haplontic life cycle.

Question 36.
Name the phenomenon and the cell responsible for the development of a new individual without fertilisation as seen in honeybees. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
The phenomenon of the development of a new individual without fertilisation is called parthenogenesis. In honeybees, egg cell undergoes parthenogenesis to form haploid drones (n).

Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1

Question 37.
Mention the site where syngamy occurs in amphibians and reptiles, respectively. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
In amphibians, syngamy takes place outside the body of organism in water while in reptiles, it takes place inside the body of female organism.

Question 38.
A moss plant produces a large number of antherozoids but relatively only a few egg cells. Why? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
The antherozoids or male gametes in moss plants are motile and depend on water for their transport towards female gametes (non-motile). During gamete transfer, large number of male gametes are lost. Thus, to ensure fertilisation, large number of male gametes are released in water so as to reach the non-motile female gametes.

Question 39.
Why are papaya and date palm plants said to be dioecious, whereas cucurbits and coconut palms monoecious, inspite of all of them bearing unisexual flowers? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Papaya and date palm plants are said to be dioecious because male and female flowers are borne on separate plants, whereas cucurbits and coconut palms are monoecious because male and female flowers are borne on the same plant.

Question 40.
(i) Why do organisms like algae and
fungi shift from asexual mode of reproduction to sexual mode ?
(ii) What is a juvenile phase in organisms ? (2018C)
Or
Why do algae and fungi shift to sexual mode of reproduction just before the onset of adverse conditions? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Organisms such as fungi and algae switch to sexual mode of reproduction during adverse conditions because asexual reproduction produces a large population that may not survive due to lack of resources. Sexual reproduction brings variations among the individuals, that might help the individuals to better adapt to the changed conditions and to survive. This ensures the continuity of species.

(ii) The period during which an organism grows to attain sexual maturity is called juvenile phase in animals. In plants, it is known as vegetative phase.

Question 41.
Why do moss plants produce very large number of male gametes? Provide one reason. What are these gametes called? (All India 2015)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 20.

Question 42.
Coconut palm is monoecious, while date palm is dioecious. Why are they so called? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 21.

Question 43.
The cell division involved in gamete formation is not of the same type in different organisms. Justify. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The gametes involved in sexual reproduction are usually haploid. Thus, in diploid organism cell division involved in gamete formation is meiosis, as it leads to the production of haploid gametes. However, in case of haploid organisms, gametes are formed due to mitotic cell division.

Question 44.
A list of three flowering plants is given below Date palm, cucurbits and pea.
Which ones out of them are
(i) monoecious
(ii) bearing pistillate flowers? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) Cucurbits and pea plants are monoecious bearing both staminate and pistillate flowers on the same plant.
(ii) Date palm, cucurbits and pea, all three bear pistillate flowers.

Question 45.
Name any two organisms and the phenomenon involved where the female gamete undergoes development to form new organisms without fertilisation? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Parthenogenesis helps in the development of new organisms without fertilisation, e.g. lizards, honeybees, etc. Refer to Answer. No. 2.

Question 46.
Differentiate between an annual and biennial plants. Provide one example of each. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Differences between annual and biennial plants are as follows

Annual plants Biennial plants
These plants complete their life cycle in 1 year. These plants complete their life cycle in 2 years.
The vegetative and reproductive phases occur within a year only. Flowering occurs during second year, after a year of vegetative growth.
Since, these plants require less time, they are of low maintenance. Due to more time required in growing, these plants require of high maintenance.
e.g. cereals, legumes, marigold, Gerbera, etc. e.g. trees, shrubs and some grasses, poppy, foxglove, etc.

Question 47.
(i) List the three states the annual and biennial angiosperms have to pass through during their life cycle.
(ii) List and describe any two vegetative propagules in flowering plants. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) The three states through which the annual and biennial angiosperms pass during their life cycle are

  • Vegetative or Juvenile phase
  • Reproductive phase
  • Senescent phase

(ii) Vegetative propagules are the parts/units of a plant which can be used for vegetative propagation, e.g. roots, stems, leaves, etc.
Root propagules are used for the production of a new plant via roots, e.g. fleshy roots in case of sweet potato, tapioca and Dahlia.
Vegetative propagation through leaves Many plant leaves have adventitious buds which help in the development of a new plant, e.g. Begonia, Bryophyllum, etc.

Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1

Question 48.
Vijay’s mother was preparing batter for dosa and added a small packet of dried yeast to the mixture. She left it for sometime and Vijay noticed that the level of batter has risen in the bowl. He asked his mother about his observation.
(i) Why was yeast added to the dosa batter?
(ii) Name and explain the process by which yeast multiplies.
Answer:
(i) Yeast was added to dosa batter to make it light and fluffy. Yeast divides very quickly and releases carbon dioxide which raises the batter in quick time.
(ii) Yeast reproduces by budding which is a type of asexual reproduction during budding unequal and small projections called buds are produced. These buds initially remain attached to parent body but later they detach to form new individuals.

Question 49.
Arjun saw an article on ‘Reproductive behaviours of various mammals in a magazine. For example, how some animals can reproduce throughout their life, while others cannot. He took the article to his teacher for further clarification.
(i) What is meant by term continuous breeders and seasonal breeders?
(ii) In non-primates, what is the phase of morphological and physiological changes known as?
(iii) List the values observed in Arjun.
Answer:
(i) Animals that remain reproductively active throughout their reproductive cycle are called continuous breeders, e.g. humans. Animals which attain reproductive activity only during favourable seasons are called seasonal breeders, e.g. dogs, birds, etc.
(ii) Oestrus cycle.
(iii) Arjun is intelligent, observant and inquisitive.

The post Reproduction in Organisms Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 1 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 2 Important Questions, Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 2 Important Questions Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants

Question 1.
Angiosperms bearing unisexual flowers are said to be either monoecious or dioecious. Explain with the help of one example each. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Plant bearing flowers of both sexes, i.e. staminate and pistillate flowers called monoecious, e.g. lea mays (maize).
When both sexes, i.e. staminate and pistillate flowers, are present on different plants; these plants are called dioecious, e.g. Carica papaya (Papaya).

Question 2.
These pictures show the gynoecium of (A) Papaver and (B) Michelia flowers. Write the difference in the structure of their ovaries. (Delhi 2015C)
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 1
Answer:
The gynoecium of Papaver is multicarpellary and syncarpous (pistils are fused together), the ovary can be unilocular to multilocular. The gynoecium of Michelia is multicarpellary and apocarpus (pistils are free) and the ovary is always unilocular.

Question 3.
Name the parts of the flower which the tassels of corn cob represent. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The parts of the flower that represent the tassels of corn cob are stigma and style which wave in the wind to trap pollen grains flowing with the wind.

Question 4.
Draw a diagram of a mature microspore of an angiosperm. Label its cellular components only. (Foreign 2014)
Or
Draw a labelled diagram of at mature pollen grain. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
The labelled diagram of a mature microspore of an angiosperm with its cellular components is given below
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 2

Question 5.
State the function of filiform apparatus found in mature embryo sac of an angiosperm. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The special cellular thickenings present in synergids at the micropylar tip called filiform apparatus, found in mature embryo sac of an angiosperm help in guiding the entry of pollen tubes up to the synergids.

Question 6.
Give an example of a plant which came into India as a contaminant and is a cause of pollen allergy. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Parthenium or Carrot grass is a major contaminant which came to India and caused pollen allergy.

Question 7.
A bilobed, dithecous anther has 100 microspore mother cells per microsporangium. How many male gametophytes this anther can produce? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
An anther is a four-sided (tetragonal) structure consisting of four microsporangia.
Each microsporangium has 100 microspore
mother cells, so total number of microspore
mother cells in anther = 4 × 100 = 400
microspore mother cells. Meiosis in each microspore mother cell produces 4 male gametes, so 400 cells will produce = 4 × 400 = 1600 male gametes.

Question 8.
An anther with malfunctioning tapetum often fails to produce viable male gametophytes. Give one reason. (Delhi 2010)
Or
Write the function of tapetum in anthers. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The anther with malfunctioning tapetum cannot provide complete nutrition to the developing microspores or male gametophytes. So, it fails to produce viable male gametophyte.

Question 9.
In the TS of a mature anther given below, identify ‘a’ and ‘b’ and mention their functions. (All India 2019)
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 3
Answer:
In the given figure, a is sporogenous tissue and b is tapetum.

  • Sporogenous tissue has cell which are potential Pollen Mother Cell (PMC) or microspore mother cell and give rise to microspore tetrad after meiotic cell division.
  • Tapetum nourishes the developing microspores or pollen grains.

Question 10.
A pollen grain in angiosperm at the time of dehiscence from an anther could be 2-celled or 3-celled. Explain, how are the cells placed within the pollen grain when shed at a 2-celled stage? (All India 2017)
Answer:
A pollen grain is partly germinated microspore representing the male gametophyte. It divides by unequal mitotic division and forms two cells. Thus, each mature pollen grain in angiosperms have a generative cell and a vegetative cell.

In about 60% of angiosperms, pollen grains are shed at this 2-celled stage. However, in about 40% flowering plants, the generative cell may further divide mitotically to give rise to two male gametes and pollen grains are shed at this 3-celled stage.
The placement of cells within the pollen grain when shed at 2-celled stage can be visualised as shown below
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 4

Question 11.
A mature embryo sac in a flowering plant may possess 7-cells, but 8-nuclei. Explain with the help of a diagram only. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
A typical angiospermic embryo sac is 8-nucleated and 7-celled.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 5

Question 12.
In a flowering plant, a microspore mother cell produces four male gametophytes while a megaspore mother cell forms only one female gametophyte. Explain. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
In flowering plants, microspore mother cells are found embedded in the spOrophytic tissue of anther. These cells undergo meiosis and give rise to four microspores that remain together in a microspore tetrad. After attaining maturity, these microspores separate from each other and each microspore develops into a male gametophyte or pollen grain.

On the other hand, megaspore mother cell develops in the ovary of a flower and divides by meiotic division to produce four megaspores. From these, three degenerate while, the one undergoes further development and mitotic divisions to produce female gametophyte. Thus, in a flowering plant, a microspore mother cell produces four male gametophytes while, megaspore mother cell produces one female gametophyte.

Question 13.
Gynoecium of a flower may be apocarpous or syncarpous. Explain with the help of an example each. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Gynoecium of a flower is called as apocarpous when the carpels are free, e.g. apocarpus in Ranunculus. Whereas it is called syncarpous when the carpels are fused, e.g. syncarpous in Petunia.

Question 14.
Draw a diagram of a section of a megasporangium of an angiosperm and label funiculus, micropyle, embryo sac and nucellus. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Diagrammatic view of a megasporangium and pollen grains are shed at this 3-celled stage. (anatropous ovule)
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 6

Question 15.
Differentiate between the two cells enclosed in a mature male gametophyte of an angiosperm. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Haploid pollen grains represent the male gametophyte. It contains two cells, i.e. vegetative cell and generative cell.
The vegetative or tube cell is larger in size as compared to generative cell and have a vacuolated cytoplasm. The generative cell on the other hand have thin dense cytoplasm with prominent nuclei that give rise to two male gametes, while vegetative cell does not.

Question 16.
Name all the haploid cells present in an unfertilised mature embryo sac of a flowering plant. Write the total number of cells in it. (All India 2013)
Or
How many haploid cells are present in mature female gametophyte of a flowering plant? Name them. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
An unfertilised embryo sac of angiosperm is composed of 7 cells, i.e. 7-celled and 8-nucleated. Among 8-nuclei, 6 are enclosed by cell walls and organised into cells, which are haploid in number (3 antipodals, 2 synergids and 1 egg cell) and a large central cell with 2 polar nuclei.

Question 17.
Draw a labelled schematic diagram of the transverse section of a mature anther of an angiosperm plant. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 7

Question 18.
Explain the function of germ pores. (All India 2012 )
Answer:
Germ pores are prominent apertures of pollen grain exine where sporopollenin is absent. These are the regions where intine comes out forming a pollen tube to release male gamete in the embryo sac.

Question 19.
Identify and label the parts in the given anatropous ovule. (All India 2010C)
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 8
Answer:
A – Micropyle B – Outer integument
C – Inner integument D – Embryo sac

Question 20.
Pollen banks are playing a very important role in promoting plant breeding programme the world over.
How are pollens preserved in the pollen banks? Explain. How are such banks benefitting our farmers? Write any two ways. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Pollen grains are stored for years in liquid nitrogen (-196°C) in pollen banks for later use in plant breeding programmes. Plant breeding is a technique of manipulation of plant species in order to create desired plant types that are better suited for cultivation, give better yield and are disease resistant.
The objectives of such pollen banks include incorporation of certain traits or characters into crop plants in order to enhance the food production such as
(i) Increased tolerance to environmental stresses such as salinity, extreme temperature, drought, etc.
(ii) Resistance to pathogens like viruses, fungi and bacteria.

Question 21.
(i) Name the organic material exine of the pollen grain is made up of. How is this material advantageous to pollen grain?
(ii) Still it is observed that it does not form a continuous layer around the pollen grain. Give reason.
(iii) How are ‘pollen banks’ useful? (All India 2016C)
Answer:
(i) The organic material of exine of pollen grain is sporopollenin. This is most resistant biological material known so far. It protects pollen grains from damages.
(ii) Exine on pbllen grain is not a continuous layer. It is thin at places and pollen tube germinates by growth of intine through these thin parts of exine called germ pores.
(iii) Pollen banks are used to store pollen grains for short as well as long period of time in viable conditions.

Question 22.
Draw a labelled diagram of a section of an enlarged view of microsporangium of an angiosperm. (All India 2016C)
Or
Why are angiosperm anthers called dithecous? Describe the structure of its microsporangium. (Delhi 2014)
Or
Describe the structure of a mature microsporangium of an angiosperm. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The structure of a mature microsporangium can be described with the help of given diagram.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 9
Since, the angiosperm’s anthers are bilobed, each lobe bearing two thecae, they are referred to as dithecous. Microsporangium appears circular in outline and is usually surrounded by four wall layers. The outer three layers epidermis, endothecium and middle layers are protective in function. They also help in dispersal of pollens by dehiscing themselves. While, the innermost layer tapetum is nutritive in function and nourishes the developing pollen grdins. The centre of the microsporangium comprises of compact
sporogenous tissue. The cells of this sporogenous tissue undergo meiotic divisions to form microspore tetrads, that further develop to form pollen grains.

Question 23.
Draw a labelled diagram of a typical anatropous ovule. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
For structure or labelled diagram of anatropous ovule,
Refer to Answer No. 14.

Question 24.
Explain the process of microsporogenesis in angiosperms. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
The formation of microspores from a pollen mother cell through meiosis is called microsporogenesis.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 10

Microspores are arranged as tetrad. As the anthers mature and dehydrate they dissociate from each other and develop into mature pollen grains. Pollen grains or the male gametophytes are released by dehiscence of anther.

Question 25.
Draw a diagram of a mature embryo sac of an angiosperm and label the following parts in it. (Delhi 2013)
(i) Filiform apparatus
(ii) Synergids
(iii) Central cells
(iv) Egg cell
(v) Polar nuclei
(vi) Antipodals
Answer:
For mature embryo sac of angiosperm, Refer to figure in Answer No. 11.

Question 26.
Explain the process of megasporogenesis in angiosperms. (Delhi 2013C)
Or
Trace the development of megaspore mother cell up to the formation of a mature embryo sac in a flowering plant. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The process of formation of megaspores from the megaspore mother cell (2n) by the meiosis division in the ovule is called megasporogenesis. Refer to Answer No. 28.

Question 27.
Describe the structure of a 3-celled pollen grain of an angiosperm. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
The 3-celled pollen grain structure in an angiosperm consists of two male gametes and one vegetative cell. The vegetative cell is bigger, has abundant food reserve and a large irregularly-shaped nucleus. The generative cell is small and floats in the cytoplasm of the vegetative cell. It is spindle-shaped with dense cytoplasm and a nucleus. In over 60% of angiosperms, pollen grains are shed at this 2-celled stage. In most of the angiospermic species, the generative cell divides mitotically to give rise to the two male gametes before pollen grains are shed (3-celled stage).

Question 28.
Describe the process of megasporogenesis up to fully developed embryo sac formation in an angiosperm. (All India 2019)
Or
Where does the process of megasporogenesis start in an angiosperm? Describe the process up to the formation of embryo sac. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
In angiosperms, the process of megasporogenesis starts inside the nucellus of the ovule. During megasporogenesis, the Megaspore Mother Cell (MMC) undergoes meiosis resulting in the production of four megaspores. Out of the four megaspores, only one is functional while the other three degenerate.

The functional megaspore undergoes mitosis to form two nuclei, which migrate to opposite poles, forming a 2-nucleate embryo sac.

Further, mitotic divisions lead to the formation of 4-nucleate and 8-nucleate stages of the embryo sac. In these mitotic divisions, nuclear division is not followed by cell division. After the 8-nucleate stage, cell walls are laid down and a typical female gametophyte or embryo sac is formed.
Among the 8 nuclei, 6 are enclosed by cell walls and organised into cells, while the remaining 2 nuclei (polar nuclei) are situated above the egg apparatus in a large central cell.

Out of the six cells, three are grouped at the micropylar end and constitute the egg apparatus. It is made up of two synergids and one egg cell. The other three cells are located at the chalazal end and are called antipodals. Thus, a typical angiosperm embryo sac after maturity is 8-nucleate and 7-celled.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 11

Question 29.
(i) Draw a diagrammatic sketch of a transverse section of an anther of an angiosperm. Label its different walls and the tissue forming microspore mother cells.
(ii) Describe the process of microsporogenesis up to the formation of a microspore.
(iii) Write the function of ‘germ pore’ in a pollen grain of an angiosperm. (2018C)
Answer:
Answer:
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 12
(ii) For sporogenesis, Refer to Answer No. 24.
(iii) For function of germ pore, Refer to Answer No. 18.

Question 30.
(i) Describe the sequence of the process of microsporogenesis in angiosperms.
(ii) Draw a labelled diagram of a 2-celled final structure formed. (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Trace pollen grain development from sporogenous tissue in the anther. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Development of pollen grain from Pollen Mother Cell (PMC)

  • Pollen mother cell or microspore mother cell undergoes meiosis to form microspore tetrad or haploid microspores.
  • As the anther matures, the microspores dissociate from the tetrad and develop into pollen grains.
  • Nucleus of the microspores undergoes mitosis to form a large vegetative cell and small spindle-shaped generative cell.
  • They develop a two-layered wall, the outer exine made of sporopollenin and the inner intine made of cellulose and pectin.
  • Usually the pollen grains are liberated at this 2-celled stage.

In certain species, the generative cell divides mitotically to form two male gametes and the pollen grains are 3-celled during liberation.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 13

Question 31.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of the sectional view of microsporangium of an angiosperm. (Delhi 2015)
(ii) Explain the development of male gametophyte in the microsporangium. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 22 for figure of microsporangium.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 30 for development of male gametophyte.

Question 32.
(i) Describe the formation of mature female gametophyte within an ovule in angiosperms.
(ii) Describe the structure of cell that guides the pollen tube to enter the embryo sac. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) The functional megaspore undergoes mitosis to form 2 nuclei, which migrate to opposite poles, forming a 2-nucleate embryo sac. Further, mitotic divisions lead to the formation of 4-nucleate and 8-nucleate stages of the embryo sac. In these mitotic divisions, nuclear division is not followed by cell wall formation. After the 8-nucleate stage, cell walls are laid down and a typical female gametophyte or embryo sac is formed. Among the eight nuclei, six are enclosed by cell wall and organised into cells, while the remaining two nuclei (polar nuclei) are situated above the egg apparatus in a large central cell.

Out of the six cells, three are grouped at the micropylar end and constitute the egg apparatus made up of two synergids and one egg cell. The other three cells are located at the chalazal end and are called antipodals. Thus, a typical angiosperm embryo sac after maturity is 8-nucleate and 7-celled.

(ii) The egg apparatus present towards the micropylar end, comprises of two synergids and an egg cell.
These synergids possess special cellular thickenings at their micropylar tip and called filiform apparatus. This filiform apparatus guides the pollen tube to enter into embryo sac.
For figure. Refer to Answer No. 28 fig (e).

Question 33.
Draw a labelled diagram of sectional view of a mature embryo sac of an angiosperm. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Refer to figure of embryo sac in Answer No. 11.

Question 34.
How does the megaspore mother cell develop into 7-celled and 8-nucleate embryo sac in an angiosperm? Draw a labelled diagram of a mature embryo sac. (Delhi 2012)
Or
Explain with the help of diagram the development of mature embryo sac from a megaspore mother cell in angiosperm. (Foreign 2012, All India 2010C)
Or
Describe the process of megasporogenesis in angiosperm until 8-nucleate stage. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
For development of megaspore mother cell. Refer to Answer No. 32 (i).

Question 35.
(i) Draw a diagram of an enlarged view of TS of one microsporangium of an angiosperm and label the following parts
(a) Tapetum
(b) Middle layers
(c) Endothecium
(d) Microspore mother cell
(ii) Mention the characteristic features and function of tapetum.
(iii) Explain the following giving reasons
(a) Pollen grains are well-preserved as fossils.
(b) Pollen tablets are in use of people these days. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) For diagram. Refer to Answer No. 22.
(ii) Tapetum is the inner nourishing layer of microsporangial wall. The cells of tapetum have dense cytoplasm and more than one nucleus. These cells nourish the developing pollen grains.
(iii) (a) The outer exine layer of pollen grain is highly resistant because of sporopollenin. It is an organic material which can withstand harsh conditions, action of alkalis and acids. No enzyme can degrade sporopollenin. Thus, pollen grains are well-preserved as fossils.

(b) Pollen grains are rich in nutrients. So, used by people as health tablets or food supplements

Question 36.
Write one advantage and one disadvantage of cleistogamy to flowering plants. (2018C)
Answer:
The advantage of cleistogamy is that it ensures pollination in the absence of pollinators. Disadvantage of cleistogamy is that there is no chance of variation to occur.

Question 37.
What is pollen-pistil interaction and how is it mediated? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Pollen-pistil interaction is a chain or group of • events that take place from the falling of pollen over the stigma to the formation of pollen tube and its entry into the ovule. It is mediated by chemical components of pollen grain, interacting with that of pistil.

Question 38.
Differentiate between xenogamy and geitonogamy. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Xenogamy is the transfer of pollen grains from anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower of a different plant, while geitonogamy is the transfer of pollen grains from anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower on same plant.

Question 39.
How do the pollen grains of Vallisneria protect themselves? (All India 2012)
Or
Why do the pollen grains of Vallisneria have a mucilaginous covering? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
As the pollination of Vallisneria takes place by means of water, the pollen grains are covered by mucilaginous coating that protects them from damage and desiccation.

Question 40.
What is cleistogamy? Write one advantage and one disadvantage of it, to the plant. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Cleistogamy is a type of self-pollination that occurs in a permanently closed flower. Advantage and disadvantage of cleistogamy are as follows

  • Advantage Cleistogamous flowers produce assured seed-set even in the absence of pollinators.
  • Disadvantage Cleistogamous flowers are invariably autogamous. So, there is no chance of cross-pollination. Hence, less variations are generated in the progeny.

Question 41.
You are conducting artificial hybridisation on papaya and potato. Which one of them would require the step of emasculation and why ? However for both you will use the process of bagging. Justify giving one reason. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Papaya produces unisexual flowers and potato produces bisexual flowers. Therefore, the step of emasculation will be done on potato because emasculation is done on bisexual flower to avoid self-pollination. But, bagging is done on unisexual flowers, so to dust suitable pollen grains op the stigma when the stigma turns receptive and the flowers are rebagged.

Question 42.
Express the process of pollination in Vallisneria. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Vallisneria is a water pollinated plant. In this plant, the process of pollination involves reaching of female flower at the surface of water by the long stalk and release of pollen grains onto the surface of water. These pollen grains are carried water currents to reach the stigma eventually.

Question 43.
A single pea plant in your kitchen garden produces pods with viable seeds, but the individual papaya plant does not. Explain. (All India 2016)
Or
Out of mafty papaya plants growing in your garden, only a few bear fruits. Give reason.
Answer:
A single pea plant produces pods with viable seeds because the pea plant is autogamous, i.e they have the ability of self-pollination. Whereas the individual papaya plant is prevented from both autogamy and geitonogamy. In this plant, male and female flowers are present on different plants, i.e. each plant is either male or female.

Question 44.
Explain the process of pollination in Vallisneria. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Pollination in Vallisneria Refer to Answer No. 7.

Question 45.
List the different types of pollination depending upon the source of pollen grain. (Delhi 2016)
Or
Differentiate between autogamy, geitonogamy and xenogamy. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Depending on the source of pollen grain, pollination can be classified into

  • Autogamy It is the transfer of pollen grain from anther to the stigma of the same flower.
  • Geitonogamy It is the transfer of pollen grains from anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower on the same plant. Geitonogamy is functionally cross-pollination involving pollinating agent, but genetically it is equivalent to autogamy since the pollen grains come from the same plant.
  • Xenogamy It is the transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma of different plants of same species. It brings genetically different types of pollen grains to the stigma.

Question 46.
In angiosperms, zygote is diploid, while primary endosperm cell is triploid. Explain. (All India 2013)
Or
Mention the reasons for difference in ploidy of zygote and primary endosperm nucleus in an angiosperm. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
In angiosperms or flowering plants, zygote is diploid and primary endosperm nucleus is triploid. It is because in these plants, one of the male gametes fuses with egg cell, which results in the formation of zygote. So, zygote is diploid. While primary endosperm cell is triploid because the nucleus of the second male gamete (n) fuses with the two haploid polar nuclei or diploid secondary nucleus (2n) of the central cell to form a triploid primary endosperm nucleus (3n). This process is referred to as triple fusion. The central cell is now called primary endosperm cell.

Question 47.
Explain triple fusion in angiosperm. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
For triple fusion. Refer to Answer No. 11.

Question 48.
State one advantage and one disadvantage of cleistogamy. (All India 2012)
Answer:
For cleistogamy. Refer to Answer No. 5.

Question 49.
Why should a bisexual flower be emasculated and bagged prior to artificial pollination? (Foreign 2010)
Or
Why does a breeder need to emasculate a bisexual flower? Mention a condition in a flower where emasculation is not necessary. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Emasculation in a bisexual flower is required to prevent contamination of the stigma with self-pollen grains. Bagging is done to prevent contamination of the stigma of the emasculated flower with any other unwanted pollen grains. That is why a bisexual flower should be emasculated and bagged prior to artificial pollination. Emasculation is not required in unisexual flowers.

Question 50.
(i) Draw a LS of pistil showing pollen tube entering into the embryo sac. Label the following. (All India 2019)
(a) Nucellus
(b) Antipodals
(c) Synergids
(d) Micropyle

(ii) Write the functions of the following
(a) Synergids
(b) Micropyle
Answer:
(i) For pistil-pollen diagram, Refer to Answer No. 19 (ii).
(ii) (a) Synergids These possess special cellular thickenings at their micropylar tip called filiform apparatus. This filiform apparatus guides the pollen tube to enter embryo sac.
(b) Micropyle It facilitates the entry of pollen tube and thus fertilisation.

Question 51.
Emasculation and bagging are the two important steps carried during artificial hybridisation to obtain superior varieties of desired plants. Explain giving reasons, in which types of flowers and at what stages are the two processes carried out. (All India 2019)
Answer:
For emasculation and bagging. Refer to Answer No. 14. If the plant bears bisexual flowers, emasculation and bagging are carried out before the anther dehisces.
If the plant bears unisexual flowers, emasculation is not required. The female flower buds are bagged before the opening of flowers are

Geitonogamy Xenogamy
It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of another flower of same plant. It is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma of different plants.
The pollen grains are genetically similar to the plant. The pollen grains are genetically different from the plant.

Geitonogamy result sun progenies which are animals and even humans. It is believed that pollination by wind (anemophily) is more coihmon because transport by wind-current can take pollens to distant places.

Question 52.
(i) Differentiate between geitonogamy and xenogamy.
(ii) Write the difference in the characteristics of the progeny produced as a result of the two processes. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Differences between geitonogamy and xenogamy purelines, e.g. homozygous. They are genetically similar. Xenogamy results in hybrids, e.g. heterozygous. They show variations in characters.

Question 53.
How does a bisexual flowering plant ensure cross-pollination ? Explain. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Bisexual flowers ensuring cross-pollination Refer to Answer No. 22.

Question 54.
(i) Can a plant flowering in Mumbai be pollinated by pollen grains of the same species growing in New Delhi? Provide explanation to your answer,
(ii) Draw the diagram of a pistil where pollination has successfully occurred. Label the parts involved in reaching the male gametes to its desired destination. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Yes, a plant flowering in Mumbai can be pollinated by pollen grains of the same species growing in New Delhi. It is mainly because there are certain agents of pollination that can carry pollen grains to long distance. Plants can use either abiotic or biotic agents for pollination. Abiotic pollinators include wind and water while biotic pollinators are insects, birds,

(ii) The parts involved in transferring the male gametes to its desired destination are stigma, style, micropyle, filiform apparatus and synergids. Longitudinal Section (LS) of a post-pollinated pistil is given below
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 14

Question 55.
What does an interaction between pollen grains and its compatible stigma result in after pollination? List two steps in sequence that follow after the process. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
When the pollen grains fall on the stigma, the pollen tube enters one of the synergids and releases two male gametes.

  • One of the male gametes moves towards the egg cell and fuses with it to complete syngamy to form the zygote.
  • The other male gamete fuses with the two polar nuclei and forms triploid Primary Endosperm Nucleus (PEN). This is termed as triple fusion.
  • Since, two kinds of fusion syngamy and triple fusion takes place, the process is known as double fertilisation and is characteristics of flowering plants.

Question 56.
As a senior biology student you have been asked to demonstrate to the students of secondary level in your school, the procedure(s) that shall ensure cross-pollination in a hermaphrodite flower. List the different steps that you would suggest and provide reasons for each one of them. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Cross-pollination is done to mix two desired characters of two different species of a plant. For example, purple and white flower of a pea.

  • Select two pea plants one with white and other with purple flower.
  • Label them as male (white flowered) and female (purple flowered) plant.
  • Cut anthers from purple flower with the help of scissors before their dehiscence to avoid self-pollination and cover it with white paper bag.
  • Now collect pollens from the white flower (male plant) with the help of brush.
  • Dust the pollens on the stigma of female (purple fewer) flower.
  • Cover it again with paper bag till seed formation.

Question 57.
Flowering plants have developed many devices to discourage self-pollination and to encourage cross-pollination. Explain three such devices. Delhi 2016C
Or
Why do hermaphrodite angiosperms develop outbreeding devices? Explain any two such devices with the help of examples. (All India 2015)
Or
Make a list of any three outbreeding devices that flowering plants have developed and explain how they help to encourage cross-pollination. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Hermaphrodites or bisexual flowers develop outbreeding devices to ensure cross-pollination and avoid self-pollination. The three outbreeding devices that flowering plants have developed to discourage self-pollination are
(i) Unisexuality (Dicliny) Flowers are unisexual, so that self-pollination is not possible. The plants may be monoecious (bearing both male and female flowers, e.g. maize) or dioecious (bearing male and female flowers on different plants, e.g. mulberry, papaya).

(ii) Dichogamy Anthers and stigmas mature at different times in a bisexual flower for preventing self-pollination.
(a) Protandry Anthers mature earlier than stigma of the same flower. The pollens thus btfcome available to stigmas of the older flowers, e.g. sunflower, Salvia.
(b) Protogyny Stigmas mature earlier, so that they get pollinated before the anthers of the same flower develop pollen grains, e.g. Mirabilis jalapa,
Gloriosa, Plantago.

(iii) The third device to prevent self-pollination is self-incompatibility. It is a genetic mechanism that prevents self-pollen from fertilising the ovules by preventing pollen germination or pollen tube growth in the pistil. All these methods encourage cross-pollination thus causing genetic variations among them.

Question 58.
Explain the phenomenon of double fertilisation. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The phenomenon of double fertilisation occurs in following steps

  • In an angiospermic plant, two male gametes are discharged by a pollen tube into the cytoplasm of a synergid of the embryo sac.
  • One of the male gametes fuses with the egg to form a zygote. This process is called syngamy.
  • Other male gamete fuses with the secondary nucleus to form the primary endosperm nucleus, this process is called triple fusion.
  • Since, there are two fusions (syngamy and triple fusion) inside an ovule during fertilisation, it is known as double fertilisation.

Question 59.
Write the differences between wind pollinated and insect pollinated flowers. Give an example of each type. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The differences between wind pollinated and insect pollinated flowers are

Wind pollinated flowers Insect pollinated flowers
These are small. They are either large or grouped to form large clusters.
Usually inconspicuous due to dull colours. The presence of bright colours in corolla, calyx or bracts to attract insects.
They are odourless and devoid of nectar. Strongly odoured and usually possess nectar or edible pollen.
Pollens are produced in large numbers. Fewer pollen grains are produced.
e.g. Urtica, Maize, Parthenium. e.g. Rose, Snapdragon, Calotropis.

Question 60.
Differentiate between geitonogamy and xenogamy in plants. Which one between the two will led to inbreeding depression and why? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
For difference. Refer to Answer No. 17 (i).
Geitonogamy will lead to inbreeding depression because the pollen grains are genetically similar resulting into inbreeding. Continuous inbreeding reduces fertility.

Question 61.
(i) Write the characteristic features of anther, pollen and stigma of wind pollinated flowers.
(ii) How do flowers reward their insect pollinator? Explain. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) In wind pollinated flowers,

  • Anthers are well-exposed for easy dispersal of pollen grains.
  • Pollen grains are light and non-sticky, so that they can be transported by wind currents.
  • Stigma is large and feathery to trap pollens.

(ii) Flower rewards their insect pollinators easily by offering

  • Nectar and edible pollen grains.
  • Safe place for insects to lay eggs by some flowers, e.g. Amorphophallus and Yucca.

Question 62.
(i) Describe any two devices in a flowering plant which prevent both autogamy and geitonogamy.
(ii) Explain the events up to double fertilisation after the pollen tube enters one of the synergids in an ovule of an angiosperm. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) The two devices that prevent both autogamy and geitonogamy in flowering plants are as follows
(a) Self-incompatibility In some plants when pollen from same flower or other flower of the same plant comes on the stigma, it is incapable of bringing about fertilisation.
It is due to the presence of similar self-sterile gene, e.g. tobacco, potato, etc. It prevents autogamy and geitonogamy.

(b) Dioecy In several species such as papaya, male and female flowers are present on different plants. Thus, each plant is either male or female. This condition also prevents both autogamy and geitonogamy.

(ii) In the ovule, the pollen tube is attracted by secretions of synergids. Usually the pollen tube enters the embryo sac by passing into one of the two synergids which starts degenerating. The pollen tube bursts up by absorbing hydrolytic substances secreted by degenerating synergids. It is followed by double fertilisation in flowering plants.

Double fertilisation It is the fusion of two male gametes to two different cells of the same female gametophyte in order to produce two different structures.

Nawaschin (1898) was the first to show that both the male gametes are involved in fertilisation in Fritillaria and Lilium. Double fertilisation consists of two events that are as follows

  • Syngamy or Amphimixis Fusion of the egg nucleus with one male gamete is called syngamy. This fusion results in the formation of diploid cell, the zygote.
  • Triple fusion Along with syngamy, the other’male gamete moves towards the two polar nuclei located in the central cell and fuses with them to produce a triploid Primary Endosperm Mother (PEM) cell. In this way, fertilisation occurs in flowering plants.

Question 63.
Draw the longitudinal section of a flower showing growth of pollen tube up to the embryo sac. Label the following parts
(i) Stigma
(ii) Pollen tube
(iii) Integument
(iv) Chalazal end
(v) Nucellus
(vi) Synergids
Answer:
For LS of flower. Refer to Answer No. 19 (ii).

Question 64.
(i) Plan an experiment and prepare a flow chart of the steps that you would follow to ensure that the seeds are formed only from the desired sets of pollen grains. Name the type of experiment that you carried out.
(ii) Write the importance of such experiments. (All India 2015)
Answer:
(i) Artificial hybridisation is carried out to ensure that seeds are formed from the desired set of pollen grains. This is done by emasculation and bagging.
The flow chart below shows the steps to be followed
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 15

(ii) Importance of such experiments are
(a) Creation of new genetic recombination with better qualities.
(b) Incorporation of a large number of desirable characters into a single variety.

Question 65.
Angiospermic flowers may be monoecious, cleistogamous or show self-incompatibility. Describe the characteristic features of each one of them and state which one of these flowers promotes inbreeding and outbreeding, respectively. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The characteristic features of angiospermic flowers
(i) Monoecious flowers are unisexual, i.e. they have either the male reproductive or female reproductive part in separate flowers, both produced on same plant. The flowers (male and female) are separate. It prevents self¬pollination and promotes cross-pollination.

(ii) Cleistogamous flowers are those flowers in which anthers and stigmas lie close to each other and do not open at all, even at maturity. These flowers are invariably autogamous and promote inbreeding depression as there is no chance for cross-pollination at all.

(iii) Self-incompatible In angiospermic flowers, there is a genetic mechanism, wherein the flowers prevent the self-pollens from fertilising the ovules or inhibit their germination on stigma. This device or mechanism promotes outbreeding.

Question 66.
(i) Draw a longitudinal section of a pistil of an angiosperm showing the growth of pollen tube up to the micropyle of ovule. Label
(a) stigma,
(b) embryo sac
(c) pollen tube
(d) micropyle.

(ii) Explain the events that occur, up to fertilisation, when the compatible pollen grain lands on the stigma. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) For LS of flower. Refer to Answer No. 19 (ii).
(ii) The events that occur when compatible pollen grains fall on stigma in the sequence are as follows

(a) Pollen-pistil interaction Once the compatible pollen grains fall on stigma which is receptive, it recognises and accepts the pollen with the aid of chemical components interacting with pollen.

(b) Germination of pollen grain Once the pollen is recognised, it germinates on the stigma of flower. The tube cell of pollen grain protrudes out through germ pores to form a pollen tube. The generative cell divides to form two male gametes that are released into the tube.

(c) Growth of pollen tube The pollen tube grows down through the tissues of stigma and style and enters ovule, usually through micropyle. Inside ovule, the filiform apparatus guides the pollen tube, carrying gametes to the egg cell.

(d) Double fertilisation After releasing the two male gametes into the synergids, one of them fuses with egg to form a diploid zygote (syngamy) and other male gamete fuses with 2 polar nuclei to form triploid primary endosperm cell (triple fusion). Because of the occurrence of these two types of fusions, it is called double fertilisation.

Question 67.
Why is fertilisation in an angiosperm referred to as double fertilisation? Mention the ploidy of the cells involved. (All India 2012)
Answer:
In fertilisation (in angiosperm), two types of fusion occur, i.e. syngamy and triple fusion, in the embryo sac. That is why it is called double fertilisation.
Ploidy of cells involved in double fertilisation: Zygote is diploid (2n). It is formed as a result of syngamy, i.e. fusion of two haploid gametes (male gamete + egg). Primary endosperm nucleus (3M) is formed as a result of triple fusion, i.,e. fusion of two haploid polar nuclei with male gamete.

Question 68.
Draw a diagram of a fertilised embryo sac of a dicot flower. Label all its cellular components. (Delhi 2015)
Or
(i) Why is the process of fertilisation in angiosperms termed as double fertilisation? Explain.
(ii) Draw a diagram of an angiospermic embryo sac, where fertilisation is just completed.

Label the following parts

  • Micropylar end of embryo sac
  • The part that develops into an embryo
  • The part that develops into an endosperm
  • The degenerating cells at the chalazal end

(iii) Draw a labelled diagram of globular embryonic stage of an angiosperm. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 31 (d) for double fertilisation.
(ii) Fertilised angiospermic embryo sac with its cellular component is given below
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 16
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 17

Question 69.
(i) Geitonogamy is functionally a cross-pollination, but genetically similar to autogamy. Explain.
(ii) Why do flowering plants need to develop outbreeding devices? Explain any three such devices developed by flowering plants. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Transfer of pollen grains from the anther to stigma of another flower of the same plant is called geitonogamy. It is functionally cross-pollination as it involves a pollinating agent, but genetically similar to autogamy since, the pollen grains come from the same plant (genetically same parent).

(ii) Continued self-pollination results in inbreeding depression because majority of flowering plants produce hermaphrodite flowers and pollen grains generally come in contact with the stigma of same flower.

(iii) To discourage this, flowering plants developed many devices. For some of these devices, Refer to Answer No. 22.

Question 70.
Given below is a section of maize grain. Identify A and state its function.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 18
Answer:
A is endosperm. It provides nutrition to the developing embryo.

Question 71.
Identify A in the figure showing a stage of embryo development in a dicot plant and mention its function. (All India 2016)
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 19
Answer:
A is cotyledon. It is the storehouse of food.

Question 72.
Mention the function of coleorhiza. (Delhi 2015C, All India 2012)
Answer:
Coleorhiza is a protective sheath covering the young root of the embryo in plants of the grass family.

Question 73.
The meiocyte of rice has 24 chromosomes. Write the number of chromosomes in its endosperm. (All India 2013)
Answer:
The meiocyte is a diploid cell and have 24 chromosomes. Thus, its haploid chromosome number is 12.
Number of chromosomes in endosperm is
12 × 3 = 36

Question 74.
Write the function of scutellum. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The cotyledon of embryo of grass family is called scutellum. It is an embryonic leaf.

Question 75.
Banana is a true fruit but is also a parthenocarpic fruit. Give reason. (Foreign 2010C)
Or
Why is banana referred to as a parthenocarpic fruit? (All India 2013)
Or
Why is banana considered a good example of parthenocarpy? (All India 2012)
Answer:
The fruit of banana is formed from the ovary, so it is a true fruit. It is a parthenocarpic fruit because the ovary develops into fruit without fertilisation and is thus seedless.

Question 76.
Why is apple referred to as a false fruit? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
In apple, the thalamus also contributes to fruit formation. So, apples are called false fruits.

Question 77.
Name the mechanism responsible for the formation of seed without fertilisation in angiosperms. Give an example of a species of flowering plants with such seed formation. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Apomixis is the mechanism responsible for the formation of seeds without fertilisation in angiosperms, e.g. grasses.

Question 78.
It is said apomixis is a type of asexual reproduction. Justify. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Through apomixis, viable seeds can be produced without fertilisation and zygote formation through gametic fusion. This is not the case during sexual reproduction. In sexual reproduction, seeds are produced through gametic fusion following fertilisation. So, apomixis is called a type of asexual reproduction.

Question 79.
Name the type of fruit apple is categorised under and why? Mention two other examples which belong to the same category as apple. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Apple is categorised as false fruit because it does not develop from the ovary, but thalamus. Cashew and strawberry belong to the same category as apple.

Question 80.
Write the difference between the tender coconut water and the thick, white kernel of a mature coconut and their ploidy. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The tender coconut water represents the free nuclear endosperm while, the white kernel is the cellular endosperm. The water and kernel of the endosperm are both triploid.

Question 81.
Suggest two advantages to a farmer using apomictic seeds of hybrid varieties.(Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Two advantages of apomictic seeds to a farmer are as follows

  • It lowers the cost of production.
  • Apomictic seeds do not have to be produced every year.

Question 82.
List the post-fertilisation events in angiosperms. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The post-fertilisation events in angiosperms include

  • Endosperm and embryo development.
  • Maturation of ovule into seed.
  • Maturation of ovary into fruit.

Question 83.
Draw a labelled diagram of a matured embryo of a dicotyledonous plant. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The labelled diagram of a mature embryo of a dicotyledonous plant is as given below
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 20

Question 84.
Write the fate of egg cell and polar nuclei after fertilisation. (Delhi 2013)
Or
Write the fate of triple fusion in mature fruit of coconut. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The egg cell after fertilisation with one of the two male nuclei forms zygote which further develops into an embryo. Polar nuclei fuse with other male nuclei to form primary endosperm nucleus which further develops into endosperm. In case of coconut, the endosperm is watery.

Question 85.
Some angiospermic seeds are said to be ‘albuminous’, whereas few others are said to have a perisperm. Explain each with the help of an example. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Some angiospermic seeds are albuminous as they retain endosperm even after embryo development, i.e. not completely consumed by embryo, e.g. wheat, maize, castor. nucellus are persistent which is referred to as perisperm, e.g. black pepper and beet.

Question 86.
Differentiate between albuminous and non-albuminous seeds, giving one example of each. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Difference between albuminous and non-albuminous seeds is Albuminous seed

Albuminous seed Non-albuminous seed
Endosperm is not completely consumed by the developing embryo, so a portion of it remains in the seed. Endosperm is completely consumed by the developing embryo before the maturation of seed, so there is no endosperm left in the seed.
e.g. coconut, castor and maize. e.g. pea, bean and mustard.

Question 87.
(i) Given below is a TS of an apple.
(ii) Why is an apple categorised as a false fruit?
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 21
Answer:
(i) In the given figure of TS of an apple,
A – Thalamus, B – Seed, C – Endocarp
(ii) For false fruit, Refer to Answer No. 7.

Question 88.
State what is apomixis? Write its significance. How can it be commercially used? (All India 2019)
Answer:
For apomixis, Refer to Answer No. 24.

Question 89.
Differentiate between parthenocarpy and parthenogenesis. Give one example of each. (2018C)
Answer:
The differences between parthenocarpy and parthenogenesis are

Parthenocarpy Parthenogenesis
It is the phenomenon of formation of fruits, without fertilisation. It is the phenomenon in which the unfertilised female gamete (ovum) develops into an adult.
It occurs in plants only. It occurs in plants and animals both.
Fruits produced by this procedure are of normal type. e.g. Pineapple fruits. Individuals produced by parthenocarpy are usually weak or non-viable, e.g. Plants-Datura, Animals- drones (honeybee).

Question 90.
If the meiocyte of a maize plant contains 20 chromosomes. Write the number of chromosomes in the endosperm and embyro of the maize grain and give reasons in support of your answer. (2018C)
Answer:
If the meiocyte of a maize plant contains 20 chromosomes, then the number of chromosomes in the endosperm and the embryo of maize grain will be 30 and 20, respectively.
The meiocyte is a diploid cell and have 20 chromosomes. Thus, its haploid chromosome is 10.
Number of chromosome in endosperm is 10 × 3 = 30.
Number of chromosomes in embryo is 2n,
2 × 10 = 20.

Question 91.
Do you think apomixis can be compared with asexual reproduction? Support your answer, giving one reason. How is apomixis beneficial to farmers? Explain. (2018 C)
Answer:
Yes, apomixis can be compared with asexual reproduction. It is also called a form of asexual reproduction that mimics sexual reproduction.
In apomixis, seeds are produced without fertilisation and zygote formation through gametic fusion. So, it can be called as a form of asexual reproduction.
Two advantages of apomictic seeds (apomixis) to farmers are

  • It lowers the cost of production.
  • Apomictic seeds do not have to be produced every year.

Question 92.
How are parthenocarpic fruits produced by some plants and apomictic seeds by some other? Explain. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Parthenocarpic Seeds:
Some fruits develop without undergoing fertilisation, these are called parthenocarpic fruits, e.g. banana and this process of formation of fruit without fertilisation is called parthenocarpy. It can be induced through the application of growth hormones and such fruits are seedless.

Apomictic Seeds:
It is a form of asexual reproduction that mimics sexual reproduction, but produces viable seeds without fertilisation. It does not involve formation of zygote through the gametic fusion. It occurs in some species of Asteraceae and grasses.

These are produced from segments of fruit (mango stem), male gametic content of pollen (Cyperus) and other vegetative parts. In some species, the diploid egg cell is formed without reduction division and develops into embryo without fertilisation. It is an asexual reproduction in the absence of pollinators and takes place in extreme environments.

In some species like Citrus, some of the nucellar cells surrounding the embryo sac start dividing and develop into embryo. It occurs in the megaspore mother cell that does not undergo meiosis, thus produces diploid embryo sac through mitotic divisions.

Farmers pick apomictic seeds in plants which do not reproduce sexually. So that farmers use this method for the production of cloned seed.

Question 93.
State what is apomixis. Comment on its significance. How can it be commercially used? (All India 2015)
Answer:
Apomixis is the special mechanism to produce seeds without fertilisation. It is a form of asexual reproduction that mimics sexual reproduction.
Significance:

  • It helps in fixing heterosis or hybrid vigour in plants permanently.
    Rapid multiplication of genetically uniform individuals can be achieved without risk of segregation.

Commercial use Apomixis is used in plant breeding. It increases the chance of developing superior gene combinations and facilitates the rapid incorporation of desirable traits.

Question 94.
Double fertilisation is reported in plants of both, castor and groundnut. However, the mature seeds of groundnut are non-albuminous and castor are albuminous. Explain the post-fertilisation events that are responsible for it. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Double fertilisation is reported in both castor and
groundnut, but their mature seeds are different in terms of endosperm. The primary endosperm nucleus formed after fertilisation divides mitotically without cytokinesis to initiate the formation of endosperm. At this stage, the endosperm is called free nuclear endosperm.

Then, cell wall formation occurs and the endosperm becomes cellular type. The number of free nuclei formed before cellularisation varies greatly. Endosperm may be completely utilised by the developing embryo before the maturation of seeds as in groundnut. Such seeds are called non-albuminous or non-endospermic seeds.

When a portion of endosperm remains in seeds and is used up during seed germination, such seeds are called albuminous or endospermic seeds, e.g. castor.

Question 95.
Describe endosperm development in angiosperm. Foreign (2014)
Answer:
Endosperm development takes place by three methods
(i) In nuclear type, which is a common method, the Primary Endosperm Nucleus (PEN) undergoes repeated mitotic division without cytokinesis. At this stage, the endosperm is called free nuclear endosperm.

(ii) In cellular type, cell wall formation occurs and the endosperm becomes cellular. The number of free nuclei formed before cellularisation varies greatly, e.g. in coconut, the water is free nuclear endosperm and surrounding white kernel is cellular endosperm.

(iii) In helobial type endosperm formation, one half of endosperm is nuclear type and other half is cellular type.

Question 96.
(i) How is apomixis different from parthenocarpy?
(ii) Describe any two modes by which apomictic seeds can be produced. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Parthenocarpy is the development and production of seedless fruits in the absence of fertilisation, whereas apomixis refers to development of seeds and fruits, without fertilisation. So, the main difference between apomixis and parthenocarpy is that seeds are formed in former, while absent in later.

(ii) The two modes by which apomictic seeds can be produced are
(a) Agamospermy in which the seed or embryo is derived from diploid egg cell, formed without meiosis and syngamy. This diploid egg cell develops into embryo without undergoing fertilisation, e.g. apple, Rubus.
(b) Adventive embryony The method in which diploid cells surrounding the embryo sac, e.g nucellus and integument protrude into the sac and develop into embryo. This may also lead to the formation of more than one embryos in an embryo sac or ovule, leading to condition called polyembryony, e.g. Citrus, Opuntia.

Question 97.
Differentiate between parthenogenesis and parthenocarpy. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
For Parthenocarpy and Parthenogenesis, Refer to Answer No. 20.

Question 98.
(i) Describe the endosperm development in coconut.
(ii) Why is tender coconut considered as healthy source of nutrition?
(iii) How are pea seeds different from castor seeds with respect to endosperm? (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Coconut endosperm formation is nuclear type.
The primary endosperm nucleus undergoes free nuclear division without cell wall formation.
(ii) Soft coconut is an endosperm. It is rich in nutrients like fats, proteins, carbohydrates, minerals, vitamins, etc. Hence, it is considered as a healthy source of nutrition. [1)
(iii) The seeds of pea are non-endospermic, while castor seeds are endospermic. The endosperm in pea seeds is consumed completely during embryo development, but endosperm is not utilised in castor seeds.

Question 99.
Differentiate between perisperm and endosperm giving one example of each. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Differences between perisperm and endosperm are

Perisperm Endosperm
It represents persistent remains of nucellus (of ovule) in the seed. It develops from Primary Endosperm Nucleus (PEN).
It is a part that belongs to seed. It contains reserve food materials for developing seed.
It is usually dry. It is usually in fluid form or soft.
e.g. black pepper. e.g. water of coconut.

Question 100.
LS of a maize grain is given below. Label the parts A, B, C and D in it. (All India 2012)
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 22
Answer:
A-Pericarp
B – Scutellum (cotyledon)
C – Coleoptile
D – Coleorhiza

Question 101.
With the help of an example of each explain the following Apomixis, Parthenocarpy, Polyembryony. (India 2012C)
Answer:
Apomixis The phenomenon in which seeds are produced without fertilisation is called apomixis or agamqspermy, e.g. grass.
Parthenocarpy It is a commercially important process in which seedless fruit is formed without fertilisation, e.g. banana.
Polyembryony The occurrence of more than one embryo in a seed is known as polyembryony, e.g. orange.

Question 102.
(i) Explain any two ways by which apomictic seed can develop.
(ii) List one advantage and one disadvantage of an apomictic crop.
(iii) Why do farmers find production of hybrid seeds costly? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Apomictic seed can develop in two ways as follows
(a) These are produced from segments of fruit (mango stem), male gametic content of pollen (Cyperus) and other vegetative parts.
(b) In some species, the diploid egg cell is formed without reduction division and develops into embryo without fertilisation.

(ii) Advantage of apomictic crop These are the products of asexual reproduction in the absence of pollinators and takes place in extreme environment.
Disadvantage of apomictic crop During the production of apomictic crop, there is no segregation of characters in the hybrid progeny.

(iii) Apomixis produces hybrid seeds and it is a costly process. Since, hybrid seeds do not maintain hybrid characters, the apomictic seeds are to be produced year after year. This is the reason why farmers find production of hybrid seeds costly.

Question 103.
(i) When a seed of an orange is squeezed, many embryos, instead of one are observed. Explain, how it is possible.
(ii) Are these embryos genetically similar or different? Comment. (India 2017)
Answer:
(i) It is true that when we squeeze a seed of an orange, many embryos, instead of one are observed. It occurs mainly due to a process named polyembryony. It is a phenomenon of occurrence of more than one embryo in a seed. It was first described by Antony van Leeuwenhoek (1719) in Citrus. Polyembryony can be spontaneous or induced experimentally. The polyembryony may arise by the following reasons Formation of additional embryos from synergids or from antipodals and polar nuclei (very rare). Some embryos can also be derived by the activation of some sporophytic cells of ovule such as nucellus or integument.
Embryos can also be developed from an additional embryo sac in the same ovule.

(ii) The embryos formed as a result of polyembryony are genetically similar to one another. However, the embryos arising from gametophytic tissues are similar to each other, but not to their parents.

The embryos that are derived from sporophytic tissues are usually similar to each certain amount of endosperm is formed. It is an other as well as their parents.

Question 104.
(i) Explain the different ways apomictic seeds can develop. Give an example of each.
(ii) Mention one advantage of apomictic seeds to farmers.
(iii) Draw a labelled mature stage of a dicotyledonous embryo. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) For apomictic seeds, Refer to Answer No. 27 (ii)
(ii) For advantage of apomictic seeds, Refer to Answer No. 12.
(iii) For diagram. Refer to Answer No. 14.

Question 105.
(i) Why does endosperm development precede embryo development in angiosperm seeds? State the role of endosperm in mature albuminous seeds.
(ii) Describe with the help of three labelled diagrams of the different embryonic stages that include mature embryo of dicot plants. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) The embryo development starts only after a adaptation for assured nutrition of the developing embryo therefore, endosperm development precedes embryo development. The role of endosperm in mature albuminous seeds is storage of reserve food for growing embryo.

(ii) The embryonic stages during the development of mature embryo sac.
For figure. Refer to Answer No. 5 in Miscellaneous section on page no. 44.

Question 106.
(i) Mature seeds of legumes are non-albuminous. Then, can it be assumed that double fertilisation does not occur in legumes? Explain your answer.
(ii) List the differences between the embryos of dicot (pea) and monocot (grass) families. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Seeds of legumes are non-albuminous that implies that endosperm in such seeds is completely used up in providing nutrition to developing embryo. The endosperm is formed as a result of triploid fusion, i.e. between a male gamete and two polar nuclei. This makes it obvious that it cannot be formed in the absence of double fertilisation.
Therefore, though the seeds of legumes are non-albuminous, it clearly states the occurrence of double fertilisation in them.

(ii) The differences between the embryos of pea and grass can be summarised as follows

Dicot embryo (Pea) Monocot embryo (Grass)
The basal cell forms a 6-10 celled suspension. Basal cell produces a single-celled suspension.
Terminal cell produces embryo, except the radicle. Forms the whole of embryo.
First division of terminal cell is longitudinal. First division is transverse.
It possesses two cotyledons. It possesses one cotyledon.
Plumule is terminal and is present between the elongated cotyledons. Plumule is laterally present to excessive growth of single cotyledon.

Question 107.
(i) Why are seeds of some grasses called apomictic? Explain.
(ii) State two reasons to convince a farmer to use an apomictic crop. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) The seeds of some grasses develop without fertilisation. It may be because a diploid egg cell develops into an embryo directly (without undergoing meiosis and syngamy) or some diploid cells of nucellus or integument surrounding the embryo sac, protrude inside and develop into embryos. This phenomenon of developing embryo and seeds without fertilisation is called apomixis and such seeds produced are referred to as apomictic.

(ii) For advantage of apomictic seeds. Refer to Answer No. 12.

Question 108.
Give reasons why?
(i) Most zygotes in angiosperms divide only after certain amount of endosperm is formed.
(ii) Groundnut seeds are exalbuminous and castor seeds are albuminous.
(iii) Micropyle remains as a small pore in the seed coat of a seed.
(iv) Integuments of an ovule hardens and the water content is highly reduced as the seed matures.
(v) Apple and cashewnuts are not called true fruits. (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) Zygotes in angiosperms mostly divide only after a certain amount of endosperm is formed as an adaptation strategy to assure nutrition for the developing embryo.

(ii) Groundnut seeds are exalbuminous because the developing embryo utilises the endosperm completely. So, there is no endosperm left in the seed.
Castor seeds are albuminous because endosperm is not completely used up by the developing embryo. There is some amount of endosperm left in the seeds always.

(iii) Micropyle allows the entry of water and oxygen during seed germination.

(iv) During unfavourable conditions, seeds become dormant. The loss of water reduces the metabolic activity of seeds and hardens the integuments.

(v) In these fruits, thalamus contributes in fruit formation. So, they are not called true fruits.

Question 109.
(i) Draw a labelled longitudinal view of an albuminous seed.
(ii) How are seeds advantageous to flowering plants? (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) LS of an albuminous seed (caster) is
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 23

(ii) Advantages of seeds to flowering plants are

  • Provide protection to embryo in most delicate stage.
  • Help in dispersal and spread in new habitats.
  • Contain sufficient food reserves.
  • Produce genetic variations.
  • Seeds are related to pollination and fertilisation.

Question 110.
Explain the development of the zygote into an embryo and of the primary endospermic nucleus into an endosperm in a fertilised embryo sac of a dicot plant.
Answer:
Development of Endosperm
Refer to Answer No. 26.
Embryo Development in Dicot Seed

  • Embryo formation starts after a certain amount of endosperm is formed.
  • Zygote divides by mitosis to form a proembryo.
  • Formation of globular and heart-shaped embryo occurs, which finally becomes horseshoe-shaped mature embryo.
  • In dicot plant, embryo consists of two cotyledons and an embryonal axis between them.
  • The portion of embryonal axis above the level of attachment of cotyledons is epicotyl and terminates in the plumule.
  • The portion of embryonal axis below the level of attachment of cotyledon is the hypocotyl, it becomes radicle (root tip).

Question 111.
Normally one embryo develops in one seed but when an orange seed is squeezed many embryos of different shape and size are seen. Mention how it has happened. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
In orange seed, embryos originate by adventive embryony from diploid cells of nucellus or integuments and thus if orange seed is squeezed, many embryos of different sizes can be observed.

Question 112.
Name two end products of double fertilisation in angiosperms. How are they formed? Write their fate during the development of seed. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The two end products of double fertilisation in angiosperms are diploid zygote and a triploid Primary Endosperm Nucleus (PEN).
Diploid zygote is formed by the fusion of haploid gametes, i.e. male gamete and egg, while another male gamete and two polar nuclei of central cell fuse to form triploid primary endosperm nucleus.

During the development of seed, the zygote undergoes mitotic divisions to form a mature embryo while, the primary endosperm cell gives rise to nutritive tissue called endosperm, which provides nourishment to growing embryo.

Question 113.
(i) Explain the process of double fertilisation in angiosperms.
(ii) Why does the development of endosperm precedes that of embryo?
(iii) List the parts of a typical dicot embryo.
Answer:
(i) Double fertilisation After releasing the two male gametes into the synergids from a pollen tube, one of them fuses with egg to form a diploid zygote (syngamy) and other male gamete fuses with 2 polar nuclei to form triploid primary endosperm cell (triple fusion). Because of the occurrence of these two types of fusions this process is called double fertilisation.
Refer to figure in Answer No 19. (ii) in Topic 2.

(ii) The embryo development starts only after a certain amount of endosperm is formed. It is an adaptation to assure availability of nutrition for the developing embryo.
Therefore, endosperm development precedes embryo development.
The role of endosperm in mature albuminous seeds is storage of reserve food for growing embryo.

(iii) Parts of a typical dicot embryo are
(a) Plumule (b) Radicle (c) Cotyledons (d) Hypocotyl

Question 114.
Read the following statement and answer the questions that follows.
‘A guaVa fruit has 200 viable seeds’.
(i) What are viable seeds?
(ii) Write the total number of
(a) Pollen grains
(b) Gametes are producing 200 viable guava seeds.
(iii) Prepare a flow chart to depict the post-pollination events leading to viable seed production in a flowering plant. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) Viable seeds are seeds having the ability to germinate when favourable conditions are present.
(ii) (a) Number of pollen grains = 200
(b) Gametes are producing 200 viable guava seeds = 400
(iii) Post-pollination events include
(a) Double fertilisation (b) Formation of embryo (c) Formation of endosperm
Flow chart depicting post-pollination events is as follows
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 24

Question 115.
Read the statement and answer the questions that follows
A flower of brinjal has 520 ovules in its ovary. However, it produces a fruit with only 480 viable seeds.
(i) What could have prevented the rest of the 40 ovules from maturing into viable seeds? Explain giving a reason.
(ii) Describe the development of a dicot embryo in a viable seed.
(iii) Why certain angiospermic seeds are albuminous, while others are exalbuminous? Explain. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) Ovules can develop into viable seeds having the ability to germinate under suitable environmental conditions, however, often ovules do not develop in viable seeds because of the following reasons

  • Excessive dry weather or high temperature.
  • Damage to embryo.
  • Starvation due to exhaustion of food in ovule.

(ii) For development of a dicot embryo. Refer to Answer No. 41 in Topic 3.
The embryonic stages during the development of a mature embryo sac are
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 25

(iii) In flowering plants, during the development of seeds, along with embryo, a nutritive tissue called endosperm is also formed. During embryo development, endosperm degenerates to release its content that helps in the growth of embryo. In some plants, the endosperm is completely used up in embryo development.
In such seed, endosperm is absent, e.g. pea, gram, beans, etc. These seeds are called exalbuminous seeds. On the other hand, in some plants, the endosperm tissue persists in the viable seeds. These are called as albuminous seeds, e.g. castor.

Question 116.
(i) Explain the post-pollination events leading to seed production in angiosperms.
(ii) List the different types of pollination depending upon the source of pollen grain. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) Post-pollination events include pollen-pistil interaction, double fertilisation, formation of endosperm, development of embryo, seed and fruit.
For pollen-pistil interaction. Refer to Answer No. 2 of Topic 2.
For double fertilisation, Refer to Answer No. 23 of Topic 2.

Development of an endosperm Endosperm development precedes embryo development. The primary endosperm cell divides repeatedly to form a triploid endosperm tissue.

In most of the cases, the PEN undergoes successive nuclear divisions without cytokinesis, to give rise to free nuclear endosperm. Subsequently, cell wall formation starts from the periphery and the endosperm becomes completely cellular, e.g. coconut, rice, maize, sunflower, etc.

For figure. Refer to Answer No. 4 in Miscellaneous. Development of an embryo Embryo develops at the micropylar end of the embryo sac where the zygote is situated. Most zygotes divide only after certain amount of endosperm is formed.

The nutrition for the development of embryo is provided by the endosperm. The zygote gives rise to proembryo and subsequently to the globular, heart-shaped and mature embryo. Development of a seed Double fertilisation in angiosperms triggers the transformation of ovule into a seed. Seeds are formed inside the fruits. Formation of a fruit A fruit is formed as a result of cell division and differentiation in the ovary, which is transformed into fruit as a result of stimuli received from pollination as well as from developing seed.

(ii) Depending upon the source of pollen grains, pollination is of following three types
(a) Autogamy (Self-pollination) It is the kind of pollination achieved within the same flower. The pollen from the anthers of a flower is transferred to the stigma of the same flower, e.g. wheat, rice, pea, etc.

Autogamy is further classified as

  • Cleistogamy In some plants, flowers never open up and the anthers dehisce inside the closed flowers to ensure pollination.
    Thus, cleistogamous flowers are invariably autogamous as there is no chance of cross-pollination. These flowers produce assured seed sets even in the absence of pollinators, e.g. Oxalis, Viola, etc.
  • Homogamy In this method, both the anthers and the stigma of bisexual flowers mature at the same time, e.g. Mirabilis.

(b) Geitonogamy The pollination where the pollen grains from the anther of a flower are transferred to the stigma of another flower borne on the same plant but at different branches. It usually occurs in plants, which show monoecious condition, e.g. Cucurbita. It is functionally cross-pollination (involves a pollinating agent) but genetically it is similar to autogamy (since pollen grains come from same plant).

(c) Xenogamy (Cross-pollination) It involves the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one plant to the stigma of another plant. This is the only type of pollination, which brings genetically different types of pollen grains to the stigma during pollination, e.g. papaya, maize, etc.

Question 117.
(i) Explain the events after pollination leading to the formation of a seed in angiosperms.
(ii) Mention the ploidy levels of the cells of different parts of an albuminous seed. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
(i) The following events take place between pollination and formation of a seed in angiosperms
(a) Double fertilisation
Refer to Answer No. 23 of Topic 2.

(b) Endosperm formation
Refer.to Answer No. 6 (i) of this section only.

(c) Embryo development
Refer to Answer No. 6 (i) of this section only.

(d) Seed formation Seeds are fertilised ovule that are developed inside a fruit. Each seed consists of a seed coat, an embryonal axis and cotyledon.

(ii) The ploidy of the endosperm of an albuminous seed is 3rt and ploidy of the embryo is 2n.

Question 118.
A flower of tomato plant following the process of sexual reproduction produces 240 viable seeds.
Answer the following questions giving reasons
(i) What would have been the minimum number of ovules present in per pollinated pistil?
(ii) How many microspore mother cells would minimally be required to produce requisite number of pollen grains?
(iii) How many pollen grains must have minimally pollinated the carpel?
(iv) How many male gametes would have used to produce these 200 viable seeds?
(v) How many megaspore mother cells were required in this process? (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) The minimum number of ovules would also have been 240, as 240 viable seeds are formed. After fertilisation, the ovule turns into seeds.
(ii) The minimum number of microspore mother cells in the above case would be 60. This is because each microspore mother cell gives rise to 4 microspores.
Thus, to obtain 240, 60 cells are required.
(iii) The minimum number of pollen grains that must have been involved are 240, as 240 viable seeds are formed. This is because each pollen grain contains 2 male gametes, out of which one fuses with the egg forming zygote that gives rise to seeds.
(iv) The number of male gametes involved would be 240. Each male gamete fuses with one egg nucleus to form zygote that gives rise to seed.
(v) 240 megaspore mother cells were involved. They undergo meiotic division to form 4 haploid megaspores. Out of them, only 1 becomes functional megaspore, rest 3 degenerate.

Question 119.
A flower of brinjal plant following the process of sexual reproduction produces 300 viable seeds.
Answer the following questions giving reasons
(i) How many ovules are minimally involved?
(ii) How many megaspore mother cells are involved?
(iii) What is the minimum number of pollen grains that must land on stigma for pollination?
(iv) How many male gametes are involved in the above case?
(v) How many microspore mother cells must have undergone reduction division prior to dehiscence of anther in the above case? (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) The minimum number of ovules would be 300 as 300 viable seeds are formed.
(ii) 300 megaspore mother cells were involved.
(iii) The minimum number of pollen grains that must have been involved are 300.
(iv) The number of male gametes involved in seed formation are 300.
(v) Minimum 75 microspore mother cells.must have been involved to form 300 pollen grains.

Question 110.
(i) Draw a LS of a pistil showing pollen tube entering the embryo sac in an angiosperm and label the six parts other than stigma, style and ovary.
(ii) Write the changes a fertilised ovule undergoes within the ovary in an angiosperm plant. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Diagram Refer to Answer No. 19 (ii) of Topic 2.
(ii) Changes taking place in a fertilised ovule within the ovary in an angiospermic plant are
Fertilised ovule – Seed
Funiculus – Stalk of ovule
Integument – Seed coat
(a) outer – Testa
(b) inner – Tegman
Polar nuclei – Endosperm
Nucellus – Utilised or remaining perisperm
Antipodal – Degenerate
Synergid – Degenerate
Egg – Embryo

Question 111.
(i) Name the structures which the parts A and B shown in the diagram given below, respectively develop into.
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 26
(ii) Explain the process of development which B undergoes in albuminous and exalbuminous seeds. Give one example of each of these seeds. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) The part A is zygote which develops into the embryo. The part B is primary endosperm nucleus which develops into the endosperm.
(ii) Endosperm Formation

  • Primary endosperm cell divides repeatedly and forms triploid endosperm nucleus.
  • Primary endosperm nucleus undergoes successive free nuclear divisions to give rise to a number of free nuclei. At this stage, it is called free nuclear endosperm.
  • Wall formation takes place from the periphery and proceeds towards the centre and the endosperm becomes cellular.
  • In albuminous seeds, some amount of endosperm persists in the mature seed as the developing embryo does not consume it completely, e.g. wheat, maize.
  • In exalbuminous seeds, the endosperm is completely consumed by the developing embryo before seed maturation, e.g. in pea/groundnut.

Question 112.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of LS of an embryo of grass (any six labels).
(ii) Give reason for each of the following
(a) Anthers of angiosperm flowers are described as dithecous.
(b) Hybrid seeds have to be produced year after year. (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) LS of grass embryo is given below
Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 Img 27
(ii) (a) A typical angiosperm anther is bilobed with each lobe having two thecae.
So, anther is called dithecous.
(b) Hybrid seeds show segregation of traits and do not maintain the hybrid character in plants. So, they need to be produced every year and cannot be stored.

Question 113.
Explain double fertilisation and trace the post-fertilisation events in sequential order leading to seed formation in a typical dicotyledonous plant. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
For double fertilisation. Refer to Answer No. 23 of Topic 2.

Post-fertilisation events can be traced as

  • Development of endosperm, enlargement of seeds and fruit formation.
  • Zygote develops into an embryo.
  • Central cell becomes primary endosperm cell and the primary endosperm nucleus develops into the endosperm.
  • Antipodals and synergids degenerate.
  • Integuments develop into seed coat.
  • Ovules ripen into seeds.
  • Ovary ripens to form the fruit.

For development of embryo, Refer to Answer No. 6 (i) of this section only.

Question 114.
In a group discussion during laboratory class, the process of seed formation in flowering plants was being discussed. One student pointed out that pollination is major step involved in seed formation. Another student asked how does pollination occur in plants present in water. The teacher explained the process of pollination to solve their queries.
(i) What is pollination? Give the different types of pollination.
(ii) How do flowers present submerged in water bodies adapt themselves for pollination?
Answer:
(i) The transfer of pollen grains from the anther of the stamen to the receptive stigma of a flower is called pollination. It is of two types, self-pollination and cross-pollination.
(ii) In submerged plants, the pollen grains are released in water. In such plants, pollen grains are long, ribbon-like and are carried passively inside the water to stigma for pollination.

Question 115.
A biology student Ashu, read an article on apple being a false fruit. He asked his teacher about how a fruit can be called false and was explained about the development of fruits.
(i) What are false fruits? Give an example.
(ii) What is meant by parthenocarpy?
Name a fruit develops by this method.
(iii) What are the values shown by Ashu?
Answer:
(i) The fruit derived from ovary along with other accessory floral parts like thalamus is called false fruit, e.g. apple, strawberry, etc.
(ii) In parthenocarpy, fruits develop without undergoing fertilisation. Such fruits are seedless and called as parthenocarpic fruits, e.g. banana.
(iii) Ashu is intelligent, observant, inquisitive bo9857y who is curious about new developments around him.

The post Sexual Reproduction in Flowering Plants Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 2 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Human Reproduction to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 3 Important Questions, Human Reproduction Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 3 Important Questions Human Reproduction

Question 1.
Why are human testes located outside the abdominal cavity? Name the pouch in which they are present. (all India 2014)
Answer:
Human testes are located outside the abdominal cavity as it helps in maintaining low temperature (2-2.5%) lower than body temperature) required for spermatogenesis.
Testes are enclosed in a pouch called scrotum.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 2.
Write the location and functions of following in human testes
(i) Sertoli cells
(ii) Leydig cells (All India 2014)
Or
Name the cells that nourish the germ cells in the testes. Where are these cells located in the testes? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
(i) Location of Sertoli cells Within the lining of seminiferous tubule of testis.
Function of Sertoli cells They provide nutrition to the developing sperms or germ cells.

(ii) Location of Leydig cells In the interstitial spaces between the seminiferous tubules. Function of Leydig cells They synthesise and secrete male hormones, i.e. androgens, testosterone.

Question 3.
Write the function of the seminal vesicle. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Seminal vesicle produces an alkaline secretion containing prostaglandins, proteins and fructose. The high fructose content provides energy to the spermatozoa. These secretions form 60-70% of the fluid found in the semen.

Question 4.
List the different parts of human oviduct through which the ovum travels till it meets the sperm for fertilisation. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The different parts of human oviduct through which the ovum travels, till it gets fertilised are given below in the sequence

  • Fimbriae, finger-like projections Collect the ovum from ovary after ovulation.
  • Infundibulum Ovum from fimbriae is guided into funnel-shaped infundibulum, part of Fallopian tube.
  • Ampulla A wider part of oviduct that leads ovum into isthmus.
  • Isthmus It has a narrow lumen which opens into uterus. In the junction of ampulla- isthmus, the ovum gets fertilised.

Question 5.
Draw a labelled diagram to show inter-relationship of four accessory ducts in a human male reproductive system. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Refer to figure 3.1 (b) on page no. 48.

Question 6.
The below diagram shows human male reproductive system (one side only).
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 1

(i) Identify ‘X’ and write its location in the body.
(ii) Name the accessory gland ‘Y’ and its secretion.
(iii) Name and state the function of ‘Z’. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) .X-Testis. It is located outside the abdominal cavity within a pouch called scortum.
(ii) K-Seminal vesicle. It produces an alkaline secretion rich in fructose and constitutes 60% of the volume of the semen.
(iii) Z-Epididymis. It stores the sperms and secretes a fluid which helps in the maturation of sperms.

Question 7.
(i) Draw a labelled diagrammatic view of human male reproductive system,
(ii) Differentiate between vas deferens and vasa efferentia. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Refer to figure 3.1 on page no. 48.
(ii) Distinction between vas deferens and vasa efferentia

Vas deferens Vasa efferentia
It is a tube-like structure which conducts the spermatozoa from the epididymis to the penis. It connects the rete testis to the epididymis.
They arise from the rete testis. They arise from the cauda epididymis.
They are only 2 in number. They vary from 15-20 in number.
Vas deferens are thick. Vasa efferentia are fine.
Their lining has many stereocilia. Their lining bears many ciliated cells.

Question 8.
Name and explain the role of inner and middle walls of human uterus. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The innermost wall of uterus is called endometrium.
Role of Endometrium
(i) It lines the uterine cavity and is glandular in nature.
(ii) It undergoes cyclic changes during menstrual cycle.
The middle wall or layer of uterus is called myometrium.

Role of Myometrium
(i) It is made up of thick layer of smooth muscles.
(ii) It shows strong contractions during the delivery of baby.

Question 9.
Draw a labelled diagram of reproductive system in a human female. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Refer to figure 3.2 on page no. 49.

Question 10.
When do the oogenesis and the spermatogenesis initiate in human females and males, respectively? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Oogenesis initiates during foetal or embryonic stage in females, whereas spermatogenesis in males starts at puberty.

Question 11.
Mention the differences between spermiogenesis and spermiation. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Difference between spermiogenesis and spermiation is

Spermiogenesis Spermiation
It is the process of transforming spermatids into mature spermatozoa or sperms through differentiation. Sperm heads are embedded in Sertoli cells to obtain nourishment and finally released from seminiferous tubules by the process called spermiation.

Question 12.
Where is acrosome present in humans? Write its function. (All India 2012)
Answer:
In humans, the acrosome is present in the anterior portion of the head of human sperm. Function Hydrolytic enzymes or sperm lysins present in acrosome help in the penetration of sperm into egg, during fertilisation.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 13.
List the changes the primary oocyte undergoes in the tertiary follicular stage in human embryo. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
The primary oocyte within the tertiary follicle grows in size. The fully grown primary oocyte completes its first meiotic division to produce two daughter nuclei in which larger haploid cell is called secondary oocyte and the tiny one is called first polar body. The secondary oocyte retains bulk of nutrient ricfi cytoplasm of primary oocyte. (1)

Question 14.
Draw a sectional view of human ovary showing the different stages of developing follicles, corpus luteum and ovulation. (Delhi 2019)
Or
(i) Draw a sectional view of human ovary and label the following parts
(a) Primary follicle
(b) Secondary oocyte
(c) Graafian follicle
(d) Corpus luteum
(ii) Name the hormones influencing follicular development of corpus luteum. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Refer to figure 3.6 on page no. 53.
The hormones influencing follicular development of corpus uteum are FSH, oestrogen and progesterone.

Question 15.
Explain the role of pituitary and sex hormones in the process of spermatogenesis. (All India 2015C)
Or
Spermatogenesis in human males is a hormone regulated process. Justify. (Delhi 2014)
Or
Explain the hormonal regulation of the process of spermatogenesis in humans. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Hormonal control of spermatogenesis in human males is as follows

  • Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone (GnRH) is released significantly from the hypothalamus during puberty.
  • GnRH stimulates anterior pituitary to secrete gonadotropins, i.e. LH and FSH or Interstitial Cell Stimulating Hormone (ICSH).
  • Luteinising Hormone (LH) acts on Leydig cells to stimulate the synthesis and secretion of androgens which then stimulate the process of spermatogenesis.
  • Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH) acts on Sertoli cells and stimulates them to secrete inhibin which then stimulates the process of spermiogenesis.

Question 16.
What happens to corpus luteum in human female if the ovum is (i) fertilised, (ii) not fertilised? (Delhi 2015)
Or
Mention the fate of corpus luteum and its effect on the uterus in the absence of fertilisation of the ovum in human female. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:

  • In case of fertilisation, the corpus luteum continues secreting progesterone which is required for the maintenance of endometrium during pregnancy.
  • In the absence of fertilisation, the corpus luteum degenerates and gets converted into corpus albicans. Deficiency of progesterone causes disintegration of the endometrium leading to menstruation and thus, a new cycle starts.

Question 17.
Draw a diagram of a mature human sperm. Label any three parts and write their functions.
Or
Draw a labelled diagram of a human sperm. (Foreign 2015, 2011)
Or
Draw a diagram of human sperm. Label only those parts along with their functions that assist the sperm to reach and gain entry into the female gamete. Foreign 2014
Answer:
For structure of a human sperm Refer to figure 3.5 on page no. 52.
The parts that assist sperm to reach and gain entry into female gamete are,
Tail Its wiggling movement helps the sperm to swim in female reproductive tract.
Middle piece It contains mitochondria that provide energy for sperm movement.
Head It contains acrosome loaded with sperm lysins. These help to dissolve the layers of female gamete or egg.

Question 18.
Write the effect of high concentrations of LH on a mature Graafian follicle. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The high concentration of LH (also known as LH surge) induces the rupture of Graafian follicle, which results in the release of secondary oocyte hence, causing ovulation in females.

Question 19.
Differentiate between spermatogenesis and spermiogenesis. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Differences between spermatogenesis and spermiogenesis are

Spermatogenesis Spermiogenesis
It is a process of formation of sperms from immature germ cells. It is a process of transformation of a circular spermatid to a motile spermatozoa.
Number of cells increases as each spermatogonium produces four spermatids. No change in number of cells as only one spermatid develops into a spermatozoa.

Question 20.
Draw and label the parts of the head region only of a human sperm. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Diagram showing head of human sperm is given below
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 2

Question 21.
Identify A, B, C and D with reference to gametogenesis in humans, in the flow chart given below. (All India 2012C)
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 3
Answer:
A – Leydig’s cell
B – Sertoli cell
C – Spermatogenesis
D – Spermiogenesis

Question 22.
Name the labels A, B, C, D, E and F in the diagram of seminiferous tubule. (Delhi 2011)
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 4
Answer:
In the given diagram,
A – Spermatogonium
B – Primary spermatocyte
C – Secondary spermatocyte
D – Spermatid
E – Spermatozoa
F – Sertoli cell

Question 23.
Differentiate between menarche and menopause. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Differences between menarche and menopause are

Menarche Menopause
It refers to the beginning of menstrual cycle in human female at puberty. It refers to the stoppage of menstrual cycle at the age of about 45-50 in human female.
It indicates the start of reproductive phase. It indicates the end of reproductive phase.

Question 24.
Study the sectional view of human testis showing seminiferous tubules given below.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 5
(i) Identify A, B and C.
(ii) Write the function of A and D. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
(i) A-Spermatogonia
B-Interstitial cells
C-Spermatozoa.

(ii) A-Spermatogonia undergo meiosis to produce spermatozoa (sperms).
D-Sertoli cells provide nutrition to the germ cells.

Question 25.
How and at what stage of menstrual cycle is corpus luteum formed in human females? When does it regress? (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
After ovulatory phase (ovulation), the luteal phase starts. The remaining parts of ruptured Graafian follicle transform into corpus luteum in this phase. The corpus luteum secretes large amount of progesterone which is essential for the maintenance of endometrium.

In the absence of fertilisation, the corpus luteum degenerates in the ovary and gets converted into corpus albicans.

Question 26.
Draw a labelled diagrammatic sectional view of a human seminiferous tubule. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Refer to figure 3.3 on page no. 51.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 27.
(i) How many primary follicles are left in each ovary in a human female at puberty?
(ii) Draw a sectional view of the ovary showing the different follicular stages of a human female in her preovulatory phase of menstrual cycle. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) A large number of primary follicles degenerate in females during the period from birth to puberty by the process called follicular atresia. As a result, about 60000-80000 primary follicles are left in each ovary at puberty.

(ii) Refer to figure 3.6 on page no. 53.

Question 28.
Explain the events in a normal woman during her menstrual cycle on the following days (Delhi 2015C)
(i) Ovarian event from 13-15 days.
(ii) Ovarian hormones level from 16-23 days.
(iii) Uterine events from 24-29 days.
Answer:
(i) In the ovarian event from 13-15 days, a immature ovum (egg cell) is released from the Graafian follicle. Both LH and FSH attain maximum peak. FSH helps Graafian follicle to attain maturity and LH helps in its rupture. Ovum covered by a number of layer and a yellow fat layer forms corpus luteum. It releases (secretes) progesterone.

(ii) During menstrual cycle, the period level from 16-23 days is called luteal phase (secretory phase). The corpus luteum secretes large amount of progesterone which is essential for the maintenance of endometrium.

(iii) Uterine events from 24-29 days are under the influence of progesterone hormone. It influences the maintenance of the endometrium for any pregnancy to occur. In the absence of pregnancy, the corpus luteum degenerates and endometrium sheds off. It causes the menstrual flow or bleeding.

Question 29.
Explain the events in a normal woman during her menstrual cycle on the following days (All India 2015C, Outside Delhi 2015C)
(i) Pituitary hormone levels from 12 days.
(ii) Uterine events from 13-15 days.
(iii) Ovarian events from 16-23 days.
Answer:
(i) The period of 8-12 days after the onset of menstruation is the follicular phase. During this phase, GnRH from hypothalamus stimulates anterior pituitary to release FSH and LH. FSH stimulates the ovarian follicles to secrete oestrogen, which in turn stimulates the proliferation of the endometrium of the uterine wall. This causes the endometrial lining to thicken.

(ii) The uterine events between day 13 and 15 are governed by the high LH and FSH levels. The endometrium is intact due to the effect of these gonadotropin hormones and also prepares itself for pregnancy, if fertilisation occurs.

(iii) During 16-23 days, ruptured Graafian follicle gets converted into corpus luteum in the pvary.
It starts secreting progesterone which maintains the endometrium, necessary for the implantation of fertilised ovum followed by other events of pregnancy.

Question 30.
Explain the hormonal control of spermatogenesis in humans. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 6. (3)

Question 31.
Explain the steps in the formation of an ovum from oogonium in humans. (All India 2013)
Answer:
In human females, primary oocytes are formed from the oogonia during the embryonic developmental stages in the foetal ovaries.

  • Oogonial cells start dividing and enter prophase-I of meiosis. They remain suspended at this stage as primary oocytes.
  • Each primary oocyte is surrounded by a layer of granulosa cells and becomes the primary follicle.
  • The primary follicle when surrounded by more layers of granulosa ceils, is called a secondary follicle.
  • Secondary follicle transforms into a tertiary follicle, with the development of a fluid-filled cavity (antrum) around the primary oocyte
  • Granulosa cells become organised into an outer theca externa and an inner theca interna.
  • Now, primary oocyte completes meiosis-I and forms a larger haploid secondary oocyte and a tiny first polar body.
  • Tertiary follicle grows and becomes a mature follicle called Graafian follicle.
  • Secondary oocyte secretes a new membrane called zona pellucida around it.
  • At this stage, follicle ruptures to release the secondary oocyte, which moves into the cytoplasm.
  • Secondary oocyte completes meiosis-II only when a sperm enters its cytoplasm. It forms a larger cell, the ootid and a small pell, the second polar body. This event occurs in the ampulla of Fallopian tube.

Question 32.
(i) Explain menstrual cycle in human females.
(ii) How can the scientific understanding of the menstrual cycle of human females help as a contraceptive measure ? (2018)
Answer:
(i) Menstrual Cycle The inner lining of uterus called endometrium, grows and thickens each month and prepares itself for the implantation of an embryo. If tht) pregnancy does not occur, the endometriumisheds off. The monthly development and shedding of the functional layer of the uterus is called the menstrual phase and the monthly maturation of an egg and its release is called the ovarian cycle. A typical menstrual cycle completes in an average of about. 28 days. It starts at the age of 13 or 15 and continues till about 50 years of age. Menstrual cycle occurs in three major phases namely menstrual phase, follicular phase and secretory phase.
(a) Menstrual Phase It lasts for 3-4 days. It occurs due to the breakdown of endometrium lining cf uterus and blood vessels.
(b) Follicular Phase or Proliferative Phase. It is regulated by the hormones secreted by anterior pituitary gland whose secretions stimulate the ovarian follicle to secrete oestrogens.

During the second week, most of the developing follicles die and one follicle continues to grow and gets mature to form Graafian follicle.

(c) Secretory Phase or Luteal phase The phase of menstrual cycle with possibility of fertilisation is the initial luteal phase. It is marked by the presence of corpus luteum (yellow body). During pregnancy, this yellow body secretes progesterone. In the absence of pregnancy, it regresses to form corpus albicans and menstruation starts (menstrual phase). Due to the hormones secreted by corpus luteum, i.e. oestrogen and progesterone, the release of FSH and LH is inhibited. This prevents the development of new follicles.
This phase lasts for 14 days.

Maintenance of endometrium by progesterone is necessary for the implantation of embryo and pregnancy. During pregnancy, menstrual cycle stops due to high level of progesterone.

(ii) The scientific understanding of the menstrual cycle of human females helps as a contraceptive method. This method is known as periodic abstinence. In this method, the couples avoid or abstain the coitus from day 10 to 17 of the menstrual cycle when ovulation could be expected. The chances of fertilisation are very high during this period.

Question 33.
(i) Arrange the following hormones in the sequence of their secretion in a pregnant woman. hCG, LH, FSH, Relaxin
(ii) Mention their source and the function they perform. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) The sequence of secretion of the given hormones in a pregnant woman is
FSH → LH → hCG → Relaxin

Hormone Source Function
FSH Anterior pituitary lobe Stimulates the growth of ovarian follicles in ovary.
LH Anterior pituitary lobe It triggers ovulation.
hCG Placenta It stimulates the corpus luteum to secrete progesterone.
Relaxin Placenta It facilitates parturition by softening the connective tissue of symphysis pubica.

Question 34.
(i) Explain the menstrual phase in a human female. State the level of ovarian and pituitary hormones during this phase.
(ii) Why is follicular phase in the menstrual cycle also referred as proliferative phase? Explain.
(iii) Explain the events that occur in a Graafian follicle at the time of ovulation and thereafter.
(iv) Draw a Graafian follicle and label antrum and secondary oocyte. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) The reproductive cycle in female primates, e.g. monkeys, apes and human beings is called menstrual cycle.
Menstrual phase starts from 3rd day and ends on 5th day of the menstrual cycle. It is initiated due to the reduced secretion of progesterone and oestrogen from the regressing corpus luteum in the ovary. The endometrium breaks down and blood along with degenerated ovum constitutes the menstrual flow. The secretion of pituitary hormones, i.e. FSH and LH is also reduced during this phase.

(ii) In follicular phase, primary follicles in the ovary grow under the influence of Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH). It starts from 6th day and ends on 13 th or 14th day of 28 day cycle. FSH also stimulates the ovarian follicles to secrete oestrogen which in turn stimulates endometrium to proliferate, so that it becomes thicker and highly vascularised. Thus, it is also called proliferative stage of menstrual cycle.

(iii) Graafian Follicle at Ovulation:
At the time of ovulation following events occur

  • LH and FSH reach at their peak levels (about 14th-16th day of cycle).
  • High level of LH induces Graafian follicle to rupture and the release of secondary oocyte from it.
  • After ovulation, the remaining cells of Graafian follicle are stimulated by LH to develop corpus luteum (an endocrine gland which secrete progesterone hormone).

(iv) Diagrammatic sectional view of Graafian follicle
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 6

Question 35.
(i) Explain the process of spermatogenesis in humans.
(ii) Draw a human sperm and label acrosome and middle piece. Mention their functions. Outside (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) Spermatogenesis is the production of sperms in males.

  • In testis, the immature male germ cells (spermatogonia) produce sperms by spermatogenesis. It begins at puberty due to significant increase in the secretion of gonadotropins, i.e. luteinising hormone and follicle stimulating hormone under the influence of Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone (GnRH) released from hypothalamus.
  • Spermatogonia (sing, spermatogonium) present on the inside wall of seminiferous tubules multiply by mitotic division and increases in numbers.
  • Each spermatogonium is diploid and contains 46 chromosomes. Some of the spermatogonia transform to primary spermatocytes.
  • The primary spermatocyte undergoes meiosis -1 and forms two haploid secondary spermatocytes containing 23 chromosomes each.
  • The secondary spermatocytes undergo meiosis – II and form four equal sized haploid spermatids.
  • Spermatids transform into the spermatozoa by spermiogenesis.
  • After spermiogenesis, the sperm heads get embedded in the Sertoli cells and released from the seminiferous tubules via spermiation process.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 7
(a) The acrosome is filled with hydrolytic enzymes that help the sperm to penetrate the ovum.
(b) Middle piece possesses many mitochondria to produce energy for the movement of tail to facilitate sperm motility.

Question 36.
Describe the roles of pituitary and ovarian hormones during the menstrual cycle in a human female. (Delhi 2015)
Or
Explain the ovarian and uterine events that occur during a menstrual cycle in a human female under the influence of pituitary and ovarian hormones, respectively. (Delhi 2014)
Or
Explain the different phases of menstrual cycle and correlate the phases with the different levels of pituitary hormones in a human female. (Delhi 2014C)
Or
With the help of graphical illustration only, show the changes in the levels of the pituitary hormone during menstrual cycle in humans. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The cycle of events starting from one menstruation till next in female primates is called menstrual cycle. It comprises of four phases which are regulated by both pituitary (LH and FSH) and ovarian (oestrogen and progesterone) hormones that affect ovaries and uterus, respectively. The events occurring in a menstrual cycle are as follows

Menstrual phase (from 3rd-5th day in a 28 day cycle) Initiated by reduced secretion of LH, progesterone and oestrogen. The endometrium breaks down and blood along with unfertilised ovum constitutes menstrual flow.
Follicular phase (from 6th-13th day in a 28 day cycle) The FSH (Follicle Stimulating Hormone) secreted by anterior pituitary stimulates ovarian follicle to secrete oestrogens. These oestrogens stimulate proliferation of uterine walls as a result of which endometrium gets thickened (due to rapid cell division and increase in uterine glands and blood vessels).
Ovulatory phase (14th day in 28 day cycle) Pituitary hormones, i.e. LH and FSH reach the highest level in middle of the cycle. Rapid secretion of LH causes ovulation thus, inducing the rupture of Graafian follicle to release secondary oocyte and a polar body.
Luteal or secretory phase (from 15th-28th day in a 28 day cycle) The pituitary hormone LH stimulates the remaining cells of ovarian follicles to develop into corpus luteum. This corpus luteum secretes large amount of progesterone and maintains endometrium thickening for the implantation of fertilised ovum during pregnancy. In the absence of fertilisation, the hormone levels are reduced (LH and progesterone) and endometrium disintegrates leading to onset of another menstrual cycle.

For graphical illustration of menstrual cycle;
Refer to figure 3.J0 on page no. 55.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 37.
Explain the development of a secondary oocyte (ovum) in a human female from the embryonic stage up to its ovulation. Name the hormones involved in this process. (Delhi 2015)
Or
When and where are primary oocytes formed in a human female? Trace the development of these oocytes till ovulation (in menstrual cycle). How do gonadotropins influence this developmental process? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Embryonic Stages Refer to Answer No. 22.
Influence of Gonadotropins on Oogenesis:

  • Gonadotropins, i.e., LH and FSH stimulate follicular development and secretion of oestrogen by the growing follicles.
  • Both LH and FSH attain a peak level in the middle of the cycle (14th day).
  • Rapid release of LH during mid-cycle causes ovulation.
  • LH also stimulates the formation of corpus luteum from the ruptured follicle and secretion of progesterone from corpus luteum.

Question 38.
(i) How is ‘oogenesis’ markedly different from ‘spermatogenesis’ with respect to the growth till puberty in the humans?
(ii) Draw a sectional view of human ovary and label the different follicular stages, ovum and corpus luteum. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Oogenesis is markedly different from spermatogenesis in the following aspects

Spermatogenesis Oogenesis
It occurs in males. starting from puberty till the complete life cycle. It starts before birth during embryonic development and occurs till menopause.
A single spermatogonium after second meiotic division forms four haploid sperrftatids that mature to form four spermatozoa. A single oogonium, after second meiotic division, produces one ovum and two non-functional polar bodies.
The process of spermatogenesis, i.e. second meiotic division completes in testes and releases mature sperms. The second meiotic division of oogenesis completes in Fallopian tube when sperm enters the secondary oocyte.

(ii) Refer to figure 3.6 on page no. 53.

Question 39.
Schematically represent and explain the events of spermatogenesis in humans. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 26 (i)

Question 40.
(i) Draw a transverse section of a human ovary showing the sequential development of different follicles up to the corpus luteum.
(ii) Comment on the corresponding ovarian and pituitary hormone levels during these events. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to figure 3.6 on page no. 53.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 28.

Question 41.
The following is the illustration of the sequence of ovarian events (A-I) in a human female.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 8
(i) Identify the figure that illustrates ovulation and mention the stage of oogenesis it represents.
(ii) Name the ovarian hormone and the pituitary hormone that have caused the above mentioned event.
(iii) Explain the changes that occur in the uterus simultaneously in anticipation.
(iv) Write the differences between C and H.
(v) Draw a labelled sketch of the structure of a human ovum prior to fertilisation. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Figure F illustrates ovulation. It represents the ovulatory stage of oogenesis.
(ii) Ovarian and pituitary hormones involved in causing ovulation are
Ovarian hormone Oestrogen.
Pituitary hormone LH and FSH.
(iii) In anticipation of receiving the fertilised egg, the endometrium of the uterus gets thickened and also the blood supply to the endometrium increases.
(iv) In the figure, C stage represents the secondary follicle and the H stage represents the degenerating corpus luteum.

Secondary follicle Corpus luteum
It is surrounded by layers of granulosa cells and theca layer. Layers of granulosa cells and theca cells are absent.
It contains an oocyte It does not contain oocyte as it is formed after the release of secondary oocyte.
It does not secrete It secretes progesterone.

(v) Structure of a human ovum
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 9

Question 42.
The following is the illustration of the sequence of ovarian events A-I in a human female.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 10
Identify the figure that illustrates corpus luteum and name the pituitary hormone that influences its formation.
(ii) Specify the endocrine function of corpus luteum. How does it influence the uterus? Why is it essential?
(iii) What is the difference between D and E?
(iv) Draw a neat and labelled sketch of Graafian follicle. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Gis corpus luteum. LH secreted by anterior pituitary’ influences its formation.
(ii) The endocrine function of corpus luteum is to secrete progesterone which is essential for the maintenance of endometrium layer of uterus. Thickened endometrium is necessary for the implantation of fertilised ovum and other events of pregnancy.
(iii) D is a developing secondary follicle containing primary oocyte and undifferentiated thecal cells. E is a mature tertiary follicle that contains a secondary oocyte and differentiated theca cells.
(iv) Structure of a Graafian follicle
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 11

Question 43.
(i) Describe the stages of oogenesis in human females.
(ii) Draw a labelled diagram of a human ovum released after ovulation. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) For oogenesis, Refer to Answer No. 22.
(ii) Human ovum Refer to Answer No. 32 (v).

Question 44.
(i) Draw a diagrammatic labelled sectional view of a seminiferous tubule of a human.
(ii) Describe in sequence the process of spermatogenesis in humans.
Answer:
(i) Sectional view of a seminiferous tubule
Refer to figure 3.3 on page no. 51.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 26 (i).

Question 45.
State from where do the signals for parturition originate in human females. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Foetal-ejection reflex generated by fully developed foetus and placenta stimulates pituitary to release the hormone oxytocin responsible for parturition.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 46.
Mention the function of zona pellucida. (Delhi 2015C, 2013)
Answer:
During (ertilisation, a sperm comes in contact with the zona pellucida layer of ovum and induces changes in the membrane and forms fertilisation envelope. It helps block the entry of additional sperms. So, zona pellucida ensures that only one sperm fertilises an ovum.

Question 47.
How does the sperm penetrate through the zona pellucida in human ovum? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
The sperm penetrates through the zona pellucida by releasing sperm lysins (hyaluronidase and protease) present in the acrosome.

Question 48.
How is the entry of only one sperm ensured into an ovum during fertilisation in humans? (All India 2012)
Answer:
Presence of zona pellucida layer ensures that only one sperm can fertilise an ovum.
Refer to Answer No. 2.

Question 49.
Write the function of oxytocin. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Oxytocin secreted by posterior pituitary helps in parturition by inducing and enhancing uterine muscle contractions.

Question 50.
Mention the function of trophoblast in human embryo. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Trophoblast is the outer layer of blastocyst which helps in the attachment of blastocyst to the endometrium of the uterus.

Question 51.
Name the embryonic stage that gets implanted in the uterine wall of a human female. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Blastocyst gets implanted in the uterine wall of human female.

Question 52.
What stimulates pituitary to release the hormone responsible for parturition? Name the hormone. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Foetal-ejection reflex stimulates pituitary to release the hormone responsible for parturition. This hormone is oxytocin.

Question 53.
Why is breastfeeding recommended during the initial period of an infant’s growth? Give reasons. (Delhi 2016)
Or
(i) Why is mother’s milk considered very essential for the healthy growth of infants?
(ii) What is the milk called that is produced in the initial days of lactation? (All India 2016)
Answer:
The first milk which comes out from the mother’s mammary glands just after childbirth is called colostrum. This is a thin, yellowish, opalescent fluid.

It is rich in proteins and energy along with several antibodies (IgA) that provide passive immunity to the newborn. This immunity helps the newborn to attain resistance to many infections, but it is low in fat and iron content. Hence, breastfeeding during the initial period of infant growth is highly recommended by the doctors for bringing up a disease-free, healthy baby.

Question 54.
Where does fertilisation occur in humans? Explain the events that occur during this process. (All India 2014)
Or
Explain the events that occur during fertilisation of an ovum in humans. How is it that only one sperm enters the ovum? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
In humans, the fertilisation of ovum takes place in ampullary-isthmic junction of the Fallopian tube.
The events that occur during the process of fertilisation are

  • The sperm reaches the junction of ampulla and isthmus and comes in contact with zona pellucida layer of ovum.
  • Acrosome of sperm head releases sperm lysin enzyme that dissolves corona radiata and digests zona pellucida layer to enter the cytoplasm of ovum.
  • After the entry of sperm into the ovum, zona pellucida induces changes in membrane and blocks the entry of additional sperms
  • Entry of sperm stimulates the secondary oocyte to complete its suspended second meiotic division thus, producing haploid egg or ovum and second polar body.
  • Nucleus of sperm and of ovum fuse to form a diploid zygote.

Question 55.
When and where do chorionic villi appear in humans? State their function. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
After implantation in the uterus, finger-like projections called chorionic villi appear on the trophoblast of blastocyst. It interdigitates with uterine tissue to form placenta that transports oxygen and nutrients to foetus and remove waste products and carbon dioxide produced by the foetus.

Question 56.
(i) Where do the signals for parturition originate in humans?
(ii) Why is it important to feed the newborn babies on colostrum? (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) The signals for parturition originate from the fully developed foetus and the placenta, which induces mild uterine contraction called foetal-ejection reflex.
(ii) Colostrum contains necessary antibodies (IgA) that provide protection against disease to infants.

Question 57.
Explain the function of umbilical cord. (All India 2012)
Answer:
The placenta is connected to developing embryo through an umbilical cord, which helps in the transport of substances like oxygen, nutrients, etc. to and from the developing embryo. Blood in umbilical cord can be collected during delivery and stored to treat various diseases in future because it is rich in stem cells.

Question 58.
Mention the number of cells in the following stages.

Embryonic Stage Number of Cells
Zygote (i)
Morula (ii)
Blastocyst (iii)

Answer:
(i) 1 (ii) 16 (iii) 64 (2)

Question 59.
Name the hormones produced only during pregnancy in human female. Mention their source organs. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
The hormones produced only during pregnancy in human female are human Chorionic and placenta Gonadotropin (hCG), human Placental Lactogen (hPL) and relaxin.
The source of hCG and hPL is placenta and that of relaxin is ovary and placenta.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 60.
Why is parturition called a neuroendocrine mechanism? (All India 2011C)
Answer:
Process of parturition is induced by both neural system and endocrine system therefore, it is called a neuroendocrine mechanism.
Vigorous contraction of the uterus at the end of pregnancy causes expulsion/delivery of the foetus. The process of delivery of foetus (childbirth) is called parturition.
Relaxin hormone is secreted by the ovary and placenta to facilitate parturition by softening the connective tissue of symphysis pubica. Foetus and the placenta induce mild uterine contractions called foetal-ejection reflex.

This initiates the release of oxytocin hormone from the posterior pituitary. Oxytocin acts on uterine muscles to cause stronger contractions, which in turn stimulate further secretion of oxytocin.
This causes more stronger contractions leading to the expulsion of the baby out of the uterus, through the birth canal. After the baby is delivered, the placenta is also expelled out of the uterus.

Question 61.
(i) Explain the process of fertilisation in human.
(ii) Name the embryonic stage that gets implanted in human females. Explain the process of implantation. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 23 (i). (3)
(ii) Blastocyst gets implanted in the uterine wall.
Process of implantation, Refer to Answer No. 23 (i).

Question 62.
The given diagram shows a part of the human female reproductive system.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 12
(i) Name the gamete cells that would be present in X’ if taken from a newborn baby.
(ii) Name ‘Y’ and write its function.
(iii) Name ‘Z’ and write the events that take place here. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Primary oocytes are present in A, i.e. ovary of a newborn baby.
(ii) Y is fimbriae. It helps in the collection of ovum from ovary after ovulation.
(iii) Z is the ampullary-isthmic junction. It is the site of fertilisation in humans.

Question 63.
Describe the process of parturition in human. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 16

Question 64.
(i) How is placenta formed in human female?
(ii) Name any two hormones which are secreted by it and are also present in a non-pregnant woman. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) After implantation of blastocyst, the finger-like projections called chorionic villi, appear on the trophoblast. They get surrounded by uterine tissue and maternal blood which become interdigitated with each other to form placenta.
(ii) The two hormones secreted by placenta that are also present in a non-pregnant woman are oestrogen and progesterone.

Question 65.
Given below is the diagram of a human ovum surrounded by a few sperms. Study the diagram and answer the following questions.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 13
(i) Which one of the sperms would reach the ovum earlier?
(ii) Identify ‘D and ‘E. Mention the role of ‘E.
(iii) Mention what helps the entry of sperm into the ovum and write the changes occurring in the ovum during the process.
(iv) Name the specific region in the female reproductive system where the event represented in the diagram takes place. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) The sperm ‘A’ would reach the ovum earlier.
(ii) D-Cororia radiata, E-Zona pellucida-During fertilisation, a sperm comes in contact with zona pellucida layer of the ovum and induces changes in the membrane that block the entry of additional sperms. Hence, E helps to prevent polyspermy.
(iii) The hydrolytic secretions of the acrosome help the sperm to enter into the cytoplasm of the ovum through the zona pellucida and the plasma membrane. This induces the completion of the meiotic division of the secondary oocyte.
(iv) These events take place in the ampullary-isthmic junction of the Fallopian tube of uterus.

Question 66.
(i) Draw a diagram of the adult human female reproductive system and label the different
(a) parts of Fallopian tube
(b) layers of uterus wall
(ii) Explain the events during fertilisation of an ovum in humans.
Answer:
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 14
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 23 (i).

Question 67.
Briefly explain the events of fertilisation and implantation in an adult human female.
(ii) Comment on the role of placenta as an endocrine gland. (Delhi 2016)
Or
Explain the process of fertilisation and implantation in human. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
(i) Fertilisation is the process of fusion of a sperm with an ovum.

  • The motile sperms move through the cervix’, enter the uterus and reach the junction of the isthmus and ampulla (ampullary-isthmic junction) of the Fallopian tube.
  • The ovum released from the ovary also reaches the ampullary-isthmic junction where fertilisation takes place.
  • Fertilisation can only occur if the ovum and sperms are transported simultaneously to this junction. This explains why all copulations do not lead to fertilisation and pregnancy.
  • The sperm comes in contact with the zona pellucida of the ovum and releases sperm lysins which induces changes in the egg membrane. It blocks the entry of the other sperms into the egg. Thus, it ensures that only one sperm can fertilise an ovum.
  • The secretions of the acrosome help the sperm to enter into the cytoplasm of the ovum through the zona pellucida and the plasma membrane.
  • This induces the completion of meiotic division of the secondary oocyte. The secondary meiotic division results in the formation of a secondary polar body and a haploid ovum (ootid).
  • The haploid nucleus of the sperm and that of ovum fuse together to form a diploid zygote.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 15

Implantation: The mitotic division starts as the zygote moves through the isthmus of the oviduct towards the uterus called cleavage thus, forming 2, 4, 8, 16 daughter cells called blastomeres.

  • The embryo with 8-16 blastomeres is called morula. But, it is not larger than a zygote.
  • The morula continues to divide and transforms into blastocyst as it moves further into the uterus.
  • The blastomeres in the blastocyst gets arranged into an outer layer called trophoblast and the inner group of cells attached to trophoblast called the inner cell mass.
  • The trophoblast layer then gets attached to the endometrium and the inner cell mass differentiates into the embryo. After attachment, the uterine cells divide rapidly and cover the blastocyst.

As a result, the blastocyst becomes embedded in the endometrium of the uterus. This is called implantation and it leads to pregnancy.

(ii) Placenta also acts as an endocrine tissue and produces several hormones like human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG), human Placental Lactogen (hPL) oestrogen, progesterone, etc.
The hCG stimulates and maintains corpus luteum to secrete progesterone. hPL stimulates the growth of mammary glands during pregnancy. Relaxin helps in parturition by softening the connective tissue of pubic symphysis.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 68.
During the reproductive cycle of a human female when, where and how does placenta develop? What is the function of placenta during pregnancy and embryo development? (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Placenta is an organ that connects the developing foetus to the uterine wall of mother for supporting pregnancy.

After implantation, finger-like projections appear on the trophoblast called chorionic villi, which are surrounded by the uterine tissue and maternal blood. The chorionic villi and the uterine tissue become interdigitated with each other and jointly form a structural and functional unit between foetus and maternal body, i.e. placenta.

Functions of Placenta:

  • It facilitates the supply of oxygen and nutrients to the developing embryo.
  • It also facilitates the removal of carbon dioxide and waste materials produced by the foetus.
  • The placenta is connected to the developing embryo through the umbilical cord, which helps in the transport of substances to and from the developing embryo.
  • Placenta also acts as an endocrine tissue and produces several hormones like human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG), human Placental Lactogen (hPL), oestrogen, progesterone, etc.

The production of these hormones is necessary to support foetal growth, metabolic changes in the mother and maintenance of pregnancy.

Question 69.
(i) Explain the events taking place at the time of fertilisation of an ovum in a human female.
(ii) Trace the development of the zygote up to its implantation in the uterus.
(iii) Name-and draw a labelled sectional view of the embryonic stage that gets implanted. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 23 (i).
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 23 (i).
(iii) Blastocyst is the stage implanted in the uterus.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 16

Question 70.
Describe the post-zygotic events leading to implantation and placenta formation in humans. Mention any two functions of placenta. (All India 2010)
Or
ExplainExplain the process of fertilisation in human female and trace the post-fertilisation events in a sequential order up to implantation of the embryo. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Post-zygotic events leading to implantation and placenta formation.
Refer to Answer No. 23 (i).
Events leading to formation of placenta and functions of placenta-Refer to Answer No. 24.

Question 71.
(i) Mention the event that induces the completion of the meiotic division of the secondary oocyte.
(ii) Trace the journey of the ovum from . the ovary, its fertilisation and further development until the implantation of the embryo. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Secondary oocyte completes meiosis-II only
when a sperm enters into its cytoplasm. It forms a larger cell, the ootid and a small cell, the second polar body.

(ii) (a) The secondary oocyte is released by the rupture of the Graafian follicle in the process called ovulation.
(b) It is moved into the Fallopian tube with the help of fimbriae.
(c) It reaches the ampullary-isthmic junction of the Fallopian tube where fertilisation takes place.
(d) After fertilisation, cleavage starts in the zygote.
(e) Cleavage results in the formation of 2, 4, 8 and 16 daughter cells called blastomeres. The embryo with 8-16 blastomeres is a solid spherical structure called morula.
(f) Morula continues to divide and blastomeres rearrange themselves as it moves further into the uterus.
(g) As a result, blastocyst is formed, which contains trophoblast (outer layer) and inner cell mass.
(h) The trophoblast attaches to endometrium and blastocyst gets embedded in it (implantation).

Question 72.
Draw a diagrammatic sectional view of the female reproductive system of human and label the parts.
(i) Where does the secondary oocyte develop?
(ii) Which help in the collection of ovum after ovulation?
(iii) Where does fertilisation occur?
(iv) Where does implantation of embryo occur? (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
For diagram, refer to the figure 3.2 on page no. 48.
(i) The secondary oocyte develops in ovary.
(ii) Fimbriae help in the collection of ovum after ovulation.
(iii) In the junction of ampulla-isthmus, the ovum gets fertilised.
(iv) Implantation of embryo occurs in the cavity of uterus.

Question 73.
Write the function of each one of the following
(i) Fimbriae (oviducal)
(ii) Coleoptile
(iii) Oxytocin (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Fimbriae are the feathery finger-like projections present at the end of Fallopian tubes. They help to collect the ovum after its release from the ovary during ovulation.
(ii) Coleoptile is a conical sheath present in the monocot seeds and its function is to protect the developing plumule.
(iii) Oxytocin is a hormone secreted by the posterior pituitary that stimulates the contraction of uterine muscles during child birth (parturition).

Question 74.
Write the function of each of the following
(i) Middle piece in human sperm
(ii) Tapetum in anthers
(iii) Luteinising hormone in human males (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Middle piece in human sperm contains several mitochondria which produce energy for the motility of the sperm.
(ii) Tapetum in anthers It is the innermost layer of the anther. The main function of tapetum is to provide nourishment to the developing pollen grains.
(iii) Luteinising hormone in human males stimulates the Leydig cells to produce testosterone which is necessary to complete the process of spermatogenesis.

Question 75.
Write the function of each of the following
(i) Seminal vesicle
(ii) Seutellum
(iii) Acrosome of human sperm (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Seminal vesicle During spermatogenesis, it secretes an alkaline fluid rich in fructose and prostaglandins. High level of fructose provides energy to sperms.
(ii) Scutellum It is a tissue present in seed to absorb food from the adjacent endosperm and develops into growing embryo.
(iii) Acrosome of human sperm It is the cap-like structure that is present at the tip of the sperm (male gamete) in head region. The acrosome contains hydrolytic enzyme, which helps the sperm to enter into the cytoplasm of the ovum and thus, helps in fertilisation.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 76.
Give reasons for the following
(i) The human testes are located outside the abdominal cavity.
(ii) Some organisms like honeybees are called parthenogenetic animals. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) Testes are located outside the abdominal cavity within a pouch called scrotum. It maintains low temperature of the testes (2-2.5°C lower than normal body temperature) required for spermatogenesis.
(ii) In honeybees, the drone bees are developed parthenogenetically from an unfertilised egg. Since, they develop from unfertilised diploid eggs (and do not undergo fertilisation), they are called parthenogenetic animals.

Question 77.
(i) Explain the following phases in the menstrual cycle of a human female.
(a) Menstrual phase
(b) Follicular phase
(c) Luteal phase
(ii) A proper understanding of menstrual cycle can help immensely in family planning. Do you agree with the statement? Provide reasons for your answer. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) (a) Menstrual phase The menstrual cycle starts with menstrual phase. It lasts for about 3-5 days. The menstrual flow results due to the breakdown of endometrial lining of the uterus and its blood vessels that gome out through vagina.
(b) Follicular phase It lasts till about 13th day of menstrual cycle. In this phase, the primary follicles in the ovary grow to become a fully mature Graafian follicle. The secretion of gonadotropins (LH and FSH) from anterior pituitary increases gradually during the follicular phase. They stimulate follicular development as well as secretion of oestrogen by the growing follicles.
(c) Luteal phase This phase lasts for about 10-14 days. In this phase, the ruptured Graafian follicle transforms into corpus luteum. It secretes large amount of progesterone which is essential to maintain endometrium.

(ii) Yes, a proper understanding of menstrual cycle can help in family planning as this knowledge can be used to avoid the meeting of sperms and ovum. This is known as periodic abstinence or rhythm method of birth control, i.e. temporary avoidance of sex. In this method, a couple can avoid or abstain the coitus from day 10 to 17 of the menstrual cycle because ovulation occurs during this period. The chances of fertilisation are very high during this period.

Question 78.
Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 Img 17
(i) One of the sperms is observed to penetrate ‘A’ of the ovum, as shown in the above diagram. Name ‘A’.
(ii) How is the sperm able to do so?
(iii) Where exactly in the Fallopian tube does this occur?
(iv) Explain the events thereafter up to morula stage. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
(i) A is zona pellucida.
(ii) Sperm is able to penetrate the egg with the help of sperm lysins contained in acrosome.
(iii) Ampullary-isthmic junction.
(iv) As soon as the sperm enters the egg, meiotic division of secondary oocyte gets completed. As a result a second polar body and a haploi ovum are formed. Then, haploid sperm and ovum fuse together to form a diploid zygote which undergoes cleavage via mitotic division. At 8-16 cell stage, the embryo is called morula.

Question 79.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of the human female reproductive system.
(ii) Enumerate the events in the ovary of a human female during
(a) follicular phase
(b) luteal phase of menstrual cycle (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Refer to figure 3.2 on page no. 49.
(ii) (a) Follicular phase The primary follicle in the ovary grows to become fully mature Graafian follicle. Endometrium gets thickened and the follicular cells secrete oestrogen.
(b) Luteal phase The remaining part of ruptured Graafian follicle transforms into corpus luteum that secretes progesterone.

Question 80.
(i) Write the specific location and the functions of the following cells in human males
(a) Leydig cells
(b) Sertoli cells
(c) Primary spermatocytes
(ii) Explain the role of any two accessory glands in human male reproductive system. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 2 of Topic 1.
Primary spermatocytes are located inside the seminiferous tubule and are involved in the formation of spermatozoa.
(ii) Accessory glands of human male reproductive system are
(a) Prostate and seminal vesicles Their secretions provide a fluid medium for the sperms to swim towards the ovum. They provide nutrition to sperms.
(b) Bulbourethral glands Their secretion helps in the lubrication and neutralising the acidity of urogenital tract.

Question 81.
(i) When does oogenesis begin?
(ii) Differentiate between the location and function of Sertoli cells and Leydig cells. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Oogenesis begins during the embryonic development stage when a million gamete mother cells (oogonia) are formed within each foetal ovary.
(ii) (a) Sertoli cells are located on the inside lining of seminiferous tubule. These cells provide nutrition to the germ cells.
(b) Leydig cells or interstitial cells are located in the regions outside the seminiferous tubule called interstitial spaces. These cells synthesise and secrete testicular hormone called androgens.

Question 82.
Smita was studying in class 6th. Her mother wanted to tell her daughter about the menstrual cycle. Was she correct in doing so?
Answer:
Smita’s mother was correct as it is necessary to inform girls about the onset of menstrual cycle, so that they do not misunderstand it. It shows the care and responsibility cf mother towards her daughter.

Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3

Question 83.
Charu got pregnant with her first baby. She asked her husband (who is a doctor) to know about the changes which would take place in her body during pregnancy.
(i) What is implantation?
(ii) What values does the Charu’s husband show?
Answer:
(i) The implantation is the embedding of the blastocyst in the endometrium of the uterus.
(ii) Being a doctor, Charu’s husband shows positive attitude towards her wife’s and he should provide step by step explantation for her queries.

Question 84.
Rita was 9 months pregnant, she wanted to know that how the foetus gets delivered after the human pregnancy period. So, she asked her gynaecologist to explain it to her, so that she can mentally prepared for her delivery. Her gynaecologist explained to her about the process in a very precise manner.
(i) What is the average duration of human pregnancy known as?
(ii) What is the term given to the process of delivery of foetus?
(iii) What are the values exhibited by Rita’s gynaecologist?
Answer:
(i) The average duration of human pregnancy is called as gestation period. It is approximately 270 days in humans.
(ii) The term given to the process of delivery of foetus is called parturition.
(iii) Rita’s gynaecologist has a scientific temper and patience to deal with her patients.

The post Human Reproduction Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 3 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Reproductive Health to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 4 Important Questions, Reproductive Health Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 4 Important Questions Reproductive Health

Question 1.
Our government has intentionally imposed strict conditions for MTP in our country. Justify giving a reason. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
MTP or induced abortion is the termination of pregnancy due to certain medical reasons. Government of India legalised MTP in 1971 with strict conditions to avoid its misuse, i.e. to check indiscriminate and illegal female foeticides.

Question 2.
Name an IUD that you would recommend to promote the cervix hostility to sperms. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The hormone releasing IUDs, e.g. progestasert and LNG-20 are recommended to promote the cervix hostility to sperms.

Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4

Question 3.
State one reason, why breastfeeding the baby acts as a natural contraceptive for the mother. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Lactation or Breastfeeding the baby delays the onset or return of menstruation and ovulation cycle due to interference of hormone prolactin. Therefore, the chances of conception are nil during this period, i.e. up to six months. Hence, breastfeeding the baby may act as a natural contraceptive (lactational amenorrhea) for mother. (1)

Question 4.
Mention one positive and one negative application of amniocentesis. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Applications of amniocentesis are

  • Positive,application It can be used to diagnose any chromosomal abnormality or genetic disorder in foetus.
  • Negative application It can be used to determine the sex of foetus and lead to female foeticide.

Question 5.
Why is tubectomy considered a contraceptive method? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
In tubectomy, a small part of Fallopian tube or oviduct is cut and tied up to block the passage of ova from ovary to the site of fertilisation in Fallopian tube. It prevents fertilisation. So, it is considered as a contraceptive method.

Question 6.
Mention the problems that are taken care of by Reproduction and Child Healthcare Programme. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Reproduction and Child Healthcare (RCH) programmes cover wide range of reproduction related areas. They include

  • Creating awareness among people about various reproduction related aspects.
  • Support for building up a reproductively healthy society by providing increased medical facilities, better postnatal care, better detection and cure of diseases like STDs, etc.

Question 7.
What is amniocentesis? How is it misused? (Delhi 2014C)
Or
Why there is a statutory ban on amniocentesis? Why is this technique so named? (Delhi 2012C)
Or
What is amniocentesis? Why has the government imposed a statutory ban inspite of its importance in medical field? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Amniocentesis is a prenatal diagnostic test. It is named so, because it is based on the chromosomal pattern of the cells in the amniotic fluid that surrounds the developing foetus in the womb.
It is misused to detect the sex of pre-born child that leads to female foeticide. Hence, there is statutory ban on amniocentesis.

Question 8.
What do oral pills contain and how do they act as effective contraceptives? (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Oral contraceptives or pills contain either progestogens or progesterone-oestrogen combinations. They function as contraceptives by

  • inhibiting ovulation.
  • inhibiting implantation.
  • altering the quality of cervical mucus to prevent the motility of sperms in female reproductive tract.

Question 9.
Why is Cu-T considered a good contraceptive device to space children? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Copper-T (Cu-T) is an Intra Uterine Device (IUD) that is inserted by experts and it serves as an effective contraceptive in the following ways

  • Increases phagocytosis of sperms within the uterus.
  • Copper ions released by Cu-T suppress the motility of sperms and their fertilising ability.

Question 10.
Name an oral pill used as a contraceptive by human females. Explain, how does it prevent pregnancy? (Delhi 2011)
Or
Why is Saheli a well-accepted contraceptive pill? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
‘Saheli’ is a non-steroidal contraceptive pill used by females to space children.
Saheli inhibits ovulation and implantation. It alters the quality of cervical mucus to prevent the entry of sperms into cervix.

Question 11.
Describe the lactational amenorrhea method of birth control. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Lactation amenorrhea refers to the absence of menstruation during the period of intense lactation following parturition. It is a birth control method because

  • ovulation and other events of menstrual cycle are stopped at this time.
  • as long as the mother breastfeeds her child, chances of conception are nil because of the suppressed gonadotropin activity. However, this method is generally reliable upto only six months after delivery.

Question 12.
At the time of Independence, the population of India was 350 million, which exploded to over 1 billion by May 2000.
List any two reasons for this rise in population and any two steps taken by the government to check this population explosion. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Reasons for rise in population include

  • All-round development in various fields and increased health facilities along with better living conditions.
  • Reduced maternal and infant mortality rate.

Two major steps taken by the government to check this population growth are

  • People are educated and support the idea of small family by using various contraceptive methods.
  • There is statutory raising of marriageable age of females to 18 years and of males to 21 years.

Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4

Question 13.
How do copper and hormone releasing IUDs act as contraceptives? Explain. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Copper and hormone releasing IUDs act as contraceptives because:

  • Copper IUDs (Cu-T, Cu-7) release Cu ions, which suppress sperm motility and the fertilising capacity of sperms.
  • Hormone releasing IUDs (progestasert, LNG-20)

(a) inhibit ovulation.
(b) make the cervix unreceptive to sperms.
(c) make the uterus unsuitable for implantation.

(iii) They both increase the phagocytosis of sperms within the uterus.

Question 14.
(i) List any four characteristics of an ideal contraceptive.
(ii) Name two intrauterine contraceptive devices that affect the motility of sperms. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) An ideal contraceptive must have the following four characteristics

  • It must be safe and user friendly.
  • It must be easily available.
  • It must be reversible with little or no side effects.
  • It must not interfere with the sexual drive, desire or sexual act of the user.

(ii) Cu-T and Cu-7 are two examples of IUDs that affect the motility of sperms.

Question 15.
Name two hormones that are constituents of contraceptive pills. Why do they have high and effective contraceptive value? Name a commonly prescribed non-steroidal oral pill. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The two hormones that are the constituents of oral pills are

  • progesterone
  • oestrogen

They inhibit ovulation and fertilisation and also modify the quality of cervical mucus to prevent or retard the entry of sperms. Hence, they have high and effective contraceptive value. Saheli is the most commonly prescribed new oral contraceptive pill for females. It contains a non-steroidal preparation called centchroman. It is once a week pill with few side effects and high contraceptive value. It was developed by CDRI (Centra! Drug Research Institute), Lucknow.

Question 16.
If implementation of better techniques and new strategies are required to provide more efficient care and assistance to people, then why is there a statutory ban on amniocentesis? Write the use of this technique and give reason to justify the ban. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Though implementation of better techniques and new strategies is required to provide more efficient care and assistance to people still, there is a statutory ban on amniocentesis. Amniocentesis helps to determine any chromosomal abnormalities or genetic disorders, sex of foetus and foetal infections, etc., by using minute amount of amniotic fluid surrounding the foetus.

This prenatal diagnostic test is particularly useful for those women who are at increased risk or have genetic disorders or chromosomal problems. However, this is also misused to determine the sex of foetus which had ultimately lead to increased female foeticides. Therefore, government has imposed a statutory ban to prevent its further misuse and to balance the unequal sex-ratio prevailing in human population. (3)

Question 17.
A woman has certain queries as listed below, before starting with contraceptive pills. Answer them.
(i) What do contraceptive pills contain and how do they act as contraceptives?
(ii) What schedule should be followed for taking these pills? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 8. (2)
(ii) The oral contraceptive pills are to be taken daily for 21 days, preferably within the first five days of menstrual cycle. After the onset of menstruation cycle, i.e. 5-7 days, the process is to be repeated in the same pattern (again for 21 days). This schedule is to be followed till the woman wants to avoid conception. (1)

Question 18.
(i) Name any two copper releasing IUDs.
(ii) Explain, how do they act as effective contraceptives in human females. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) The copper releasing IUDs are Cu-T, Cu-7 and multiload.-375.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 9.

Question 19.
Name and explain the surgical method advised to human males and females as a mean of birth control. Mention its one advantage and one disadvantage. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The surgical or sterilisation methods advised to human males and females as effective means of birth control are

  • Vasectomy (In males) A sterilisation method in which a small portion of vas deferens is removed or tied up through a cut or incision on scrotum, thus blocking the transport of sperms from the testes to the copulatory organ.
  • Tubectomy (In females) A sterilisation method in which small part of Fallopian tube is removed or tied up through incision in abdomen or through vagina. It blocks the passage of ova from ovary to the site of fertilisation.

The advantage of these two sterilisation methods in both human males and females is that it is a very effective method for preventing conception as it blocks the transport of gametes. The disadvantage of this method is that this surgical procedure cannot be reversed, so it is helpful for only those who already have children and do not want to extend their family further.

Question 20.
How do ‘implants’ act as an effective method of contraception in human females? Mention its one advantage over contraceptive pills. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Subcutaneous ‘implants’ contain synthetic progesterone and are placed under the skin. They are an effective contraceptive method as they check ovulation and thicken cervical mucus to prevent sperm transport.

‘Subcutaneous implants’ are more advantageous than contraceptive pills as they are long lasting and once implanted, they are effective for up to 5 years.

Question 21.
Your school has been selected by the Department of Education to organise and host an interschool seminar on ‘Reproductive Health Problems and Practices’. However, many parents are reluctant to permit their wards to attend it. Their argument is that the topic is ‘too embarrassing’.
Put forth four arguments with apporpriate reasons and explanation to justify the topic to be very essential and timely. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Parents should encourage their children to attend such seminar as they will get right information regarding myths and misconceptions about sex related aspects. Following are the four points to justify this topic to be essential

  • Awareness of problems due to uncontrolled population growth, social evils like sex abuse and sex related crimes, etc., need to be created so that children should think and take up necessary steps to prevent them and thereby build up a reproductively healthy society.
  • Large group of school students comprises of adolescents who have attained puberty. Therefore, these seminars are necessary to provide medical help and care for reproduction related problems like menstrual problems, infertility, pregnancy, delivery, contraception, abortions, etc.
  • Knowledge about Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) is essential as children should be aware that unprotected sex with multiple partners results in the transmission of sex related problems.
  • Increasing population is a major problem of India which is directly related with reproductive health. Children should be aware of family planning programmes such as Reproductive and Child Healthcare (RCH) programmes.

Question 22.
Name any two assisted reproductive technologies that help infertile couples to have children. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
The assisted reproductive technology methods that can help infertile couple to have children are

  • Zygote Intra Fallopian Transfer (ZIFT) and
  • Artificial Insemination (AI) Technique.

Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4

Question 23.
Expand GIFT and ICSI. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
GIFT – Gamete Intra Fallopian Transfer.
ICSI – Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm Injection.

Question 24.
After a brief medical examination a healthy couple came to know that both of them are unable to produce functional gametes and should look for an ‘ART’ (Assisted Reproductive Technique). Name the ‘ART’ and the procedure involved that you can suggest to them to help them bear a child. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
The ART that would help the couple to bear a child is IVF (In Vitro Fertilisation) or Test tube baby programme. In this process, ova from wife/donor female and sperms from the husband/donor male are collected and fused to form zygote in the laboratory under same conditions as in the body. This is in vitro fertilisation (fertilisation outside the body).

Zygote or early embryo is transferred into Fallopian tube or uterus for further development. This is called Embryo Transfer (ET). It can be Zygote Intra Fallopian Transfer (ZIFT) or Intra Uterine Transfer (IUT).

Question 25.
An infertile couple is advised to adopt test tube baby programme. Describe two principal procedures adopted for such technologies. (Delhi 2015)
Or
Explain the Zygote Intra Fallopian
Transfer Technique (ZIFT). How is Intra Uterine Transfer (IUT) Technique different from it? (All India 2010)
Answer:
ZIFT (Zygote Intra Fallopian Transfer) is the technique in which zygote or early embryo with up to 8 blastomeres is transferred into the Fallopian tube of female.
On the other hand in IUT, embryo with more than 8 blastomeres is transferred into the uterus.
These are the two principal procedures adopted for test tube baby programme.

Question 26.
A childless couple has agreed for a test tube baby programme. List only the basic steps the procedure would involve to conceive the baby. (Delhi 2015C)
Or
(i) Give any two reasons for infertility among young couple.
(ii) Test tube baby programme is a boon to such couples. Explain the steps followed in the procedure. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) The reasons of infertility in young people can be physical, congenital diseases, use of drugs, immunological or even psychological factors.
(ii) In test tube programme,
(a) Ova from the wife or a donor female and the sperms from the husband or a donor male are allowed to fuse under simulated conditions in the laboratory. It is called in vitro fertilisation.
(b) Embryo is then transferred into the uterus or Fallopian tube for further development.

The process of embryo transfer is done in following ways Zygote or embryo up to 8 blastomeres is 1 transferred into Fallopian tube (ZIFT). Embryo with more than 8 blastomeres is transferred into uterus (IUT).

Question 27.
‘Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm Injection (ICSI)’ and ‘Gamete Intra Fallopian Transfer (GIFT)’ are two assisted reproductive technologies. How is one different from the other? All (India 2014C)
Answer:
In Gamete Intra Fallopian Transfer (GIFT), the ovum from a healthy donor female is transferred to a female, who cannot produce ova. However, she can provide suitable environment for fertilisation and embryo development (in vivo fertilisation).

In Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm Injection (ICSI), the fertilisation is done in vitro by injecting sperms directly into the ovum from a donor female, under simulated conditions. The embryo is thus, formed in laboratory and which is later transferred to the uterus or Fallopian tube for further development.

Question 28.
Why is ZIFT a boon to childless couples? Explain the procedure. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
ZIFT (Zygote Intra Fallopian Transfer) is a boon to childless couples as it helps them to become parents. In this technique, ova from wife/donor female and sperms from husband/donor male are fused to form zygote in laboratory. Zygote is allowed to divide up to 8 blastomeres stage and it is at this stage, a zygote or early embryo is transferred into the Fallopian tube. Implantation takes place in the uterus where further development takes place.

Question 29.
State any four methods to overcome infertility in human couples. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Following are the four methods to overcome infertility problems in human couples

  • Test tube baby programme In this method, the fusion of ovum and sperm is done outside the body of a woman (in vitro fertilisation) to form zygote which divides to form embryo. The embryo is then implanted in the uterus where it develops into a foetus and then into the child.
  • Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm Injection (ICSI) In this technique, embryo is formed in the laboratory by directly injecting the sperm into the ovum followed by embryo transfer.
  • Artificial Insemination Technique (AIT) Semen (containing sperms) from husband or donor is artificially introduced into the vagina hr uterus (IUI).
  • Gamete Intra Fallopian Transfer (GIFT) Sperm and unfertilised ova are transferred into the Fallopian tube of the female and they are allowed to fuse naturally.

Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4

Question 30.
A couple where both husband and wife are producing functional gametes, but the wife is still unable to conceive, is seeking medical aid. Describe any one method that you can suggest to this couple to become happy parents. (All India 2014)
Answer:
In case, if both husband and wife are producing functional gametes, but wife is not able to conceive, the IVF technique can be employed to bless them with child.
Method of in vitro fertilisation is given below

  • Gametes from both husband and wife are collected, i.e. sperm and ova. These are fused to form zygote under laboratory conditions. As the fertilisation takes place outside the female body, it is referred to as in vitro fertilisation.
  • The zygote or embryo is then either transferred to Fallopian tubes (if up to 8 blastomeres), i.e. ZIFT or to the uterus (more than 8 blastomeres), i.e. IUT.

Question 31.
Suggest and explain any three Assisted Reproductive Technologies (ART) to an infertile couple. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 3 and 4.

Question 32.
(i) Explain one application of each one of the following (Delhi 2019)
(a) Amniocentesis
(b) Lactational amenorrhea
(c) ZIFT
(ii) Prepare a poster for the school programme depicting the objectives of ‘Reproductive and Child Healthcare Programme’.
Answer:
(i) (a) Amniocentesis The benefits of amniocentesis include the diagnosis of chromosomal abnormalities and developmental disorders of foetus.
(b) Lactational amenorrhea It is the absence of menstruation during the period of intense lactation following parturition. Because ovulation does not occur in this period, the chances of conception are nill.
(c) ZIFT (Zygote Intra Fallopian Transfer) is related to embryo transfer in the test tube programme. In this technique, the zygote or embryo up to 8 blastomeres is transferred into the Fallopian tube.
Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4 Img 1

Question 33.
Reproductive and Child Healthcare (RCH) programmes are currently in operation. One of the major tasks of these programmes is to create awareness amongst people about the wide range of reproduction related aspects. As this is important and essential for building a reproductively healthy society.
(i) ‘Providing sex education in schools is one of the way to meet this goal’. Give four points in support of your opinion regarding this statement.
(ii) List any two ‘indicators’ that indicate a reproductively healthy society. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) (a) Introducing sex education in schools is a good step for providing useful information to the adolescents, so as to discourage them from believing in myths and misconceptions about sex related issues.
(b) Better awareness about sex related matters.
(c) Better detection and cure of STDs.
(d) Awareness of problems due to uncontrolled population growth.

(ii) (a) Increased number of medically assisted deliveries and better postnatal care leading to decreased maternal and infant mortality rates.
(b) Awareness of problems due to uncontrolled population growth, social evils like sex abuse and sex related crimes, etc., should be created to enable people to think and take necessary steps to prevent them.

Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4

Question 34.
A large number of married couples in the world are childless. It is shocking to know that in India, the female partner is often blamed for the couple being childless.
(i) Why in your opinion the female partner is often blamed for such situations in India? Mention any two values that you as a biology student can promote to check this social evil.
(ii) State any two reasons responsible for the cause of infertility.
(iii) Suggest a technique that can help the couple to have a child where the problem is with the male partner. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) There is a common myth prevailing in our society that inability of a couple to have child is due to the infertility of female partner only, it is because female carries the child in her womb. Being a biology student we should create awareness among people that both male and female partners equally contribute for the birthy of a child. This is because baby is formed from zygote that is formed by the fusion of both male and female gametes. Hence, infertility in either male or female can be responsible for the failure of conception. Infertility in both males and females can be easily cured as there are so many specialised infertility clinics which provide treatments to childless couples. In case treatment is not possible, the couples can be assisted to have children through certain special techniques called the assisted reproductive technologies.

(ii) Causes of infertility could be

  • Sexually transmitted diseases both in males and females.
  • Some physiological problems in females/males, so gametes (sperm/ova) are not produced.

(iii) IVF (In Vitro Fertilisation) and Artificial Insemination (AI) can be done if the sperm count of male is low.

The post Reproductive Health Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 4 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 15 Biodiversity and Conservation to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 15 Important Questions, Biodiversity and Conservation Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 15 Important Questions Biodiversity and Conservation

Question 1.
Identify A and B in the figure given below representing proportionate number of major vertebrate taxa. (Delhi 2014)
Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15 Img 1
Answer:
In the mentioned diagram, among the major vertebrate taxa
A-represents mammals.
B-represents ambhibians.

Question 2.
Write the level of biodiversity represented by a mangroves. Give another examples falling in the same level. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The mangroves represent biodiversity at ecological level. Other examples of ecological diversity are deserts, rainforests, coral reefs, etc.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 3.
Name the type of biodiversity represented by the following
(i) 1000 varieties of mangoes in India.
(ii) Variations in terms of potency and concentration of reserpine in Rauwolfia vomitoria growing in different regions of “Himalayas. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Genetic diversity
(ii) Genetic diversity.

Question 4.
Name the type of biodiversity represented by the following
(i) 50000 different strains of rice in India,
(ii) Estuaries and alpine meadows in India. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
(i) Genetic diversity
(ii) Ecological diversity.

Question 5.
Why is tropical environment able to support greater species diversity? (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Tropical latitudes have less seasonal variations and constant environment which promote niche and greater species diversity.

Question 6.
Eichhornia crassipes is an alien hydrophyte introduced in India. Mention the problem posed by this plant. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Water hyacinth (Eichhomia) introduced in India is threatening the existing aquatic life in ponds and lakes, etc., as it clogs the stagnant waterbodies very fast, thus, the native species are threatened.

Question 7.
The Amazon rainforest is referred to as the lungs of planet. Mention any one human activity which causes loss of biodiversity in this region. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Human activities causing loss of biodiversity in Amazon rainforest are as follows

  • Many plants are cut in Amazon rainforest for cultivation of soybeans.
  • Forests are converted to grasslands for raising beef cattle.

Question 8.
India has more than 50000 strains of rice. Mention the level of biodiversity it represents. (Delhi 2010; Outside Delhi 2010)
Answer:
India has more than 50000 strains of rice which shows the genetic level of biodivesity of rice.

Question 9.
How is an alien species invasion considered as one of the cause of biodiversity loss? Support you answer with the help of an example. (All India 2019)
Or
Alien species invasions is one of the causes of biodiversity loss. Explain with the help of an example. (All India 2012C)
Or
With the help of an example, explain how alien species invasion causes biodiversity loss (Delhi 2011)
Or
Alien species are a threat to native species. Justify taking examples of an animal and a plant alien species. (All India 2010)
Or
Sometimes alien species affect the indigenous organisms leading to their extinction. Substantiate this statement with the help of any two examples. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
Alien species become invasive, compete with the native species and cause extinction of indigenous species.

  • Introduction of Nile perch into Lake Victoria leads to extinction of more than 200 species of cichlid fish in that lake.
  • Carrot grass (Parthenium) and Lantana introduced in our country have become invasive and cause environmental damage. They pose a threat to the native species of plants in our forests.

Question 10.
Substantiate with the help of one example that in an ecosystem mutualists.
(i) tend to coevolve and
(ii) are also one of the major causes of biodiversity loss. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) In nature mutualists often co-evolve such as mediterranean orchid Ophrys. Ophrys employs sexual deceit to get pollinated by a species of bee. One petal of flower resembles to female bee. If female bee changes its colour pattern even slightly the success of pollination will be reduced unless orchid flower coevolves to maintain resemblance with female bee.

(ii) Coextinction is the one of the Evil Quartet in which organism with obligatory relationship like plant pollinator mutualism will result in extinction of one partner, if other is eliminated in nature.

Question 11.
Identify the areas labelled i, ii, iii and iv in the pie chart given below representing the biodiversity of plants showing their proportionate number of species of major taxa. (2018C)
Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15 Img 2
Answer:

  • Lichens
  • Algae
  • Fungi
  • Mosses

Question 12.
Mention the kind of biodiversity of more than a 1000 varieties of mangoes in India represent. How is it possible? (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
The different varieties of mangoes in India represent genetic diversity.
It occurs because India lies within tropical latitudes where, the environment is constant and predictable. Also, more solar energy is available which leads to higher productivity.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 13.
List four causes of biodiversity loss. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The four causes of biodiversity loss are as follows

  • Habitat loss and fragmentation
  • Overexploitation
  • Alien species invasions
  • Coextinctions.

Question 14.
What is meant by alien species invasion? Name one plant and one animal alien species that are a threat to our Indian native species. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Intentional or chance introduction of exotic species into new Islands or countries by man is called alien species invasion.

For example, Nile perch introduced into Lake Victoria in East Africa caused loss of more than 200 species of cichlid fish. Plant alien species-Lantana camara and animal alien species-Clarias gariepinus have posed threat to our Indian native species.

Question 15.
“Stability of a community depends on its species richness.’ Write how did David Tilman show this experimentally. (Outside Delhi 2013)
Answer:
The stability of a community depends on species richness. This was confirmed by David Tilman. Through his ecology experiments Tilman showed

  • The plots with more species showed less year-to-year variations in total biomass.
  • Plots with increased diversity showed higher productivity.

Question 16.
Where would you expect more species biodiversity in tropics or in polar regions? Give reasons in support of your answer. (Outside Delhi 2013)
Or
Giving two reasons explain why there is more species biodiversity in tropical latitudes than in temperate ones. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Biodiversity is more in tropical latitudes than in temperate or in polar regions. The reasons are (any two)

  • Speciation is a function of time. The temperate regions were subjected to frequent glaciation in the past, while the tropics have remained undisturbed and so had longer time to evolve more species diversity.
  • More solar radiation is available in tropical region. This leads directly to more productivity and indirectly to greater species diversity.
  • The environment of tropics is less seasonal and relatively more constant and predictable, which encourages niche specialisation and species diversity.

Question 17.
State the use of biodiversity in modern agriculture. (Outside Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The use of biodiversity in agriculture is immense. It is a source of hybrids, GM plants, biopesticides, organic farming, biofertiliser, improved varieties of plants, disease resistant plants. It also promotes sustainable management of agricultural resources, conservation and farming of all wild and native varieties of plants, etc.

Question 18.
Justify with the help of an example where a deliberate attempt by humans has led to the extinction of a particular species. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Overexploitation of natural resources or over hunting of animals has led to extinction of particular species, e.g. Steller’s sea cow and passenger pigeon.
Other examples of human driven extinction include Dodo bird due to habitat fragmentation.

Question 19.
The given graph shows species-area relationship. Write the equation of the curve A and B explain. (All India 2011)
Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15 Img 3
Answer:
The equation for the curve A is S = C4Z where, S- Species richness,
A – Area,
C – Y-intercept,
Z – Slope of line (regression coefficient)
(i) Alexander von Humboldt observed that within a region, species richness increased with increasing explored area, but only up to a limit.
(ii) The relation between species richness and area for a wide variety of taxa like angiosperms, birds, fishes, etc., turns out to be a rectangular hyperbola.

Question 20.
Explain, taking one example, the effect of coextinction on biodiversity. (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
Coextinction means that when a species is going to become extinct, the plant and animal species associated with it in an obligatory relationship also gets extinct. For example, coevolved plant-pollinator mutualism as in case of Pronuba yuccasella and Yucca. If one partner is on the verge of extinction, the other partner will also get extinct.

Question 21.
How does overexploitation of beneficial species affect biodiversity? Explain with the help of one example. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Human beings when overexploite any plant/animal species, it affects their population size. The marine fish population around the world are declining due to overharvesting. It results in endangering the continued existence of some commercially important species. In the last 500 years, extinction of Stellar’s sea cow and passenger pigeon were due to the overexploitation of these animals by humans.

Question 22.
In the biosphere, immense biological diversity exists at all levels of biological organisation. Explain any two levels of biodiversity. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Levels of Biodiversity in Biosphere

  • Genetic diversity It refers to the diversity of genes within a species. For example, there are more than 50000 genetically different strains of rice in India.
  • Species diversity It refers to the number of different species within a given region. For example. Western Ghats have a greater amphibian species diversity than Eastern Ghats.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 23.
List the features that make a stable biological community. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Features of Stable Biological Community

  • It should not show much variation in productivity from year-to-year.
  • It should be resistant or resilient to occasional disturbances both natural and man-made.
  • It must be resistant to invasions of alien species. (Any two)

Question 24.
Write any two hypothesis put forth by ecologists explaining the existence of greater biodiversity in tropical regions than in temperate regions. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
For two hypothesis put forth by ecologists explaining the existence of greater biodiversity in tropical regions, than in temperates. Refer to Answer No. 16.

Question 25.
Explain any two most important levels of biological organisation showing biodiversity with the help of an example each. (Delhi 2019, 2018)
Or
Explain the levels of biodiversity at genetic, specific and ecological levels with the help of one example each. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Genetic diversity A single species shows diversity at the genetic level over its distributional range. For example, the genetic variation shown by the plant Rauwolfia vomitoria growing in the different Himalayan ranges might be due to its potency and concentration of reserpine.

Species diversity It is the diversity at species level and it is affected by species richness and species evenness. For example, the Western Ghats have a greater amphibian species diversity than the Eastern Ghats.
Ecological diversity It is the diversity at ecological level and is dependent on genetic and species diversity.
At the ecosystem level, India shows diversity with its deserts, rainforests, mangroves, coral reefs and alpine meadows.

Question 26.
(i) India has greater ecosystem diversity than Norway. Do you agree with the statement? Give reasons in support of your answer.
(ii) Write the difference between genetic biodiversity and species biodiversity that exists at all the levels of biological organisation. (2018)
Answer:
(i) India is one of the twelve megadiversity regions of the world with 8.1% of genetic resources of the world. Since, India is placed in the tropical part of the world it exhibits more species diversity than the regions of temperate zones.
India, with much of its land area in the . tropical latitudes, has more than 1200 species of.birds. Greenland, Norway is away from tropics, so it exhibits less biodiversity.

(ii) Differences between genetic and species biodiversity are as follows
Table
Genetic Diversity
It is related to the number of genes and their alleles found in organisms.
It is a trait of a species.
It influences biotic adaptability and distribution of species in diverse habitats.

Species Diversity
It is related to the number and distribution of species found in an area.
It is a trait of community.
It influences interactions and stability of the community.

Question 27.
Name and describe any three causes of biodiversity losses. (Delhi 2017)
Or
Name and explain any two ways that are responsible for the loss of biodiversity. (Foreign 2014)
Causes of biodiversity losses are as follows

  • Habitat Loss and Fragmentation : The main cause of extinction of species is the v destruction of their habitat. For example, tropical rainforests once covering more than 14% of the land surface, now cover only 6% of land area.
  • Overexploitation of natural resources byhumans results in degradation and extinction of the resources. For example, Steller’s sea cow, passenger pigeon and many marine fishes have become extinct in last 500 years.

Question 28.
Write the importance of species diversity to the ecosystem. Support your answer with the finding of Tilman. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:

  • Ecologists for many years, believe that communities with more species are more stable than those with less species. Greater species diversity ensures natural sustainability for all life forms.
  • David Tilman’s long term ecosystem experiments using outdoor plots provided answers to stability of a biological community and species richness in that community. Tilman found that plots with more species showed less year-to-year variation in total biomass. He also showed in his experiments that increased diversity contributed to higher productivity.

Question 29.
Since the origin of life on earth, there were five episodes of mass extinction of species.
(i) How is the ‘Sixth extinction’, presently in progress, different from the previous episodes?
(ii) Who is mainly responsible for ‘Sixth Extinction’?
(iii) List any four points that can help to overcome this disaster, outside (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) The current species extinction rate is estimated to be 100-1000 time faster than in the pre-human era.
(ii) All activities performed by human beings for survival and maintenance of their lifestyle.
(iii) Point that can help to overcome this disaster are as follows

  • Preventing habitat loss and fragmentation.
  • Checking overexploiting.
  • Preventing alien species invasion.
  • Preventing coextinction.
  • Conservation/protection of species.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 30.
The following graph shows the species-area relationship. Answer the following questions as directed.
(i) Name the naturalist who studied the kind of relationship shown in the graph. Write the observations made by him.
(ii) Write the situations as discovered by the ecologists when the value of Z (slope of the line) lies between
Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15 Img 4
(a) 0.1 and 0.2
(b) 0.6 and 1.2
What does Z stand for?
(iii) When would the slope of the line B become steeper? (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) Alexander von Humboldt studied the relationship shown in above graph. He observed that the species richness in an area increased with an increase in exploring area, up to a certain limit only.
(ii) (a) Ecologists have observed that when the value of Z lies between 0.1-0.2 then the Species are considered for a small or average area.
(b) When the value of Z lies between 0.6-1.2, the area considered is very large. Z represents the slope of the line, i.e. regression coefficient.
(iii) The slope of the line B will become steeper when very large areas such as continents are considered for species area relationship.

Question 31.
Explain giving three reasons, why tropics show greatest levels of species diversity? (All India 2014)
Or
List the reasons that account for the greater biological diversity in tropics. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
For reasons why tropics have greatest species diversity. Refer to Answer No. 16.

Question 32.
Alien species are highly invasive and are a threat to indigenous species. Substantiate this statement with any three examples. (All India 2012)
Answer:
For Allien species invasion. Refer to Answer No. 27 (iii).

Question 33.
Taking one example each of habitat loss and fragmentation, explain how are the two responsible for biodiversity loss. (All India 2012)
Answer:
For fragmentation and habitat loss, Refer to Answer No. 27 (i).

Question 34.
(i) Explain the species-area relationship using the graphical representation given below.
Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15 Img 5
(ii) Explain giving reasons why there is greater biodiversity in tropical regions of the earth. (All India 2012c)
Answer:
(i) Alexender von Humboldt studied species-area relationship. He observed that within a region, the species richness increased with increasing area upto a certain limit.
(ii) Ecologists have discovered that the value of Z lies in the range of 0.1-0.2 regardless of taxonomic group or region. When species-area relationship is considered for a large area like a whole continent, regression coefficient Z or slope of the line becomes steeper with Z-values in the range of 0.6-1.2.

For example, for fruit eating birds and mammals in tropical forests of different continent, the slope is found to be 1.15.

Question 35.
Explain by giving example, how coextinction is one of the causes of loss of biodiversity. List the other three causes also (without description). (foreign 2011)
Answer:
Coextinction is one of the causes of loss of biodiversity as when a species becomes extinct, the plant and,animal species associated with it in an obligatory manner, also become extinct.
For example,

  • In plant pollinator mutualism, extinction of one results in the extinction of other.
  • If a host fish becomes extinct, the unique parasites depending on it would also become extinct.

The other causes of loss of biodiversity are

  • Habitat loss fragmentation
  • Overexploitation
  • Invasion of alien species.

Question 36.
Explain rivet popper hypothesis. Name the ecologist who proposed it. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Rivet Popper Hypothesis

  • The hypothesis was proposed by Paul Ehrlich.
  • In an airplane (ecosystem), all parts are joined together using thousands of rivets (species).
  • If every passenger travelling in it, starts popping a rivet to take home (causing a species to become extinct), it may not affect the flight safety (proper functioning of ecosystem) initially, but as more and more rivets are removed, the plane becomes dangerously weak after some time.
  • Further, loss of rivets on the wings. (Key species that drive major ecosystem function) is obviously a more serious threat to flight safety than loss of a few rivets on the seats or windows inside the plane.

Question 37.
Why Western Ghats in India have been declared as biological hotspot? (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Western Ghats have been declared as biological hotspot due to it is rich biodiversity and ecological condition favoring many species of plants and animals. Many endemic species of amphibians, reptiles and fishes are found in these regions.

Question 38.
Write the importance of cryopreservation in conservation of biodiversity. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The importance of cryopreservation in conservation of biodiversity is that gametes of threatened species can be preserved in viable and fertile conditions for long periods by cryopreservation.

Question 39.
Suggest two practices giving one example of each, that help to protect rare or threatened species. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Practices that help to protect rare threatened species are as follows

  • In situ (on-site) conservation involves protection of species in their natural habitat. In involves biosphere reserves, national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, sacred groves, etc,
  • Ex situ (off-site) conservation involves placing threatened animals and plants in special care units for their protection. Zoological parks, botanical gardens and wildlife safari parks serve this purpose.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 40.
Why are sacred groves highly protected? (All India 2016)
Answer:
Sacred groves are small patches of forests with special religious importance in a particular culture.

  • These are also mythologically important.
  • These are undisturbed forests without any human interventions.
  • These are highly protected hence, they include a number of rare, endangered and endemic species. (2)

Question 41.
list any four techniques where the principle of ex situ conservation of biodiversity has been employed. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Four techniques where principle of ex situ conservation of biodiversity has been employed are

  • Tissue culture
  • Cryopreservation
  • Botanical gardens
  • Zoological parks.

Question 42.
Why is there a need to conserve biodiversity? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The main reasons to conserve biodiversity are as follows

  • Narrowly utilitarian reasons These are obvious reasons as human derives multiple economic benefits like food, fibre, medicinal and industrial products, etc.
  • Broadly utilitarian reasons Biodiversity plays a major role in providing ecosystem services which cannot be given a price-tag, e.g. oxygen, pollination, aesthetic pleasure, etc.

Question 43.
State the uses of biodiversity in modern agriculture. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Uses of biodiversity in modern agriculture are –

  • Humans obtain food, fibres, medicines and many industrial products from plants.
  • Wild varieties of plants are used for breeding to obtain disease and pest resistant crops with many desirable traits.
  • By exploring molecular, genetic and species level diversity for economically important products, rich biodiversity can be obtained.

Question 44.
Differentiate between in situ and ex situ approaches of conservation of biodiversity. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Differences between in situ and ex situ approaches of conservation of biodiversity are as follows
Table
In situ conservation
This method involves protection of endangered species in their natural habitat.
It helps in recovering populations in the surroundings where they have developed their distinct features.
e.g. national parks, biosphere reserves, wildlife sanctuaries, etc.

Ex situ conservation
It involves placing of threatened animals and plants in special care unit out of their natural habitat for their protection.
It helps in recovering populations or preventing their extinction under stimulated conditions that closely resemble their natural habitats.
e.g. botanical gardens, zoological parks.

Question 45.
Biodiversity must be conserved as it plays an important role in many ecosystem services that nature provides. Explain any two services of the ecosystem. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
The two ecosystem services are

  • Forest ecosystem mitigates droughts and floods and provides oxygen.
  • The wildlife helps in pollination of crops, without which fruits/seeds are not produced.

Question 46.
Why certain regions have been declared as biodiversity hotspots by environmentalists of the world? Name any two hotspot regions of India. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Certain regions are declared hotspots by the environmentalists, because these regions have very high levels of species richness and high degree of endemism.
Hotspots of India are Western Ghats and Sri Lanka, Himalayas and Indo-Burma.

Question 47.
White Bengal tigers are protected in special settings in zoological parks. Tiger reserves are maintained in Western Ghat.
(i) How do these two approaches differ from each other? Mention the advantages of each one.
(ii) What is the significance of cryopreservation technique? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Zoological parks are man-made places where endangered species are kept and taken care of by specilised skilled persons. It helps to . prevent species extinction.
Tiger reserves are natural habitats of tigers in which they are protected in natural habitat. It helps in recovering population of the species where they have developed their distinctive features.
(ii) Cryopreservation is ex situ conservation technique in which tissues, organs, embryos, seeds gametes, pollens, etc., are stored at very low temperature of -196°C for future use.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 48.
List six advantages of ‘ex situ’ approach to conservation of biodiversity. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Ex situ conservation strategies help

  • To conserve those animals that have become extinct in wild, but can be maintained in zoological parks.
  • To preserve gametes of threatened species in viable condition through cryopreservation.
  • To propagate threatened plants via tissue culture.
  • To grow plants with recalcitrant seeds in orchards where all possible varieties are maintained.
  • To conserve seed of commercially important plants in seed banks.
  • To save endangered or threatened plant that needs urgent measure to save it from extinction in botanical gardens.

Question 49.
Explain the ‘ex situ conservation’ of biodiversity. How is the in situ conservation different from it? (2018C)
Answer:
For ex situ conservation, Refer to Answer No. 3 (ii) and for difference Answer No. 8.

Question 50.
In situ conservation can help endangered threatened species. Justify the statement. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
In situ conservation involves the protection of species in their natural habitats. It helps in the conservation of threatened/endangered species via following means

  • Biodiversity hotspots are regions with high levels of species richness and high degree of endemism (i.e. species confined to that region are not found anywhere else). Hotspots cover less than 2% of the earth’s land area.
  • Protected areas are ecologically unique and biodiversity rich regions. These are legally protected as biosphere reserves, national parks and sanctuaries.
  • Sacred groves are forest areas set aside, all the trees and wildlife within it are venerated . and given total protection. These are religious and cultural places, which are protected.

Question 51.
Why should biodiversity be conserved? Explain giving three reasons. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Biodiversity should be conserved for the following reasons

  • The broadly utilitarian argument says that biodiversity plays a major role in many ecosystem services that nature provides.
  • The narrow utilitarian argument says that humans derive countless direct economic benefits from nature and products of medicinal importance.
  • The ethical argument for conserving biodiversity relates to what we owe to millions of plant, animal and microbe species with whom we share this planet.

Question 52.
Many plant and animal species are on the verge of their extinction because of loss of forest land by indiscriminate use by the humans. As a biology student what method would you suggest along with its advantages that can protect such threatened species from getting extinct. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
As a biology student, I would suggest ex situ conservation approach for such animals. It involves placing the threatened animals and plants in special care units for their protection. It includes off-site collections (botanical gardens, zoological parks, etc.) and (gene banks, seed banks, tissue culture, etc).

Advantages of ex situ conservation are

  • Off-site collection can be used to restock depleted population, reintroduce species in the wild and restore degraded habitats.
  • It is useful in maintaining a large number of genotypes in small area, rapid multiplication of endangered species, through tissue culture, etc.

Question 53.
Compare narrowly utilitarian and broadly utilitarian approaches to conserve biodiversity, with the help of suitable examples. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Comparison between narrowly utilitarian and broadly utilitarian approaches are as follows
Table
Narrowly utilitarian approach
It includes most of the resources required for our day-to-day life.
e.g. food, oil, clothes, wood and drugs.

Broadly utilitarian approach
It includes most of the ecosystem services provided to us by nature.
e.g. release of O2 and fixation of CO2.

Question 54.
There are many animals that have become extinct in the wild but continue to be maintained in zoological parks.
(i) What type of biodiversity conservation is observed in this case?
(ii) Explain any other two ways which help this type of conservation. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Zoological parks are an example of ex situ conservation, in which threatened animals are kept in special conditions, away from natural habitat, in order to protect them.
(ii) The other ways of maintaining the endangered animals or species by ex situ conservation are botanical gardens and cryopreservation.

In botanical garderns, plants are grown in special conditions. Threatened and critically endangered plant species are grown here.
In cryopreservation, gametes and seeds of threatened species are preserved in viable condition at the temperature of around -196° C.

Question 55.
The sacred groves of Aravalli Hills and Ooty botanical garden both aim at biodiversity conservation. How do they differ in their approaches? Explain. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Sacred groves are undisturbed forest patches, surrounded by highly degraded landscapes where not even a “single human activity is allowed, e.g. sacred groves of Aravalli hill is protecting many endemic species.
In botanical gardens, the plants are raised outside their natural habitat under the supervision of skilled persons.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 56.
What are the two types of desirable approaches to conserve biodiversity? Explain with examples bringing out the difference between the two types. (Delhi 2012, All India 2012)
Answer:
Conservation of biodiversity meant the preservation of existing variable forms of life in their natural habitat, while deriving sustainable benefits from nature. It is done in situ (on-site) and ex situ (off-site). In situ preservation and conservation always aim to protect organisms in their natural habitats (e.g. sacred groves, biosphere reserves).

Ex situ conservation helps to protect threatened plants and animals. In this method, these organisms are placed outside the natural habitat and are promoted to reproduce.

Question 57.
(i) Why should we conserve biodiversity? How can we do it?
(ii) Explain the importance of biodiversity hotspots and sacred groves. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) For reasons, Refer to Answer No. 15 and for methods, Refer to Answer No. 18.
(ii) Importance of biodiversity hotspots and sacred groves Biodiversity hotspots are the regions of accelerated habitat loss. These can reduce the ongoing mass extinctions by almost 30%. Sacred groves are important in biodiversity conservation, as these are, naturally protected by the native population without much effort. In Meghalaya, the sacred groves are the last refuges for large number of rare and threatened plants.

Question 58.
(i) Explain the narrow utilitarian, broadly utilitarian and ethical arguments in favour of conservation of biodiversity.
(ii) How is designation of certain areas as hotspots a step towards biodiversity conservation? Name any two hotspots in India. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 15.
(ii) Hotspots are regions exhibiting high degree of endemism and great species richness, therefore designating these areas as ‘biodiversity hotspots’ allows their maximum protection and reduce the ongoing extinction by about 30%. Such hotspot regions in India are Western Ghats and Himalayas.

Question 59.
(i) Why is there a need to conserve biodiversity?
(ii) Name and explain any two ways that are responsible for the loss of biodiversity. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) The biodiversity needs to be conserved because of three reasons

  • Narrow utilitarian includes most of the resources required for our day-to-day life, e.g. food, oil, clothes, firewood, drugs and medicines, industrial products all are derived from nature, thus needs to be conserved to reap more benefits.
  • Broadly utilitarian includes most of the ecosystem services provided to us by nature. Such as release of oxygen and fixation of C02 by photosynthesis in plants, pollination and dispersal of seeds, etc. Therefore, for the continuation of these services biodiversity needs to be conserved.
  • Ethical reasons as it becomes our moral duty to take care of all living species in our surroundings irrespective of their economic importance and pass this biological legacy to our future generations.

(ii) The two ways that are responsible for the loss of biodiversity are

  • Habitat loss and fragmentation of natural habitats due to the natural reasons or human activities and pollution results in degradation of habitats, thereby threatening the survival of many species concerned.
  • Coextinction leads to loss of biodiversity as when a species becomes extinct, the plant and animal species associated with it in obligatory way also become extinct, e.g. when a host organism (fish) becomes extinct, the parasites exclusive to it also become extinct.

Question 60.
(i) Taking one example each of habitat loss and fragmentation, explain how are the two responsible for biodiversity loss.
(ii) Explain two different ways of biodiversity conservation. (Outside Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) (a) When large-sized habitats are broken or fragmented due to human settlements, building of roads, digging of canals, etc., animals requiring large territories and some animals with migratory habitats are badly affected.
(b) The Amazon rainforest (called the ‘lungs of the planet’) is being cut and cleared for cultivation of soybean or for conversion into grasslands for raising beef cattle.

(ii) There are two basic approaches for conservation of biodiversity
(a) In situ conservation (on-site conservation)
(b) Ex situ conservation (off-site conservation)

In situ conservation: It is the conservation and protection of biodiversity in its natural habitat.
It helps in recovering population in the surroundings where they have developed their distinctive features.
Example National parks, biosphere reserves, wildlife sanctuaries.

Ex situ conservation: It is the conservation of selected rare plants and animals in places outside their natural habitat.
It helps in recovering population or preventing their extinction under conditions that closely resemble their natural habitats.
Example Botanical gardens, zoological parks, wildlife safari parks, gene banks, etc.

Question 61.
A construction worker was not allowed to cut trees in a village due to protests made by villagers that the trees were sacred to them. Would you support them? What values do you gather from this instance?
Answer:
Yes, I would support them. The sacred groves are protected areas which are of religious and cultural value to native people.
Values shown by villagers are care and concern towards environment and courage.

Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15

Question 62.
During a class tour to a botanical garden, Mamta saw that many plant species were present there, which are no more found in the wild. She asked her teacher about how these rare species cultivated and protected in such areas?
(i) Botanical gardens and zoos, etc., represent which mode of biodiversity conservation?
(ii) Mention the factors responsible for the extinction of biodiversity.
(iii) What values do you observe in Mamta?
Answer:
(i) Ex situ mode of conservation, where threatened animals and plants are placed in special care units.
(ii) Overexploitation of resources, fragmentation of habitats and introduction of alien species with native flora and fauna.
(iii) Environment friendly, intelligent, observant and curious.

The post Biodiversity and Conservation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 15 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 16 Environmental Issues to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 16 Important Questions, Environmental Issues Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 16 Important Questions Environmental Issues

Question 1.
An electrostatic precipitator in a thermal power plant is not able to generate high voltage of several thousands. Write the ecological implication because of it. (All India 2017)
Answer:
If an electrostatic precipitator is not generating high voltage, it would not be able to release electrons. When air will be passed through this thermal power plant; dust particles would not be able to get collected separately. Hence, it will not be able to control pollution.

Question 2.
Mention two advantages for preferring CNG over diesel as an automobile fuel. (All India 2016, 2015)
Answer:
The two advantages for preferring CNG over diesel as an automobile fuel are as follows

  • It bums more effectively leaving no unbumt remains behind.
  • It tends to be cheaper than diesel and petrol.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 3.
List two advantages of the use of unleaded petrol in automobiles as fuel. (All India 2015)
Answer:
The two advantages of using unleaded petrol in automobiles as fuel are as follows

  • There will be no lead pollution in the environment.
  • It allows the use of catalytic converter as the exhaust will not harm the catalyst like leaded petrol.

Question 4.
State the causes of accelerated eutrophication. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Effluents from industries and domestic sewage and other human activities are the causes of accelerated eutrophication.

Question 5.
Excessive nutrients in a freshwater body cause fish mortality. Give two reasons. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The reasons for fish mortality in a freshwater body due to excessive nutrients are given below.

  • Increase in Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD).
  • Eutrophication.

Question 6.
Inspite of being non-polluting, why are there great apprehensions in using nuclear energy for generating electricity? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Despite being non-polluting, there are great apprehensions in using nuclear energy for generating electricity because of

  • danger of accidental leakage.
  • lack of safe disposal methods of radioactive waste.

Question 7.
Write the name of the organism that is referred to as the ‘Terror of Bengal.’ (Delhi 2014)
Or
Why is Eichhornia crassipes nick named as Terror of Bengal? (Delhi 2012)
Or
Name the world’s most problematic aquatic weed. What is the nature of the water body in which the weed grow abundantly? (Delhi 2012C)
Or
Eichhornia crassipes is an alien hydrophyte introduced in India. Mention the problem pased by this plant? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
The name of organism that is referred to as ‘Terror of Bengal’ is Eichhornia crassipes. It is because it grows at an alarming rate and spreads on the surface of the eutrophic water body. It is world’s most problematic weed. This cuts out light and also causes an increase in the oxygen demand. Thus, causing the death of fishes and other aquatic organisms.

Question 8.
Why is the use of unleaded petrol recommended for motor vehicles equipped with catalytic convertors? (All India 2013, 2012 Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Lead found in petrol corrodes the catalytic rods of platinum, rhodium, in catalytic convertor and decreases its efficiency. Thus, unleaded petrol is recommended for motor vehicles equipped with catalytic convertors.

Question 9.
How do algal blooms affect the life in water bodies? (All India 2011)
Answer:
Algal blooms cause deterioration of the water quality. They reduce the dissolved oxygen content of water and cause mortality (death) of aquatic animals like fish. (1)

Question 10.
Mention the information that the health derive by measuring BOD of a water body. (All India 2010)
Answer:
BOD (Biochemical Oxygen Demand) is the amount of the oxygen required by microorganisms to decompose the organic matter present in one litre of water during a particular time period. The higher BOD value indicates high level of pollution. It directly gives an idea of the health of water body. ID

Question 11.
Write the effective remedy found by Ahmed khan of Bengaluru for the efficient use of the plastic waste generated by big cities. (All India 2019)
Or
How did Ahmad Khan, plastic sac manufacturer from Bengaluru, solve the ever-increasing problem of accumulating plastic waste? (All India 2012)
Or
What is polyblend? Why did the plastic manufactures think of producing it? Write its usefulness? (All India 2011)
Answer:
Ahmad Khan developed a fine powder called polyblend of recycled modified plastic. This mixture is mixed with the bitumen and used to lay roads. It enhanced the bitumen’s water repellant properties and helped to increase road life by a factor of three. By this way, the problems created by plastic waste was solved and plastic manufacturers thought of producing polyblend.

Question 12.
How did a citizen group called Friends of Areata Marsh, Areata, California, USA, help to improve water quality of the marsh land using integrated waste water treatment? Explain in four steps. (2018)
Answer:
A citizen group called ‘Friends of Areata Marsh’ used integrated waste water treatment to improve the water quality of the Areata marsh land. This integrated waste water treatment process involved following steps

  • The first step involved conventional sedimentation and filtration of water.
  • t was followed by addition of chlorine in the water.
  • Then, a series of six connected marshes was developed.
  • Appropriate plants, algae, fungi and bacteria were seeded in that area to absorb, neutralise and assimilate the pollutants.

Question 13.
Plenty of algal bloom is observed in a pond in your locality.
(i) Write, what has caused this bloom and how does it affect the quality of water.
(ii) Suggest a preventive measure. (Delhi 2017)
Or
What is an ‘algal bloom’? State, its cause and any two harmful effects. (Outside Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) The presence of large amounts of nutrients in water leads to algal bloom.
Algal bloom affects the quality of water in the following ways

  • It causes deterioration of water quality making it unfit to use.
  • Eutrophication (natural ageing of water bodies) is accelerated, resulting in hypoxic conditions (i.e. low oxygen), killing off the aquatic diversity.

(ii) To prevent the algal bloom, the farmers instead of using chemical nutrients must start using natural products like manures produced using vermicomposting. Awareness should be created among people about the effects of dumping waste in water bodies.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 14.
Public transport in Delhi uses CNG since 2002. List the advantages of this fuel policy. (All India 2015)
Answer:
The advantages of fuel policy involving use of CNG in public transport in Delhi are
(i) CNG, i.e. compressed natural gas is a better fuel than petrol or diesel, because it is cheaper, burns more effeciently, does not pollute the environment.
(ii) It cannot be siphoned off by thieves. In addition to this, it cannot be adulterated like petrol and diesel.

Question 15.
Name two metals used in a catalytic convertor. How do they help in keeping the environment clean? (Delhi 2014C)
Or
State the function of a catalytic convertor in an automobile. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
The metals used in a catalytic convertor are platinum, palladium and rhodium (any two).
The catalytic convertors fitted in automobiles reduce the emission of poisonous gases by converting the unbumt hydrocarbons into CO2 and water, carbon monoxide to CO2 and nitric oxide (NO) to nitrogen, while the exhaust is passed through them.

Question 16.
‘Fish mortality increases with influx of nutrients in a freshwater body’. Write two reasons. How will the influx of nutrients affect the BOD level of this water body? (All India 2014C)
Or
Write the harmful effects of the presence of large amount of nutrients in a water body. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
Fish mortality increases with influx of nutrients in a freshwater body, because

  • Abundant nutrients encourage the growth of free-floating algae and plants, thereby increasing organic matter.
  • The influx of nutrients increases the BOD level of water body, as the microbes flourishing in it consume up all the oxygen in degrading the organic matter. As the BOD increases, the Dissolved Oxygen (DO) decreases, making the water body unfit for aquatic life.

Question 17.
Explain, how does the inflow of large amount of nutrients like phosphates and nitrates into the water body drastically affects the aquatic life there? Name the phenomenon responsible. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The inflow of large amount of nutrients like nitrates and phosphates initially encourages growth of aquatic organisms, plants and animals. With time as the organic matter increases, debris along with silt piles up at bottom making the water body shallower and warmer.

This leads to gradual appearance of floating and marshy plants and is eventually converted into land. Hence, the aquatic life gets severely affected and disrupted. This phenomenon is called eutrophication. It may be natural or artificial due to result of human activities.

Question 18.
BOD was measured in two different places A and B of a river in the direction of its flow. BOD value was higher at A than at B. What do you infer from this observation and why? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Higher BOD in river A indicates the discharge of domestic waste is done near A. The organic matter increases the BOD as decomposers need oxygen for the microbial activity. As sewage is decomposed towards B, then there is gradual rise in the dissolved oxygen. Reappearance of fishes and other clean water organisms is indicating recovery of river from sewage pollution.

Question 19.
Name any two sources of e-waste and write two different ways for the disposal. (Delhi 2013)
Or
Mention how e-waste is produced and disposed off ? Write the solution for its treatment? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Electronic wastes (e-wastes) are generated from electronic appliances. It includes broken mobile phones, televisions, irreparable computers, etc. The sources of e-waste come from a vast area of our daily life as each and every field is dependant in electronic appliances. Incineration and land filling are two ways of e-waste disposal. Recycling is the solution for the treatment.

Question 20.
Explain, biomagnification of DDT in an aquatic food chain. How does it affect the bird population? (Outside Delhi 2012)
Answer:
There can be up to 1000 times increase in concentration of DDT in phytoplankton as compared to water, in zooplankton as compared to phytoplankton, in different fish as compared to zooplankton and more DDT in fish eating birds as compared to fish. This continuous increase of DDT concentration is called biomagnification. Higher amounts of pesticide disturb calcium metabolism of birds resulting in thinning of egg shells and their premature breaking that kills the embryos. Thus, causing decline in the bird population.

Question 21.
Explain, how does the algal bloom eventually choke the water body in an industrial area? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The nutrient enrichment of water bodies near industrial area is due to the passage of industrial effluents sewage, etc. This causes increased growth of planktonic algae that causes colouration of water called algal bloom. Excessive growth of algae cut off light for submerged plants which kills the latter and causes organic loading. This leads to decreased oxygen level and pilling of aquatic animals and plants which eventually chokes the water body.

Question 22.
Study the graph given below. Explain, how is oxygen concentration affected in the river when sewage is discharged into it.
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 1
Answer:
When sewage containing organic waste is discharged into the river, the microorganisms consume a large amount of O2 for degrading organic matter. This causes decline in O2 content in water downstream from the point of sewage discharge. After a short distance, there is a gradual rise in dissolved oxygen downstream because of reduced BOD.

Question 23.
Why is it difficult to get rid of ‘water hyacinth’ from a water body? Name one abiotic component and one biotic component of the ecosystem that get affected by its spread in the water body. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The eutrophic bodies support excessive growth of water hyacinth (Terror of Bengal), therefore, it is very difficult to get rid of it and hence, known as an aquatic weed. Abiotic and biotic components affected by the growth of water hyacinth are light and the growth of the submerged plants respectively.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 24.
Study the graph given below. Explain, how oxygen concentration is affected in the river, when sewage is discharged into it? (Delhi 2011)
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 2
Answer:
The graph shows the decrease in dissolved oxygen due to sewage decomposition. When sewage is discharged into river, microorganisms present in water help in biodegradation of organic matter. They consume a lot of oxygen. Therefore, there is a sharp decline in dissolved oxygen. When the sewage is completely degraded, oxygen concentration again increases.

Question 25.
How does an Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) work to remove particulate pollutants released from the thermal power plants? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) has electrode wires and a stage of collecting plates. Wires are provided with an electric current of several thousands volts, which produces a corona that releases electrons.

These electrons attach to dust particles, giving them a negative charge within a very small fraction of a second. Collecting plates are earthed, so that they attract charged dust particles. The velocity of air passing through plates is slow enough to allow the dust particles released from thermal power plants to fall on them.

Question 26.
Mention the major causes of air pollution in metro cities. Write any three ways, which it can be reduced. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Major causes of air pollution are

  • Smoke from thermal power plants, forest fires, volcanic eruptions.
  • Use of unleaded petrol.
  • Excessive use of fossil fuels by automobiles and industries releasing particulate and air pollutants.

Three control methods for air pollution include

  • Using electrostatic precipitators to remove particulate matter from exhaust of industries and thermal power plant.
  • Using scrubber to remove gases like S02.
  • Use of catalytic convertors in automobiles for reducing emission of poisonous gases.

Question 27.
Study the given aquatic food chain. Answer the questions that follow
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 3
(i) Give reason, why there is a continuous increase in the DDT content in different trophic levels of the chain?
(ii) Name the phenomenon responsible for the increase in DDT content. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
(i) Continuous increase in the DDT concentration is because of following reasons

  • It cannot be metabolised.
  • It is not excreted, but it is passed on to next higher tropic levels.

(ii) Biomagnification is the phenomenon responsible for increase in the DDT content.

Question 28.
Explain giving reasons the causes of appearance of peaks A and B in the graph shown below. (All India 2010)
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 4
Answer:
A – High BOD due to sewage discharge.
B – Increase in dissolved oxygen due to sewage decomposition.
Microorganisms involved in biodegradation of organic matter consume a lot of oxygen.
Therefore, there is a sharp decline in dissolved oxygen. When the sewage is completely degraded, oxygen concentration again increases.

Question 29.
While on a visit to a pond in the city-neighbourhood, the visitors were delighted to find large expanse of water covered with colourful algal mass.
(i) As a student of biology do you agree with their delight? Give reasons in support of your answer.
(ii) Explain the cause of such algal growth. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) As a student of biology, I do not agree with the delight of visitors. Large expanse of water covered with colourful algal mass represents excessive growth of algae in pond. This excessive growth is called algal bloom. Because algal bloom deteriorates water quality and causes fish mortality in the water body, it is not possible to agree with the delight of visitors.

(ii) The presence of large amounts of nutrients in water leads to algal bloom. These nutrients (nitrogen and phosphorus) are added to waterbodies from fertilisers that get dissolved in soil and are washed off by waterbodies. Excessive growth of phyptoplankton occurs due to the presence of large amounts of nutrients in water.

Question 30.
Explain the effect on the characteristics of a river when urban sewage is discharged into it. (2018)
Or
Explain the changes that can be observed in the characteristics of river water when sewage is discharged into it and a few weeks after the discharge with respect to
(i) Level of dissolved oxygen.
(ii) Population of freshwater organisms. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Discharge of domestic sewage into a river water results in the rise of BOD, because decomposers consume a lot of oxygen. If sewage quantity is large, then the dissolved oxygen will be completely consumed thus leaving nothing for aquatic organisms present in water body. However, as sewage is decomposed, there will be gradual rise in dissolved oxygen downstream.

(ii) With depletion in level of dissolved oxygen, population of freshwater organisms (plants and animals) would decline. But, as levels of dissolved ‘oxygen would increase, fish and other aquatic organisms reappear indicating the recovery of river from sewage pollution.
The effect on the characteristics of a river when urban sewage is discharged into it can be plotted on graph as shown below.
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 5

Question 31.
(i) Name any two places where it is essential to install electrostatic precipitators. Why is it required to do so?
(ii) Mention one limitation of the electrostatic precipitator. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) Electrostatic precipitators are needed to be installed in thermal power plant and industries. It is the most widely used method for controlling the air pollution or removing particulate matter. In this process, small particles present in dirty air are first charged electrically and then allowed to settle down over differently charged collecting plates. This method allows smaller particles to be removed from the emissions.

(ii) Limitation of using electrostatic precipitator is that it only works on gravitational settling method. Velocity of air between the plates is maintained low to allow the dust to fall in.

Question 32.
Our farmers still use DDT. How is this affecting the local bird population? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Our farmers still use DDT and which is well-known cause for biological magnification. Due to the excessive use of DDT, calcium metabolism in birds is disturbed, which results in thinning of egg shell. Due to this, premature breaking of eggs occurs and leads to decline in birds population. If DDT leaches from the agricultural field, it gets into the water body (the concentration is 0.003 ppb) and enters the food chain : Zooplanktons (0.04 ppm)- Small fish (0.5 ppm)-Large fish (2 ppm)-Any fish eating birds (5 ppm). Concentration of DDT increases along the food chain, reaching a high level in the top carnivore bird.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 33.
With the help of a flow-chart exhibit the events of eutrophication. (Outside Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Eutrophication is the natural ageing of the water. The flow chart exhibiting the events of eutrophication in lake is given below
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 6

Question 34.
With the help of a flowchart, show the phenomenon of biomagnification of DDT in an aquatic food chain. (All India 2015)
Or
Explain biomagnification. How does the biomagnification of DDT affect the population of fish eating birds? (Foreign 2010)
Or
Why is there a decline in the population of the fish eating birds, when the water body is amidst agricultural fields? (Delhi 2010c)
Answer:
Biological magnification (Biomagnification) can be defined as the increase in concentration of toxicants at successive trophic levels, e.g. DDT. This is because these toxicants cannot be metabolised or excreted. Therefore, it gets accumulated in an organism and pass on to higher trophic levels.

DDT accumulates in the fish eating birds and disturbs calcium metabolism, which results in thinning of egg shell. This results in decline in the population of the fish eating birds.
Biological magnification of DDT is shown in the flowchart below
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 7

Question 35.
Drinking water problem in our urban areas is caused mainly because, we fail to protect our water bodies. Explain, how accelerated eutrophication chokes our water bodies to death? (outside Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The accelerated eutrophication is the nutrient enrichment of water bodies due to human activities like passage of sewage, industrial effluents, domestic wastes and agricultural run offs rich in nitrates and phosphates.
The lake’s fertility increases due to these nutrients leading to dense growth of plants and the planktonic algae, i.e. algal bloom.
Algal blooms and floating plants cut off light for submerged plants due to which the latter die. There is drastic decrease in oxygen replenishment inside water. It causes organic loading of water. Decreased oxygen level also kills aquatic animals, further adding to organic loading. Decomposition is replaced by putrefaction which is anaerobic.
It produces secondary pollutants that kill the bloom promoting plants as well and thus choking water bodies to death. (3)

Question 36.
Two types of aquatic organisms in a lake show specific growth patterns as shown below, in a brief period of time. The lake is adjacent to an agricultural land extensively supplied with fertilisers.
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 8
Answer the questions based on the facts given above
(i) Name the organisms depicting the patterns A and B.
(ii) State the reason for the growth pattern seen in A.
(iii) Write the effects of the growth patterns seen above. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) The organisms depicting pattern A are
microorganisms, while B depicts- zooplanktons or fishes.
(ii) With the increase in organic matter of lake due to influx of nutrients from agricultural land, the number of microorganisms increases which degrade the organic matter.
(iii) From the above growth patterns, it can be concluded that

  • with the increase in microbes in water b’ody the BOD increases, making it unfit for aquatic life.
  • dissolved oxygen reduces drastically leading to mortality of aquatic organisms, i.e. fishes.

Question 37.
A few residents in your locality, for business gains, have established small scale indsutrial/commercial activities such as pathological labs and fabric dyeing centres without obtaining ‘No objection certificates’ from municipal authorities. Would you support these activities? Give any three reasons in support of your answer. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
No, these activities would not be supported, because

  • The industrial/commercial activities will release its toxic gases into the atmosphere and other chemicals into the nearby water bodies without treating it and thus, cause pollution of air, water and soil.
  • The land acquired for operating these activities should be at a location where people or neighbourhood are leasi affected, so prior permission is mandatory.
  • Disposable waste of pathological labs can be infectious and toxic, including the same from other industries, so it is necessary to keep a check on how the wastes are disposed off, segregated and recycled by these industries.

Question 38.
Why should the spraying of DDT as an insecticide on vegetable crops be banned? Explain. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Spraying of DDT as an insecticide on vegetable crops should be banned, because our food grains such as wheat, rice, fruits and vegetables accumulate the varying amount of insecticide residues and that enter the human body through food chain. As these chemicals are toxic and non-biodegradable, they get accumulated in organism’s body and are difficult to excrete and their concentration keeps on increasing at successive trophic levels. The organisms, thus present at highest level are severely affected.

Question 39.
How does algal bloom destroy the quality of a freshwater body? Explain. (Delhi 2013)
Or
How does an algal bloom cause eutrophication of a water body? Name the weed that can grow in such a eutrophic lake. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Algal bloom destroy the quality of freshwater body and causes eutrophication because run off of nutrients such as animal wastes, fertilisers (N and P) and sewage from land leads to an increase in the fertility of the lake.
It causes a tremendous increase in the primary productivity of the water body leading to increased growth of algae, resulting into algal bloom. Later, the decomposition of these algae depletes the supply of oxygen, leading to the death of other aquatic animal life. This leads to eutrophication of fresh water body and destroys its quality.
Eichhomia crassipes (water hyacinth) also called ‘Terror of Bengal’, as it grows abundantly in such eutrophic lake.

Question 40.
By the end of 2002, the public transport of Delhi switched over to a new fuel. Name the fuel. Why is this fuel considered better? Explain. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Delhi had been categorised as the fourth most polluted city of the world in a list of 41 cities in the 1990s. Vehicular pollution has added to the pollution of air in Delhi.

So, in the year 2002, it switched over to a new fuel CNG (Compressed Natural Gas).
Reasons of CNG being considered better fuel, Refer to Answer No. 14.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 41.
(i) Why are colourful polystyrene and plastic packaging used for protecting the food, considered an environmental menace?
(ii) Write about the remedy found for the efficient use of plastic wastes by Ahmad Khan of Bengaluru. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Because polysterene and plastic are non-biodegradable, they accumulate and add to environmental pollution hence, are considered a menace.
(ii) For remedy for the efficient use of plastic wastes by Ahmad Khan, Refer to Answer No. 11.

Question 42.
(i) State the consequence if the electrostatic precipitator of a thermal plant fails to function.
(ii) Mention any four methods by which the vehicular air pollution can be controlled. (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) In the absence of Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) the particulate pollutants and gaseous pollutants of the exhaust will enter into atmosphere. In case of ESPs, about 99% of particulate matter is absorbed.
(ii) General steps to reduce vehicular air pollution are

  • Phasing out of old vehicles.
  • Use of unleaded petrol and low sulphur petroband diesel.
  • Use of catalytic convertors in vehicles.
  • Application of pollution control norms for vehicles.

Question 43.
Eutrophication is the natural ageing of a lake. Explain. (Foreign 2011)
Or
How does eutrophication in a lake take place? Explain. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The natural ageing of a lake is called eutrophication. In a young lake, there is very little life. Over the time, streams drain into it and water becomes enriched with nutrients like phosphate and nitrates.

As a result, phytoplanktons and some other plants flourish well in this water. Due to this, the organic matter increases in lake, water becomes warmer and shallower and decomposers also start growing.

The high number of decomposers make use of large quantity of oxygen for decomposition. This leads to depletion of dissolved oxygen of the water and mortality of fish and other aquatic organisms.

The eutrophied water bodies can lead to algal blooms, which further add organic matter in lake. These consume more oxygen leading to its depletion. Finally the water bodies gets converted to land.

Question 44.
Biomagnification and accelerated eutrophication are both caused due to indiscriminate use of chemicals and irresponsible human activities. Do you agree? Support your answer with explanation and an example of each. (All India 2019)
Answer:
I agree that biomagnification and accelerated eutrophication are both caused due to the indiscriminate uses of chemicals and irresponsible human activities. For explanation and example of each, Refer to Answer No. 34 and 35, respectively.

Question 45.
(i) Why are catalytic convertors recommended for vehicles?
(ii) Why should such vehicles use only unleaded petrol?
(iii) Why is CNG preferred to diesel as a fuel in vehicles? (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
(i) For catalytic converters in vehicles, Refer to Answer No. 15.
(ii) Such vehicles (with catalytic convertor) should use unleaded petrol as leaded petrol inactivates the catalyst.
(iii) For preference of CNG as a fuel in vehicles. Refer to Answer No. 14.

Question 46.
Name the layer of the atmosphere that is associated with good ozone. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Good ozone is found in stratosphere, which is formed by UV radiations and oxygen molecules. This type of ozone is beneficial for living organisms.

Question 47.
Name the greenhouse gases that contribute to global warming. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The greenhouse gases that contribute to global warming are CO2, CH4, N2O and CFCs.

Question 48.
State the purpose of signing the Montreal Protocol. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The purpose of signing the Montreal Protocol is to control the emission of ozone depleting substances.

Question 49.
Where is good ozone present? Why is it called SO? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Good ozone is present in stratosphere (i.e. the upper part of atmosphere).
It is called ‘good ozone’, because it acts as a shield for absorbing ultraviolet radiations from the sun.

Question 50.
Name the two gases contributing maximum to the greenhouse effect. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The two gases contributing maximum to greenhouse effect are CO2 and CH4.

Question 51.
Mention two harmful effects of UV-B exposure on human eye. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
UV-B exposure on human eye causes inflammation of cornea and cataract.

Question 52.
Write the unit used for measuring ozone thickness. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Dobson Unit (DU) is used for measuring ozone thickness.

Question 53.
How does Jhum cultivation promote deforestation? (All India 20110)
Answer:
In Jhum cultivation, the farmers cut down the trees of forest and land is used for farming. After cultivation, the area is left free for several years for recovery. The recovery phase is often ignored leading to deforestation.

Question 54.
How is snow blindness caused in humans? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Snow blindness is caused by the absorption of UV-B radiation.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 55.
Name two greenhouse gases produced by anaerobic microbes. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Carbon dioxide and methane are the greenhouse gases produced by anaerobic microbes.

Question 56.
Mention the causes of thinning of ozone layer. (Delhi 2010c)
Answer:
CFCs release chlorine atoms, when UV-rays act on them. Chlorine degrades the ozone into molecular oxygen. Thus, causing thinning of ozone layer.

Question 57.
Justify the need for signing of ‘Montreal Protocol’ by the participating nations in 1987. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Montreal Protocol was signed at Montreal (Canada) in 1987 (effective in 1989) to control the emission of ozone depleting substances like CFCs and aerosols. The balance of ozone production and degradation has been disrupted due to enhancement of ozone degradation by Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Once CFCs are added to the stratosphere, they have permanent and continuous effects on ozone levels.

Question 58.
List four benefits to human life by eliminating the use of CFCs. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Benefits of eliminating CFCs from human life are as follows

  • Prevention of global warming.
  • Reduction in ozone degradation.
  • Reduction in greenhouse effect,
  • Beneficial for human health.

Question 59.
Explain the relationship between CFC and ozone in the atmosphere. (All India 2016)
Answer:
The chlorofluorocarbon releases active chlorine (Cl, CIO). This active chlorine gets perched over atmospheric ice crystals and remains functional for a long time. A single chlorine atom converts 1 lakh molecules of ozone into O2.

Question 60.
What is joint forest management? How can it help in conservation of forest? (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
The concept of Joint Forest Management (JFM) was introduced by the Government of India. In this programme, support of local communities was taken for conservation of forests and in return, the local people were made to use the products obtained from the forest free of cost. In this programme, local people protect forest, which helps in conservation of forest and its biodiversity.

Question 61.
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 9
(i) What are the after effects of the degradation of ozone?
(ii) How does it affect human health? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) The degradation of ozone will lead to higher mortality of young ones of animals, high number of mutations, inhibition of photosynthesis, global warming and disturbance in aquatic and terrestrial food chains.
(ii) Ozone degradation allows the harmful UV-B exposure on human eyes that causes imflammation of cornea and cataract. It also causes various types of skin cancer.

Question 62.
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 10
(i) Expand CFC.
(ii) How does it reduce ozone to oxygen? (All India 2015C)
Answer:
(i) CFC-Chlorofluorocarbon
(ii) For reduction of ozone to oxygen. Refer to Answer No. 14.

Question 63.
Write, what was the percentage of forest cover of India at the beginning and at the end of 20th century? How different is it from the one recommended by National Forest Policy? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
In the beginning of the 20th century, the forest cover was about 30%, while towards its end it is cover for hilly regions including Himalayas, while 33% for plains. However, the situation is contrastingly different as the production of forests in India is very slow.

Question 64.
(i) State the cause of depletion of ozone layer.
(ii) Specify any two ill effects that it can cause in the human body. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) The main cause of depletion of ozone layer is imbalance between production and degradation of ozone in the stratosphere. This balance is disrupted mainly due to increase in ozone degradation by CFCs.

(ii) The ill effects that ozone depletion can cause in human body are
(a) Allows UV-B radiation to enter atmosphere that increases mutation and damages DNA.
(b) Causes ageing of skin and damage to skin cells and cancer.
(c) Inflammation of cornea (snow blindness), cataract, etc.

Question 65.
Refrigerants are considered to be a necessity in modern living, but are said to he responsible for ozone holes detected in Antarctica. Justify. (Foreign 2012)
Or
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) are widely used as refrigerants. Then why is it suggested to reduce its emission as far as possible? Explain. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Refrigerants contain CFCs, which are released in the lower part of the atmosphere. Their emissions into the atmosphere is suggested to be reduced because:

  • They move upwards and reach the stratosphere.
  • In stratosphere, UV-rays act on them releasing Cl atoms. Cl degrades ozone and releases molecular oxygen.
  • Cl atoms act only as catalysts, the CFCs have a permanent damaging effect on ozone.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 66.
The figure given below shows the relative contribution of four greenhouse gases to global warming.
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 11
(i) Identify the gases A and C.
(ii) Why are these four gases called greenhouse gases? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) A – Carbon dioxide (CO2)
C – Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)

(ii) These four gases (CO2, CH4, N2O) and CFCs) are called greenhouse gases, as they absorb infrared radiations emitted by the earth’s surface and cause greenhouse effect, i.e. heating of earth’s surface and atmosphere.

Question 67.
Enumerate the consequences of deforestation. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
The consequences of deforestation are as follows

  • Deforestation leads to reduced rainfall, increased drought, hotter summer and colder winters.
  • It also leads to soil erosion.
  • Deforestation increases atmospheric CO2 content by releasing carbon stored in organic matter and reduced primary activity.

Question 68.
(i) Why and how must the ozone layer in the stratosphere be protected? Explain.
(ii) How do deforestation and greenhouse gases negatively affect our environment? Explain. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) The ozone layer in the stratosphere must be protected, because the ozone in the stratosphere is good ozone that acts as a shield and absorbs ultraviolet radiations from the sun. UV rays are extremely harmful to living organisms.

Ozone gas is continuously formed by the action of UV rays on molecular oxygen and also degraded into molecular oxygen in the stratosphere. In order to protect the ozone layer, there should be a balance between production and degradation of ozone in the stratosphere.

In the recent years, the balance has been disrupted due to enhancement of ozone degradation by chlorofluor carbons (CFCs). So the emission of ozone degrading substances like CFCs need to be controlled to protect the ozone layer in stractosphere.

(ii) For effects of deforestation. Refer to text on page no. 405-406.

Effects of Greenhouse Gases
(i) Greenhouse gases include CO2, CFCs, etc. Their high level in the atmosphere allow the heat waves to reach earth, but prevent their escape and earth becomes warm. This increased temperature in last three ecades had caused changes in precipitation patterns.
(ii) The increased temperature also cause EL-nino effect, melting of the polar ice caps and Himalayan snow.

Question 69.
(i) Why is the ozone layer required in the stratosphere? How does it get degraded? Explain.
(ii) Why is the ozone depletion a threat to mankind? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
(i) Ozone found in stratosphere is required because it acts as a shield absorbing harmful ultraviolet radiations coming from the sun.
Ozone layer gets depleted by the ozone depleting compounds mainly Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), which travel to the stratosphere after being released from the refrigerants and industrial emissions. UV-rays from the sun acts on CFCs releasing atoms, which degrade ozone releasing molecular oxygen.

(ii) The ozone depletion in a threat to mankind due to ill effects that ozone deplation can cause in human body. For ill effects of ozone depletion in human body, Refer to Answer No. 19 (ii).

Question 70.
Mohit while buying a car insisted on CNG with better mileage whereas Anil leaned towards diesel version of a high end car with relatively low mileage.
What qualities are being displayed by Mohit’s behaviour? Mention any two reasons behind Mohit’s decision.
Answer:
Mohit displays concern towards his environment and responsibility.

  • CNG burns efficiently wihout leaving residues.
  • CNG is cheaper.

Question 71.
Looking at the deteriorating air quality because of air pollution in many cities of the country, the citizens are very much worried and concerned about their health. The doctors have declared health emergency in the cities where the air quality is very severely poor.
(i) Mention any two major causes of air pollution.
(ii) Write any two harmful effects of air pollution to plants and humans.
(iii) As a captain of your school Eco-club, suggest any two programmes you would plan to organise in the school, so, as to bring awareness among the students on how to check air pollution in and around the school. (2018)
Answer:
(i) The two major causes of air pollution are:

  • Particulate matter released from thermal power plants and other industries.
  • Poisonous gases (e.g. CO2,CO, NO2) released from automobiles.

(ii) Effect on plants Reduces growth and yield of crops and causes premature death of plants. Effects on humans Irritation and inflammation of the lungs and premature deaths.

(iii) As a captain of my school Eco-club, I will suggest following two programmes to bring awareness among students on how to check air pollution.

  • Organisation of ‘Van-Mahotsava’ programme in my school campus. In this progamme, there would be lectures on cures of air pollution and how planting trees can help against it. Plants will also be planted in school campus.
  • By organising a debate on ‘air pollution and its causes.’In this programme, students who have given their any contribution in controlling air pollution will be rewarded.

Question 72.
A national newspaper reported that a 50 metre high ‘Sanitary landfill’ the dumping site of city’s garbage in one of the metro-cities crashed and caused heavy damage and disaster in and around the area. A couple of cars, two-wheelers and cattle were swept away in the nearby overflowing canal. Three persons including a young girl were crushed under the garbage and died.
(i) Write any two points that in your opinion could have caused this landfill crash.
(ii) Mention any four preventive measures to be adhered to as a policy which could have avoided this accident.
(iii) Write any two suggestions that you would like to give to the citizens, so as to help in preventing such a disaster in future. (2018C)
Answer:
(i) Two points that in my opinion could have caused landfills crash are

  • Increase in weight of garbage due to overloading of landfill.
  • Poor monitaring and management of landfill area.

(ii) Four preventive measures to be adhered as policy are

  • Prevent overloading of landfill area.
  • Garbage dumped should be compacted regularly.
  • Engineers to design landfills.
  • Regular monitoring of landfill area.

(iii) TWo suggestions to citizens so as to help them in preventing such disaster in future are

  • Citizens should recycle the waste as much as possible.
  • Citizens should avoid creating trash.

Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16

Question 73.
Public all over India is very much concerned about the deteriorating air quality in large parts of North India. Alarmed by this situation the Resident’s Welfare Association of your locality organised an awareness programme entitled ‘Bury Not Bum’. They invited you, being a biology student to participate.
(i) How would you justify your arguments that promote burying and discourage burning? (Give two reasons)
(ii) With the help of flow charts, one for each practice, depict the chain of events that follow. Delhi 2017
Answer:
(i) Following arguments can be put forward to promote burying and discourage burning

  • When we bum wastes, pollutants such as carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, etc., are released in the atmosphere. These pollutants damage the environment. Due to burning, smoke is released into atmosphere, which causes problems; like asthma, emphysema, etc.
  • Burying the waste does not have any harmful effect. In fact, when we bury organic wastes, the soil becomes enriched with nutrients.

(ii) The solid wastes are of two types

  • Biodegradable wastes These can be degraded by the microbes, e.g. organic wastes, paper, etc.
  • Non-biodegradable wastes These cannot be degraded by the microbes and can remain as such for long periods, e.g. plastic.

Flow charts depicting effects of burying and burning are as follows
Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 Img 12

Question 74.
Since 2nd October, 2014 ‘Swachh Bharat Abhiyan’ has been launched in our country.
(i) Write your views on this initiative giving justification.
(ii) As a biologist name two problems that you may face while implementing the programme in your locality.
(iii) Suggest two remedial methods to overcome these problems. Delhi 2015
Answer:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi said, ‘Sanitation is more important than independence’ and it is so true, when the present situtation of our country is seen. In our country, more than 72% of mral population lacks adequate sanitation facilities while 55% of population has no access to basic amenities like toilets in various cities of India.

I am completely in support of Swachh Bharat Abhiyan. It is our primary duty to keep our nation clean, because wastes are the biggest evil that hinder the progress and the development of a country. An unclean environment leads to a lot of problems, starting from affecting the health of citizens to the shortage of land.

On a large scale, it is responsible for the pollution, be it air and water, which creates problems both on development and economic fronts of the country.

(ii) (a) It is very difficult to change the mind set of people, not to spit on roads, staircase, etc.
(b) Many people living even in good societies do have habit of keeping their garbage in open areas, which get spilled by animals (dogs, cats), thus polluting the colony.

(iii) These problems can be overcome by implementing following strict measures

  • A committee of few members can be established and whenever anyone spitting, throwing garbage on roads or urinating in open is spotted should be punished.
  • We should keep sweepers on monthly wages for regular cleaning of roads.
  • Separate dustbins (like blue, red, green) for specific waste disposal, i.e. biodegradable and non-biodegradable.

Question 75.
Presently, air quality of Delhi has significantly improved in comparison to what existed before 1997.
This is the result of a lot of conscious human efforts. You are being asked to conduct an awareness programme in your locality wherein you will comment on the steps taken by the Delhi Government to improve the air quality.
(i) Write any two of your comments.
(ii) List any two ways that you would include in your programme so as to ensure the maintenance of good quality of air.
(iii) State any two values your programme will inculcate in the people of your locality. Foreign 2014
Answer:
(i) The comments on the steps taken by Delhi Government to improve air quality are

  • Switching over of the entire public transport from diesel or petrol to CNG.
  • Use of unleaded and low-sulphur petrol by vehicles.

(ii) The other two ways that can be included in the programme, so as to ensure maintenance of good quality of air can be

  • Create awareness among people to switch over to CNG as it is less polluting as well as cost effective and phasing out of old vehicles.
  • Follow the routine pollution check according to pollution-level norms for vehicles and use catalytic convertors.

(iii) The programme can inculcate following values

  • The people will become more responsible and guard their contributions towards air pollution.
  • After knowing the hazards and various consequences of pollutants, they will not indulge in activities especially unauthorised and without having permission and will prevent others from doing so.

The post Environmental Issues Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 16 appeared first on Learn CBSE.


Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 12 Biotechnology and its Applications to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 12 Important Questions, Biotechnology and its Applications Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 12 Important Questions Biotechnology and its Applications

Question 1.
Write the two specific ‘cry’ genes that encode the proteins which control cotton boll worms. (All India 2019)
Answer:
cry IAc and cry IIAb control cotton bollworm and cry I Ab controls corn borer.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 2.
Mention the chemical change that proinsulin undergoes, to be able to act as mature insulin. (2018)
Answer:
The C-peptide present in proinsulin is removed during its maturation.
Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12 Img 1

Question 3.
What are cry genes? In which organisms are they present? (All India 2017)
Answer:
‘cry genes’ are genes found in Bacillus thuringiensis, a bacterium. These genes encode for protein crystals that contain a toxic insecticidal protein called Bt toxin.

Question 4.
Suggest any two possible treatments that can be given to patient exhibiting adenosine deaminase deficiency. (Delhi 2015)
Or
A boy has been diagnosed with ADA (Adenosine Deaminase) deficiency.
I Suggest any one possible treatment. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:

  • Bone marrow transplantation.
  • Gene therapy (not permanent cure).

Question 5.
Why do children cured by enzyme replacement therapy for adenosine deaminase deficiency need periodic treatment? (All India 2015)
Answer:
Children cured by enzyme replacement therapy for adenosine deaminase deficiency need periodic treatment because in such type of treatment genetically engineered lymphocytes are used and these cells are mortal.

Question 6.
State the role of C-peptide in human insulin. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The C-peptide is an extra stretch of the peptides that connect the A and B-polypeptide chains of insulin in prohormone. During processing to release mature and functional insulin, this C-peptide is removed.

Question 7.
Write the possible source of RNA interference (RNAi) gene. (Delhi 2013C)
Or
State the role of transposons in silencing of mRNA in eukaryotic cells. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Mobile genetic elements, i.e. transposons are the possible source of RNA interference (RNAi) gene which is further involved in the silencing of the specific mftNA and prevents translation.

Question 8.
Name any two techniques that serve the purpose of early diagnosis of some bacterial/viral human diseases. (Foreign 2011)
Or
Name a molecular diagnostic technique to detect the presence of a pathogen in its early stage of infection. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Techniques that serve the purpose of early diagnosis of some bacterial/viral human diseases are as follows

  • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).
  • DNA recombinant technology
  • ELISA

Question 9.
How does dsRNA gain entry into eukaryotic cell to cause RNA interference? (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
dsRNA gains entry into eukaryotic cell either through

  • infection by virus having RNA genome.
  • mobile genetic elements (transposons) that replicate via an RNA intermediate.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 10.
Name the source organism of the gene cry IAc and its target pest. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Source of gene cry IAc is Bacillus thuringiensis and its target pest is cotton bollworm.

Question 11.
Name the source used to produce hapatitis-B vaccine using rDNA technology. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The source of hepatitis-B vaccine is yeast. Recombinant DNA technology has allowed the production of antigenic polypeptides of pathogen in bacteria or yeast. Vaccines produced using this approach allow large scale production and hence greater availability for immunisation.

Question 12.
Write the functions of
(i) cry IAc gene
(ii) RNA interference (RNAi) (Outside Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) cry IAc codes for toxic insecticidal protein as inactive protoxins in Bacillus thuringiensis. This toxin kills the cotton bollworm.
(ii) RNA interference is associated with silencing of specific ntRNA and is a method of cellular defence in eukaryotes.

Question 13.
What is gene therapy? Name the first clinical case in which it was used. (Delhi 2014)
Or
Name the disease that was first to get the gene therapy treatment. Write the cause of the disease and the effect it has on the patient. (Delhi 2014C, 2013)
Answer:
Gene therapy is a corrective therapy or technique of genetic engineering that is used to replace a faulty or non-functional gene with a normal healthy functional gene.

The first clinical gene therapy was given to a 4 year old girl with ADA (Adenosine Deaminase) deficiency in 1990. It is caused due to the deletion of the gene coding for ADA, which adversely . affects the functioning of imnune system.

Question 14.
Why does Bt toxin not kill the bacterium that produces it, but kills the insect that ingests it? (Delhi 2014)
Or
Why do the toxic insecticidal proteins secreted by Bacillus thuringiensis kill the insect and not the bacteria itself? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Bt toxin does not kill bacteria because in bacteria it exists in inactive state.
When Bt toxin is ingested by an insect, it gets converted into its active form due to the alkaline pH of the gut.
The activated toxin binds to the surface of the epithelial cells of the midgut and creates pores. Water enters through these pores and causes swelling and lysis of cells in insect body.

Question 15.
Explain how Eli Lilly, an American company, produced insulin by recombinant DNA technology. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Steps involved in insulin production by Eli Lilly company are as follows

  • DNA sequences corresponding to the two polypeptide, A and B-chains of insulin were synthesised in vitro.
  • They were introduced into plasmid DNA of E. coli.
  • This bacterium was cloned under suitable conditions.
  • The transgene was expressed in the form of polypeptides A and B, secreted into the medium.
  • They were extracted and combined by creating disulphide bridge to form human insulin.

Question 16.
What do ‘cry genes’ in Bacillus thuringiensis code for? State its importance for cotton crop. (All India 2014C)
Or
Name the soil bacterium that produces a protein/chemical that is toxic to insect pests. Show with example that these are encoded by different forms of the genes. (All India 2012)
Answer:
‘cry genes’ in Bacillus thuringiensis code for toxic insecticidal proteins called Cry proteins which are encoded by different forms of a gene called cry gene, e.g. cry IAc and cry II Ab control the cotton bollworm whereas cry IAb controls corn borer.

Cry proteins when expressed in cotton crops through genetic engineering confer pest resistance against cotton bollworms and prevent damage. As the larva of these insects when feed upon cotton plant parts, the toxin gets activated in their gut, lysing their cells and leads to death thus, making them pest resistant.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 17.
Human insulin when synthesised in the body needs to be processed before it can act. Explain giving reasons. (Delhi 2014C)
Or
Why is proinsulin so called? How is proinsulin different from functional insulin in humans? (All India 2013, 2012C)
Answer:
Human insulin when initially synthesised in human body consists of three peptide chains-A, B and C. The C-peptide is an extra stretch of amino acids joining the A and B-chains. This is called proinsulin or prohormone. It undergoes processing or splicing to release the functional mature insulin that can carry out its normal functions.
During processing, the C-peptide is removed. Only A and B-chains contribute to form the functional insulin.

Question 18.
Write any two ways how genetically modified plants are found to be useful? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The genetically modified plants are found to be useful as they

  • reduce or minimise the use of agrochemicals, i.e. fertilisers, insecticides, herbicides, etc.
  • reduce post-harvest losses and enhance nutritional value of crop.

Question 19.
(i) State the role of DNA ligase in biotechnology.
(ii) What happens when Meloidogyne incognita consumes cells with RNAi gene? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) DNA ligase enzyme is used to join two DNA fragments from their ends.
(ii) When Meloidogyne incognita (parasite) consumes cells with RNA/ gene, parasite cannot survive and the infection is prevented. It is mainly because introduced DNA forms both sense and anti-sense RNA. These two strands being complementary to each other form dsRNA. This dsRNA binds and prevents translation of nematode OTRNA. Thus, the wRNA of nematode is silenced and the parasite cannot survive there. This produces Meloidogyne incognita resistant tobacco plants.

Question 20.
(i) Mention the cause and the body system affected by ADA deficiency in humans.
(ii) Name the vector used for transferring ADA-DNA into the recipient cells in humans. Name the recipient cells. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) For ADA deficiency, Refer to Answer No. 13.
(ii) Retroviral vector is used to transfer ADA-DNA into the recipient cells of human, i.e. lymphocytes.

Question 21.
How does ‘RNA interference’ take place in eukaryotes? Mention its importance. (Delhi 2012C)
Or
Explain the process of RNA interference. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The strategy to prevent nematode infestation in tobacco plant is RNA interference.
It involves silencing of a specific mRNA due to a complementary dsRNA which binds and prevents translation.

Question 22.
Explain how a hereditary disease can be corrected. Give an example of the first successful attempt made towards correction of such disease. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Hereditary disease can be corrected by gene therapy. It is a collection of methods that allow correction or replacement of defective genes. The first gene therapy was given in 1990 to a 4 year old girl with Adenosine Deaminase (ADA) deficiency. It is caused due to the deletion of gene for adenosine deaminase.
The treatment involves following steps

  • Lymphocytes from the blood of patient are grown on culture outside the body.
  • A functional ADA, cDNA (using a retroviral vector) is then introduced into these lymphocytes.
  • Such genetically engineered lymphocytes are returned to the blood of patient.
  • Periodic infusion of such genetically engineered lymphocytes is required by the patient.

Question 23.
How does recombinant DNA technology help in detecting the presence of mutant gene in cancer patients? (All India 2o11c)
Answer:
A single-stranded DNA or RNA, tagged with a radioactive molecule (probe) is allowed to hybridise with its complementary DNA in a clone of cells followed by detection using
autoradiography. The clone having the mutated gene will not appear on photographic film, because probe will not be complementary with mutated gene thus, helpful in defecting the presence of mutated gene in cancer patients.

Question 24.
Why is the introduction of genetically engineered lymphocytes into an ADA deficiency patient not a permanent cure? Suggest a possible permanent cure. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
The genetically engineered lymphocytes have a definite lifespan. Hence, the patient requires periodic infusion of genetically engineered lymphocytes, so the cure is not permanent. The cure can be permanent, if the gene isolated from marrow cells producing ADA is introduced into the cells at early embryonic stages.

Question 25.
How did Eli Lilly synthesise the human insulin? Mention one difference between this insulin and the one produced by the human pancreas. (All india 2010)
Answer:
(i) For insulin synthesis, Refer to Answer No. 15.
(ii) Differences between insulin produced by rDNA and insulin produced by human pancreas are as follows

Insulin produced by rDNA Insulin produced by human pancreas
It has A and B-polypeptides. It has three polypeptides. A, B and C-chains before maturing, called the prohormone.
It directly synthesises mature hormone. It undergoes processing to form mature and functional hormone.

Question 26.
How is Bt cotton made to attain resistance against bollworm? (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
Bt toxin genes cry IAc and cry IIAb control cotton bollworms. These genes are isolated from the bacterium and are incorporated into cotton plants. For action of Bt toxin, Refer to Answer No. 14 for methodology.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 27.
How has the use of Agrobacterium as vectors helped in controlling Meloidogyne incognita infestation in tobacco plants? Explain in correct sequence. (2018)
Answer:
Several nematodes infect a wide variety of plants and animals including human beings.
A nematode Meloidogyne incognita infects the roots of tobacco plants which reduces the production of tobacco.
The strategy adopted to prevent this infection is based on the process of RNA interference (RNAi). RNA; mechanism takes place in all eukaryotic organisms as a method of cellular defence.

This method involves the following steps

  • Silencing of a specific mRNA due to the complementary dsRNA molecule that binds to and prevents translation of the mRNA.
  • Agrobacterium vectors are used to introduce nematode specific genes into the host plant. It produces both sense and antisense RNA in the host cells.
  • These two RNAs are complementary to each other and form a double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) that initiates RNAi and hence, silence the specific mRNA of the nematode.
  • The parasite cannot survive in a transgenic host, therefore the transgenic plant gets itself protected from the parasite.

Question 28.
Explain the various steps involved in the production of artificial insulin. (All India 2017)
Or
Recombinant DNA technology is of great importance in the field of medicine. With the help of a flow chart, show how this technology has been used in preparing genetically engineered human insulins. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
An American company Eli Lilly produced insulin via recombinant DNA technology in 1983.
Insulin production by using recombinant DNA technology is shown in flow chart below
Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12 Img 2

Question 29.
Why do lepidopterans die when they feed on Bt cotton plant? Explain how does it happen. (Delhi 2017)
Or
Explain the application of rDNA technology to produce insulin. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Bt cotton plants are the transgenic plants that express a Bacillus thuringiensis gene called cry gene. This gene, encodes for protein crystals having insecticidal properties against insects of group Lepidoptera, Diptera and Coleoptera. Inside the bacterium, these proteins remain inactive and do not harm the bacteria. However, these inactive crystals can get activated in the alkaline pH of the gut of insects upon ingestion.

After activation, these crystals can bind to the receptors present on the membranes of gut epithelial cells. Due to this binding, the membrane swells and pores are created on them. These pores lead to bursting of cell and soon the lepidopteran dies due to starvation.

Question 30.
Explain how Eli Lilly, an American company produced insulin by recombinant DNA technology. (2018)
Answer:
For DNA technology for insulin production, Refer to Answer No. 28.

Question 31.
What is GMO? List any five possible advantages of a GMO to a farmer. (All India 2018)
Answer:
The plants, bacteria, fungi and animals whose
genes have been altered are called Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs). GM plants are useful in many ways.
Genetic modification has done the following changes to the phenotypic expression of the plants,

  • Crops become more tolerant to abiotic stresses like cold, drought, salt and heat.
  • Dependence on chemical pesticides has reduced, i.e. pest-resistant crops.
  • Helped to reduce post-harvest losses.
  • Efficiency of mineral usage increased in plants, preventing early exhaustion of fertility of soil.
  • Enhanced nutritional value of food, e.g. vitamin-A enriched rice.

Question 32.
How has the study of biotechnology helped in developing pest-resistant cotton crop? Explain. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
One of the major contributions of biotechnology is to develop pest-resistant varieties of cotton plants. Explain how it has been made possible. (Foreign 2015)
Or
Name the pest that destroys the cotton bolls. Explain the role of Bacillus thuringiensis in protecting the cotton crop against the pest to increase the yield. (All India 2013)
Or
How is the Bt cotton plant created as a GM plant? How is it protected against bollworm infestation? (Delhi 2013C)
Or
Name the genes responsible for making Bt cotton plants resistant to bollworm attack. How do such plants attain resistance against bollworm attacks? Explain. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Biotechnology had hepled in generating plant varieties against the pests that destroy the cotton balls, i.e. cotton bollworms and cotton borer.
Bt cotton is created by using some strains of a bacterium. Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt is short form).

  • This bacterium produces protein that kills certain insects such as lepidopterans (tobacco budworm and armyworm), coleopterans (beetles) and dipterans (flies and mosquitoes).
  • Bacillus thuringiensis forms protein crystals during a particular phase of their growth. These crystals contain a toxic insecticidal protein.
  • Bt toxin protein exists as inactive protoxin in bacteria, but once an insect ingests this inactive toxin, it is converted into an active form due to the alkaline pH of the gut, which solubilises the crystals.
  • The activated toxin binds to the surface of midgut epithelial cells and creates pores that cause cell swelling and lysis leading to death of insect.
  • Specific Bt toxin genes were isolated from Bacillus thuringiensis and incorporated into several crop plants.
  • Most Bt toxins are insect-group specific. The toxin is coded by a gene named cry. For example, the proteins encoded by the genes cry IAc and cry IIAb control the cotton bollworms and cry IAb controls corn borer.

Question 33.
Why is molecular diagnosis preferred over conventional methods? Name any two techniques giving one use of each. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Using conventional methods of diagnosis (serum and urine analysis), early detection of diseases is not possible. To overcome this problem, some molecular diagnosis techniques were developed that provide early detection of diseases. These are as follows
(i) Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) helps in early detection of diseases or pathogens by the amplification of their nucleic acid.
PCR can amplify nucleic acids of pathogens even when their concentration is very low.
This technique can be used for detecting HIV in suspected AIDS patients, genetic mutations in suspected cancer patients and in identifying genetic disorders.

(ii) Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) is based on the principle of antigen-antibody interaction. Infection by pathogen can be detected by the presence of antigens (proteins, glycoproteins, etc.) or by detecting the antibodies synthesised against the pathogen.

Question 34.
How has RNAi technique helped to prevent the infestation of roots in tobacco plants by a nematode Meloidogync incognita? (Delhi 2016)
Or
How did the process of RNA interference help to control the nematode from infecting the roots of tobacco plants. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
A nematode Meloidogyne incognita infects the roots of tobacco plants, which reduces the production of tobacco. The strategy adopted to prevent this infection is based on the process of RNA interference (RNAf). RNAi takes place in all eukaryotic organisms as a method of cellular defence. This method involves silencing of a specific mRNA due to complementary rfsRNA molecule that binds to and prevents translation of mRNA.
Thus, resulting into the death of the nematode.
Refer to Answer No. 19 (ii) for methodology.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 35.
Explain enzyme replacement therapy to treat adenosine deaminase deficiency. Mention two disadvantages of this procedure. (All India 2016)
Answer:
In enzyme replacement therapy, the patient is given functional ADA (Adenosine Deaminase) by injection.
Refer to Answer No. 22 for methodology.
Disadvantages

  • The patient does not completely recover from the disease.
  • It needs periodic injections of the enzyme to the patients.

Question 36.
People are quite apprehensive to use GM crops. Give three arguments in support of GM crops so as to convince the people in favour of such crops. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
The GMOs are the plants, animals, bacteria, etc. whose genes have been altered by genetic manipulation. They were created because

  • The agrochemicals used in agriculture are too costly.
  • Excess use of chemicals in field adversely affects our environment by causing pollution. GMOs are beneficial in many ways.

Advantages of GMOs are as follows

  • Tolerance against abiotic stresses, such as cold, drought, salt, heat.
  • Reduce dependence on chemical pesticides.
  • Reduce post-harvest losses.
  • Increased efficiency of mineral usage by plants.

Question 37.
Mention the cause of ADA deficiency in humans. How has genetic engineering helped patients suffering from it? (Outside Delhi 2015C)
Or
(i) Explain the effect of deletion of the gene for ADA in an individual.
(ii) How does the gene therapy help in this case? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Deletion of the gene for ADA in an individual leads to ADA deficiency disorder. Adenosine Deaminase (ADA) enzyme is crucial for immune system to function.
(ii) Gene therapy is helpful in the treatment of ADA deficiency.
Refer to Answer No. 22 for methodology.

Question 38.
Describe any three potential applications of genetically modified plants. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Potential applications of genetically modified plants are

  • Nutritional enhancement, e.g. vitamin-A enriched rice.
  • Stress tolerant crops became more tolerant to abiotic stresses such as cold, drought, etc.
  • Creation of tailor made plants by using GM plants to supply alternative resources of industries in the form of starches, biofuels, etc.

Question 39.
Name the host plant and its part that Meloidogyne incognita infects. Explain the role of Agrobacterium in the production of dsRNA in the host plant. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The nematode Meloidogyne incognita infects the roots of tobacco plants.
The Agrobacterium is used as vectors carrying nematode specific genes to be introduced in host plant. These genes when expressed inside host plant produce sense and anti-sense RNA strands, complementary to nematode’s functional mRNA. This binding results in the formation of double-stranded RNA and inhibiting or silencing the translation of RNA specified. This process is called RNA interference.

Question 40.
(i) Tobacco plants are damaged severely when infested with Meloidogyne incognita. Name and explain the strategy that is adopted to stop this infestation.
(ii) Naipe the vector used for introducing the nematode specific gene in tobacco plant. (All India 2012)
Or
How does RNA interference help in developing resistance in tobacco plant against nematode infection? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:

  • Infestation of tobacco plant with the nematode can be stopped by using RNA interference (RNAi) process.
    For the process of RNAi, Refer to Answer No. 21.
  • Vector used for introducing the nematode specific gene in tobacco plant is Agrobacterium.

Question 41.
(i) How has biotechnology helped in producing Meloidogyne incognita resistant tobacco plant?
(ii) Why does this nematode die on eating such a GM plant? (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
(i) For developing Meloidogyne incognita resistant tobacco plant, Refer to Answer No. 34.
(ii) Due to the RNAi process, specific mRNA of nematode is silenced. The result is that the parasite could not survive after eating such GM or transgenic plant (host), expressing, v specific interfering RNA.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 42.
Explain the application of biotechnology in producing Bt cotton. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
For the use of Biotechnology to develop St cotton, Refer to Answer No. 32.

Question 43.
(i) Name the source from which insulin was extracted earlier. Why is this insulin no more in use by diabetic people?
(ii) Explain the process of synthesis of insulin by Eli Lilly company. Name the technique used by the company.
(iii) How is the insulin produced by human body different from the insulin produced by the above mentioned company? (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) Insulin was extracted earlier from pancreas of slaughtered pigs and cattle animals. Insulin obtained from these sources caused some allergy or some other reactions to the foreign protein.
(ii) For production of human insulin by Eli Lilly company. Refer to Answer No. 28.
(iii) For different insulin produced by pancreas and by using rDNA technology, Refer to Answer No. 25 (ii).

Question 44.
What is biopiracy? (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Biopiracy refers to the use of bioresources by multinational companies and other organisations without proper authorisation from people and countries concerned.

Question 45.
What are transgenic animals? Give an example. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Animals with manipulated DNA to possess and express the characters of an extra (foreign) gene are known as transgenic animals, e.g. transgenic
rats, rabbits, pigs, etc.

Question 46.
Mention two objectives of setting up GEAC by our government. (All India 2015)
Answer:
GEAC is an organisation setup by the Indian government to make decisions pertaining with genetic research and experiments. The two objectives of setting up Genetic Engineering Approval Committee (GEAC) by the Indian Government are

  • To make decisions regarding the validity of GM research.
  • To make decisions regarding the safety of introducing GM organisms for public services.

Question 47.
What is biopiracy? State the initiative taken by the Indian Parliament against it. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
For biopiracy, Refer to Answer No. 1.
The Indian Parliament has cleared a second amendment of Indian Patents Bill as an initiative step against biopiracy. This bill considers issues including patent terms, emergency provisions as well as research and development initiative.

Question 48.
How have transgenic animals proved to be beneficial in
(i) production of biological products?
(ii) chemical safety testing? (Delhi 2014, 2013)
Answer:
(i) The transgenic animals have been proved beneficial in the production of biological products like human protein a-1 antitrypsin (by coding genes for that protein only), for the treatment of emphysema and production of human protein (a-lactalbumin) enriched milk by transgenic cow, i.e. Rosie. This milk was more nutritionally balanced for. human babies than natural cow’s milk.
(ii) Transgenic animals are studied for testing toxicity of drugs and other chemicals, as they carry genes that make them more sensitive to toxic substances.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 49.
Mention any four benefits derived from transgenic animals. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
Benefits derived from transgenic animals are as follows

  • They are specially made to serve as models for studying human diseases.
  • They produce useful biological products that can be created by the introduction of a portion of gene, which codes for a particular product such as human protein, a-1-antitrypsin is used to treat emphysema.
  • Transgenic mice are being developed for testing the safety of vaccine before they are used in humans.
  • They can be used to study the effects of certain toxic substances.

Question 50.
How is ‘Rosie’ considered different from a normal cow? Explain. (All India 2011; Foreign 2010)
Answer:
The transgenic cow Rosie, produced human protein-enriched milk (2.4 gm/L). It contained the human a-lactalbumin and was nutritionally more balanced for human babies than natural cow’s milk.

Question 51.
(i) What are transgenic animals ?
(ii) Name the transgenic animal having the largest number amongst all the existing transgenic animals.
(iii) Mention any three purposes for which these animals are produced. (2018 C)
Answer:
(i) Transgenic animals Refer to text on page no. 310.
(ii) Transgenic mice have the largest number (over 95%) amongst all the existing transgenic animals.
(iii) For purpose of producing transgenic animals.
Refer to text on page no. 310.

Question 52.
Biopiracy should be prevented. State why and how. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Biopiracy should be prevented because

  • The countries and people concerned are not given adequate compensatory payment.
  • The countries/people also lose their right to grow and use breeding experiments to improve the other varieties of the same species.
    It may be prevented by implementing specific laws that take into consideration all the biopatents and biopiracy related issues.

Question 53.
Aditya’s father requested to the farmer’s in his village to stop using chemical fertilisers in crop fields. Was he correct? Give reason.
Answer:
Yes, agrochemicals like fertilisers and pesticides have harmful effects on the health of living beings and the environment.

Question 54.
A group of activists was protesting without violence against the release of a GMO in the market, stating that production of GMO is an unethical practice.
(i) What is meant by GMO? Can the production of GMOs be considered unethical? Give reason.
(ii) What values do you observe in the activists involved in the protest?
Answer:
(i) GMO refers to Genetically Modified Organism. Yes, manipulation of living organism without showing concern about them is considered unethical.
(ii) Value observed is concern towards animal safety.

Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12

Question 55.
Anil’s father is suffering from high blood sugar. Doctors had advised regular insulin injections, which were declined by the family due to objections on the process used in insulin production. The doctor explained the process now used in insulin production and its advantages.
(i) Why did the family declined the use of insulin injection despite its necessity ?
(ii) Name the process by which insulin is produced now-a-days and the organism involved.
(iii) What values are shown by the doctor?
Answer:
(i) Earlier the insulin was produced by slaughtering of animals like pigs. They also cause allergic reactions in patients. The family declined because they were against such process and products.
(ii) The process is recombinant DNA technology and organism used is E.coli.
(iii) The doctor is responsible, aware of recent developments in science and honest towards his duty.

The post Biotechnology and its Applications Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 12 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 14 Ecosystem to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 14 Important Questions, Ecosystem Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 14 Important Questions Ecosystem

Question 1.
How does a detritivore differ from a decomposer? Explain with an example of each. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Difference between detritivores and decomposers is as follows

Detritivores Decomposers
The organisms which feed on detritus and break them into small particles, e.g. earthworm. The organisms which result in enzymatic breakdown of complex organic matter into inorganic substances, e.g.

Question 2.
How is ‘stratification’ represented in a forest ecosystem? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The stratification, i.e. the vertical distribution of species at different levels in a forest ecosystem. It can be represented-as
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 1

Question 3.
What does ‘R’ represent in the given equation for productivity in an ecosystem?
GPP – R = NPP (All India 2014C)
Answer:
In the given equation for productivity in an ecosystem, GPP – R = NPP. ‘R’ represents the energy utilised by plants or producers in respiration. It is also referred to as respiratory losses.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

Question 4.
Mention any two reasons, why the primary productivity varies in different types of ecosystems. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The primary productivity varies in different types of ecosystems because

  • It depends upon plant species (producers) of a given ecosystem and their photosynthetic capacity.
  • It is dependent on various environmental factors, availability of nutrients.

Question 5.
Write the equation that helps in deriving the net primary productivity of an ecosystem. (Delhi 2013)
Or
How is the net primary productivity of an ecosystem derived ? (All India 2012C)
Answer:
Net Primary Productivity (NPP) is the weight of the organic matter stored by the producers which is available to heterotrophs for consumption. It is equal to the rate of organic matter produced during photosynthesis. Gross Primary Productivity (GPP) minus respiratory losses (R) yields NPP, i.e. NPP = GPP – R.

Question 6.
Why are green algae not likely to be found in the deepest strata of the ocean? (All India 2013)
Answer:
Green algae survive by utilisation of food synthesised by themselves through photosynthesis. At deepest layer in ocean, light is absent. So, photosynthesis does not take place and hence, green algae are not likely to be found in deep strata of ocean.

Question 7.
Write a difference between net and gross primary productivity. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Difference between NPP and GPP is as follows

Net Primary Productivity (NPP) Gross Primary Productivity (GPP)
It refers to the biomass/organic matter available for the consumption to heterotrophs, left after some respiratory losses It is the rate of production of biomass/organic matter by producers during photosynthesis.

Question 8.
Write the relationship between productivity, gross primary productivity, net primary productivity and secondary productivity. (All India 2019)
Answer:
The rate of biomass production is called productivity in term of gm-2 yr-1 for an ecosystem. It can be divided in Gross Primary Productivity (GPP) and Net Primary Productivity (NPP). GPP of an ecosystem is the rate of production of organic matter during photosynthesis. NPP is the available biomass for the consumption of heterotrophs (herbivores and decomposers). Secondary productivity is defined as the rate of formation of new organic matter by consumers.

Question 9.
How does the dead organic matter get decomposed in nature? Explain. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
In nature, the decomposer organisms like bacteria and fungi act on the dead organic matter and decompose it by relearing various digestive enzymes.
The process of breaking down of complex organic matter into inorganic substances like CO2, water and nutrients by bacteria and fungi is called decomposition.

Question 10.
Describe how do oxygen and chemical composition of detritus control decomposition. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Effect of oxygen The decomposition of detritus is largely an oxygen requiring process. Most of the decomposers (bacteria and fungi) are aerobic organisms. They require oxygen for their cellular activities while acting on dead organic matter.
Effect of chemical composition Decomposition rate is slower, if detritus is rich in lignin and chitin. It is quicker if detritus is rich in nitrogen and water soluble substances like sugars.

Question 11.
Describe the inter-relationship between productivity, gross primary productivity and net productivity. (All India 2017)
Answer:
The rate of biomass production is called productivity. It is expressed in terms of g-2 yr-1 or (kcal m-2) yr-1.
Productivity of an ecosystem can be categorised as primary and secondary productivity.
Primary Productivity (PP) is the amount of biomass or organic matter produced per unit area over a time period by plants during photosynthesis. It can be divided into Gross Primary Productivity (GPP) It is the rate of production of organic matter during photosynthesis. A considerable amount of GPP is utilised by plants in respiration.

Net Primary Productivity (NPP) It is the amount of energy left in the producers after utilisation of some energy for respiration.

Inter-relationship between GPP and NPP : Gross primary productivity minus the respiration losses is net primary productivity. It is actually the available mass for consumption by heterotrophs.
GPP – R = NPP where, R = Respiration losses.

Question 12.
Why earthworm is considered a farmer’s friend? Explain humification and mineralisation occurring in a decomposition cycle. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Earthworms are farmer’s friend because these help in fragmentation of detritus and loosening of the soil. Both these processes are helpful for the decomposition of dead organic matter at a faster rate into inorganic substances like carbon dioxide, water and nutrients. These can be used by crop plants for their growth.

Humification and mineralisation occurring during decomposition cycle are as follows Humification It is the process of accumulation of dark coloured amorphous substance called humus. Humus is highly resistant to microbial action and undergoes decomposition at very slow rate.
Mineralisation It is the process by which humus is degraded by some microbes to release inorganic substances.

Question 13.
How does a detritivore differ from a decomposer? Explain with an example. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The differences between detritivores and decomposers are as follows

Detritivores Decomposers
These are soil dwelling small worm-like animals. These are microorganisms.
These animals can ingest the food materials in their bodies. These secrete digestive enzymes over the matter to be decomposed.
Ecologically, they cause pulverisation or fragmentation of detritus. These organisms cause humification and mineralisation of organic matter.
e.g. earthworm e.g. bacteria, fungi.

Question 14.
Justify the importance of decomposer in an ecosystem. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
When a plant or animal dies, it leaves behind nutrients and energy in the organic material present in it’s body. Decomposers complete the decomposition process by breaking down this organic matter into NH4, CO2 and nutrients. This releases raw nutrients in a form, which is usable to plants again. This process resupplies nutrients to the ecosystem. When the decomposers feed on dead organisms, they leave behind nutrients. These nutrients become part of the soil.

Question 15.
(i) What is primary productivity? Why does it vary in different types of ecosystems?
(ii) State the relation between gross and net primary productivity. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) For primary productivity. Refer to answer no. 11.
For causes of its variation in different types of ecosystems, Refer to Answer No. 4.
(ii) For relation between gross and net primary productivity. Refer to Answer No. 11.

Question 16.
How is detritus decomposed step-by-step by different agents and made available as nutrients to the plants? Explain. (Delhi 2013C)
Or
Explain the different steps involved in the process of decomposition of detritus. (Delhi 2 one)
Or
Describe the process of decomposition of detritus under the following heads fragmentation, leaching, catabolism, humification and mineralisation. Delhi 2010
Answer:
Detritus It is the raw material for decomposition. It includes dead remains of plants (leaves, bark and flowers) and of animals including faecal matter.
It is largely an aerobic process, i.e. requires oxygen for its processing. Different steps involved in the process of decomposition are

  • Fragmentation is the process of breaking down of detritus into smaller particles.
  • Leaching is the process by which water soluble inorganic nutrients go down into the soil horizons and get precipitated as unavailable salts.
  • Catabolism is the process of degradation of detritus into simple organic material by the action of bacterial and fungal enzymes and their further conversion into inorganic compounds.
  • Humification is a process that leads to an accumulation of a dark coloured, amorphous and colloidal substance called humus, which is highly resistant to microbial action and decomposes at a very slow rate. It serves as a reservoir of nutrients.
  • Mineralisation is the process by which humus is further degraded by microbial action and releases inorganic nutrients.

Question 17.
(i) Explain primary productivity and the factors that influence it.
(ii) Describe, how do oxygen and chemical composition of detritus control decomposition? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) For primary productivity, Refer to Answer No. 11.
Factors affecting primary productivity are

  • Availability of nutrients.
  • Quality and duration of sunlight.
  • Water availability.
  • Temperature of given place.
  • Type of plant species inhabiting a particular area.
  • Photosynthetic capacity of plants.

(ii) For control of decomposition by oxygen and chemical composition of detritus. Refer to Answer No. 10.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

Question 18.
‘Man can be a primary as well as secondary consumer’. Justify this statement. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Man can be a primary as well as secondary consumer because man eats plants as well as meat of other animals. So, man is herbivore as well as carnivore.

Question 19.
State what does standing crop of a trophic level represent. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Standing crop of a trophic level represents the total mass of living material or energy content of all the organisms of a trophic level at a particular time and location.

Question 20.
What is a detritus food chain made up of ? How do they meet their energy and nutritional requirements? (All India 2013)
Answer:
Detritus food chain is made up of decomposers, i.e. some bacteria and fungi.
They meet their energy and nutrient requirements by degrading the dead organic matter of detritus.

Question 21.
Mention the role of pioneer species in primary succession on rocks. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Lichens are the pioneer species in the primary succession on rocks. They secrete acids to dissolve the rock and help in weathering and soil formation and pave way for small plants like bryophytes.

Question 22.
List any two ways of measuring the standing crop of a trophic level. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Standing crop can be measured as

  • Biomass of living organisms in a unit area.
  • Number of living organisms in a unit area.

Question 23.
It is possible that a species may occupy more than one trophic level in the same ecosystem at the same time. Explain with the help of one example. (All India 2013)
Answer:
A single species may occupy more than one trophic level at the same time in ecosystem because, the trophic level of species represents the functional level of species in the energy flow. The preference of food habit depends on the available food.
For example, sparrow is primary consumer when it eats seeds and secondary consumer when feeds on insects and worms.

Question 24.
Why the pyramid of energy is always upright? Explain. (Delhi 2013)
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 2
Answer:
Pyramid of energy is always upright because when energy flows from a particular trophic level to the next trophic level, some energy is always lost as heat at each step.
Each bar in the energy pyramid indicates the amount of energy present at each trophic level in a given time.

Question 25.
Discuss the relationship between detritus food chain and grazing food chain in a terrestrial ecosystem. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
The producers occupy the first trophic level in terrestrial ecosystem and thus, make base of food chain. These producers (plants) are grazed upon by the grazers (herbivores). Primary carnivores prey upon herbivores and are eaten up by secondary carnivores.

The decomposers act on all dead animals/plants and return nutrients stored in them to the soil. These nutrients are again used up by the plants and cycle goes on.
This way the grazing food chain and detritus food chain are linked up.

Question 26.
Identify the type of given ecological pyramid and give one example each of pyramid of number and pyramid of biomass in such cases. (All India 2011)
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 3
Or
Explain standing crop in an ecosystem. Draw a pyramid of biomass when a small standing crop of phytoplanktons supports a large standing crop of zooplankton in the sea. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Given ecological pyramid represents the inverted pyramid of biomass wherein small standing crop of phytoplanktons supports large standing crop of zooplankton.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 4
Pyramid of number is inverted in tree ecosystem and that of biomass in pond ecosystem.
Or
For standing crop in an ecosystem. Refer to Answer No. 2.

Question 27.
Name the type of food chains responsible for the flow of larger fraction of energy in an aquatic and a terrestrial ecosystem, respectively. Mention one difference between the two food chains. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Food chain responsible for the flow of large fraction of energy in an aquatic ecosystem is grazing food chain. In terrestrial ecosystem, it is detritus food chain.
Difference between grazing and detritus food chain is as follows
Grazing food chain:
Transfer of energy starts from producers.

Detritus food chain:
Transfer of energy starts from detritus/decomposing organic matter.

Question 28.
‘In a food chain, a trophic level represents a functional level, not a species’. Explain. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
In a food chain, a trophic level represents a functional level, not a species. It is a specific position of an organism in the food chain. All organisms occupy a particular place in their natural surrounding or in a community according to their feeding relationship with other organisms.

This specific position is based on the organism’s feeding relationship with other organisms and the source of their nutrition or food.

Producers occupy the first trophic level, primary consumers (herbivores) occupy the second and the secondary consumers (carnivores) occupy the third level on the basis of their function in food chain.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 5

Question 29.
Differentiate between primary and secondary succession. Provide one example of each. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Differences between primary succession and secondary succession are as follows

Primary succession Secondary succession
It occurs in the bare land. It occurs in land denuded recently.
No soil is present at the time of beginning of primary succession. Soil is present at the beginning of secondary succession.
Humus is absent in the beginning. Humus is present from the beginning.
Pioneer community comes from outside. Pioneer community- develops partly from previous occupants and partly from migrants.
Serai communities are many. Serai communities are few.
It takes a long time for completion, 1000 years or more, e.g. bare land. It takes less time for completion, 50-200 years, e.g. grass burnt land.

Question 30.
In a botanical garden of a city there is a huge banyan tree growing on which hundreds of birds and thousands of insects live. Draw the pyramids of numbers and also biomass represented by this community. Comment giving reasons on the two different pyramids drawn. (Delhi 2018C)
Answer:
Pyramid of number and pyramid of biomass showing interaction between trees, insects, birds and big birds is as follows
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 6
Pyramid of number in this ecosystem is spindle-shaped as the number of insects is maximum. The number of trees and birds are less than the insects. The number is gradually decreasing at each trophic level.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 7
The pyramid of biomass in this ecosystem is erect because the biomass decreases at each trophic level.

Question 31.
What is ecological succession? Where and why would the rate of succession be faster in newly created pond or a forest destroyed by a forest fire? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Ecological succession The sequential, gradual and predictable changes in the species composition in an area are called succession or ecological succession. The entire sequence of communities that successively changes in a given area is called sere (s). The species that invades a bare area and starts the ecological succession are called pioneer species.

Types of Ecological Succession

  • Hydrarch succession The plant succession which takes place in wet area or water, leading to a successional series progress from hydric to the mesic conditions.
  • Xerarch succession The plant succession which takes place in dry area, leading to a successional series from xeric to mesic conditions.

The rate of succession will be faster in a forest destroyed by fire because here some soil or sediment is present leading to secondary succession while in a newly created pond the succession is primary, therefore, it is slow.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

Question 32.
Explain succession of plants in xerophytic habitat until it reaches climax community. (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Explain, how does a primary succession start on a bare rock and reach a climax community. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Primary Succession on Rocks (Xerarch succession)

  • Lichens are the pioneer species on a bare rock.
  • Lichens secrete acids to dissolve rock, help in weathering and soil formation.
  • Later, small plants like bryophytes appear, which hold in small amount of soil.
  • Bryophytes are succeeded by bigger plants.
  • After several more stages of succession, ultimately a stable climax forest community is formed.
  • In this way, xerophytic habitat gets converted into a mesophytic climax community. All successions whether taking place in water or on land, proceed to form a similar mesic climax community.

Question 33.
Differentiate between two different types of pyramids of biomass with the help of an example. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Pyramid of biomass refers to the relationship between producers and consumers in terms of biomass. It can be upright, e.g. in grasslands ecosystem or inverted, e.g. in pond ecosystem.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 8

Question 34.
Explain the differences and the similarities between hydrarch and xerarch succession in plants. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Differences between hydrarch and xerarch succession are as follows

Hydrarch succession Xerarch succession
Phytoplanktons are the pioneer species. Lichens are pioneer species.
Initial succession is very fast. Initial succession is very slow process.
It is seen in an area where water is not very deep. This succession covers the whole area.
Climax community develops on the edge only. Whole area forms the climax community.
It converts aquatic environment into mesic environment. Succession converts xeric environment into mesic environment.
It fills up waterbody and changes it into forested land. It reduces bare land area into fertile forested area.

Similarity between hydrarch and xerarch succession Both these successions result in medium water conditions, i.e. mesic conditions.

Question 35.
Trace the succession of plants in dry bare rock. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Xerarch succession starts on bare rocks.
For the succession of plants in dry bare rock.
Refer to Answer No. 15.

Question 36.
(i) What is hydrarch succession ?
(ii) Compare the pioneer species and climax communities of hydrarch and xerarch succession respectively.
(iii) List the factors upon which the type of invading pioneer species depend in secondary hydrarch succession. Why is the rate of this succession faster than that of primary succession? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Hydrarch succession occurs in wet areas or water, leading to successional series that progresses from hydric to the mesic condition.

Hydrarch succession Xerarch succession
Pioneer Species Phytoplanktons are the pioneer species. Lichens are the pioneer species.
Climax Communities Climax community develops on the edge. Whole area forms the climax community.

(iii) The type of invading pioneer species in secondary hydrarch succession depends on the factor like condition of the soil, availability of water, the environment and also the seeds or other propagules present. The secondary succession is faster than primary succession because it begins in areas where natural biotic communities have been destroyed such as abandoned farm lands, burned or cut forests. Since, some soil is present, succession is faster than primary succession.

Question 37.
(i) The pyramid of energy is always upright. Explain.
(ii) Explain with the help of labelled diagrams the difference between an upright pyramid of biomass and an inverted pyramid of biomass. (All India 2019)
Or
Draw the pyramids of biomass in sea and in a forest. Explain giving reasons why are the two pyramids different ?
Or
It is often said that the pyramid of energy is always upright. On the other hand, the pyramid of biomass can be both upright and inverted. Explain with the help of examples and sketches. (All India 2015)
Or
(i) Draw the pyramids of hiomass in a sea and in a forest. Explain giving reason, why are the two pyramids different.
(ii) Pyramid of energy is always upright. Explain. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
(i) Pyramid of Energy It represent the total energy of the organism in each trophic level. Pyramid of energy is always upright, i.e., it can never be inverted because when enegy is transferred from a particular trophic level to the next trophic level, some energy is always lost as heat at each step.

(ii) (a) The pyramid of biomass in a sea ecosystem is inverted. Because, the sum total of the weight of phytoplankton (producer) is far less than a few fishes feeding at higher trophic levels.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 9
(b) Pyramid of biomass in a forest ecosystem is upright because producers are more in biomass than primary consumers.
Primary consumers are more than secondary consumers and secondary consumers are more than tertiary consumers (top).
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 10

Question 38.
(i) What is a trophic level in an ecosystem ? What is ‘standing crop’ with reference to it ?
(ii) Explain the role of the ‘first trophic level’ in an ecosystem.
(iii) How is the detritus food chain connected with the grazing food chain in a natural ecosystem? (2018)
Answer:
(i) Trophic level Organisms occupy a place in the natural surroundings or in a community according to their feeding relationship with the other organisms. Organisms also occupy a specific place in the food chain on the basis of their nutrition or food. It is known as trophic level.
Standing crop refers to the mass of a living material at a particular time in a trophic level.

(ii) First trophic level consists of producers. These are autotrophs. They trap the light energy and convert it into chemical energy.
The organisms of other trophic levels, i.e. consumers, depend on them for their energy and food requirement. Thus, first trophic level plays a very important role in the ecosystem.

(iii) Connection between grazing food chain and detritus food chain. Grazing food chain and detritus food chain are connected to each other.
Nutrients released by decomposers of detritus food chain are utilised by plants or autotrophs of grazing food chain. These plants in turn transfer these nutrients to other organisms. The dead remains of these organisms are source of food for the decomposers.

Question 39.
(i) What is an ecological pyramid? Compare the pyramids of energy, biomass and number.
(ii) Write any two limitations of ecological pyramids. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Ecological pyramid It is the diagrammatic illustration of connection between different trophic levels in terms of energy, biomass and number of organisms. The base of each pyramid represents the producers or the first trophic level. Apex represents tertiary or top level consumers. In general, all pyramids are upright, but there are few exceptions.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 11

(ii) Limitations of ecological pyramids:

  • It never takes into account the same species belonging to two or more trophic levels.
  • Saprophytes are not given any place in ecological pyramid even though, they play an important role in ecosystem.

Question 40.
(i) Taking example of a small pond, explain how the four components of an ecosystem function as a unit.
(ii) Name the type of food chain that exists in a pond. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Following are the four components of pond ecosystem which function as unit

  • Abiotic (light, temperature, water).
  • Autotrophs (producers mainly phytoplanktons).
  • Heterotrophs (zooplankton, small fishes, big fishes).
  • Decomposers (bacteria, fungi).

Pond ecosystem is self-sustainable unit.
Abiotic components are water, inorganic nutrients dissolved in water, light, temperature. Biotic components are producers like algae and aquatic plants. Consumers are zooplanktons, larvae, tadpole and some fishes. Primary carnivores are water beetles, scorpions, dragonfly larvae, Hydra and some fishes. Decomposers include fungi, bacteria and some flagellates.

This pond system performs all the functions of an ecosystem, which are given below

  • Autotrophs They convert inorganic materials with the help of solar energy.
  • Heterotrophs They consume autotrophs.
  • Decomposers They decompose and mineralise dead organic materials to release them back for reuse by the autotrophs. The above events are repeated again and again.

(ii) Grazing food chain exists in a pond.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

Question 41.
(i) Differentiate between primary and secondary ecological successions.
(ii) Explain the different steps of xerarch succession occurring in nature. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) For differences between primary and secondary ecological successions, Refer to Answer No. 12.
(ii) For different steps of xerarch succession, Refer to Answer No. 15.

Question 42.
(i) With suitable examples, explain the energy flow through different trophic levels. What does each bar in this pyramid represent?
(ii) Write any two limitations of ecological pyramids. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) The energy flows unidirectionally from the first trophic level (producers) to last trophic level (consumers) and as the energy flows from one trophic level to another, some energy is always lost as heat into the surrounding environment. So, the amount of energy flowing decreases at each successive trophic level. This can be explained with the help of a diagram of a grazing food chain. Refer to text on page no. 352.

The pyramid of energy is always upright and each bar in the pyramid indicates the amount of energy present at each trophic level in a given time or per unit area.

(ii) The limitations of ecological pyramids are

  • It does not consider the same single species operating at two or more trophic levels.
  • It assumes simple food chains that do not exist in nature and do not accommodate food web.
  • Saprophytes, detritivores and decomposers are not given any place in pyramids, despite their vital role in ecosystem (any two).

Question 43.
(i) Draw a pyramid of numbers of a situation, where a large population of insects feed upon a very big tree. The insects in turn, are eaten by small birds which in turn are fed upon by big birds.
(ii) Differentiate giving reasons, between the pyramid of biomass of the above . situation and the pyramid of numbers that you have drawn. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) For pyramid of numbers, Refer to Answer No. 13.
(ii) For differentiation between the pyramid of biomass and pyramid of numbers of given situation, Refer to Answer No. 22(i).

Question 44.
(i) Explain the significance of ecological pyramids with the help of an example.
(ii) Why are the pyramids referred to as upright or inverted? Explain. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) Significance of ecological pyramids: They graphically represent the relation between producers and consumers in order to calculate energy content, biomass and number of organisms of that trophic level. A trophic level represents only a functional level not a species as such. A given species may occupy more than one trophic level in the
same ecosystem at the same time. The ecological pyramids provide an overall idea of the trophic levels occupied by an organism in an ecosystem.
Example A sparrow is a primary consumer when it eats seeds, fruits, peas and a secondary consumer when it eats insects and worms.

(ii) Upright pyramids: When producers are more in number and biomass than the herbivores and herbivores are more in number and biomass than the carnivores, pyramids are referred to as upright.
Energy at a lower trophic level is always more than at a higher trophic level. Pyramid of energy is referred to as always upright.
Inverted pyramids When the numbers and biomass of producers are less and consumers increase and become largest in top consumer level, Pyramid of number and biomass is referred to as inverted.

Question 45.
(i) Explain, how a hydrarch succession progresses from hydric to mesic condition and forms from a stable community?
(ii) Why is the rate of secondary succession faster than that of primary succession? (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Hydrarch succession occurs in wet areas or water, leading to successional series that progresses from hydric to the mesic condition.
In hydrarch succession, pioneers are phytoplanktons. These phytoplanktons with time are replaced by free-floating angiosperms, followed by rooted hydrophytes, sedges, grasses and finally the trees, leading to mesic condition.

(ii) The secondary succession is faster than primary succession because it begins in areas where natural biotic communities have been destroyed such as abandoned farm lands, burned or cut forests. Since, some soil is present succession is faster than primary succession. At any time during primary or secondary succession, natural and human induced disturbance can convert a particular serai stage of succession to an earlier stage.

Question 46.
Explain how xerarch succession progresses from xeric to mesic condition and forms a stable climax community.
You may use a flow chart. (All India 2010c)
Answer:
Xerarch succession occurs in dry areas and the series progresses from xeric to mesic condition. The climax community remains stable as long as environment remains unchanged. With time, the xerophytic habitat gets converted into a mesophytic one.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 12
For further detail about xerarch succession, Refer to Answer No. 15.

Question 47.
Mention four significant services that a healthy forest ecosystem provide. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Four significant services that a healthy forest ecosystem provide are as follows

  • Provisioning services Fruits, vegetables, trees, fishes and livestock are directly available to us by ecosystem. The other benefits in this category are timber, oils, medicines, etc.
  • Regulating services These are benefits that moderate natural phenomenon. These include pollination, decomposition, flood control, etc.
  • Cultural services It contributes towards the development and advancement of people, e.g. recreation facilities, spiritual healing, etc.
  • Supporting services Allow the earth to sustain basic life forms, e.g. photosynthesis, water cycle, etc.

Question 48.
Explain the function of ‘reservoir’ in nutrient cycle. List the two types of nutrient cycle in nature. (Foreign 2o11)
Answer:
Reservoir in an ecosystem meets the deficit that arises due to the imbalance in the rate of influx and efflux of nutrients.
The two types of nutrient cycles are

  • Gaseous cycle
  • Sedimentary cycle

Question 49.
Name the two types of nutrient cycles exist in nature. Where are their reservoirs present? State the function of reservoirs. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Two types of nutrient cycles in nature
(i) (a) Gaseous cycles (carbon and nitrogen cycle).
(b) Sedimentary cycles (phosphorus and sulphur cycle).

(ii) (a) Reservoir for gaseous cycle is atmosphere.
(b) Reservoir for sedimentary cycle is earth’s crust.

Function of Reservoir It meets the deficit which occurs due to the imbalance in the rate of influx and efflux of nutrients.

Question 50.
How does phosphorus cycle differ from carbon cycle? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Differences between phosphorus cycle and carbon cycle are as follows

Phosphorus cycle Carbon cycle
It’s major component is non-gaseous. It’s major component is gaseous-
It’s cycling pool is present in lithosphere. It’s cycling pool is present in atmosphere and hydrosphere.
There is no such biological process involved. There is respiratory release of CO2 in atmosphere by living organisms.
There is no such exchange. (Any two) There is exchange of carbon between organism and environment.

Question 51.
Global carbon is fixed in the biosphere through photosynthesis. Explain any two ways by which carbon is returned to the atmosphere. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
The carbon is returned to atmosphere by two ways

  • All living organisms breath and release CO2 into the atmosphere. So, carbon is replenished in the atmosphere in the form of carbon dioxide.
  • Through combustion of the organic matter, the CO2 is released into the atmosphere. The organic fossil fuels when burn also release CO2 back to the atmosphere.

Question 52.
(i) State any two differences between phosphorus and carbon cycle in nature.
(ii) Write the importance of phosphorus in living organisms. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
(i) For differences between phosphorus and carbon cycle, Refer to Answer No. 4.
(ii) Phosphorus is an important component of nucleic acids, biomembranes as phospholipids. It is important element of energy molecule ATP and energy producing ATP systems. In an animal’s body also, its salts are present in shells, bones and teeth. It takes part in metabolic reactions involved in release of energy from food and utilisation of this energy in various functions of the body.

Question 53.
State the function of a reservoir in a nutrient cycle. Explain the simplified model of carbon cycle in nature. (All India 2014)
Answer:
For function of a reservoir in a nutrient cycle.
Refer to Answer No. 2.
For simplified model of carbon cycle in nature. Refer to the diagram on page no. 363 and 364.

Question 54.
Draw and complete the following model of carbon cycle filling A, B, C, D, E and F. (Foreign 2009)
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 13
Answer:
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 14

Question 55.
(i) Name the specific cellular components where phosphorus is in abundance in living organisms.
(ii) Name the natural reservoir of phosphorus.
(iii) Explain the phosphorus cycle.
Answer:
(i) Phosphorus is a major constituent of biological membranes, nucleic acids and cellular energy transfer systems.
(ii) The natural reservoir of phosphorus is rock, in the form of phosphates.
(iii) For phosphorus cycle. Refer to text on page no. 363.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

Question 56.
Discuss the role of healthy ecosystem services as a prerequisite for a wide range of economic, environmental and aesthetic goods and services. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Ecosystem services are the products of ecosystem processes. Forests are the major source of ecosystem services and are prerequisite for environmental, aesthetic goods and indirect economic values in the following ways
1. Environmental Values:

  • Carbon-fixation Huge amount of CO2 in the atmosphere is removed naturally and fixed by plants into organic molecules and energy through photosynthesis. All the other trophic levels, i.e. consumers depend upon this energy produced by them.
  • Release of oxygen by the producers as a byproduct in the process of photosynthesis, improves the air quality and supports life on earth.
  • Soil formation and soil protection are the major ecosystem services accounting for nearly 50% of their total worth. Plant cover protects the soil from drastic changes in the temperature. There is little wind or water erosion as soil particles are not exposed to them. The soil remains spongy and fertile. There occurs no landslides and floods.
  • Nutrient cycling There is no depletion of nutrients, but the same are repeatedly circulated.

2. Economic Values:

  • Ecosystem services provide certain economical important products also. These include timber, paper, rubber, wax, medicines, cosmetics, resins, etc.
  • Ecosystem also provides other benefits such as aid in pollination. Bees and other insects of natural ecosystem visit nearby farmlands to pollinate crops.

3. Other Aesthetic Values Natural ecosystems are a source of spiritual, cultural and aesthetic values.

Question 57.
Describe the advantages for keeping the ecosystems healthy. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
The various benefits that humans obtain from the ecosystem are collectively called ecosystem services.
The advantages of keeping an ecosystem healthy can be grouped into the following types

  • Provisioning services Fruits, vegetables, trees, fishes and livestock are directly available to us by ecosystem. The other benefits in this category are timber, oils, medicines, etc.
  • Regulating services These are benefits that moderate natural phenomenon. These include pollination, decomposition, flood control, etc.
  • Cultural services It contributes towards the development and advancement of people, e.g. recreation facilities, spiritual healing, etc.
  • Supporting services allow the earth to sustain basic life forms, e.g. photosynthesis, water cycle, etc.

Question 58.
(i) Draw a simplified model of phosphorus cycle in a terrestrial ecosystem.
(ii) Write the importance of such cycles in ecosystems. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to figure 14.9 on page no. 363.
(ii) The importance of nutrient cycle in ecosystem can be briefed as

  • It allows exchange, storage and transfer of biogenetic nutrients through various biotic components of ecosystem.
  • It also allows exchange of nutrients between abiotic and biotic components of ecosystem.
  • Recycling of nutrients allows them to be used repeatedly and indefinitely.

Question 59.
Explain the carbon cycle with the help of a simplified model. Delhi 2012
Answer:
For Carbon cycle, Refer to text on page no. 363 and 364.

Question 60.
(i) (a) Name the given biogeochemical (nutrient) cycle.
Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 Img 15
(b) Name an activity of the living organisms not depicted in the cycle by which this nutrient is returned to the atmosphere.
(ii) How would the flow of nutrient in the cycle be affected due to the large scale deforestation? Explain giving reasons. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) (a) It is a carbon cycle.
(b) Decomposition of organic wastes by decomposers cycles the carbon back into the atmosphere.

(ii) Large scale deforestation will negatively affect the flow of nutrients in the cycle by increasing the level of CO2 in the air. The CO2 level will increase because the CO2 present in the atmosphere will not be fixed by photosynthesis in the absence of plants. Plants annually fix 4 × 10³ kg of carbon through photosynthesis.

If such a huge amount of carbon will not be utilised in photosynthesis, the organism will die at large scale due to lack of food. The decomposition of these dead organisms will further add to amount of CO2 available in the atmosphere.

Question 61.
Differentiate between standing state and standing crop in an ecosystem. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Differences between standing state and standing crop are as follows

Standing state Standing crop
Amount of nutrients such as nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, etc., present in the soil of an ecosystem at a given time. Amount of living biomass available at a given trophic level at a given time.
It is an abiotic component. It is a biotic component.

Question 62.
(i) Healthy ecosystems are the base of wide range of (ecosystem) services. Justify.
(ii) Explain the differences and the similarities between hydrarch and xerarch successions of plants. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Healthy ecosystem provides following ecological services and acts as a base of such services in the following ways

  • Purification of air and maintenance of gaseous composition.
  • Mitigation of droughts and floods.
  • Cycling of nutrients.
  • Storehouse of carbon.
  • Maintenance of biodiversity.
  • Habitat for a number of wildlife.
  • Influence on hydrological cycle.

(ii) Differences between hydrarch and xerarch succession are as follows

Hydrarch succession Xerarch succession
Ecological succession that starts in water bodies and proceeds to mesic condition. Ecological succession that starts with bare rocks, xeric condition and proceeds to mesic conditions.
Phytoplanktons form the pioneer community. Lichens form the pioneer community.

Similarities Both hydrarch and xerarch succession lead to mesic conditions.

Question 63.
(i) Trace the succession of plants on a dry bare rock.
(ii) How does phosphorus cycle differ from carbon cycle ? (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Primary succession on rocks The organisms that first invade a bare area are called pioneer species. The pioneer species on a bare rock are usually lichens. Lichens secrete acids which dissolve rocks, thereby leading to weathering and soil formation. This paves the way for small plants or bryophytes which hold the soil. They are succeeded by bigger plants and ultimately an entire forest gets established. Forests represent the climax community in this succession.

(ii) Differences between phosphorus cycle and carbon cycle are as follows

Phosphorus cycle Carbon cycle
It is a sedimentary cycle. It is a gaseous cycle.
Inputs provided by rainfall are very small. Inputs provided by rainfall are higher.
Gaseous exchange between organisms and their environment is negligible. Gaseous exchange between organisms and environment is high.

Question 64.
In a food chain, grass is consumed by goat which in turn is consumed by humans. Anant states that man is the secondary consumer in this food chain. Is Anant correct? It yes, give reason.
Answer:
Yes, Anant is correct. In this food chain grass is the producer which feeds energy into the food chain and goat is the primary consumer. Since, goat is eaten by humans, they are called secondary consumers.

Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14

Question 65.
Aryan worked on the farm with his father.
He saw that his father added earthworms to the soil. He came to his father and told him not to do so. His father explained why he was doing so and Aryan was satisfied with the explanation.
(i) Why were earthworms added to the soil?
(ii) What values do you observe in Aryan’s father?
Answer:
(i) Earthworms are detritivores which cause the breakdown of detritus into small, simpler forms. This helps in improving soil quality.
(ii) Aryan’s father is intelligent, hard worker and environment friendly.

Question 66.
Rajni was watching a programme on TV about the earth. The host was explaining how the increased cutting of trees and forests is affecting the ecosystem, its components and services, etc. She got curious and asked her teacher about ‘what services the ecosystem provides to human beings?
(i) How does ecosystem services benefit us?
(ii) Name the value put forth by Robert Constanza and his colleagues on ecosystem services.
(iii) What values are showed by Rajni?
Answer:
(i) Healthy ecosystems provide wide range of economic, environmental, aesthetic goods and services. These services include purification of air, mitigation of droughts and floods, cycling of nutrients, providing habitats for wildlife, maintenance of biodiversity, etc.
(ii) Robert Constanza and his colleagues have estimated the average value of fundamental ecosystem service at US $ 33 trillion a year.
(iii) Values shown by Rajni are awareness and curiosity towards environmental affairs.

The post Ecosystem Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 14 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 13 Organisms and Populations to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 13 Important Questions, Organisms and Populations Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 13 Important Questions Organisms and Populations

Question 1.
Why are mango trees unable to grow in temperate climate? (Outside Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Mango trees are unable to grow in temperate climate because low temperature affects the kinetics of enzyme’s functioning and through this basal metabolism, activity and other physiological functions of the organism get affected.

Question 2.
Give an example of an organism that enters ‘diapause’ and why? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Many zooplanktons in lakes and ponds enter diapause so, as to escape unfavourable environmental conditions and to delay their overall development.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 3.
Mention how do bears escape from stressful time in winter? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Bears escape from stressful time in winter by going into hibernation.

Question 4.
Write the basis on which an organism occupies a space in its community/natural surroundings. (All India 2013)
Answer:
An organism occupies individual or species level in its community. This level is occupied on the basis of ecological level of organisation or ecological hierarchy.
Individual → Population → Biotic community → Biome

Question 5.
How do seed bearing plants tide over dry’ and hot weather conditions? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
During unfavourable conditions, seed-bearing plants reduce their metabolic activities and undergo a state of dormancy. The seeds germinate under favourable moisture and temperate conditions.

Question 6.
Why are some organisms called as eurythermal and some others as stenohaline? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Organisms, which can tolerate and thrive in a wide range of temperature are called as eurythermal, while organisms, which can tolerate and thrive in a narrow range of salinity are stenohaline.

Question 7.
Why are green plants not found beyond a . certain depth in the ocean? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Beyond a certain depth, green plants are not found, because light is unavailable in that zone.

Question 8.
Mention any two activities of animals, which get cues from diurnal and seasonal variations in light intensity. (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
The two activities of animals, which get cues from diurnal and seasonal variations in light intensity are

  • Timings of their foraging
  • Migratory activities
  • Reproduction

Question 9.
How do animals like fishes and snails avoid summer related unfavourable conditions? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Fishes migrate and snails undergo into aestivation or summer sleep to avoid summer related problems.

Question 10.
How do prickles help cactus to survive in desert? Give two methods. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
The two methods by which prickles help cactus to survive in desert are

  • By reducing and altering outer surface, they reduce evaporation and transpiration of water.
  • By providing defence against grazing animals.

Question 11.
Plants that inhabit a rainforest are not found in a wetland. Explain. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Rainforest plants are not found in wetland as they have adapted to growing in very wet soil. The rainforest plants have a thin, smooth bark because they do not need thick bark to prevent moisture. The smoothness of the bark makes it difficult for other plants to grow on their surface. While in wetland, plants have roots in the soil under the water, but they grow above the water for respiration (pneumatophores).

Question 12.
Why the plants that inhabit a desert are not found in a mangrove? Give reasons. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Desert plants are not found in a mangrove because in xerophytic (desert) condition, plant roots grow deeply to explore any possibility of underground water, lehves are highly reduced (spines) to minimise transpiration. While mangroves grow in marshy areas. Their roots grow vertically upwards from the soil for the absorption of oxygen from the atmosphere as the soil is poorly aerated. These roots are called pneumatophores.

Question 13.
Heat loss or heat gain depends upon the surface area of the organism’s body. Explain with the help of a suitable example. (All India 2016C)
Or
Why are small animals rarely found in the polar regions? Explain. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Small animals have a large surface area relative to their volume. So, they tend to lose body heat very fast during cold conditions. They need to spend more energy to generate body heat. Due to this, smaller animals are rarely found in polar regions.

Question 14.
How do mammals living in colder regions and seals living in polar regions able to reduce the loss of their body heat? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Mammals living in colder climates generally have shorter ears and limbs to minimise heat loss. This is called Allen’s rule. In polar seas, aquatic mammals like seals have a thick layer of fat (blubber) below their skin that acts as an insulator and reduces loss of body heat.

Question 15.
Shark is eurythermal, while polar bear is stenothermal. What is the advantage the former has and what is the constraint the later has? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The organisms that can tolerate and thrive in wide range of temperature are called eurythermal and those restricted to narrow range of temperatures are called stenothermal.
The levels of thermal tolerance of different species determine to a large extent their geographical distribution. Hence, eurythermal organisms (e.g. sharks) have vast geographical distribution as compared to stenothermal organisms (e.g. polar bears) that are limited to certain areas only.

Question 16.
Many freshwater animals cannot survive in marine environment. Explain. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Sea water contains high quantity of salt that is not favourable for freshwater animals. They face osmotic problems, hence they cannot survive in sea water for long.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 17.
When you go for a trek/trip to any high altitude places, you are advised to take it easy and rest for first two days. Comment, giving reason. (Foreign 2015)
Or
Why do people suffer from altitude sickness after reaching the high altitude regions? How does their body acclimatised after a couple of days? (Delhi 2015C)
Or
How does our body adapt to low oxygen availability at high altitudes? Foreign 2011
Answer:
When we go for a trip to any high altitude places, we are advised to take it easy and rest for first two days because we may suffer from high altitude sickness. A! low atmospheric pressure of high altitudes, body does not get enough oxygen, hence symptoms like nausea, fatigue start appearing. So, the body requires time to acclimatise to these conditions.
Some body adaptations at high altitudes are

  • To compensate low oxygen, the production of red blood cells is increased.
  • Faster breathing rate.

Question 18.
Some organisms suspend their metabolic activities to survive in unfavourable conditions. Explain with the help of any four examples. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Examples of organisms that suspend their metabolic activities in unfavourable conditions.

  • Bacteria, fungi and lower plants They form thick-walled spores, which help them to survive in unfavourable conditions. Spores germinate on the return of favourable conditions.
  • Higher plants Seeds and some other vegetative reproductive structures serve as the means to tide over periods of stress. They reduce their metabolic activity and undergo dormancy.
  • Animals They undergo hibernation or aestivation, if unable to migrate, e.g. some snails and fishes.
  • Zooplanktons They enter diapause (suspended development) under unfavourable conditions.

Question 19.
Explain the responses of all communities to environment over time. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Responses of communities to environment are

  • Some organisms maintain homeostasis by physiological or behavioural means (regulate).
  • The internal environment in majority of animals and nearly all plants change with the change of external environment (conform).
  • Some organisms leave their habitats temporarily during unfavourable conditions and return back, when conditions become favourable (migrate).
  • Some organisms suspend their metabolic activities to avoid stress by timely escaping, e.g. hibernation and aestivation. (1/2 x 4)

Question 20.
Bear hibernates, whereas some species of zooplanktons enter diapause to avoid stressful external conditions. How are these two ways different from each other? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Differences between diapause and hibernation is

diapause Hibernation
State of suspended development during Process of spending winter’s extreme cold conditions in a dormant state.
e.g. zooplanktons. e.g. some animals like bear.

Question 21.
How do seals adapt to their natural habitat? Explain. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Seals adapt to the natural habitat (cold climate) by developing a thick layer of fat (blubber) below their skin that acts as an insulator and reduces excess loss of body heat,

Question 22.
Hummingbirds live among the bushes in tropics, while penguins live on icebergs. They cannot survive if their habitats are reversed. Justify. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
Hummingbirds live in their natural habitats (tropics). They have large surface area relative to their volume. So, they tend to lose heat very fast, even when it is warm outside.

Penguins live on icebergs (natural habitat). They have less surface area to volume ratio. The lesser the ratio, more effective will be the thermoregulation. Also, they hide in group to escape from cold conditions. Therefore, both of them will not survive, if their habitat are reversed.

Question 23.
(i) ‘Organisms may be conformers or regulators.’ Explain this statement and give one example of each.
(ii) Why are there more conformer than regulators in the animal world? (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Organisms may be regulators or conformers depending upon the response they show against abiotic stresses.
Regulators are organisms that have the ability to maintain a relatively constant internal environment by physiological and behavioural means.
These organisms ensure a constant body temperature (thermoregulation), constant osmotic concentration (osmoregulation), etc.
For example, in all birds, mammals, etc., sweating occurs profusely and the evaporation brings down the temperature of the body during summers.

Conformers Some organisms cannot.maintain a constant internal environment, i.e. their osmotic concentration and body temperature changes with the ambient surrounding. Such organisms are called as conformers. In aquatic animals such as Asterias, the osmotic concentration of body fluids changes according to the osmotic concentration of the surrounding water.

(ii) In the animal world, conformers are more than the regulators because thermoregulation is energetically expensive for many organisms. This is specially true for small animals like shrews and hummingbirds. Heat loss and heat gain is a function of surface area. Since, small animals have a larger surface area relative to their volume, they tend to loose body heat very fast.

Question 24.
During a school trip to ‘Rohtang Pass’, one of your classmate suddenly developed ‘altitude sickness’. But, he/she recovered after some time.
(i) Mention one symptom to diagnose the sickness.
(ii) What caused the sickness?
(iii) How could she/he recover by her/himself after some time? (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) The primary symptoms of ‘altitude sickness’ are headache, nausea, fatigue, etc.
(ii) Sickness was caused due to the low atmospheric pressure prevailing at high altitude. Due to this, the body gets deprived of sufficient oxygen.
(iii) Ascending slowly is the best way to avoid altitude sickness. This way the body compensates low oxygen availability by increasing red blood cells production, decreasing the binding capacity of haemoglobin and by increasing breathing rate. Thus, she/he recovers by herself after some time.

Question 25.
Why do tribes who live in high altitude of Himalayas experience discomfort in respiration? How do they get adapted to survive in such a situation? (All India 2015C)
Answer:
The tribes who live in the high altitudes of Himalayas, experience discomfort in respiration because of the low atmospheric pressure prevailing there. Due to this, the body gets deprived of sufficient oxygen. The body copes up with the low oxygen stress by the following adaptations

  • Increasing red blood cell production.
  • Decreasing the binding affinity of haemoglobin.
  • increasing the breathing rate.

Question 26.
In certain seasons we sweat profusely, while in some other season we shiver. Explain. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
In certain seasons, we sweat profusely while in some other season we shiver to maintain homeostasis. Homeostasis ensures constant body temperature and constant osmotic concentration of the body. It is maintained by following means. Human body maintains constant body temperature (37°C) by following way.
In summers, the outside temperature is very high than our body temperature. Due to this, profuse sweating occurs. This causes evaporation and cooling effect on the body.
In winters, the outside temperature is much lower than our body temperature. This causes shivering, a kind of exercise that produces heat and raises the body temperature.

Question 27.
Explain with the help of suitable examples the three different ways by which organisms overcome their stressful conditions lasting for short duration. (Delhi 2016)
Or
Explain by taking three different examples how do certain organisms pull through the adverse conditions when unable to migrate under stressful period. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Organisms either migrate or suspend their metabolic activities, when conditions are stressful for short duration.
However, in the absence of migration, following mechanisms Help an organism to overcome adverse conditions

  • Metabolic activities are reduced to undergo a state of dormancy, e.g. higher plants.
  • Hibernates (frogs) or aestivates (snails) or undergo diapause (zooplanktons).
  • Thick-walled spores are formed in stressful conditions and germinate under suitable conditions, e.g. bacteria, fungi and lower groups of plants.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 28.
Why are certain organisms called regulators or conformers? Explain with the help of one example of each. (All India 2016C)
Answer:
Some organisms are called conformers because they cannot maintain constant internal environment, e.g. lower organisms. On the other hand, certain organisms are called regulators as they can maintain their internal environment in response to external conditions, e.g. humans.

Question 29.
How do snails, seeds, bears, zooplanktons, fungi and bacteria adapt to conditions unfavourable for their survival? (All India 2015)
Or
How do organisms like fungi, zooplanktons and bears overcome the temporary short-lived climatic stressful conditions? Explain. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Ways to adapt to unfavourable conditions are

  • Snails undergo aestivation (summer sleep) to avoid summer related problems.
  • Bears undergo hibernation during winter.
  • Zooplanktons enter a stage of suspended development called diapause.
  • Bacteria and fungi slow down their metabolic rate and form a thick-walled spores to overcome stressful conditions. These spores germinate after the onset of suitable environment.
  • Seeds undergo a state of dormancy during unfavourable conditions and germinate under favourable conditions.

Question 30.
(i) State how the constant internal environment is beneficial to organisms.
(ii) Explain any two alternatives by which organisms can overcome stressful external conditions. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) Constant internal environment (homeostasis) is beneficial to organisms as it permits all biochemical reactions and physiological functions to proceed with its optimum efficiency, thereby enhancing the overall efficiency of an organism under wide geographical range.
(ii) The two alternatives by which organisms can overcome stressful external conditions are

  • Migration Organisms move temporarily to a favourable area under stressful conditions and return back when the period is over.
  • Hibernation and aestivation are ways to escape the stress during winters and summers, respectively.

Question 31.
Water is very essential for life. Write any three features both for plants and animals, which enable them to survive in water scarce environment. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Three features in plants and animals that enable them to survive in water scarce environment are as follows
Adaptations in Plants

  • Thick cuticle on their leaf surface.
  • Stomata are arranged in deep pits (sunken) to minimise water loss through transpiration.
  • Leaves are reduced to spines. The photosynthetic function is carry out by thick, fleshy, flattened stems.

Adaptations in Animals

  • Kangaroo rat meets the water requirement through internal oxidation of fats. They concentrate their urine, so that minimum volume of water is excreted.
  • Snails undergo aestivation during summers.

Question 32.
The following graph represents the organismic response to certain environmental condition (e.g. temperature)
(i) Which one of these A or B depicts conformers?
(ii) What does the other line graph depict?
(iii) How do these organisms differ from each other with reference to homeostasis?
(iv) Mention the category to which humans belong. (All India 2009)
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 1
Answer:
(i) A depicts conformers.
(ii) The other line B depicts regulators.
(iii) Differences between conformers and regulators are

Conformers Regulators
These cannot maintain a constant internal environment and change according to the ambient atmospheric conditions. These organisms maintain a constant internal environment despite changes in the environment.
They show a narrow range of distribution. They show a much wide range of distribution.

(iv) Humans are regulators.

Question 33.
(i) Following are the responses of different animals to various abiotic factors. Describe each one with the help of an example.
(a) Regulate
(b) Conform
(c) Migrate
(d) Suspend
(ii) If 8 individuals in a population of 80 butterflies die in a week, calculate the death of population of butterflies during that period. (2018)
Answer:
(a) Regulate Some organisms are able to maintain a constant body temperature and osmotic concentration despite change in the external environment. All birds and mammals and a very few lower vertebrate and invertebrate species are capable of such regulation by physiological adjustment through thermoregulation and osmoregulation.

For example, most of the mammals regulate their body temperature to about 37°C. The body may respond to it by sweating (at high temperatures) and shivering (at low temperatures). Most reptiles regulate their body temperature by staying in burrows during summer and by basking in sun during winters. However, plants do not have such mechanisms to maintain an internal temperature.

(b) Conform A majority of organisms cannot maintain a constant internal environment, i.e. their osmotic concentration and their body temperature change with their environment (ectotherms). Such organisms are conformers. The efficiency of conformers is reduced under stressful conditions. Conformers had not evolved mechanisms like regulators because thermoregulation and osmoregulation mechanisms are energetically expensive for many small-sized organisms.

(c) Migrate The organisms can move away temporarily from the stressful habitat to a more favourable one. They return back when the unfavourable (stressful) period is over.

(d) Suspend To survive under unfavourable conditions, the organisms like bacteria, fungi and lower plants produce various kinds of thick-walled spores, which germinate on availability of suitable environment. Similarly higher plants, produce dormant structures like seeds to cope up with unfavourable conditions. In case of animals, if the organism is unable to migrate, it avoids unfavourable conditions by escaping in time. During unfavourable conditions, zooplanktons may enter a stage of suspended development, termed as diapause.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 18 (Topic 2).

Question 34.
(i) Explain giving reasons why the tourists visiting Rohtang Pass or Mansarovar are advised to resume normal active life only after a few days of reaching there.
(ii) It is impossible to find small animals in the polar regions. Give reasons. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) Tourists visiting to Rohtang Pass near Manali (> 3500 m) may suffer from altitude sickness. They resume normal active life only after, a week because in low atmospheric pressure at high altitudes, the body does not get enough oxygen.
Gradually, the body compensates low oxygen availability by

  • Increasing red blood cell production.
  • Decreasing the binding affinity of haemoglobin.
  • Increasing the breathing rate.

(ii) For reasons why small animals are not found in polar regions, Refer to Answer No. 13.

Question 35.
Mention the term used to describe a population interaction between an orchid growing on a forest tree. (Delhi 2019)
Or
What is an interaction called when an orchid grows on a mango plant? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
An orchid growing on the branch of a mango tree is an epiphyte. Epiphytes are plants growing on other plants which however, do not derive nutrition from them and use them only for support. Hence, the relationship between a mango tree and an orchid is an example of commensalism.

Question 36.
Provide an instance where the population size of species can be estimated indirectly, without actually counting them or seeing them. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Tiger population in National Parks is calculated on the basis of pugmarks and faecal matter.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 37.
Name the interaction that exists between sucker fish and shark. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
Name the type of interaction that exists between barnacles and whale. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Sucker fish and shark show commensalism. Other example includes whale and barnacles growing on its back.

Question 38.
State the type of interaction that exists between ticks and dogs. (All India 2015C)
Or
Name the interaction that exists between Cuscuta and shoe-flower plant. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The type of interaction that exists between ticks and dog is parasitism. Ticks are ectoparasite.
Or
The interaction between Cuscuta and shoe-flower bush is called parasitism. Here, Cuscuta is the parasite, which infests the shoe-flower bush and derives nutrition from it.

Question 39.
Name the type of interaction seen between fig and wasps. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Mutualism is the interaction that exists between fig and wasps.

Question 40.
Name the two intermediate hosts on which the human liver fluke depends to complete its life cycle, so as to facilitate parasitisation of its primary host. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The human liver fluke requires two intermediate hosts, i.e. freshwater snail and fish to complete its life cycle and facilitate parasitisation of its primary host.

Question 41.
State Gause’s competitive exclusion principle. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Gause’s competitive exclusion principle states that two competiting species for same resource cannot coexist, if all other ecological factors are constant.

Question 42.
Name the interspecific interactions in which one is detrimental while other is neutral. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Amensalism, e.g. Penicillium produces toxin and kills bacteria, but the former does not get affected.

Question 43.
Write, what do phytophagous insects feed on? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Phytophagous insects feed on sap mainly, but can consume the other parts of plants as well.

Question 44.
Mention the unique feature with respect to flowering and fruiting in bamboo species. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Bamboo plants flower only once in their lifetime, generally after 50-100 years. They produce large number of fruits and then die.

Question 45.
In a pond, there were 20 Hydrilla plants. Through reproduction, 10 new Hydrilla plants were added in a year. Calculate the birth rate of the population. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The birth rate of Hydrilla
=\(\frac{\text { Number of individuals born }}{\text { Total number of individuals }}\)
= \(\frac { 10 }{ 20 }\) = 0.5 per Hydrilla plant per year.
Birth rate is 0.5 per Hydrilla plant or 500 per thousand/year.

Question 46.
Pollinating species of wasps show mutualism with specific fig plants.
Mention the benefits the female wasps derive from the fig trees from such an interaction. (All India 2011)
Answer:
The wasp uses the fig plant ovary for oviposition. It also uses the developing seeds of the fruit to nourish its larvae.

Question 47.
Why are cattle and goats not seen browsing on Calotropis growing in the fields? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Cattle or goat do not graze on Calotropis plant because it produces poisonous cardiac glycosides.

Question 48.
In a pond, there were 200 frogs. 40 more were born in a year. Calculate the birth rate of the population. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
The birth rate of frog population
= \(\frac { 40 }{ 200 }\) = 0.2 per frog/year
or 200 per thousand/year.

Question 49.
Why do predators avoid eating monarch butterfly? How does the butterfly develop this protective feature? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Predators avoid the monarch butterfly as it is highly distasteful to its predators (birds) because of a special chemical present in its body. It acquires this chemical during the caterpillar stage by feeding on a poisonous plant (milkweed).

Question 50.
Comment on the interaction between a clown fish living among the tentacles of a sea anemone. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
The interaction between a clown fish living among the tentacles of sea anemone is called commensalism.

Question 51.
Comment on the interaction between certain species of fig trees and wasps. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
The relation between fig trees and wasps is mutualism.

Question 52.
If 8 individuals in a laboratory population of 80 fruitflies died in a week, then what would be the death rate for population for the said period? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Death rate = \(\frac{\text { Number of individual died }}{\text { Total number of individuals }}\)
= \(\frac { 8 }{ 80 }\) = 0.1 individuals/week 80
Death rate will be 0.1 individuals /week.

Question 53.
State Gause’s ‘competitive exclusion’ principle. How have the recent studies modified this principle? (All India 2019)
Answer:
Gause’s competitive exclusion principle states that two closely related species competing for the same resources cannot coexist indefinitely and the competitively inferior one will be eliminated eventually (true if resources are limiting). This principle has been modified to ‘complete competitors cannot coexist’ one of the primary ways niche-sharing species can coexist is the competition-colonisation trade-off. In simple terms, species that are better competitors will be specialists, whereas species that are better colonisers are more likely to be generalists.

Question 54.
Name and explain the interaction that is seen between clown fish and sea anemones. (All India 2019)
Or
Why dd clown fish and sea anemone pair up? What is this relationship called? (Delhi 2012; All India 2008)
Answer:
Clown fish maintains commensalism with the sea anemone. In this interaction, one species is benefitted and the other is neither harmed nor benefitted. Sea anemone has stinging tentacles that provide protection to clown fish from predators. The anemone does not appear to derive any benefit from the clown fish.

Question 55.
What is mutualism? Mention any two examples where the organisms involved are commercially exploited in agriculture. (All India 2015)
Or
Explain mutualism with the help of an example. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Mutualism is an interaction that confers benefits to both the interacting species. Two examples where organisms involved are commercially exploited in agriculture are

  • Mycorrhizae represent a close mutual association between fungi and the roots of higher plants. Fungi help the plants in absorption of nutrients, specially phosphorus, while the plants provides food for the fungus.
  • Lichens represent an intimate mutualistic relationship between a fungus and photosynthesising algae or cyanobacteria.
    Here, the fungus helps in the absorption of nutrients and provides protection, while algae prepare the food.

Question 56.
Koel is clever enough to lay eggs in a crow’s nest. Write the reason for this peculiar behaviour. Name the type of interaction. (All India 2015C)
Or
Mention the changes the koel must have undergone in order to achieve brood parasitism, during the course of evolution. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Brood parasitism in birds is a fascinating example of parasitism in which the parasitic bird lay its eggs in the nest of its host and let the host incubate them.
During the course of evolution, the egg of the koel have evolved to resemble the host’s egg in size and colour to reduce the chances of the host bird, detecting the foreign eggs and ejecting them from the nest.

Question 57.
Draw the labelled diagrams of stable and declining age pyramids of human population. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
For stable and declining age pyramids of human population diagrams, Refer to figure 13.3 on page no. 325.

Question 58.
Describe the mutual relationship between . fig tree and wasp and comment on the phenomenon that operates in their relationship. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The relationship between fig tree and wasp shows mutualism. The wasp while searching for sites to lay its eggs, pollinates the fig’s inflorescence. On the other hand, the fig not only provides shelter (fruit) for oviposition to wasp, but also allows its larvae to feed on seeds.

Question 59.
Construct an age pyramid which reflects an expanding growth status of human population. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The age pyramid geometrically represents the proportions of different age groups (pre-reproductive, reproductive and post-reproductive) in population. The triangular shape of age pyramid represents the expanding growth status of human population, because it has maximum number of individuals in pre-reproductive age group.
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 2

Question 60.
Construct an age pyramid which reflects a stable growth status of human population. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The age pyramid that reflects a stable growth status of human population can be represented as follows
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 3

Question 61.
Differentiate between commensalism and mutualism by taking one example each from plants only. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Commensalism is the kind of interaction between species in which one is benefitted and other is neither benefitted nor harmed. Example of such association is orchid growing as an epiphyte on a mango tree, which remains unaffected by its growth.

Whereas mutualism is the type of interaction in which both the species involved are benefitted. e.g. lichen representing mutual association between algae and fungi, in which algae is protected by fungi, whi,ch also provides nutrients for synthesis of food, while algae provides food to fungi, as they are incapable of synthesising their own food.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 62.
Explain Verhulst-Pearl logistic growth of a population. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Verhulst-Pearl logistic growth is a type of population growth in which the population growing in a habitat with limited resources initially shows a lag phase, followed by exponential phase and finally a declining or stationary phase, when the growth or density of population reaches carrying capacity.
It can be explained by following equation
dN/dt = rN\(\left(\frac{K-N}{K}\right)\)
Where, N – Population density at time t
r – Intrinsic rate of natural increase
K – Carrying capacity

Question 63.
Apart from being a part of food chain, predators play other important roles. Mention any two such roles supported by examples. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Apart from being a part of food chain, predators play important role in

  • Maintaining the prey population and regulate interspecies population.
  • Indicating ecological disturbances as predators are small in number and highly sensitive to ecological changes owing to their excessive adaptation.

Question 64.
How does monarch butterfly defend itself from predators? Explain. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
For defence mechanism evolved by the monarch butterfly, Refer to Answer No. 15.

Question 65.
Explain brood parasitism with the help of an example. (All India 2012)
Answer:
The phenomenon in which one organism (parasite) lays its eggs in the nest of another organism is called brood parasitism.

For example, cuckoo (parasite) lays eggs which resemble the host’s (crow) egg in size and colour in crow’s nest and let it be incubated by them till they hatch and grow.

Question 66.
Why are herbivores considered similar to predators in an ecological context? Explain. (All India 2010)
Answer:
In ecological context, herbivores are considered similar to predators because they feed on plants and their products to meet their food requirements, just like predators, i.e. they feed on prey for their food.

Question 67.
How does the floral pattern of mediterranean orchid Ophrys guarantee cross-pollination? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
In the flowers of Ophrys, one petal resembles the female of a bee species in size, colour, markings, etc. Male bee perceives it as a female and pseudocopulates with it.

During the process, the pollen grains from the anthers get dusted on the body of the bee. When the bee is attracted to another flower of this orchid species, the. process is repeated and the pollen grains from the body of the bee get dusted on the stigma, thus cross-pollination is achieved.

Question 68.
How do plants benefit from having mycorrhizal symbiotic association? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Benefits to plants having mycorrhizal symbiotic association are

  • The fungus absorbs nutrients from the soil and passes it on to the plant.
  • Mycorrhiza provides resistance to root-borne pathogens.
  • They show increased tolerance to salinity and drought.
  • An overall increase occurs in plant growth and development.

Question 69.
Explain the two defence mechanisms evolved in preys to avoid overpopulation of their predator. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Defence mechanisms evolved in preys are

  • To avoid being detected easily by the predators, some species of insects and frogs are cryptically coloured (camouflaged).
  • Some plants have thorns or spines for defence mechanism, e.g. Acacia, cactus.

Question 70.
Study the graph given below and answer the questions that follows
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 4
(i) The curve W is described by the following equation :
\(\frac { dN }{ dt }\) = rN \(\frac { K-N }{ K }\)
What does ‘K’ stand for in this equation? Mention its significance.
(ii) Which one of the two curves is considered a more realistic one for most of the animal populations?
(iii) Which curve would depict the population of a species of deer if there are no predators in the habitat? Why is it so? (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) ‘K’ stands for ‘carrying factor’. The carrying capacity signifies the limit of habitat, i.e. limited resources in a given habitat to support growth upto a certain level beyond which no further growth can take palce.
(ii) The curve ‘V’ is considered a more realistic one for most of the animal populations. It is so, becasue in the curve ‘b’, the sources of food and space are limited and it supports the growth curve of animal populations.
(iii) The curve ‘b’ would depict the population of a species of deer, if there are no predators in the habitat. In the absence of predators, prey population will increase. Thus, the competition will increase due to the limited food and shelter resources within the prey population.

Question 71.
Mention the special adaptations evolved in parasites and why? (Delhi 2019)
Or
Explain parasitism and coevolution with the help of one example of each. (All India 2016)
Or
Explain coevolution with reference to parasites and their hosts. Mention any four special adaptive features evolved in parasites for their parasitic mode of life. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Coevolution is a phenomenon where many parasites have evolved to be host-specific in such a way that both the host and parasite tend to co-evolve. If the host develops special mechanism to resist the parasite, the parasite also has to evolve the mechanisms to counteract the host’s resistance.

Many living organisms live as a parasite on host (plant or animals). Parasite ensures free-lodging and meals from the host and for this it evolves mechanisms to encounter and neutralise the resistance coming from host. This can be understood by the following examples
(i) Parasites evolve special adaptations like

  • loss of’unnecessary sense organs.
  • presence of adhesive organs like suckers.
  • loss of digestive system.
  • high reproductive capacity.

(ii) The host in turn evolves special mechanism for rejecting or resisting the parasite. So, when the parasite is not able to complete its life cycle on single host it finds alternative host or secondary host to complete their life cycle in order to perpetuate its species and ensures its own reproduction. Two examples are

  • Liver fluke-hosts are man and snail.
  • Malaria parasite-hosts are man and mosquito.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 72.
Explain brood parasitism with the help of an example. (Delhi 2016C; 2013C)
Answer:
For brood parasitism, Refer to Answer No. 31.

Question 73.
Explain Gause’s competitive exclusion principle with the help of a suitable example. (All India 2016C)
Answer:
Cause’s competitive exclusion principle Refer to Answer No. 7.
For example, The abingdon tortoise in Galapagos Islands became extinct within a decade after goats were introduced on the Island, apparently due to their greater browsing efficiency.

Question 74.
Predation is usually referred to as a detrimental association. State any three positive roles that a predator plays in an ecosystem. (All India 2016)
Or
What is ‘predation’? Explain with the help of suitable examples why is it required in a community with rich biodiversity. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Predation is an interspecific interaction, where an animal, called predator, kills and consumes the other weaker animal called prey. Predation is natures way of transferring the energy fixed by plants to higher trophic level, e.g. a tiger (predator) eating a deer (prey), a sparrow (predator) eating fruit or seed (prey), etc.

Requirement of Predators

  • Predators keep prey population under control. This is called biological control.
  • Predators also help in maintaining species diversity in community by reducing the intensity of competition among prey species.
  • Acts as ‘conduits’ for energy transfer across trophic level.
  • Predators play other important roles, i.e. in the absence of predator species, prey species could achieve very high population densities and cause ecosystem instability, i.e the biological control of pests affected by predation.

Question 75.
Name and explain the type of interaction that exists in mycorrhiza and between cattle egret and grazing cattle. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Mycorrhiza It is an association between fungi and roots of higher plants. It is called mutualism. The fungi help plant in the absorption of essential nutrients from the soil, while in turn it provides the fungi with energy yielding carbohydrates. Both partners are benefitted.

The cattle egret and grazing cattle share commensalism type of relationship. The grazing cattle flush out insects from grass while grazing. So, it becomes easier for egret to catch and feed on them. In this, one partner gets benefit, while other remains unaffected.

Question 76.
Differentiate among mutualism, parasitism and commensalism. Provide one example for each of them. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Differences between mutualism, parasitism and commensalism are

Mutualism Parasitism Commensalism
It benefits both the interacting species. It benefits one species, while other species is harmed. Interaction between two species, where one species is benefitted and the other is neither harmed nor benefitted.
Example Lichens represent mutualism between fungus and algae. Example Cuscuta, tape worm and Plasmodium. Example An orchid growing as an epiphyte on a mango tree.

Question 77.
Study the graph given below and answer the questions that follows
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 5
(i) Write the status of food and space in the curves (A) and (B).
(ii) In the absence of predators, which one of the two curves would appropriately depict the prey population?
(iii) Time has been shown on X-axis and there is a parallel dotted line above it. Give the significance of this dotted line. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) The status of food and space in curve A is unlimited resources, while in curve B the sources of food and space are limited.
(ii) In the absence of predators, the curve B would appropriately depict the competition for limited food and shelter resources within the prey population.
(iii) The dotted line in the above graph represents the carrying capacity (K).
The carrying capacity signifies the limit of habitat, i.e. limited resources in a given habitat to support growth upto a certain level beyond which no further growth can take place.

Question 78.
Construct the age pyramid which reflects growth status of human population. (All India 2014)
Or
Draw and explain expanding age pyramids of human population. Why is it so called? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
For expanding age pyramid, Refer to Answer No. 25.

Question 79.
Describe the mutual relationship between fig tree and wasp and comment on the phenomenon that operates in their relationships. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
For relationship between fig tree and wasp, Refer to Answer No. 24.

Question 80.
(i) Write the importance of measuring the size of a population in a habitat or an ecosystem.
(ii) Explain with the help of an example, how the percentage cover is a more meaningful measure of population size than mere numbers. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Measurement of population in a habitat determines the relative abundance of a particular species and its effect on the available resources of that particular habitat.
(ii) The percentage cover is more meaningful measure of population size than mere numbers because the relative abundance of a species is not only determined by number of individuals, but by both the relative abundance in biomass and number.

For example, in a unit area, the number of grass species or relative abundance in number is high, but not the relative biomass, if the same area has one or two Ficus benghalensts tree, it is very low in relative abundance, but high in relative abundance of biomass.

Question 81.
(i) Explain death rate in a population by taking a suitable example.
(ii) Write the other two characteristics, which only a population shows but an individual cannot. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Death rate or Mortality is expressed as the number of deaths of individual of a population . per year. For example, if 80 individuals in a laboratory population of 800 fruitfly died in a week, then death rate is
\(\frac { 80 }{ 100 }\) = 0.1 per fruitfly/week

(ii) Characteristics of population, not exhibited by individual are

  • Population size or Density.
  • Population interactions.

Question 82.
(i) Explain birth rate in a population by taking a suitable example.
(ii) Write the other two characteristics, which only a population shows but an individual cannot. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Due to natality or birth rate, population increases continuously. It is the production of new individual by birth, hatching or by asexual mode, etc. It is expressed as the number of birth per 1000 individuals of a population per year.
(ii) The characteristic, which are unique to the group (population) and not shown by an individual are
(a) Population dynamics theorise to explain population growth. Size of population for any species is not a static parameter. Population growth changes during time and depends upon food availability, predation, pressure, weather and also depends upon natality, mortality, immigration and emigration.
(b) Regulation of population governs population density or population size. It is the number of individuals of a species per unit , area or volume.

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 83.
(i) List any three ways of measuring population density of a habitat.
(ii) Mention the essential information that can be obtained by studying the population density of an organism. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Three ways of measuring population density of a habitat
A- Per cent cover for trees with larger canopy.
B- Number of fishes caught per trap.
C- Pug marks or faecal pellets for tiger census.

(ii) The population density tells us about the status of a species, i.e. the outcome of competition, impact of predation or effect of pesticides, etc.

Question 84.
Name the type of interaction seen in each of the following examples:
(i) Ascaris worm living in the intestine of human.
(ii) Wasp pollinating fig’s inflorescence.
(iii) Clown fish living among the tentacles of sea anemone.
(iv) Mycorrhizae living on the roots of higher plants.
(v) Orchid growing on a branch of mango tree.
(vi) Disappearance of smaller barnacles when Balanus dominated in the coast of Scotland. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Parasitism
(ii) Mutualism
(iii) Commensalism
(iv) Mutualism
(v) Commensalism
(vi) Competition

Question 85.
Study the three different age pyramids, for human population given below and answer the questions that follows:
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 6
(i) Write the names given to each of these age pyramids.
(ii) Mention the one, which is ideal for human population and why. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) A – Expanding,
B – Stable
C -Declining
(ii) Stable population is ideal for human population. It is beneficial for the survival and better living of the human population. It is helpful for planning sustainable living.

Question 86.
(i) Study the flow chart given below and complete the equation that follows by identifying 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 7
Nt + 1 = Nt + [( 1 + 2) – (3 + 4)]
(ii) Mention the different ways by which the population density of different species can be measured. (All India 2019)
Or
(i) Explain the equation
Nt + 1 = Nt + [(B + I) – (D + E)]
on the basis of the flowchart given below
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 8
(ii) Mention the different ways by which the population density of different species can be measured. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
(i) If N is the population density at time t, then its density at time t + 1 is
Nt + [(B + I) – (D + E)]
The population density will increase if the number of birth and the number of immigrants, i.e. (B+ I) is more than the number of death and the number of emigrants, i.e. (D+E).

(ii) For different ways of measurement of population, density, Refer to Answer No. 49 (i).

Question 87.
(i) What is ‘population’ according to you as a biology student?
(ii) ‘The size of a population for any species is not a static parameter’. Justify the statement with specific reference to fluctuations in the population density of a region in a given period of time. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Population is a set of individuals of a particular species which are found in a particular geographical area and can interbreed.
(ii) For the justification of the statement, Refer to text on page no. 325 and 326 (Population growth).

Question 88.
(i) The graph given below represents the organisms response to temperature as an environmental condition.
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 9
(a) Which one of the two lines represents conformers and why?
(b) What does the other line in the graph represent and why?

(ii) Mention the different adaptations the parasites have evolved with, to be able to successfully complete their life cycles in their hosts. (2018C)
Answer:
(i) (a) The line A depicts conformers. The conformers cannot maintain a constant internal environment and change according to the ambient atmospheric conditions.
(b) The other line B depicts regulators. The regulators maintain a constant internal environment despite changes in the environment.

(ii) For adaptations in parasites, Refer to Answer No. 37.

Question 89.
(i) Compare, giving reasons, the J-shaped and S-shaped models of population growth of a species.
(ii) Explain ‘fitness of a species’, as mentioned by Darwin. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Differences between J-shaped and s-shaped model of population growth are
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 10

(ii) Fitness of a species as mentioned by Darwin Darwinian fitness (high Y value) states that the population evolves to maximise its reproductive fitness in the habitat where it lives. Under a particular set of selection pressure, organisms evolve towards the most efficient reproductive strategy. The rate of breeding varies from species to species. Some species breed only once in their lifetime (Pacific salmon fish and bamboo), while some breed many times in their lifetime (birds and mammals). Some organisms produce a large number of small-sized offspring (oysters), whereas other produce a small number of large-sized offspring (birds and mammals).

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 90.
(i) What is an age pyraipid?
(ii) Name three representative kinds of age pyramids for human population and list the characteristics for each one of them. (Delhi 2017)
Or
(i) What is an age pyramid?
(ii) Explain with the help of figures, the three different types of age pyramids represented by human population. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
(i) Age pyramids When the age distribution (per cent individuals of a given age or age group) is plotted for the population, it is called age pyramid.
(ii) Population at any given time is composed of individuals of different ages. For human population, the age pyramids generally show age distribution of males and females in a combined diagram.

The shape of the pyramids reflects the growth status of the population that whether it is expanding (triangular-shaped), stable (bell-shaped) or declining (urn-shaped).

(a) Expanding or Triangular age pyramid In this, number of pre-reproductive individuals is very large, number of age reproductive individuals is moderate, while post-reproductive individuals are fewer. This type of age pyramid shows that population is growing. The rate of growth depends upon the size of pre-reproductive population. This type of population growth is observed in developing countries like India, Brazil.

(b) Stable or Bell-shaped age pyramid In this, the number of pre-reproductive and reproductive individuals is almost equal. Post-reproductive individuals are comparatively fewer. The population size remains stable, neither growing nor diminishing. This type of population growth is observed in countries like USA, Denmark.

(c) Declining or Urn-shaped age pyramid The proportion of reproductive age group is higher than the individuals in pre-reproductive age group. The number of post-reproductive individuals in also sizeable. It is declining or diminishing population with negative growth. This type of population growth is observed in countries like Japan.
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 11

Question 91.
(i) Represent diagrammatically three kinds of age pyramids for human populations.
(ii) How does an age pyramid for human population at given point of time help the policy makers in planning for future? (Delhi 2016)
Or
Analysis of age pyramids for human population can provide important inputs for long-term planning strategies. Explain. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 56 (ii). (3)
(ii) A policy maker works on population projection to assess future demand of food, water, energy as well as health and reproductive age. The age pyramids reflect several possible scenario of future of fertility and mortality.

At given point of time, the expanding age-pyramids for human population has more pre-reproductive and reproductive population and less post-reproductive population. Thus,
this type of age pyramids help the policy makers in planning for future economic growth of the country.

Question 92.
(i) Name the two growth models that represent population growth and draw the respective growth curves they represent.
(ii) State the basis for the difference in the shape of these curves.
(iii) Which one of the curves represents the human population growth at present? Do you think such a curve is sustainable? Give reason in support of your answer. (All india 2016)
Answer:
(i) The two growth models are
(a) Exponential growth curve
(b) Logistic growth curve.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 55 (i).

(iii) The human population at present is represented by logistic growth curve. The logistic growth curve is sustainable because the biological factors and carrying capacity support it.

Question 93.
(i) What is population density? Why are ecologists interested in measuring it?
(ii) Write the different ways of measuring population density. Explain any two with the help of specific examples. (All India 2016C)
Answer:
(i) Population density means number of individuals present per unit area. It can be measured by determining the population size. Ecologists are interested in measuring population density for the following reasons
(a) The size of the population tells us a lot about its status in the habitat.
(b) Ecological processes such as outcome of competition with another species, the impact of a predator or the effect of pesticide application can be easily evaluated in terms of change in the population size.

(ii) The different methods to study population size are as follows
(a) Per cent cover or Biomass In an area with 200 Parthenium plants and only one banyan tree with large canopy, the denstiy of banyan tree is small, but does not reflect its important role in the community. Here the per cent cover or biomass is more meaningful method of assessing population density.
(b) Total number It involves the counting of organisms in the given area.
(c) Relative density In this method, there is no need to count the organisms individually, e.g. the number of fishes caught per trap gives the measure of their total density in a given waterbody.
(d) Indirect assessment The tiger census is based on pugmarks and faecal pellets.

Question 94.
(i) List the different attributes that a population has and not an individual organism.
(ii) What is population density? Explain any three different ways the population density can be measured, with the help of an example each. (All India 2015)
Answer:
(t) Population attributes are certain characteristics of a population.
Some of them are as follows
(a) Population size or Density is the number of individuals of a species per unit area or volume.
Population Density (PD) = \(\frac { Number of individuals in a region (N) }{ Number of unit area in the region (S) }\)
PD = \(\frac { N }{ S }\)

(b) Birth rate or Natality is expressed as the number of births per 1000 individuals of a population per year, e.g. if in a pond, there were 20 lotus plants last year and through reproduction 8 new plants are added then, Birth rate = \(\frac { 8 }{ 20 }\) = 0.4 offspring per lotus per year.

(c) Death rate or Mortality is expressed as the number of deaths per 1000 individuals of a population per year, i.e. if 4 individuals in a population of 40 fruitflies died during a specified time interval (say a week ) then,
Death rate = \(\frac { 4 }{ 40 }\) = 0.1 individuals per fruitfly per week.

(d) Sex ratio is expressed as the number of females and males per 1000 individuals of a population in a given time, e.g. 60% females and 40% males in population.

(e) Age pyramid When the age distribution (per cent individuals of a given age or age group) is plotted for the population, it is called age pyramid.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 59. (2)

Question 95.
(i) Name the population growth pattern the equation {\(\frac { dN }{ dt }\) = rN} represents. What does ‘r’ represent in the equation? Write its importance in population growth.
(ii) Explain the principle of carrying capacity by using population Verhulst-Pearl logistic growth curve. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) The logistic growth pattern is represented by equation {\(\frac { dN }{ dt }\) = rN}
Here ‘f’ represents the intrinsic factor (a rate of natural increase). Since, the growth for most of the organisms’s population becomes limiting due to limited resources, this logistic growth pattern provides a realistic model for study of population growth.

(ii) The Verhulst-Pearl logistic growth curve is explaned by \(\frac { dN }{ dt }\) = rN(\(\frac { K-N }{ K }\))

Where K represents the carrying capacity. It can be referred to as nature’s limit of natural resources that a habitat provides to its individuals of a growing population, beyond which there is no growth in that particular habitat.

Question 96.
What is the association between the bumble bee and its favourite orchid Ophrysl How would extinction or change of one affect the other? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Mutualism is an association seen between the bumble bee and the orchid Ophtys. In this, both species are benefitted. One petal of its flower bears an uncanny resemblance to the female of the bee in size, colour and markings. The male bee is attracted to what it perceives as a female and pseudocopulates with the flower. During the process, the bee gets dusted with pollen from the flower. When this same bee pseudocopulates with another flower, it transfers pollens to it and thus pollinates the flower.

Extinction of bumble bee will definitely affect the orchid flower because these bees are the means of pollination for the flower and if they get extinct, the pollination percentage will be reduced. But, the extinction of the orchid will not affect the bumble bee population.

Question 97.
(i) Explain the birth rate and death rate in the population with the help of an example each.
(ii) What is age pyramid? Draw an age pyramid of an expanding population. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
(i) The number of organisms added to a population by birth in a given period is known as birth rate, e.g. if in a pond there were 20 lotus plants last year and through reproduction 8 new plants are added, the birth rate = \(\frac { 8 }{ 20 }\) = 0.4 lotus plants per year.
The number of individuals removed from a population due to death in a given period of time is called death rate, e.g. if 4 individuals in a lab population of 40 fruitflies died during a specified time interval, say a week, the death 4
rate in the population = \(\frac { 4 }{ 40 }\) = 0.1 individuals per fruitfly per week.

(ii) For age pyramid, Refer to text on page no. 325.

Question 98.
Study the table given below and answer the questions that follows

Species A Species B Name of interaction
(+) (+) A
(-) (-) B
(+) (-) C
(-) (0) D

(+) = Beneficial interaction
(-) = Detrimental interaction
(0) = Neutral interaction
Identify A, B, C and D in the given table and explain any three of them with the help of an example each. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
A-Mutualism
B-Competition
C-Predation
D-Amensalism

Mutualism It is an interaction, where both species derive benefit from the interaction, e.g. lichens.

Competition It is an interaction, where both species suffer due to similar requirement of resources, that are limited, e.g. in some South American lakes, visiting flamingoes and resident species compete for the common food.

Predation It is an interaction where an animal called predator kills and consumes other weaker animals called prey, i.e. one is beneffited and other is harmed, e.g. tiger and the deer.

Amensalism It is an interaction, where one species is harmed, while other is neither benefitted nor harmed. Penicillium produces the toxin penicillin which kills other pathogen, but it itself does not get affected. (Any three)

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 99.
Draw and explain a logistic curve for a population of density (N) at time (t) whose intrinsic rate of natural increase is (r) and carrying capacity (K). (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 12
(i) Population initially shows a lag phase and then shows a phase of acceleration or exponential growth followed by phase of deceleration.
(ii) Population can grow exponentially for a certain period of time and then assumes a steady state, as the resource availability becomes limited at some point of time.
(iii) Every environment has resources to support a particular maximum number of individuals, called its carrying capacity. Beyond that, there is no increase in size/density of a population.
(iv) A population showing logistic growth shows a sigmoid curve, when the number of individuals is plotted as a function of time.
(v) Equation can be described as
\(\frac { dN }{ dt }\) = rN(\(\frac { K-N }{ K }\))
Where N = Population density at time t,
r = Intrinsic rate of natural increase,
K = Carrying capacity.
(vi) The model is more realistic in nature, because no population can sustain the exponential growth indefinitely.

Question 100.
(i) Why are herbivores considered similar to predators in the ecological context? Explain.
(ii) Differentiate between the following interspecific interactions in a population.
(a) Mutualism and competition
(b) Commensalism and amensalism (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Herbivores feed on plants. They are considered as predators because they also transfer energy across the trophic levels. Besides this, they also keep the population of their prey under control. For example, when the prickly pear cactus was introduced in Australia in early 1920, they spread rapidly causing havoc. Their population was controlled by introducing cactus-feeding predator (a moth).

(ii) (a) Differences between mutualism and competition are

Mutualism Competition
It benefits both the interacting species. Both the interacting species suffer.
Two individuals may be physically or physiologically associated. No physical association between competitors.
Lichens represent mutualism between fungus and algae, where fungus absorbs nutrition and provides protection, while algae prepares food. In some South American lakes, visiting flamingoes and resident species compete for the common food.

(b) Differences between commensalism and amensalism are

Commensalism Amensalism
Interaction between two species where one species is benefitted and the other is neither harmed nor benefitted. Interaction between two different species, in which one species is harmed and the other is neither benefitted nor harmed.
e.g. an orchid growing as an epiphyte on a mango tree benefits by getting shelter and nutrition but the mango tree is not harmed or benefitted. e.g. Penicillium produces a toxin killing other microorganisms but is not affected itself.

Question 101.
(i) Explain with the help of a graph the population growth curve, when resources are (A) limiting (B) not limiting.
(ii) Nature has a carrying capacity for a species. Explain. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 Img 13

(a) Resources are limiting The population growth curve is sigmoid. It is represented by the equation
dN/dt = rN (\(\frac { K-N }{ K }\))
where,
N = Population density at time t,
r = Intrinsic rate of natural increase
K = Carrying capacity.

(b) Resources are unlimited The population growth curve is J-shaped. It is represented by the equation
dN/dt = rN or Nt = N0 en
where.
Population density after time t,
N0 = Population density at time zero
r = Intrinsic rate of natural increase,
e = base of natural logarithm (2.71828).

(ii) The resources become limited at certain point of time. So, no population can grow exponentially. Every environment or habitat has limited resources to support a particular maximum number of individuals. This is called its carrying capacity (K).

Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13

Question 102.
Avik went on an excursion trip with his friends to Ladakh. On reaching the destination, he suddenly experienced heart palpitations, nausea and fatigue. One of his friends suggested him to rest for some time.
(i) Suggest the reasons for the sudden deterioration of health.
(ii) Why did Avik’s friend asked him to rest?
(iii) What value is exhibited by Avik’s friend ?
Answer:
(i) Atmospheric pressure in Ladakh which is at high altitude, is low and hence the body does not get enough oxygen. Avik is suffering from altitude sickness.
(ii) After resting, Avik’s body will get acclimatised to the conditions.
(iii) Values exhibited by Avik’s friend are awareness, caring and helpful nature.

The post Organisms and Populations Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 13 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 11 Biotechnology: Principles and Processes to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 11 Important Questions, Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 11 Important Questions Biotechnology: Principles and Processes

Question 1.
What is the cell that receives a recombinant gene called ? (All India 2019)
Answer:
Host cell is the cell that receives a recombinant gene.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 2.
Write the specific point in the palindrome and the bond that is cut by Eco Rl. (All Indio 2019)
Answer:
Restriction endonuclease Eco RI cuts the DNA at the sequence known as palindromic sequence, i.e. GAATTC. The type of bond broken by Eco RI is phosphodiester bond between the G and A bases of the palindrome. This site is known as restriction site.

Question 3.
Why do DNA fragments move towards the anode during gel electrophoresis ? (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
DNA fragments are negatively charged molecules and hence, they move toward the positive charged anode during gel electrophoresis.

Question 4.
Suggest a technique to a researcher who needs to separate fragments of DNA. (Delhi 2016)
Or
Mention the use of gel electrophoresis in biotechnology experiments. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Gel electrophoresis is used to separate the fragments of DNA that were cut by restriction endonucleases.

Question 5.
Name the technique that is used to alter the chemistry of genetic material (DNA, RNA) to obtain desired result. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
The technique used to alter the chemistry of genetic material to obtain desired result is called genetic engineering.

Question 6.
Why is it not possible for an alien DNA to become part of a chromosome anywhere along its length and replicate normally? (All India 2014)
Answer:
The alien DNA itself cannot multiply and replicate but requires a specific sequence for initiating its replication called origin of replication in a chromosome ori acts as the starting point of replication as they it aids in binding of DNA polymerase.

Question 7.
Mention the type of host cells suitable for the gene guns to introduce an alien DNA. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Plant host cells are suitable for the gene guns to introduce an alien DNA.

Question 8.
Write the two components of first artificial recombinant DNA molecule constructed by Cohen and Boyer. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The two components of first artificial recombinant DNA molecule constmcted by Cohen and Boyer are

  • Antibiotic resistance gene
  • Plasmid of Salmonella typhimurium

Question 9.
Name the host cells in which microinjection technique is used to introduce an alien DNA. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The microinjection technique is usually carried out in animal cell to inject alien DNA directly into the nucleus.

Question 10.
Name the material used as matrix in gel electrophoresis and mention its role. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The material used as matrix in gel electrophoresis is agarose.
This agarose gel acts as a sieve to separate the DNA fragments according to their size.

Question 11.
Write any four ways used to introduce a desired DNA segment into a bacterial cell in recombinant technology experiments. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Ways to introduce desired DNA into bacterial cell are

  • microinjection
  • disarmed pathogen vectors
  • treatment of host cell by bivalent cation such as calcium
  • biolistic or gene gun

Question 12.
How can retroviruses be used efficiently in biotechnology experiments inspite of them being disease causing? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Retroviruses can be used in biotechnology experiments after being disarmed, i.e. removal of virulent gene so that it is unable to cause infection in hosts they are transferred to.

Question 13.
State what happens when an alien gene is ligated at Pvu I site of pBR322 plasmid. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
An alien gene ligated at Pvu I site of pBR322 plasmid cause the transformant cell to loose the ampicillin-resistance as ampR gene becomes non-functional. Thus, the recombinant does not grow in the presence of ampicillin.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 14.
Why is ‘plasmid’ an important tool in biotechnology experiments? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Plasmid have the ability to replicate within bacterial cells independently of chromosomal DNA. They have high copy number, therefore an alien DNA ligated to it, will have equal copy number as that of plasmids. So, it is used as a vector in gene cloning experiments and thus acts as an important tool in biotechnology.

Question 15.
State what happens when an alien gene is ligated at Sal I site of pBR322 plasmid. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
When an alien gene is ligated at Sal I site of tetracycline resistance gene in the vector pBR322, the recombinant plasmid lose its tetracycline resistance.

Question 16.
Mention the uses of cloning vector in biotechnology. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Uses of Cloning Vector in Biotechnology

  • Helps in linking the foreign/alien DNA with the host’s DNA.
  • Helps in the selection of recombinants from the non-recombinants.

Question 17.
Biotechnologists refer to Agrobacterium tumefaciens as a natural genetic engineer of plants. Give reasons to support the statement. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Agrobacterium tumefaciens is a pathogen of several dicot plants. It is used as a natural genetic engineer because it is able to deliver a piece of its DNA (called T-DNA) to transform normal plant cells into tumour cells. It direct the tumour cells to synthesise the chemicals required by the pathogen.

Question 18.
Why is it essential to have a selectable marker in a cloning vector? (All India 2011)
Answer:
Selectable marker in cloning vector helps in identifying and selecting the recombinants and eliminating the non-recombinants.

Question 19.
In the year’1963, two enzymes responsible for restricting the growth of bacteriophage in E. coli were isolated. How did enzymes act to restrict the growth of the bacteriophage? (All India 2011C)
Or
How is the action of exonuclease different from that of endonuclease? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Two enzymes responsible for restricting the growth of bacteriophage in E. coli are Exonucleases Remove nucleotides from the ends of DNA. Endonucleases Cut DNA at specific points.

Question 20.
What is the host called that produces a foreign gene product? What is this product called? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Transgenic organisms or genetically modified organisms are the host that produces a foreign gene product. Recombinant proteins are the products formed by these host cells.

Question 21.
ß-galactosides enzyme is considered a better selectable marker. Justify the statement. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Coding sequence of p-galactosidase is a better maker, as the recombinants and non-recombinants are differentiated on the basis of their ability to produce colour in the presence of a chromogenic substrate, while the selection of recombinants due to inactivation of antibiotic resistant gene is a tedieus and time taking process to grow them simultaneously on two antibiotics containing media.

Question 22.
Explain the mode of action of Eco RI. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
What is Eco RI? How does Eco RI differ from an exonuclease? (Delhi 2015C)
Or
How does a restriction nuclease function? Explain. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Restriction nucleases function by inspecting the length of DNA sequence and then binding to specific recognition sequences and cutting the strands at sugar phosphate backbones.
These nucleases are of two types depending on their mode of action

  • Restriction exonucleases cut sequences at terminal ends of DNA.
  • Restriction endonucleases, e.g. Eco RI, cut between the two bases of recognition sequence.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 23.
Write the role of ori and restriction site in a cloning vector pBR322. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Ori is a sequence of DNA from where replication starts. Any piece of DNA that needs to replicate in the host cell has to be linked to it.
Restriction site is the recognition site made of palindromic sequence for restriction enzymes.

Question 24.
State how was Agrobacterium tumefaciens been made as a useful cloning vector to transfer DNA to plant cells. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Agrobacterium infects plant tissues by transferring its plasmid T-DNA to the plant genome. This property of Agrobacterium was exploited to transfer desired gene to a particular plant. The desired gene is inserted in the plasmid T-DNA and the engineered Agrobacterium is allowed to infect that particular plant. Hence, it acts as a natural cloning vector.

Question 25.
Explain with the help of a suitable example the naming of a restriction endonuclease. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Naming of restriction endonuclease involves the following rules

  • The first letter of the enzyme comes from the genus and next two letters from species of the prokaryotic cell from where enzymes are extracted.
  • The Roman numbers following the name shows the order in which the enzymes were isolated from the bacterial strain. For example, Eco RI is derived from Escherichia coli RY 13, Hind II from Haemophilus influenzae Rd, etc.

Question 26.
How are sticky ends formed on a DNA strand? Why are they called so? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Sticky ends on DNA are formed by the action of enzymes restriction endonucleases. These enzymes cut the strand of DNA a little away from the centre of the palindrome sequence between the same two bases on both the strands.

This results in single-stranded stretches on both the complementary strands at their ends. These overhanging stretches are called sticky ends as they form hydrogen bonds with the complementary base pair sequences.

Question 27.
How is insertional inactivation of an enzyme used as a Selectable marker to differentiate recombinants from non-recombinants? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The insertional activation of an enzyme, e.g. ß-galactosidase occurs by inserting the desired gene in the coding region of enzyme. It results in inactivation of ß-galactosidase gene in recombinants. Due to this, the recombinant or transformed hosts are unable to produce any colour when grown on chromogenic substrate. Thus, ß-galactosidase acts as a selectable marker to differentiate recombinants from non-recombinants.

Question 28.
Explain palindromic nucleotide sequence with the help of a suitable example. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The palindromic nucleotide sequence is the sequence of base pairs in DNA that reads the same on both the complementary strands of DNA, with same orientation of reading.
For example,
5-GAATTC-3′
3-CTTAAG-5′

Question 29.
Why are molecular scissors called so? Write their use in biotechnology. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Molecular scissors are so called because they cut DNA at specific sequences between base pairs. Molecular scissors or restriction enzymes cut DNA at desired sequences and generate sticky ends that facilitate the cut DNA to join with host genome or vector DNA. They play an important role in genetic engineering or biotechnology. It is because with the help of these enzymes we can cut the desired gene and introduce into vectors for expression.

Question 30.
Why is making cells competent essential for biotechnology experiments? List any two ways by which this can be achieved. (Delhi 2014C)
Or
Why and how bacteria can be made ‘competent’? Delhi 2013
Answer:
Since, DNA molecules are hydrophilic, they cannot pass through cell membranes. For recombinant DNA to be integrated into vector or host genome, it is necessary for the DNA to be inserted in the cell. Therefore, making the host cells competent is necessary in biotechnology experiments.

The two ways by which cells can be made competent to take up DNA are

  • Chemical action The host cell is treated with a specific concentration of divalent cation, i.e. calcium increases the pore size in the cell membrane. DNA is then incubated with treated bacterial cell at 42°C, thereby increasing the efficiency of DNA to enter it through pores in cell wall.
  • Heat shock treatment Incubating the cells with recombinant DNA on ice, followed by brief treatment of heat at 42°C and again putting them back on ice.

Question 31.
How is an exonuclease functionally different from an endonuclease? Give an example of any two endonucleases other than Sal I. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Exonucleases are the enzymes which cleave base pairs of DNA at their terminal ends and act on single-strand of DNA or gaps in doublet stranded DNA. While, endonuclease cleaves DNA at any point except the terminal ends and can make cut on one strand or on both the strands of double-stranded DNA, e.g. Eco R1 and Hind II.

Question 32.
Explain the work carried out by Cohen and Boyer that contributed immensely in biotechnology. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Stanley Cohen and Herbert Boyer constructed the first artificial recombinant DNA (rDNA) molecule.

They isolated the antibiotic-resistance gene by cutting out a piece of DNA from a plasmid with the help of restriction enzyme and linked it to a native plasmid of Salmonella typhimurium with the help of DNA ligase.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 33.
(i) A recombinant vector with a gene of interest inserted within the gene of α-galactosidase enzyme is introduced into a bacterium. Explain the method that would help in selection of recombinant colonies from non-recombinant colonies.
(ii) Why is this method of selection referred to as insertional inactivation? (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) The recombinant colonies can be differentiated from non-recombinant colonies by their inability to produce colour in the presence of a chromogenic substrate.
The recombinants do not produce any colour, while the non-recombinants produce a blue colour with chromogenic substrate in the medium. It occurs because of the presence of α-galactosidase in former and its absence in latter cells.

(ii) The enzyme α-galactosidase becomes inactivated on insertion of recombinant DNA, within the coding sequence of enzyme. Thus, the method is called insertional inactivation.

Question 34.
State the role of UV-light and ethidium bromide during gel electrophoresis of DNA fragments. (Delhi 2012c)
Answer:
DNA fragments are observed only after staining with ethidium bromide followed by their exposure to UV radiation. This gives bright orange colour to DNA fragments.

Question 35.
Explain giving reasons why an alien piece of DNA needs to be integrated to a specific sequence of host DNA for its cloning. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 6

Question 36.
List the key tools used in recombinant DNA technology. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Key tools used in recombinant technology are restriction enzymes, polymerases, ligases, cloning vectors and competent host organism or cells.

Question 37.
Explain the role of Ti plasmids in biotechnology. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The Ti-plasmid isolated from Agrobacterium is responsible for the natural transformation of plant cells into tumours. So, it is modified into a non-pathogenic vector but still is able to deliver the DNA.

This disarmed plasmid of Agrobacterium is used as a vector for the transformation of plant cells, thus plays an important role in biotechnology.

Question 38.
How are recombinant vectors created? Why is only one type of restriction endonuclease required for creating one recombinant vector? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Creation of recombinant vectors Vector DNA is cut at a particular restriction site by a restriction enzyme. The alien DNA is then linked with the vector DNA using enzyme ligase to form the recombinant vector.

A restriction enzyme recognises and cuts the DNA at a particular sequence called recognition site. The same restriction enzyme is used for cutting the DNA segment from both the vector and the other source, so as to produce same sticky ends in both DNA molecules to facilitate their joining.

Question 39.
Study the diagram given below and answer the following questions.
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 1
(i) Why have DNA fragments in band D moved farther away in comparison to those in band C?
(ii) Identify the anode end in the diagram.
(iii) How are these DNA fragments visualised? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) In band D, DNA fragments are smaller than those on band C. The fragments separate according to their size through the sieving effect provided by the gel. So, the smaller fragments move farther away than the larger ones.
(ii) B is anode end in the diagram as DNA fragments are moving towards this end.
(iii) Gel containing DNA fragments are stained with ethidium bromide and exposed to UV radiation. Orange colour bands of DNA become visible.

Question 40.
A recombinant DNA is formed when sticky ends of vector DNA and foreign DNA join. Explain how the sticky ends are formed and get joined? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 26.

The sticky ends are joined via complementary factor of two polynucleotide strands bases and by the action of enzyme, DNA ligase.

Question 41.
Explain the action of the restriction endonuclease Eco RI. Foreign 2010
Or
(i) Illustrate the recognition sequence of Eco RI and mention what such sequences are called?
(ii) How does restriction endonuclease act on a DNA molecule? (All india 2010c)
Answer:
Restriction endonuclease Eco RI cuts the DNA strands a little away from the centre of the palindromic sequence, but between the same two bases on the two strands, i.e. G and A, on both the strands. The site of action of enzyme in palindrome sequence GAATTC is called recognition site.

(i) Due to this, single-stranded portions called sticky ends, overhang at the end of each strand.
(ii) Because of the stickiness, they easily form hydrogen bonds with their complementary counterparts.

Question 42.
How are the DNA fragments separated by gel electrophoresis visualised and separated for use in constructing recombinant DNA? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
The separated DNA fragments by gel electrophoresis are stained with ethidium bromide.

  • By the exposure to UV radiation, the separated DNA fragments become visible as orange- coloured bands.
  • The separated bands of DNA are cut out from the agarose gel and DNA is extracted from these gel pieces and this process is called elution.

Question 43.
Expand ‘BAC’ and ‘YAC’. What are they and what is the purpose for which they are used? (All India 2019)
Answer:
‘BAC’ stands for Bacterial Artificial Chromosome and ‘YAC’ stands for Yeast Artificial Chromosome. These are vectors used in cloning DNA. For sequencing the total DNA from cell, the DNA is isolated and converted into relatively smaller size as fragments. DNA fragments are cloned in suitable host using specialized vectors, such as BAC and YAC. Fragments of DNA are then sequenced by automated DNA sequences.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 44.
Explain how ‘sticky ends’ are obtained in a DNA segment. Write their importance in DNA technology year. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 26.

Role of the sticky ends The sticky ends are produced from hydrogen bonds with their complementary cut counterparts. The stickiness of the ends facilitates the action of the enzyme DNA ligase which helps to region the cut DNA.

Question 45.
(i) Mention the importance of gel-electrophoresis in biotechnology.
(ii) Explain the process of this technique. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) DNA fragments formed by the use of restriction endonucleases are separated by gel-electrophoresis.
(ii) DNA fragments are negatively charged molecules. Thus, they move towards the positive charged anode under electric field through the medium. The smaller fragments move farther in the gel as compared to larger fragments due to the sieving effect of gel.

Question 46.
How does p-galactosidase coding sequence act as a selectable marker? Why is it a preferred selectable marker to antibiotic resistance genes? Explain. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Selectable marker It helps in indentifying or selecting transformants and eliminating non-transformants and selectively permit the growth of the transformants.

ß-galactosidase acts as a selectable marker by inducing the property of insertional inactivation in transformed cells. In this process the recombinants and non-recombinants are differentiated on the basic of colour production in the presence of chromogenic substrate. A recombinant DNA is inserted within the coding sequence of an enzyme ß-galactosidase which results into inactivation of the enzyme. Therefore, the bacterial colonies having inserted plasmid, show no colouration while, thoseb without plasmid show blue colour.

Question 47.
Give reason why
(i) DNA cannot pass into a host cell through the cell membrane.
(ii) Proteases are added during isolation of DNA for genetic engineering.
(iii) Single cloning site is preferred in a vector. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) Hydrophobic molecules can diffuse through the lipid bilayer of the plasma membrane and not hydrophilic molecules. DNA being hydrophilic with the sugar-phosphate backbone, cannot pass through the cell membrane.

(ii) Proteases catalyze the breakdown of proteins present in the solution to its component amino acid. If the proteins are not removed from DNA preparation then, they could interfere with any downstream treatment of DNA (such as action of restriction endonuclease, DNA ligase, etc).

(iii) Single cloning sites are preferred as the the cloning of a sequence at more than one recognition sites within the vector would generate several fragments leading to complication in gene cloning.

Question 48.
Describe the formation of recombinant DNA by the action of Eco RI. (Delhi 2019)
Or
Prepare a flow chart information of recombinant DNA by the action of restriction endonuclease enzyme Eco RI. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 2
Role of Eco RI in Recombinant DNA (In detail) Refer to Answer No. 41.

Question 49.
Explain the roles of the following with the help of an example each in recombinant DNA technology.
(i) Restriction enzymes
(ii) Plasmids 2018
Answer:
(i) The restriction enzymes are known as molecular scissors. These enzymes belong to a larger group of enzymes called nucleases, which are of following two types

  • Exonucleases Those, who remove nucleotides from the ends of the DNA (either 5′ or 3′) in one strand of duplex.
  • Endonucleases Those, who make cuts at specific position within the DNA. Each restriction endonuclease functions by ‘inspecting’ the length of a DNA sequence.

Role of Restriction Enzyme in Recombinant DNA Technology The restriction endonucleases are used to cut plasmid DNA as well as foreign DNA at desired sites. The foreign DNA is then inserted into plasmid DNA and the plasmid takes the foreign DNA into the desired host organism.
Example The first discovered restriction enzyme is Hind II. It was isolated from Haemophilus influenzae. It always cuts DNA at 5 GT (Pyrimidine T Or C (Purine A or G) AC3′ and 3’CA (Purine A or G) (Pyrimidine T or C) TG5′.
It produces DNA segments with blunt ends.
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 3

(ii) Plasmids These are extrachromosomal, self-replicating, double-stranded, closed and circular DNA molecules. It is found only in bacteria and few yeast cells.
Role of Plasmid in DNA Recombinant Technology These are used as vectors to carry the desired gene (foreign genes) into the desired host organisms.
For example, pBR322 is widely used plasmid vector. In its name P signifies plasmid, B is from Boliver and R is from Rodriguez. Boliver and Rodriguez were two scientists who developed pBR322 in 1977. This plasmid has genes for resistance against ampicillin and tatracycline. They have restriction sites for enzymes like PvuI, Pst I, Sal I, Bam HI.
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 4

Question 50.
Explain the role(s) of the following in biotechnology
(i) Restriction endonuclease
(ii) Gel-electrophoresis
(iii) Selectable markers in pBR322 (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) Restriction endonucleases These are the bacterial enzymes that cut dsDNA into fragments after recognising and binding to the specific nucleotide sequences, known as recognition site. These enzymes are used to form recombinant molecules of DNA, composed of DNA from different sources.

(ii) Gel-electrophoresis is the technique which allows the separation and visualisation of fragments of DNA on an agarose gel matrix. Since, the DNA fragments are negatively charged molecules, they separate and move towards the anode (+ ve) under the influence of an electric field. DNA fragments are separated on the basis of their size through the sieving effect provided by the gel.

(iii) Selectable markers in pBR322 help in identification and selection of transformants. pBR322, an E. coli cloning vector has two antibiotic resistance genes, i.e. for ampicillin and tetracycline, which act as selectable marker. When a foreign DNA is ligated at the site of tetracycline resistance (tetR) gene in pBR322, the recombinant plasmid lose tetracycline resistance due to insertional inactivation of foreign DNA, but can still be selected out from non-recombinants by placing the transformants on ampicillin containing medium. The transformants growing on ampicillin containing medium are then transferred on tetracycline containing medium. The recombinants grow on ampicillin containing medium but not on tetracycline one whereas non-recombinants grow on both the media.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 51.
(i) Explain the significance of palindromic nucleotide sequences in the formation of recombinant DNA.
(ii) Write the use of restriction endonuclease in the above process. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Palindromic nucleotide sequences in the DNA are group of letters that form the same words when read both forward and backward. For example, the following sequence reads the same on the two strands in 5′ → 3’direction as well as 3′ → 5’direction.
5’— GAATTC —3′
3’—CTTAAG —5′
Significance These sequences act as recognition sites which are recognised by specific restriction endonucleases.

(ii) Use of restriction endonuclease During recombinant DNA formation, these enzymes recognise and make a cut at specific positions within the DNA and vector. Due to this function, restriction endonucleases are also called as molecular scissors.

Question 52.
(i) Name the selectable markers in the cloning vector pBR322. Mention the role they play.
(ii) Why is the coding sequence of an enzyme p-galactosidase a preferred selectable marker in comparison to the ones named above? (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Selectable markers in cloning vector pBR322 are ampicillin and tetracycline antibiotic resistance gene. They help in the selection of transformants and eliminating the non-transformants.
(ii) The selection of recombinants due to inactivation of antibiotics is a difficult process and requires simultaneous plating on two plates having different antibiotics. Thus, enzyme p-galactosidase is preferred as a selectable marker as it allows to differentiate non-recombinants from recombinants easily by insertional inactivations technique.

Question 53.
(i) Why must a cell be made ‘competent’ in biotechnology experiments? How does calcium ion help in doing so?
(ii) State the role of ‘biolistic gun’ in biotechnology experiments. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 30.

(ii) Biolistic guns or gene guns are used to bombared rDNA loaded on gold or tungston particles with high velocity into host cells. In this way, the rDNA is delivered to the desired host cells.

Question 54.
How does Agrobacterium tumefaciens act as a suitable vector in the biotechnological experiments? Site an example where it has been successfully used as a vector. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 24.
Agrobacterium has been used as vector to introduce a gene from Tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV) into tobacco plants.

Question 55.
Describe a palindrome with the help of an example. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 51 (i).

Question 56.
(i) Why was a bacterium used in the first instance of the construction of an artificial recombinant DNA molecule?
(ii) Name the scientists who accomplished this and how. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) A bacterium Salmonella typhimurium was used in the first instance of construction of artificial recombinant DNA molecule because of the possibilities of linking a gene encoding antibiotic resistance with a native plasmid of the bacterium. This was made possible by the availability of restriction enzymes and the enzyme DNA ligase.

(ii) Stanley Cohen and Herbert Boyer accomplished this in 1972 by isolating the antibiotic resistance gene by cutting out a piece of DNA from a plasmid which was responsible for conferring antibiotic resistance. The cutting of DNA at specific sites was possible with the availability of restriction enzymes. The cut DNA was linked with the plasmid DNA using the enzyme DNA ligase. The plasmid DNA acts as vector to transfer the piece of DNA attached to it.

Question 57.
State the functions of the following in the cloning vector pBR322
(i) ori
(ii) rop and
(iii) Hind III sites (All India 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 23. (ori)
(ii) rop in pBR322 encodes for protein involved in plasmid replication.
(iii) Hind III is a restriction site in pBR322, where Hind III endonuclease makes a cut for the introduction of foreign DNA segment.

Question 58.
Name and explain the technique used for separating DNA fragments and making them available for biotechnology experiments. (Foreign 2015; All India 2014)
Answer:
DNA fragments formed by the use of restriction endonucleases are separated by gel electrophoresis.
(i) DNA fragments are negatively charged molecules. Thus, they move towards the positive charged anode under electric field through the gel medium.
(ii) DNA fragments separate according to their size due to sieving effect of agarose gel.
(iii) The separated DNA fragments can be viewed by staining the DNA with ethidium bromide followed by exposure to UV radiation.
(iv) The separated bands of DNA are cut and extracted from gel piece. This is known as elution.

Question 59.
Draw a schematic diagram of the E. coli cloning vector pBR322 and mark the following in it
(i) ori
(ii) rop
(iii) Ampicillin resistance gene
(iv) Tetracycline resistance gene
(v) Restriction site Bam HI
(vi) Restriction site Eco RI (Delhi 2015)
Or
Draw a schematic sketch of pBR322 plasmid and label the following in it
(i) Any two restriction sites
(ii) ori and rop genes
(iii) An antibiotic resistant gene. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
E. coll cloning vector pBR 322.
Refer to figure 11.3 on page no. 278.

Question 60.
(i) Draw schematic diagrams of segments of a vector and a foreign DNA with the sequence of nucleotides recognised by Eco RI.
(ii) Draw the vector DNA segment and foreign DNA segment after the action of Eco RI and label the sticky ends produced. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to figure 11.1. on page no. 276.
(ii) Refer to figure 11.1 on page no. 276.

Question 61.
What are ‘cloning sites’ in a cloning vector? Explain their role. Name any two such sites in pBR322. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The cloning sites contain the specific unique recognition sequence for a particular restriction enzyme, so as to link the foreign DNA with the vector DNA and thus, create a recombinant DNA molecule.

These sites are important for joining the DNA fragments of vector and alien DNA. Multiple recognition sequences for a particular restriction enzyme within a DNA or vector complicate the process of gene cloning. The two cloning sites in pBR322 are Bam HI for tetracycline resistant gene and Pvu I for ampicillin resistant genes.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 62.
(i) Explain the basis on which the gel electrophoresis technique works.
(ii) Write any two ways the products obtained through this technique can be utilised. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 50 (ii).
(ii) Products obtained via gel electrophoresis can be utilised in following ways
(a) To construct a recombinant DNA molecule by joining them with cloning vector.
(b) For amplification of desired segment using Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).

Question 63.
How are the following used in biotechnology ?
(i) Plasmid DNA
(ii) Recognition sequence
(iii) Gel electrophoresis (All India 2011c)
Answer:
(i) Plasmid DNA It is used for constructing recombinant DNA, by ligating the alien piece of DNA with it. It is used as a cloning vector and helps in the selection of recombinants from non-recombinants.
(ii) Recognition sequences These are specific base sequences of DNA, where restriction enzyme cuts the DNA. They are utilised to extract the desired gene or fragments from DNA molecules.
(iii) Gel electrophoresis It is a technique, used to separate the DNA fragments according to their size through seiviirg effect of the gel.

Question 64.
(i) Name the organism in which the vector shown is inserted to get the copies of the desired gene.
(ii) Mention the area labelled in the vector responsible for controlling the copy number of the inserted gene.
(iii) Name and explain the role of a selectable marker in the vector shown. (All India 2010)
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 5
Answer:
(i) Escherichia coli(E.coli)
(ii) Ori in the vector is responsible for controlling the copy number of inserted gene.
(iii) The genes encoding resistance to antibiotics like tetR resistant to tetracycline and ampR resistant to ampicillin are used as selectable markers. If a foreign DN A is ligated at the Bam HI site of tetracycline resistance gene, the recombinant plasmids will lose the tetracycline resistance due to insertional inactivation but transformants can be selected by growing them on ampicillin containing medium. The selectable markers help in identifying and eliminating non-transformants and selectively permitting the growth of transformants.

Question 65.
(i) Eco RI is a restriction endonuclease.
How is it named so? Explain.
(ii) Write the sequence of DNA bases that the enzyme recognises. Mention the point at which the enzyme makes a cut in the DNA segment. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 25.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 41.

Question 66.
(i) Name the technique used for separation of DNA fragments.
(ii) Write the type of matrix used in this technique.
(iii) How is the separated DNA visualised and extracted for use in recombinant technology? (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Gel electrophoresis.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 10.
(iii) Refer to Answer No. 42.

Question 67.
Unless the vector and source DNA are cut, fragments separated and joined, the desired recombinant vector molecule cannot be created.
(i) How are the desirable DNA sequences cut?
(ii) Explain the technique used to separate the cut fragments.
(iii) How are the resultant fragments joined to the vector DNA molecule? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) The desirable DNA sequences are cut by using resriction endonuclease enzyme. These enzymes cut at specific site in palindromic sequence between same two bases on both the strands.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 58.
(iii) The resulting fragments are joined together with vector DNA by DNA ligase enzyme. It forms phosphodiester bonds between them.

Question 68.
(i) Describe the characteristics a cloning vector must possess.
(ii) Why DNA cannot pass through the cell membrane? Explain. How is a bacterial cell made competent to take up recombinant DNA from the medium? (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) Features which facilitate cloning of vector are:
(a) Origin of replication (ori)

  • This is the sequence of DNA from where replication starts.
  • Any piece of alien or foreign DNA linked to it is made to replicate within host cell. It also determine the copy number of the linked DNA.

(b) Selectable jmarker is a marker gene, which helps in selecting the transformants or recombinants from the non-recombinant ones, e.g. ampicillin and tetracycline resistant genes in E. coli.

(c) Cloning site is a unique recognition site in a vector to link the foreign DNA. The presence of a particular cloning or recognition site helps the particular restriction enzyme to cut the vector DNA.

(d) Small size of the vector The small size facilitates the introduction of the DNA into the host easily.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 30.

Question 69.
(i) With the help of diagrams show the different steps in the formation of recombinant DNA by action of restriction endonuclease enzyme Eco RI.
(ii) Name the technique that is used for separating the fragments of DNA cut by restriction endonucleases. (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) Refer to figure 11.1 on page no. 276.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 58.

Question 70.
Name the enzymes that are used for the isolation of DNA from bacterial and fungal cells for recombinant DNA technology. (All India 2014; Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The enzymes used for the isolation of DNA from bacterial cells is lysozyme and those from fungal cells is chitinase.

Question 71.
How can bacterial DNA be released from the bacterial cell for biotechnology experiments? (Delhi 2o11)
Answer:
Bacterial cells are treated with lysozyme which digest their cell wall for releasing DNA.

Question 72.
Why is the enzyme cellulase used for isolating genetic material from plant cells hut not for animal cells? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Cellulase is used for digesting the cellulosic cell wall of plant cells. Animal cells do not contain cell wall, so cellulase is not required.

Question 73.
How is a continuous culture system maintained in bioreactors and why? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
The cells can be multiplied in a continuous culture system. In this, the used medium is drained out from one side, while fresh medium is added from the other side to maintain the cells in their physiologically most active (log/exponential) phase. This type of culturing method produces a larger biomass leading to higher yields of desired products.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 74.
Name the source of the DNA polymerase used in PCR technique. Mention why is it used? (All India 2013, 2012; Foreign 2011)
Answer:
The DNA polymerase used in PCR is Taq polymerase which is extracted from Thermus aquaticus. It is a thermostable enzyme that can withstand high temperature used in the denaturation and step for the separation of DNA strands. Hence, it can be used for a number of cycles of DNA amplification without being denatured.

Question 75.
Name the type of bioreactor shown. Write the purpose for which it is used. (All India 2011)
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 6
Answer:
In the given figure, simple stirred-tank bioreactor is shown.
Bioreactors are used to produce large quantities of the desired gene products.

Question 76.
What is genetic engineering? List the steps in rDNA technology. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Genetic engineering is the process of artificial synthesis, isolation, modification, combination, addition and repair of genetic material as needed.
Steps of rDNA technology involve

  • Isolation of genetic material
  • Cutting of DNA at specific locations
  • Amplification of gene of interest using PCR
  • Preparation and insertion of rDNA into host cell
  • Obtaining desirable gene product.

Question 77.
(i) Mention the number of primers required in each cycle of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR). Write the role of primers and DNA polymerase in PCR.
(ii) Give the characteristic feature and source organism of the DNA polymerase used in PCR. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Two sets of primers are required in each cycle of polymerase chain reaction. Primers are required for the addition of nucleotides to make multiple copies of the DNA of interest. The enzyme DNA polymerase extends the primers by using the nucleotide provided.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 5.

Question 78.
A schematic representation of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) upto the extension stage is given below. Answer the questions that follows.
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 7
(i) Name the process A.
(ii) Identify B.
(iii) Identify C and mention its importance in PCR. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
(i) A-Denaturation of the double-stranded DNA
(ii) B-Primers
(iii) C-DNA polymerase or Taq polymerase

Importance in PCR
It extends the primers using the nucleotides provided in the reaction medium and the genomic DNA as the template. Taq polymerase is thermostable enzyme and it can withstand the high temperature used in denaturation step.

Question 79.
Any recombinant DNA with a desired gene is required in billion copies for commercial use. How is the amplification done? Explain. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
Amplification of recombinant DNA gene is done using Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).
It is carried out in the following steps

  • Denaturation The double-stranded DNA is denatured by applying high temperature of 95°C for 15 seconds. Each separated strand acts as a template.
  • Annealing Two sets of primers are added, which anneal to the 3′ end of each separated strand.
  • Extension Taq polymerase extends the primers by adding nucleotides complementary to the template provided in the reaction. Taq polymerase is used in the reaction because it can tolerate high temperature. All these steps are repeated many times to get several copies of the desired DNA.

Question 80.
Describe the roles of (i) high temperature, (ii) primers and (iii) bacterium.
Thermus aquaticus in carrying the process of polymerase chain reaction. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Role of Heat In PCR (in vitro), the DNA strands are separated by heating at 95°C for two minutes. Heating causes the breakage of H-bonds between bases of two strands leading to its unwinding.

Role of Primers Primers are short lengths of DNA of about 20bp long that are required to start DNA polymerisation in PCR. The primers hybridise to their complementary sequence on the DNA strands at 40-50°C temperature and help in DNA polymerisation.

Role of Thermus aquaticus An enzyme called Taq polymerase is isolated from Thermus aquaticus. Since, this bacteria thrives in temperature as high as 95°C, this enzyme can also tolerate high temperature without undergoing denaturation. Therefore, this enzyme is used in PCR instead of normal DNA polymerase.

Question 81.
Describe the process of amplification of ‘gene of interest’ using PCR technique. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Refer to Answers No. 10

Question 82.
Explain three steps involved in polymerase chain reaction.
(i) List the three steps involved in Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).
(ii) Name the source organism of Taq polymerase.
Explain the specific role of this enzyme in PCR. (2018C; Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 10.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 5.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 83.
(i) How has the development of bioreactor helped in biotechnology?
(ii) Name the most commonly used bioreactor and describe its working. (2018)
Answer:
(i) Bioreactors These are the large volume vessels approximately (100-1000 L) in which raw materials are biologically converted into specific products, individual enzymes, etc., using microbial, plant, animal or human cells. A bioreactor provides the optimal conditions for achieving the desired product by providing optimum growth conditions like temperature, pH, substrate, salts, vitamins and oxygen. The cells can also be multiplied in a continuous culture system.

In this, the used medium is drained out from one side while fresh medium is added from the other side to maintain the cells in their physiologically most active log/exponential phase. This type of culturing method produces a larger biomass leading to higher yields of desired protein. Thus, it plays a very important role particularly in traditional biotechnology.

(ii) The most commonly used bioreactor is simple stirred tank bioreactor. It is usually cylindrical or with a curved base to facilitate the mixing of the reactor contents. The stirrer activity facilitates even mixing and availability of 02 throughout the bioreactor. Alternatively air can also be bubbles into the medium. It has an agitator system, a temperature control system, a pH control system and sample ports so that small samples can be withdrawn periodically.

Question 84.
Describe the roles of heat, primers and the bacterium Thermus aquaticus in the process of PCR. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 11

Question 85.
Write the steps you would suggest to be undertaken to obtain a foreign-gene product. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
To obtain a foreign-gene product following steps should be undertaken

  • Identification of DNA with desirable genes.
  • Introduction of the identified DNA into suitable host to form recombinant DNA (rDNA).
  • Maintenance of introduced DNA in particular host and gene cloning.
  • Transfer of the DNA (gene transfer) to its progeny.
  • Selection of the recombinants from non-recombinants.
  • Expression of gene of interest by culturing recombinant cells.
  • Culturing of cells in bioreactors for large scale production of desired gene product. (3)

Question 86.
Suggest and describe a technique to obtain multiple copies of a gene of interest in vitro. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is a technique to obtain multiple copies of a gene of interest in vitro. This technique amplifies DNA through a simple enzymatic reaction. This technique was developed by Kary Mullis in 1965.
The basic requirements of a PCR are the following

  • DNA template
  • Primers
  • Enzyme-Taq polymerase
    For detailed description of process, Refer to Answer No. 10.

Question 87.
Why is Taq polymerase preferred in PCR? Mention the source of this enzyme. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 11.

Question 88.
Draw a labelled sketch of sparged stirred-tank bioreactor. Write its application. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Sparged stirred-tank bioreactor
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 8
Application These bioreactors are used to produce large quantities of products, enzymes, etc., using microbial, plant, animal or human cells. (1)

Question 89.
Rearrange the following in the correct sequence to accomplish an important biotechnological reaction
(i) In vitro synthesis of copies of DNA of interest
(ii) Chemically synthesised oligonucleotides
(iii) Enzyme DNA polymerase
(iv) Complementary region of DNA
(v) Genomic DNA template
(vi) Nucleotides provided
(vii) Primers
(viii) Thermostable DNA polymerase (from Thermus aquaticus)
(ix) Denaturation of dsDNA. (All India 2015)
Answer:
The correct sequence of reactions are
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 9

Question 90.
Many copies of a specific gene of interest are required to study the detailed sequencing of bases in it. Name and explain the process that can help in developing large number of copies of this gene of interest. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
PCR is the process that can help in developing large number of copies of a gene of interest.
Process of PCR Refer to Answer No. 10.

Question 91.
(i) What is a bioreactor? How does it work?
(ii) Name two commonly used bioreactors. (Delhi 2014c)
Answer:
(i) Bioreactors are large vessels in which raw materials are biologically converted into specific products by microbes, plant and animal cells or human cells. The bioreactors work by providing optimal conditions to process the culture as well as the production of desired product by maintaining optimum pH, temperature, oxygen and other grpwth conditions required.

(ii) The two commonly used bioreactors are

  • Simple stirred-tank bioreactors.
  • Sparged stirred-tank bioreactors.

Question 92.
What is a bioreactor used for? Name a commonly used bioreactor and any two of its components. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 22.
The components of a commonly used stirred-tank bioreactor are

  • Inlet for sterile air or oxygen
  • Agitator system
  • Temperature control system
  • pH control system
  • Foam control system
  • Sampling ports

Question 93.
Explain in sequence the process of amplification of a gene of interest using polymerase chain reaction. (All India 2013C, 2012, 2012C)
Or
How is the amplification of a gene sample of interest carried out using Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)? (All India 2012)
Or
Describe the process of gene amplification for rDNA technology experiments. (All lndnr2011C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 10.
Refer to figure 11.4 on page no. 291.

Question 94.
(i) Describe the different steps in one complete cycle of PCR.
(ii) State the purpose of such an amplified DNA sequence. (AII India 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to text on page no. 291.

(ii) Applications of PCR technique

  • In diagnosis of pathogens for specifc infections, like HTV
  • To identify mutations in organisms
  • In DNA fingerprinting
  • Prenatal diagnosis
  • Gene therapy

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 95.
If a desired gene is identified in an organism for some experiments, explain the process of the following
(i) Cutting this desired gene at specific location.
(ii) Synthesis of multiple copies of this desired gene. (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) Cutting of desired gene at specific location is done by incubating the DNA with specific restriction endonuclease. Restriction enzymes recognise a particular palindromic nucleotide sequence and cuts the DNA at that site.

(ii) Synthesis of multiple copies of desired gene is carried out by Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).
Refer to Answer No. 10.

Question 96.
Write the function of the following in biotechnology. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
(i) Polymerase chain reaction technique.
(ii) Restriction endonucleases.
(iii) Bacterium Thermus aquaticus.
Answer:
(i) Polymerase chain reaction technique is used to prepare multiple copies of a gene of interest in vitro using two sets of primers and the enzyme DNA polymerase.
(ii) Restriction endonucleases are enzymes that make cut at specific positions within DNA.
(iii) Bacterium Thermus aquaticus produces an enzyme Taq polymerase which is heat stable, i.e. resistant to denaturation by heat. The enzyme is used to amplify a specific DNA fragment in PCR technique.

Question 97.
Explain the basis on which the gel electrophoresis technique works. Write any two ways the products obtained through this technique can be utilised. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Gel electrophoresis technique works on the principle of separation of DNA fragment on the basis of their size and electric charge.
Since, DNA is negatively charged molecule so, they can be separated according to their size when they towards anode under an electric field through a medium or matrix (commonly used is agarose). Shorter molecules move faster towards anode and migrate farther than the longer one.

The products obtained through this technique can be utilised in the following ways

  • Construction of recombinant DNA by joining with cloning vectors.
  • Used in making multiple copies of same DNA by using PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction).

Question 98.
How can the following be made possible for biotechnology experiments?
(i) Isolation of DNA from bacterial cell.
(ii) Reintroduction of the recombinant DNA into a bacterial cell. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
(i) Isolation of DNA from bacterial cell can be done by

  • treating the bacterial cells with enzymes such as lysozyme to remove cell wall.
  • RNA associated with DNA can be removed by the treatment with ribonuclease, whereas protein can be removed by treatment with protease. Similarly other molecules (if any) are removed by appropriate treatment.

(ii) Reintroduction of the recombinant DNA into bacterial cell can be done by the following methods

  • The recipient bacterial cell is made ‘competent’ to take up the recombinant DNA its by the treatment with a specific increased concentration of calcium ions.
  • The recombinant DNA is forced into the cells by heat shock treatment, i.e. by incubating the cells with rDNA on ice followed by placing them at 42°C (heat shock) and then again putting them back on ice. This enables bacteria to take up rDNA.

Question 99.
(i) Identify A and B illustrations in the following
Biotechnology Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 Img 10
(i) Write the term given to A and C and why?
(iii) Expand PCR. Mention its importance in biotechnology. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) (a) A is recognition or restriction site (GAATTC), which is recognised by restriction enzyme Eco RI.
(b) B is rop gene protein involved in the replication of plasmid coded by this gene.

(ii) A and C are called palindromes. These are sequence of base pairs that reads same on the two strands of DNA, when orientation of reading is kept same.

(iii) PCR is Polymerase Chain Reaction in which multiple copies of the gene of interest can be synthesised in vitro. Thus, PCR can be utilised to amplify a single gene or fragment into thousands of copies to be used in cloning experiments.

Question 100.
Industrial production of biologically important recombinant products utilises bioreactors. Sohan was aware of this information but was curious to know about the process involved. He asked his teacher about this, who explained the process in detail to him.
(i) What are bioreactors? Name the most common type of bioreactor utilised by industries.
(ii) What is the sequence of events after completion of the biosynthetic phase in bioreactor ?
Answer:
(i) Bioreactore are large volume vessels in which raw materials are biologically converted into specific products. The most common type of bioreactors are of stirring type.
(ii) The sequence of events after the completion of biosynthetic phase is called as downstream processing. It involves (i) separation and (ii) purification of products Obtained.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 101.
DNA amplification has become an extensively employed technique in various fields. Arun got curious about this process and asked his father, a molecular scientist to explain his queries.
(i) What is meant by DNA amplification and how is it achieved?
(ii) Write down the basic steps involved in this process.
(iii) What values do you observe in Arun?
Answer:
(i) DNA amplification refers to the production of multiple copies of gene of interest from a single copy.
It is achieved by using PCR, i.e. Polymerase Chain Reaction.

(ii) Steps involved in PCR are

  • Denaturation of DNA strands at 95°C.
  • Annealing with primers at 45°C
  • Extension using Taq polymerase and dNTPs.

(iii) Values shown by Arun are inquisitive mind, intelligence and awareness towards scientific developments.

The post Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Microbes in Human Welfare Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 10

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 10 Microbes in Human Welfare to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 10 Important Questions, Microbes in Human Welfare Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 10 Important Questions Microbes in Human Welfare

Question 1.
What are ‘floes’, formed during secondary treatment of sewage ? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Floes are masses of bacteria held together by slime and fungal filaments to form mesh-like structures. They are used during the secondary sewage treatment in the aeration tank to increase the rate of decomposition.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 2.
Why do we add an inoculum of curd to milk for curdling it? (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Why is ‘starter’ added to set the milk into curd? Explain. (All India 2014C)
Or
Name the nutrient that gets enhanced while curdling of milk by Lactobacillus? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
When a small amount of curd as starter or inoculum is added to fresh milk, millions of Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) present in the starter grow in milk and convert it into curd. During this process, acids are produced by LAB that coagulate and partially digest the milk proteins (casein). LAB increase vitamin-B12 content along with other vitamins in the curd.

Question 3.
How is lactic acid bacteria beneficial to us other than helping in curdling the milk? (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Two benefits of LAB are given below

  • They improve the nutrient quality of curd by increasing the vitamin-B12 content.
  • LAB also check the growth of disease causing microbes in the stomach.

Question 4.
Give the scientific name of the source organisms from which the first antibiotic was produced. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The scientific name of the source organism, i.e. mould from which first antibiotic was produced is Penicillium notatum.

Question 5.
Name the gas released and the process responsible for puffing up of the bread dough when Saccharomyces cerevisiae is added to it. (All India 2013c)
Answer:
Saccharomyces cerevisiae (baker’s yeast) when added to dough causes its fermentation and releases CO2 gas which is responsible for the puffed appearance of dough.

Question 6.
Which of the following is the baker’s yeast used in fermentation ? Saccharum barberi, Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Sonalika. (All India 2012,2011,2009)
Answer:
Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the baker’s yeast used in fermentation.

Question 7.
Write the scientific name of the microbe used for fermenting malted cereals and fruit juices. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Saccharomyces cerevisiae also called brewer’s yeast, is the microbe used for fermenting malted cereals and fruit juices.

Question 8.
Mention the information that the health workers derive by measuring BOD of a water body. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Biological Oxygen Demand or BOD value indicates the quantity of organic matter present in the water. Higher the BOD of water body, more is its polluting potential and vice-versa.

Question 9.
Why is sewage water treated until the BOD is reduced? Give a reason. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
The higher the BOD of sewage water, more is its polluting potential. So, the sewage water is treated, till its BOD-is reduced which further indicates the reduction in the organic matter present in it.

Question 10.
Distinguish between the roles of flocks and anaerobic sludge digesters in sewage treatments. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
In sewage treatment, floes consume major part of the organic matter, converting it into microbial biomass and releasing lot of minerals.
It reduces the BOD of sewage, while in anaerobic sludge digesters, many anaerobic bacteria are present, which digest the organic mass. During this digestion, methane, CO2 etc. are produced.

Question 11.
List the events that reduce the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) of a primary effluent during sewage treatment. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
To reduce the BOD of primary effluent during sewage treatment, it is passed into large aeration tanks with constant mechanical agitation and air supply. This allows vigorous growth of aerobic microbes into floes which consume major part of organic matter in the effluent. Hence, BOD of effluent is reduced.

Question 12.
Explain the different steps involved during primary treatment phase of sewage. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Primary treatment of sewage involves the physical removal of large and small particles from sewage through filtration and sedimentation.
The steps involved in this process are

  • Floating debris is removed by sequential filtration by passing through wire mesh screens.
  • After this, the grit (soil and small pebbles) is removed by sedimentation in settling tanks. The sediment is called primary sludge and the supernatant forms the primary effluent.
  • The effluent is then taken for the secondary treatment.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 13.
Mention a product of human welfare obtained with the help of each one of the following microbes.
(i) LAB
(ii) Saccharomyces cerevisiae
(iii) Propionibacterium shermanii
(iv) Aspergillus niger (Delhi 2015)
Answer:

Microbe Product of human welfare
(i) LAB Curd
(ii) Saccharomyces cerevisiae Bread and cakes
(iii) Propionibacterium shermanii Swiss cheese
(iv) Aspergillus niger Citric acid

Question 14.
Bottled fruit juices are clearer as compared to those made at home. Explain. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Bottled fruit juices are clearer as compared to those made at home because, in these juices pectinase enzyme is added, which digests the pectin and other fibres present in juices.

Question 15.
Name two groups of organisms which constitute ‘floes’. Write their influence on the level of BOD during biological treatment of sewage. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The groups of organisms that constitute mesh-like structures called ‘floes’ are bacteria and fungi.
These bacterial masses associated with fungal filaments called floes, consume the major part of organic matter present in effluent, thereby reducing the BOD of the waste significantly during biological or secondary treatment of sewage.

Question 16.
Name the bacterium responsible for the large holes seen in Swiss cheese. What are these holes due to? (All India 2013)
Answer:
Swiss cheese is produced by the bacterium Propionibacterium shermanii. The large holes in Swiss cheese are due to the large amount of CO2 production.

Question 17.
Name source of streptokinase. How does this bioactive molecule function in our body? (Delhi 2012)
Or
Name the enzyme produced by Streptococcus bacterium. Explain its importance in medical sciences. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Streptokinase enzyme is produced by the bacterium Streptococcus. It is modified by genetic engineering and is used as a clot buster for removing clots from the blood vessels of patients who have suffered from myocardial infarction.

Question 18.
Mention the importance of lactic acid bacteria to humans other than setting milk into curd. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:

  • Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) are used to produce an acid called lactic acid that is an important industrial product. It is also used in beverages, meat products, confectionary, dairy products, etc.
  • It checks the disease causing microbes in the stomach.

Question 19.
Name the source of cyclosporin-A. How does this bioactive molecule function in our body? (All India 2012.)
Or
Give the scientific name of the microbes from which cyclosporin-A and statin are obtained. Write one medical use of each one of these drugs. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Cyclosporin-A is produced by the fungus Trichoderma polysporum. It is used as an immunosuppressive agent in organ-transplant patients as it suppresses the activation of T-cells in body.

Question 20.
Name the source of statin and state its action on the human body. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Statin is produced by yeast Monascus purpureus. It is used as blood cholesterol lowering agent.
It acts by competitively inhibiting the enzyme responsible for the synthesis of cholesterol.

Question 21.
Why are some molecules called bioactive molecules? Give two examples of such molecules. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Bioactive molecules are produced from microbes that are useful to other living organisms in modifying their metabolism, e.g. streptokinase, cyclosporin-A, statins, etc.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 22.
How does addition of a small amount of curd to fresh milk help formation of curd? Mention a nutritional quality that gets added to the curd. (Delhi 2010)
Or
During the production of curd, a small amount of curd is added as a starter to the fresh milk at a suitable temperature. Explain the changes the milk undergoes when it sets into curd. (Delhi 2o11c)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 2.

Question 23.
State the medicinal value and the bioactive molecules produced by Penicillium notatum, Monascus perpureus and Trichoderma polysporum. (All India 2019,2015)
Answer:

Microbe Bioactive molecule Medicinal value
Penicillium Penicillin Used as antibiotic against many fungal and bacterial diseases in humans and animals.
Monascus purpureus Statins Used as blood cholesterol lowering agent. It acts by competitively inhibiting the enzyme responsible for the synthesis of cholesterol.
Trichoderma polysporum Cyclosporin-A Used as immuno suppressive agent in organ transplant patients.

Question 24.
The three microbes are listed below. Name the product produced by each one of them and mention their use. (2018C)
(i) Aspergillus niger
(ii) Trichoderma polysporum
(iii) Monascus purpureus
Answer:
(i) Citric acid
(ii) Cyclosporin-A
(iii) Statins.

Question 25.
Secondary treatment of the sewage is also called biological treatment. Justify this statement and explain the process. (All India 2017)
Answer:
The secondary treatment of sewage is also called biological treatment because in this treatment, sewage is subjected to biodegradation. It means that it involves the participation of microorganisms. The process of secondary treatment involves following steps

  • Primary effluent is passed into large aeration tanks with constant mechanical agitation and air supply. This allows vigorous growth of useful aerobic microbes into floes (masses of bacteria and fungi filaments).
  • These microbes consume major part of organic matter in the effluent, while growing. This reduces the BOD of the effluent.
  • When BOD of sewage gets reduced, it is passed into settling tank. The bacterial floes settle in tank and the sediment is called activated sludge. A, small amount of activated sludge is pumped back into the aeration tank to serve as inoculum.
  • The remaining major part of the sludge is pumped into large tanks called anaerobic sludge digesters, where other kinds of bacteria, which grow anaerobically, digest the bacteria and the fungi in the sludge.

During this process, bacteria produce a mixture of gases, such as methane, hydrogen sulphide and the carbon dioxide, which form biogas. The effluent from secondary treatment is generally released into natural water bodies. It helps to reduce water pollution and water borne diseases.

Question 26.
Describe how do ‘floes’ and ‘activated sludge’ help in sewage treatment. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Roles of ‘floes’ and ‘activated sludge’ in sewage treatment are as follows

  • Floes These are masses of bacteria held together by slime and fungal filaments to form mesh-like structures. These are used during the secondary sewage treatment in the aeration tank to increase the rate of decomposition.
  • The microbes digest a lot of organic matter, converting it into microbial biomass and releasing a lot of minerals. As a result, BOD of the sewage reduces. As the BOD of waste is reduced to 10-15% of raw sewage, it is passed into settling tank. In these tanks, floes are allowed to undergo sedimentation.
  • Activated sludge The sediment of settling tank is called’activated sludge. A part of it is used as inoculum in aeration tanks.
  • The remaining part is passed into a large tank called anaerobic sludge digester. In these tanks, anaerobic microbes are present that digest the organic mass as well as aerobic microbes of activated sludge. The remaining sludge is used as manure or compost.

Question 27.
Make a list of three household products along with the names of the microorganisms producing them. (All India 2016)
Answer:

  • Curd : Lactobacillus
  • Bread : Saccharomyces cerevisiae
  • Swiss cheese : Propionibacterium shermanii.

Question 28.
Determination of Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) can help in suggesting the quality of a water body. Explain. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
BOD is the amount of dissolved oxygen required for the microbial breakdown of biodegradable organic matter. Aerobic organisms use a lot of oxygen and as a result, there is a sharp decline in Dissolved Oxygen (DO) in the water body. This can cause death of fishes and other aquatic species.

Determination of BOD is thus, an important parameter in determining the quality of a water body. The presence of more organic waste increases the microbial activity thus, decreasing the DO. BOD is higher in polluted water and lesser in clean water.

Question 29.
How can sewage be used to generate biogas? Explain. (Foreign 2015)
Or
Describe how biogas is obtained from the activated sludge. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 25 (iii) and (iv).

Question 30.
Identify A, B, C, D, E and F in the table given below (Foreign 2014)

Scientific name of the organism Product produced Use in human welfare
Streptococcus Streptokinase modified A
B Cyclosporin-A C
Monascus purpureus D E
Lactobacillus F Sets milk into curd

Answer:
The codes are identified as
A- Clot buster in patients who underwent myocardial infarction.
B- Trichoderma polysporum
C- Immunosuppressive agent in organ transplantation D-Statins
E – Blood cholesterol lowering agents
F – Lactic acid

Question 31.
Explain the different steps involved in sewage treatment before it can be released into natural water bodies. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Sewage treatment includes following steps
(i) Primary Treatment
Refer to Answer No. 12.

(ii) Secondary Treatment
Refer to Answer No. 25.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 32.
Identify A, B, C, D, E and F in the table given below (Delhi 2010C)

Organism Bioactive molecule Use
Monascus purpureus (yeast) A B
C D Antibiotic
E Cyclosporin-A F

Answer:
A-Statins
B-They are used as blood cholesterol lowering agents,
C-Penicillium notatum
D-Penicillin
E-Trichoderma polysporum
F-Uscd as an immunosuppressive agent in organ transplant patients.

Question 33.
Mention the product and its use, produced by each of the microbes listed below
(i) Streptococcus
(ii) Lactobacillus
(iii) Saccharomyces cerevisiae (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Streptococcus Product is streptokinase. It is used as a clot buster for removing the clots from the blood vessels of patients suffering from myocardial infarction.
(ii) Lactobacillus Product is lactic acid. It is used to convert milk into curd and improves nutrient quality of curd by enriching it with vitamin-B12
(iii) Saccharomyces cerevisiae Product is ethanol and it is used in making bread and beverages.

Question 34.
List the events that reduce the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) of a primary effluent during sewage treatment. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
For floes and activated sludge, Refer to Answer No. 26.

Question 35.
List the events that lead to biogas production from waste water whose BOD has been reduced significantly. (Delhi 2016)
Or
Explain the process of secondary treatment given to the primary effluent up to the point it shows significant change in the level of Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) in it. (All India 2015)
Or
Explain, the process of sewage water treatment before it can be discharged into natural water bodies. Why is this treatment essential? (All india 2014)
Answer:
For biogas production, Refer to Answer No. 12 and 25.
The gases from biogas are used as a source of energy because it is inflammable.

Question 36.
(i) Name the category of microbes naturally occurring in sewage and making it less polluted during the treatment.
(ii) Explain the different steps involved in the secondary treatment of sewage. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) The category of microbes naturally occurring in sewage and making it less polluted are bacteria and fungi, wherein masses of bacteria get associated with filaments of fungi to form mesh-like structure called floes.
(ii) For different steps involved in secondary or biological treatment of sewage,
Refer to Answer No. 25.

Question 37.
Write any two places yhere methanogens can be found. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:

  • Rice fields
  • Ruminants alimentary canal.

Question 38.
Name the type of association that the genus Glomus exhibits with higher plants. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The genus-Glomus exhibits symbiotic association with higher plants called mycorrhiza.

Question 39.
State one reason for adding blue-green algae to the agricultural soil. (Delhi 2014c)
Answer:
Blue-green algae are added to agricultural soil because they add organic matter to the soil and also increase its fertility.

Question 40.
What makes the Nucleopolyhedrovirus a desirable biological control agent? (All India 2013C; 2012C)
Or
What is the significance of Nucleopolyhedrovirus in pest management?
Answer:
Nucleopolyhedrovirus, a genus of baculoviruses is useful in controlling many insects and other arthropods. They are species specific narrow spectrum bioinsecticide with no side effects on plants, mammals, birds, fish and non-target insects. Therefore, they serve as an important component of integrated pest management programme in dealing with ecological sensitive areas. These properties are useful in organic farming.

Question 41.
Mention the role of cyanobacteria as biofertilisers. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Role of cyanobacteria as biofertilisers: Cyanobacteria fix atmospheric nitrogen and increase the organic matter of the soil through their photosynthetic activity.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 42.
Mention two advantages of adding blue-green algae to paddy fields. (All India 2011)
Answer:
In the paddy fields, cyanobacteria such as blue-green algae fix atmospheric nitrogen to enrich the nitrogen content of soil. Therefore, the entire need of nitrogen to rice crop can be supplied by blue-green algae, leading to increase in yield.

Question 43.
Name any one symbiont, which serves as biofertiliser. Mention it’s specific role. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Rhizobium is a symbiotic bacteria that serves as biofertiliser.
The bacteria fix the atmospheric nitrogen into organic forms, which is used by the plants as nutrients.

Question 44.
Your advice is sought to improve the nitrogen content of the soil to be used for cultivation of a non-leguminous terrestrial crop.
(i) Recommend two microbes that can enrich the soil with nitrogen.
(ii) Why do leguminous crops require such enrichment of the soil ? (2018)
Answer:
(i) Azospirillum
Azotobacter

(ii) The leguminous plants have nodules in their roots. These root nodules are formed by the symbiotic association of Rhizobium.

These bacteria fix atmospheric nitrogen and convert it into organic form. This organic form of nitrogen is used later on by the plants nutrient. Therefore, they do not require enrichment of the soil.

Question 45.
How does the application of the fungal genus, Glomus, to the agricultural farm increase the farm output? (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
The application of Glomus to agricultural field increases the farm output by increasing the nutrient availability to the crops. Glomus develops symbiotic association with the roots of plants, called mycorrhiza. It absorbs phosphorus from the soil and passes it to the plant it is associated with.
In return, it derives sugars from the host plant cells for its survival.
Thus, it acts as a biofertiliser. This association has other advantages also, like

  • Resistance to root borne pathogens
  • Tolerance to salinity and drought
  • Increase in plant growth and development.

Question 46.
How does the application of cyanobacteria help to improve agricultural output? (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Role of cyanobacteria in improving agricultural output Cyanobacteria are autotrophic microbes found in aquatic and terrestrial environments. Most of these fix atmospheric nitrogen, e.g. Anabaena, Nostoc, Oscillatoria, etc.
In paddy fields, cyanobacteria serve as an important biofertiliser as they enrich the nitrogen content in the soil. They also add organic matter to the soil, thus increasing the fertility. Thus, application of cyanobacteria helps in improving agricultural output.

Question 47.
Name a genus of baculovirus. Why are they considered good biocontrol agents? (All India 2016)
Answer:
A genus of baculoviruses is Nucleopolyhedrovirus.
Refer to Answer No. 4 for their role as an biocontrol agents.

Question 48.
What are methanogens? Name the animals in which methanogens occur and the role they play there. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Methanogens are the groups of anaerobic bacteria, that produce large amount of methane.
Methanogens are found in the rumen of cattle and intestine of humans.
The methanogens present in the intestine of animals and humans act on cellulosic part of food and digest them, thereby releasing methane along with CO2 and H2.

Question 49.
Draw a labelled sketch of a typical biogas plant. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Refer figure 10.1 on page no. 266.

Question 50.
Explain the significant role of the genus Nucleopolyhedrovirus in an ecological sensitive area. (All India 2014)
Answer:
For Nucleopolyhedrovirus, Refer to Answer No. 4.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 51.
How do mycorrhizae act as biofertilisers? Explain. Name a genus of fungi that forms a mycorrhizal association with plants. (Delhi 2012)
Or
How do plants benefit from having mycorrhizal symbiotic association? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Fungi form symbiotic association with plants, which is called mycorrhiza. The fungal symbiont in these associations absorbs phosphorus from soil and passes it to the plant.

It also provides resistance to root borne pathogens and increases plant growth. Thus, it acts as a biofertiliser. The fungi belonging to the genus -Glomus form mycorrhizal associations with plants.

Question 52.
How do methanogens help in producing biogas? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Methanogens grow anaerobically on cellulosi material and produce large amount of methane along with CO2 and H2. Since, biogas is a mixture of methane and CO2, methanogens help in its production.

Question 53.
Why is Rhizobium categorised as a symbiotic bacterium? How does it act as biofertilisers? (Deihi 2012)
Answer:
The nodules on the roots of leguminous plants are formed by Rhizobium bacteria for their survival. These bacteria fix atmospheric nitrogen into organic form, which is used by the plant as nutrients.

Since, Rhizobium forms symbiotic association with leguminous plants, these are considered as symbiotic bacteria.
Rhizobiiim fixes the atmospheric nitrogen into organic form, i.e. nitrates which can be utilised by the plant as nutrient. So, it is used as biofertilisers.

Question 54.
Name a free-living and a symbiotic bacterium that serves as biofertiliser. Why are they called so? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Azotobacter is a free-living bacteria serving as a biofertiliser. These bacteria absorb free-nitrogen from the soil, air and convert it into salts of -nitrogen compounds and enrich the soil nutrients.
Rhizobium is a symbiotic bacteria that lives in the root nodules of legumes and fixes atmospheric nitrogen info organic compounds and enrich the soil nutrients.

Question 55.
How does the activity of each one of the following help in organic farming? (Delhi 2019)
(i) Mycorrhiza
(ii) Cyanobacteria
(iii) Rhizobium
Answer:
Refer to text on page no. 267 and 268.

Question 56.
Name the genus to which baculoviruses belong. Describe their role in the integrated pest management programmes. (All India 2019)
Or
Baculoviruses are good example of biocontrol agents. Justify giving three reasons. (2018C)
Answer:
Refer to text on page no. 267.

Question 57.
(i) Organic farmers prefer biological control of diseases and pests to the use of chemicals for the same purpose. Justify.
(ii) Give an example of a bacterium, a fungus and an insect that are used as biocontrol agents.
Answer:
(i) Organic farmers do not use any chemical for raising crops. They simply depend on biological control methods to control insects and pests. This way they avoid deleterious effects of chemicals on food products as well as on the environment. These chemicals get accumulated in food chain and ecosystem whereas biological control methods are safe as they do not harm any form of life.

(ii) Examples of biological control agents are as follows

  • Bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis for the control of cotton bollworm.
  • Fungus Trichoderma species for controlling fungal soil borne diseases like damping off of vegetables.
  • Insects Ladybird beetle for the control of aphids.

Question 58.
What are methanogens? How do they help to generate biogas? (All India 2015)
Answer:
For methanogens and biogas, Refer to Answer No. 12 and 16.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 59.
How are baculoviruses and Bacillus thuringiensis used as biocontrol agents? Why are they preferred over readily available chemical pesticides? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Bacillus thuringiensis as Biocontrol Agent:

  • Through genetic engineering, the gene coding for the toxic protein is introduced into crop plants, which makes them resistant to insect pests.
  • When they are eaten by the larvae, the toxin becomes active in the gut of larvae and kills the larvae.
  • They are available in sachets as dried spores, which have to be mixed with water and sprayed onto vulnerable plants.

Baculoviruses uses (Nucleopolyhedrovirus) as biocontrol agents Refer to Answer No. 4.

Biological control of pests and pathogens must be preferred over conventional use of chemical pesticides because:

  • the chemicals cause pollution to soil, ground water and agricultural products.
  • the chemicals are toxic and harmful to both human beings and animals.
  • overuse of chemical fertilisers makes soil infertile.
  • chemicals kill harmful as well as useful organisms indiscriminately.

Question 60.
How is the Bt cotton plant created as a GM plant? How is it protected against bollworm infestation? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Bt cotton is created by using some strains of a bacterium known as Bacillus thuringiensis. This bacterium produces protein that kills certain insects such as Lepidopterans, Coleopterans and Dipterans. Bt gene is cloned from this bacteria and had been expressed in cotton plant to provide resistance to the insects without the need for insecticides.

It is protected against corn borer disease by encoding Cry protein with the gene cry IAb. These genes produce Bt toxins which are released in the gut of insects, who feed upon them, thus killing them and protecting the plant from the pests.

Question 61.
Microbes in Human Welfare Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 10 Img 1
The diagram above is that of a typical biogas plant. Explain the sequence of events occurring in a biogas plant.
Identify A, B and C. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The sequence of events occurring in a biogas plant are as follows:

  • The biogas plant tank is fed with a slurry of dung.
  • A floating cover is placed over the slurry, which keeps on rising as the gas is produced in the tank due to the microbial activity.
  • Methanogens like Methanobacterium grows anaerobically on cellulosic plant material in cow dung to produce large amount of methane, CO2 and H2.
  • The plant has an outlet, which is connected by a pipe to supply biogas in nearby houses.
  • The spent slurry is removed through another outlet and used as biofertilisers.
    A-Sludge tank
    B-Gas holder
    C-Dung water

Question 62.
(i) Why do farmers prefer biofertilisers to chemical fertilisers these days? Explain.
(ii) How do Anabaena and mycorrhiza act as biofertilisers? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) A farmer relies on biofertilisers then chemical fertilisers because

  • Chemical fertilisers significantly increase the soil pollution and reduce quality of soil, cause water pollution, when it drains into nearby water bodies, after rain.
  • Overuse of chemical fertiliser makes the soil unfit for raising any crop.

(ii) Anabaena fixes atmospheric nitrogen, thus enriching the nitrogen content of the soil, as well as the organic matter.

In mycorrhiza, the fungal symbiont absorbs phosphorus from the soil and passes it to the plant and provides resistance to root borne diseases. Since, they fulfil the nitrogen and phosphorus requirement, they act as biofertilisers.

Question 63.
Name the genus to which baculoviruses belong. Describe their role in the. Integrated Pest Management (IPM) programme. (Delhi 2011; Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Baculoviruses belong to the genus-Nucleopolyhedrovirus.
Their role in IPM is as follows

  • Baculoviruses are pathogens that attack insects and other arthropods.
  • The majority of baculoviruses act as biocontrol agents.
  • These viruses are excellent for species-specific, narrow spectrum insecticidal applications.
  • They do not show negative impacts on plants, mammals, bird, fish or even non-target insects. Therefore, they play an important role as biocontrol agent.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 64.
An organic farmer relies on natural predation for controlling pests and diseases. Justify by giving reasons, why this is considered to be a holistic approach? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Organic farming is a holistic approach that seeks to develop an understanding of the webs of interaction among the myriads of organisms that form the flora and fauna of the field.

  • An organic farmer works to create a system, where the insects are not eradicated, but kept at manageable level by a complex system of checks and balance within a living and vibrant ecosystem.
  • Organic farming states that the eradication of pests is not only possible, but also undesirable, because many beneficial predatory and parasitic insects cannot survive without them.
  • This use of biocontrol methods reduces the use of chemical pesticides and thereby pollution.

Question 65.
What are biofertilisers? Describe their role in agriculture. Why are they preferred to chemical fertilisers? (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Biofertilisers are the living organisms that promote the growth of plants by replenishing the nutrients in the soil. These include bacteria, fungi and cyanobacteria.

Role of Biofertlisers in Agriculture Some biofertilisers such as Rhizobium bacteria live in symbiotic association with plants. They live within the root nodules of leguminous plants. These bacteria fix atmospheric nitrogen and enrich the nitrogen content of soil.

Fungi such as Glomus forms symbiotic association with plants (mycorrhiza) by absorbing phosphorus and passing it to plants. Cyanobacteria such as Nostoc and Anabaena fix atmospheric nitrogen and act as biofertilisers especially in paddy fields.

Biofertilisers are preferred over chemical fertilisers. Refer to Answer No. 26 (i).

Question 66.
Name the microbes that help in the production of the following products commercially.
(i) Statin
(ii) Citric acid
(iii) Penicillin
(iv) Butyric acid
Answer:
(i) Statin – Monascus purpureus
(ii) Citric acid – Aspergillus niger
(iii) Penicillin – Penicillium notatum
(iv) Butyric acid – Clostridium butylicum

Question 67.
Choose any four microbes, from the following which are suited for organic farming which is in great demand these days for various reasons. Mention one application of each one chosen.
Mycorrhiza, Monascus, Anabaena, Rhizobium, Methanobacterium, Trichoderma.
Answer:
The four microbes that can be chosen for organic farming are

  • Rhizobium The nodules on the roots of leguminous plants are formed by the symbiotic association of Rhizobium bacteria.
    These bacteria fix atmospheric nitrogen into its organic form, which is used by the plants as nutrient.
  • Mycorrhiza (Glomus) Many members of genus-Glomus form symbiotic association with plants called mycorrhiza. The fungal symbiont absorbs phosphorus from soil and passes it to the plant. Mycorrhiza shows resistance to root-borne pathogens, tolerance to salinity and drought and helps in overall increase in plant growth and development.
  • Anabaena It is a cyanobacteria that is used as a biofertiliser. It fixes atmospheric nitrogen.
  • Trichoderma It is a free-living fungi that is very common in the root ecosystems. It is a very effective biocontrol agent of several plant pathogens.

Biotechnology: Principles and Processes Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 11

Question 68.
(i) How do organic farmers control pests? Give two examples.
(ii) State the difference in their approach from that of conventional pest control methods.
Answer:
(i) The organic farmers control pests by the use of insect pests resistant varieties. The two examples are

  • The Pusa Gaurav variety of Brassica is resistant to aphids.
  • Pusa Sawani variety of okra is resistant to shoot and fruit borer.

(ii) The use of resistant variety is safer to control the pests as it does not involve chemical pesticides which are used in conventional method of controlling pests. Thus, it is environmental friendly method and reduces soil pollution.

The post Microbes in Human Welfare Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 10 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 9 Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 9 Important Questions, Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 10 Important Questions Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production

Question 1.
A herd of cattle is showing reduced fertility and productivity. Provide one reason and one suggestion to overcome this problem. (All India 2017)
Answer:
The reduced fertility and productivity in a herd of cattle is may be due to inbreeding depression.
To overcome this problem, selected animals of the breeding population should be mated with unrelated superior animals of the same breed. This helps to restore the yield and fertility of cattle.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 2.
Mention the role of ‘genetic mother’ in MOET. (All India 2016)
Answer:
The genetic mother (cow) in MOET undergoes superovulation, i.e. production of 6-8 eggs per cycle instead of a single egg.

Question 3.
Suggest the breeding method most suitable for animals that are below average in milk productivity. All India 2016
Or
Write a professional approach at genetic level that can help the farmer to improve the milk yield of low milk producing cows in his farm. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Outcrossing breeding is the most suitable method for the animals that are below average in milk productivity.

Question 4.
Mention the economic value of Apis indica. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Apis indica is a common source of honey and wax 10. in apicultural practices, which are used in cosmetics, medicines, polishes, etc.

Question 5.
Write the name of the following
(i) The most common species of bees suitable for apiculture.
(ii) An improved breed of chicken. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) Apis indica is the most common species of bees for apiculture.
(ii) Leghorn is an improved chicken breed.

Question 6.
‘Artificial insemination helps overcome several problems of normal mating in the cattles’. Do you agree? Support your answer with any three reasons. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Yes , I do agree. Artificial insemination helps overcome several problems of normal mating in the cattle. The reasons to support the statement are as follows

  • Artificial insemination helps to overcome problems related to normal mating.
  • Semen can be transported very easily in frozen f j, form from one place to where female is housed and thus desirable matings are carried out.
  • Semen can be stored and frozen for the later use.

Question 7.
Why is cross-breeding in animals practiced? How is a breed Hisardale developed? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Cross-breeding helps to accumulate desirable qualities of two breeds into progeny or hybrid which is usually better than both the parents. Progeny may be used for commercial production.

A new sheep breed, Hisardale was developed in Punjab by crossing Bikaneri ewes and Marino Rams.

Question 8.
Write the steps in sequence as carried in multiple ovulation embryo transfer technology. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
The steps involved in MOET are as follows

  • A cow is administrated with FSH-like hormones to induce follicular maturation and superovulation.
  • The cow produces 6-8 eggs instead of one egg, which they normally release per cycle. So, it is known as multiple ovulation.
  • A cow is then mated with an elite bull or artificially inseminated.
  • The fertilised eggs at 8-32 celled stages are recovered non-surgically and transferred to surrogate mother in which further development would take place.
  • The genetic mother can again be used for superovulation.

Question 9.
Give two reasons for keeping beehives in crop fields during flowering period. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
Why are beehives kept in a crop field during flowering period? Name any two crop fields where this is practised. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
During flowering period, beehives are kept in a crop field, so as to increase the efficiency of pollination since bees act as major pollinators for many crops. It improves the yield and quality of honey as well as crops, as honeybees visit and collect nectar from a large number and variety of flowers.

The two crop-fields, where beekeeping is practised are those of Brassica and apple.

Question 10.
Differentiate between outbreeding and outcrossing. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
The difference between outbreeding and outcrossing is
Outbreeding:
It is the breeding of unrelated animals, either of same breed or of different breed or even different species.

Outcrossing:
It refers to mating of animals within the same breed, but having no common ancestors on either sides of their pedigree upto 4-6 generations.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 11.
State the disadvantage of inbreeding among cattle. How it can be overcome? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Continued inbreeding among cattles reduces their fertility as well as productivity, resulting in inbreeding depression.

It can be overcome by a single outcross done by mating of cattle within the same breed, having no common ancestors of their pedigree upto 4-6 generations.

Question 12.
Explain the importance of inbreeding in cattle. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The importance of inbreeding in cattle are

  • It increases homozygosity and evolves a pureline.
  • Accumulation of superior genes and elimination of less desirable genes by selection.

Question 13.
Differentiate between outcrossing and cross-breeding. Delhi 2018C. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Differences between outcrossing and cross-breeding are

Outcrossing Cross-breeding
It refers to the mating of animals within the same breed, but having no common ancestors on either sides of their pedigree upto 4-6 generations. In this method, superior males of one breed are mated with superior females of another breed.
It helps to overcome inbreeding depression. It develops new, stable and superior breeds.

Question 14.
Study the flow chart given below
Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9 Img 1
(i) Identify the events that take place at stages ‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively.
(ii) State the importance of the technology explained above. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) A-The hormone induces follicular maturation and superovulation, i.e. production of 6-8 eggs per cycle.
B-Fertilised eggs are recovered and transferred to surrogate mother.

(ii) The technology is called MOET that is used to increase the herd size by mating high milk yielding breed of females with high quality meat yielding bulls.

Question 15.
How is a pureline in an animal raised? Explain. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Pureline in an animal is raised by inbreeding as it increases homozygosity.

  • Mating of more closely related individuals within same breed for 4-6 generations is called inbreeding.
  • In this process, superior males and superior females of same breed are identified and mated in pairs.
  • The progenies obtained from such matings are evaluated and superior males and females among them are identified for further matings.

Question 16.
How does inbreeding depression set in? Mention the procedure you would suggest to reverse this. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
Inbreeding depression sets in when there is continued and close inbreeding. It reduces fertility and productivity of animals due to accumulation of recessive traits in successive generation. Whenever, this becomes a problem, selected animals of breeding population should be mated with unrelated superior animals of the same breed. This outcross helps in restoring fertility and yield and overcomes inbreeding depression.

Question 17.
Honey collection improves when beehives are kept in crop-fields during flowering season. Explain. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
During flowering season, the honeybees visit a number of flowers in search of edible pollen and nectar. Since, they collect nectar from a large variety of flowers in a large amount, the honey collection improves both in quality and quantity.

Question 18.
Bee-keeping practice is a good income generating industry. Write the different points to be kept in mind for successful bee-keeping. Write the scientific name of the most common Indian species used for the purpose. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
The important point that should be kept in mind for successful bee-keeping are

  • Knowledge of the nature and habits of bees.
  • Selection of suitable location for keeping the beehives.
  • Catching and hivingjaf swarms (group of bees).
  • Management of beehives during different seasons.
  • Handling and collection of honey and beeswax.

The most common species honeybee reared by bee-keepers in India is Apis indica (Indian bee).

Question 19.
Explain outbreeding, outcrossing and cross-breeding practices in animal husbandry. (2018)
Answer:
Outbreeding Breeding of unrelated animals via outcrossing or crossbreeding or interspecific hybridisation is called outbreeding. Thus, outbreeding in itself involves any of the three processes.
(i) Outcrossing The practice of mating of animals, within the same breed, but having no common ancestor on either sides of their pedigree upto 4-6 generations is called outcrossing. The offspring (result of mating) is known as outcross. It is known to be the best breeding method for animals that are below average in the production of milk and growth rate of beef (in cattle), etc. A single outcross may help to overcome inbreeding depression.

(ii) Cross-breeding The mating of superior males of one breed with the superior female of another breed is called cross-breeding. This is done to combine the desirable qualities of two breeds into a single individual. The hybrid progeny may be used for commercial production or they may be subjected to some form of inbreeding and selection.

This is to develop new stable forms that may be superior to the existing breeds, e.g. a new sheep breed, Hisardale was developed in Punjab by crossing two breeds, Bikaneri ewes and Marino Rams.

(iii) In interspecific hybridisation individuals of different species are crossed. Progeny may be of considerable economic value. However, such hybrids are usually sterile.
Example of interspecific hybridisation is a mule obtained by crossing of a male donkey with a female horse.

Question 20.
(i) What is inbreeding depression?
(ii) Explain the importance of ‘selection’ during inbreeding in cattle. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) Inbreeding is the crossing of closely related animals within the same breed for 4-6 generations. The continued inbreeding however reduces fertility and even the productivity, this is called inbreeding depression. Inbreeding is performed for developing a pureline and to express desirable superior genes.

(ii) Importance of ‘selection’ during inbreeding of cattle are as follows

  • By selection at every step, productivity of inbreed population is increased.
  • It helps in the accumulation of desired superior genes, so as to obtain more milk per lactation.
  • It helps in eliminating the less desirable genes from cattle population.
  • It helps to eliminate the harmful recessive genes.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 21.
(i) Name any two fowls other than chicken reared in a poultry farm,
(ii) Enlist four important components of poultry farm management. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) Geese and Turkeys are reared in a poultry farm.
(ii) The four important components of poultry farm management are

  • Selection of disease-free and suitable breeds.
  • Proper and safe conditions of farm.
  • Proper food (feed) and water should be provided.
  • Hygiene and healthcare of birds are mandatory.

Question 22.
Explain how and why controlled breeding experiment is carried out in cattle. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Controlled breeding experiments are carried out in cattle using artificial insemination. In this procedure, the semen is collected from the desired male and is injected into the reproductive tract of the selected female by the breeder. The semen can be used immediately or can be frozen and used at a later date.

Controlled breeding experiments are carried out in cattle for the following reasons
(i) To increase milk production by cattle.
(ii) To increase growth rate in beef cattle.

Question 23.
What is inbreeding depression and how is it caused in organisms? Write any two advantages of inbreeding. (Delhi 2011)
Or
(i) Why is inbreeding necessary? Give two reasons.
(ii) What does continued inbreeding lead to? Outside (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) Inbreeding refers to mating between closely related individuals within the same breed for 4-6 generations.
Advantages of inbreeding are

  • It increases homozygosity and evolves a pureline.
  • Recessive genes are exposed by inbreeding, which can then be eliminated by selection.
  • It helps in accumulation of superior genes.

(ii) Inbreeding results in reduction of fertility and productivity, when continued for longer time. This is called inbreeding depression.

Question 24.
High yielding cattle is a good solution for food enhancement. How does the MOET technology help to increase the herd size? (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Or
(i) What is the programme called, that is involved in improving success rate of production of desired hybrid and herd size of cattle?
(ii) Explain the method used for carrying this programme for cows. (All India 2012)
Or
Describe the technology that has successfully increased the herd size of cattle in a short time to meet the increasing demands of growing human population. (All India 2011)
Answer:
MOET is Multiple Ovulation and Embryo Transfer.
Steps involved in MOET programme are

  • A cow is administrated with hormones having FSH-like activity to induce follicular maturation and superovulation.
  • The cow produces 6-8 eggs instead of one egg produced normally. This is known as multiple ovulation.
  • Mating is done either with an elite bull or artificial insemination is carried out.
  • When the fertilised eggs attain 8-32 celled stage, they are non-surgically removed and transferred to a surrogate mother. This is known as embryo transfer.
  • The genetic mother can be again superovulated.

Question 25.
Enlist the steps involved in inbreeding of cattle. Suggest two disadvantages of this practice. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Inbreeding refers to the mating between closely related individuals within the same breed for 4-6 generations.
The steps involved in inbreeding are as follows

  • Identifying superior males and superior females of the same breed.
  • Mating of the selected parents.
  • Evaluation of progeny obtained from the above mating to identify superior males and females among them. A superior female in case of cattle, is the cow or buffalo that produces more milk per lactation. A superior male is bull, which gives rise to superior progeny as compared to other males.

Two disadvantages of this practice are

  • Continued inbreeding reduces fertility and even productivity (inbreeding depression).
  • It leads to genetically similar individuals with little variations.

Question 26.
Enumerate any six essentials of good, effective dairy farm management practices. (All India 2015)
Or
Explain the efforts, which must be put in, to improve health, hygiene and milk yield of cattle in dairy farm. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Six essentials of good effective dairy farm management practices are

  • Selection of good breeds with high yield and resistance to the diseases.
  • Cattle should be housed-well, should have sufficient water and should be kept in disease-free conditions.
  • Cattle should be fed in scientific manner, with good quality and quantity of fodder.
  • Stringent cleanliness and hygiene of both the cattle and handlers is very important, while milking, storage and transport of milk.
  • Regular inspection and keeping proper records of all the activities of dairy farm is mandatory.
  • Regular visits of a veterinary doctor is necessary.

Question 27.
(i) Explain how to overcome inbreeding depression in cattle.
(ii) List three advantages of inbreeding in cattle.
(iii) Name an improved breed of cattle. (Delhi 2013)
Or
Mention and describe any three methods to overcome inbreeding depression in animal husbandry. (Delhi 2012c)
Answer:
(i) Inbreeding depression can be overcome by performing outcrossing, cross-breeding and interspecific hybridisation. For futher details,
Refer to Answer No. 19.
(ii) For advantages of inbreeding, Refer to Answer No. 23.
(iii) Hisardale

Question 28.
(i) Write the scientific name of most common species of honeybee reared,
(ii) Mention the kind of areas that are suitable for beekeeping practices.
(iii) Mention any two uses of bees wax. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
(i) Apis indica.
(ii) Beekeeping can be practiced in any area, where there are sufficient bee pastures of some wild shrubs, fruit, orchards and cultivated crops.
(iii) Beeswax is used in the preparation of cosmetics and polishes of various kinds.

Question 29.
What is “blue revolution’? Name two freshwater and two marine edible fishes. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
‘Blue revolution’ is the movement launched to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Freshwater fishes are Rohu and Catla.
Marine water fishes are Hilsa and Sardines.

Question 30.
List any three outbreeding practices carried out to breed domestic animals. Explain the importance of each one listed. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
Outbreeding refers to the crosses between different breeds.
Three major outbreeding practices carried out to breed domestic animals. Refer to Answer No. 19.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 31.
Differentiate between inbreeding and outbreeding in cattle. State one advantage and one disadvantage for each one of them. (Delhi 2013)
Or
(i) Inbreeding is advantageous as well as disadvantageous. Explain.
(ii) Differentiate between inbreeding and outbreeding. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Advantages of inbreeding are

  • It increases homozygosity to evolve a pureline.
  • Recessive genes are exposed by inbreeding, which are then eliminated by selection.
  • Superior genes can be accumulated by inbreeding and thereby eliminating undesirable genes.
  • By selection at every step, productivity of inbreed population is increased.

Disadvantage of inbreeding is that close inbreeding leads to the reduction of fertility and productivity. This is due to inbreeding depression.
Advantage of outbreeding It reduces the effect of inbreeding depression.
Disadvantage of outbreeding It leads to elimination of recessive characters, whereas desired combinations of characters may appear in low frequency.

(ii) Difference between inbreeding and outbreeding is
Inbreeding:
It refers to the mating of closely related individuals within the same breed for 4-6 generations.

Outbreeding:
It refers to breeding of unrelated animals either of the same breed with no common ancestor or between different breeds or different species.

Question 32.
(i) State the objective of animal breeding.
(ii) List the importance and limitations of inbreeding. How can the limitations be overcome?
(iii) Give an example of a new breed each of cattle and poultry. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) The main objective of animal breeding is to increase the yield of animals and improve the desirable and superior qualities in both the animals and their products.
(ii) Importance of Inbreeding Refer to Answer No. 12.
Limitations of Inbreeding The continued inbreeding in animals for subsequent generations reduces their fertility and productivity, resulting in condition called inbreeding depression. The inbreeding depression can be overcome by a single outcross, i.e. mating between animals of same breed having no common ancestors upto 4-6 generations.
(iii) An example of new breed of cattle is Hisardale and that of poultry is New Hampshire.

Question 33.
State the economic value of Saccharum officinarum in comparison to S. barberi. (All India 2015C)
Answer:

  • Saccharum barberi is grown in North India. It has poor sugar content and yield.
  • Saccharum officinarum grows in South India. It has thicker stems, more sugar content and yield. Thus, it is economically very valuable.

Question 34.
Write an alternate source of protein for animal and human nutrition. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Single cell protein, e.g. Spirulina derived from microbes acts as one of the alternate sources of protein for animal and human nutrition.

Question 35.
Identify the two correct statements from the following.
(i) Apiculture means apical meristem culture.
(ii) Spinach is iron enriched.
(iii) Green revolution has resulted in improved pulse yields.
(iv) Aphids cannot infest rapeseed mustard. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The two correct statements identified are
(ii) Spinach is iron enriched.
(iv) Aphids cannot infest rapeseed mustard.

Question 36.
Name any two diseases the ‘Himgiri’ variety of wheat is resistant to. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Stripe rust and leaf rust are the two diseases to which ‘Himgiri’ variety of wheat is resistant.

Question 37.
Name the following
(i) The semi-dwarf variety of wheat, which is high-yielding and disease resistant.
(ii) Any one interspecific hybrid mammal. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Sonalika and Kalyan Sona are the semi-dwarf varieties of wheat that are high-yielding and disease resistant.
(ii) Mule is an interspecific hybrid sterile mammal.

Question 38.
Write the names of the semi-dwarf and high-yielding rice varieties developed in India after 1966. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Jaya and Ratna are two semi-dwarf and high-yielding rice varieties developed in India after 1966.

Question 39.
Why is the South Indian sugarcane preferred by agriculturists? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
The South Indian sugarcane has thick stems with high yield and sugar content that is why it is preferred by agriculturists.

Question 40.
State the importance of biofortification. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Biofortification improves the nutritional quality of food materials by breeding crops with higher vitamin, mineral or protein content. It is the most practical means to improve public health.

Question 41.
Explain the relevance of ‘totipotency’ and ‘somaelones’ in raising healthy banana plants from virus infected banana plants. (Delhi 2019)
Or
How is it possible to recover healthy banana plants from a diseased but desirable quality of banana plant? Explain? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
The capacity to generate a whole plant from any cell/explant is called totipotency. By application of these methods, it is possible to achieve propagation of a large number of plants in very short duration. This method of producing thousands of plants through tissue culture is called micropropagation. Each of these plants will be genetically identical to the original plant from which they were grown also called somaclones.

Meristem (axillary and apical) remains free from pathogens due to the absence of vascular supply. Thus, meristematic tissues are used in recovering healthy plants from diseased plants. Many important food plants like banana, etc., have been produced on a commercial scale using this method.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 42.
You have obtained a high yielding variety of tomato. Name and explain the procedure that ensures retention of the desired characteristics repeatedly in large populations of future generations of the tomato crop. (2018)
Answer:
The procedure that ensures retention of the desired characteristics repeatedly in large populations of future generations of the tomato crop is micropropagation.

Healthy explants are taken from the tomato plants and grown in sterile conditions in special nutrient medium. The tomato plants produced from tissue culture are genetically identical to the original plant from which they are grown, so they are called somaclones. Also, through micropropagation more number of tomato can be produced in a short time.

Question 43.
Why are microbes like Spirulina being produced on a commercial scale? Mention its two advantage. (2018C)
Or
‘Large scale cultivation of Spirulina is highly advantageous for human population.’ Explain by giving two reasons. (All India 2016)
Or
How does culturing of Spirulina solve the food problems of the growing population? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Large scale cultivation of Spirulina is highly advantageous as it can solve the food problems of growing human population because

  • Spirulina is a very fast, easily growing alga that can produce huge quantity of protein even in a small area of land.
  • These microbes grow on materials like waste water from potato processing plants, straw, molasses, animal manure and sewage. Utilisation of these may reduce environmental pollution.

Question 44.
In an agricultural field, there is a prevalence of the following organisms and crop diseases which are affecting the crop yield badly
(i) White rust
(ii) Leaf and stripe rust
(iii) Black rot
(iv) Jassids
Recommend the varieties of crops the farmer should grow to get rid of the existing problems and thus improve the crop yield. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Normal varieties of crops are prone to infection by various pathogens which lead to poor growth of crops. To get rid of existing problems, the farmers should grow improved hybrid varieties as these are mostly resistant to most pathogens and give higher yield.

Crop disease Hybrid variety
(i) White rust Pusa Swarnim
(ii) Leaf and stripe rust Himgiri
(iii) Black rot Pusa Shubhra
(iv) Jassids Pusa Sem 3

Question 45.
By taking two examples explain how has biofortification helped in improving food quality. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Biofortification refers to methods of breeding crops with higher levels of vitamins, minerals and healthier fats to improve public health. Till now, many crops have been developed by this method in order to improve food quality. Some examples of crop varieties with improved nutrient contents are

  • Maize hybrids with increased amount of amino adds, lysine and tryptophan.
  • Atlas 66 is a wheat variety having a high protein content which has been used as donor for improving cultivated wheat.

Question 46.
Suggest four important steps to produce a disease resistant plant through conventional plant breeding technology. (All India 2016)
Answer:
The four important steps to produce a disease resistant plant through conventional plant breedhig technology are as follows

  • Selection and screening of germplasm for disease resistance.
  • Hybridisation of selected plants.
  • Selection and evaluation of hybrids.
  • Testing and release of new varieties into the market.

Question 47.
Identify A, B, C and D in the given table. (All India 2016)

Crop Variety Resistance to disease
A Himgiri Leaf mst
Cauliflower Pusa Shubhra B
Brassica Pusa Swarnim C
Cowpea D Bacterial blight

Answer:
A – Wheat
B – Black rot
C – White rust
D – Pusa Komal

Question 48.
Name any two common Indian millet crops. State one characteristic of millets that has been improved as a result of hybrid breeding, so as to produce high yielding millet crops. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Two common Indian millet crops are maize and jowar. Hybrid breeding has resulted in the production of high yielding millet varieties that are resistant to water stress.

Question 49.
Enumerate four objectives for improving the nutritional quality of different crops for the health benefits of the human population by the process of biofortification. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Four objectives for improving the nutritional quality of different crops for the health benefits of the human population by the process of biofortification are as follows

  • Improving protein content and quality.
  • Improving oil content and quality.
  • Improving vitamin content.
  • Improving micronutrients and mineral content.

Question 50.
How has mutation breeding helped in improving the production of mung bean crop? (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Mutation breeding is a phenomenon by which genetic variation is achieved through changes in base sequences within the genes. This creates new characters or traits that are absent in parental generatiojLJt is the process of breeding by artificially inducing mutations using chemicals or radiations.

In mung bean, resistance to yellow mosaic virus and powdery mildew was introduced by this method.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 51.
(i) Why are the plants raised through micropropagation termed as somaelones?
(ii) Mention two advantages of this technique. (All India 2015)
Answer:
(i) The method of producing thousands of plants through tissue culture is called micropropagation. The plants produced through micropropagation are genetically identical to the original plant from which they are grown, so they are called as somaclones.

(ii) Advantages of micropropagation These are as follows

  • More number of plants can be produced in a short time.
  • Disease-free plants can be developed from diseased plants.
  • Seedless plants can be multiplied.

Question 52.
How can healthy potato plants be obtained from a desired potato variety which is virus infected? Explain. (Delhi 2014)
Or
A potato plant is infected with a virus. Name and explain a method to obtain virus-free potato plants from it. (2014C)
Answer:
The healthy potato plants can be obtained through meristem culture of virus infected plants. Meristematic tissues are free from virus and other infections. So, they are used as explants and cultured under in vitro conditions to produce new healthy plants, by micropropagation or tissue culture.

Question 53.
List two steps that are essential for carrying out artificial hybridisation in crop plants and why? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The two steps that are essential for carrying out artificial hybridisation in crop plants are given below

  • Emasculation It is the removal of anthers or stamens from bisexual flowers, in developing stage only.
  • Bagging The emasculated bisexual and unisexual flowers are covered with bag, i.e. butter paper, so as to prevent entry of any kind of unwanted pollens.

These steps are mandatory to prevent both self-pollination as well as unwanted cross-pollination.

Question 54.
How are biofortified maize and wheat considered nutritionally improved? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Biofortified maize variety has twice the amount of amino acids, lysine and tryptophan, as compared to normal varieties, while biofortified wheat variety is very rich in protein content.

Question 55.
Explain the advantage of cross-breeding of two species of sugarcane in India. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Sugarcane grown in North India, i.e. Sacchamm barberi had poor sugar content and low yield, while the sugarcane grown in South India, i.e. Saccharum officinarum had thicker stems and higher content of sugar, but it could not be grown in North Indian climatic conditions.

The hybrid produced by cross-breeding of these two species have the following desirable traits

  • High-yield
  • Thick stems
  • High sugar content
  • Ability to grow in North Indian sugarcane fields.

Question 56.
Explain ‘mutation breeding’ as a method of developing disease resistant crop plants. Give an example of a pulse crop where this technique has helped. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Mutation breeding involves inducing mutations artificially by using chemicals or radiations (e.g. gamma radiation).
It is carried out in the following steps

  • Inducing mutations in plants by various means.
  • Screening the plant for resistance.
  • Selecting the desirable plant for multiplication or for breeding.

In mung bean, resistance to yellow mosaic virus and powdery mildew were introduced by mutations.

Question 57.
Name the technique and the property of plant cells that can to grow somaclones of certain desired variety of apple. Explain how somaclones of apple can be obtained in the lab, so as to get the desired variety on a large scale. (All India 2019)
Or
How are somaclones cultured from explants in in vitro conditions? Why are somaclones so called? (All India 2019)
Answer:
Micropropagation is the technique of tissue culture that can help to grow somaclones. Somaclones cultured from explants are grown in following steps

  • The explant is grown in a petridish/test tube under sterile conditions in a special nutrient medium.
  • The medium must contain carbon source like sugpr, inorganic salts, vitamins, minerals, amino acids, growth regulators like auxins and cytokinins.
  • The-medium should be replaced regularly to restore nutrients in it.

Since, all plants produced by tissue culture are genetically identical to the original plant from which they are cultured, they are called as somaclones. Three food plants produced by micropropagation are tomato, banana, apple, etc.

Question 58.
(i) Write the desirable characters a farmer looks for in his sugarcane crop.
(ii) How did plant breeding techniques help North Indian farmers to develop cane with desired characters? (All India 2017)
Or
Plant breeding technique has helped sugar industry in North India. Explain how? (All India 2016)
Or
Name the prominent South Indian and North Indian species of sugarcane used for cross breeding. List the desired qualities of the hybrid that can be obtained from this cross. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
(i) The desirable characters a farmer looks for in his sugarcane crop are

  • High sugar content
  • High yield
  • Thick stems
  • Ability to grow all over India
  • Disease resistance

(ii) For breeding technique, Refer to Answer No. 23.

Question 59.
Differentiate between somaclones and somatic hybrids. Give one example of each. (All India 2016)
Answer:
The plants, which are genetically similar to the parent plant are called somaclones, e.g. banana, sugarcane, etc. The process of fusion of protoplast of somatic cells obtained from different varieties or species of a plant on a suitable nutrient medium in vitro to develop a hybrid, is known as somatic hybridisation.

The hybrids so produced are called somatic hybrids, e.g. Pomato is a somatic hybrid produced by the fusion of tomato and potato protoplasts.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 60.
(i) Write the two limitations of traditional breeding technique that led to promotion of micropropagation.
(ii) Mention two advantages of micropropagation.
(iii) Give two examples where it is commercially adopted. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Limitations of traditional breeding technique These are as follows

  • The traditional breeding for developing disease resistant varieties is limited by the presence of small number of disease resistance genes in pre-existing varieties.
  • It is a time taking process to develop a disease resistant variety via traditional breeding. It may take several years to develop a new improved variety.

(ii) Advantages of micropropagation These are as follows

  • Micropropagation allows to produce large number of plants in short duration of time.
  • Each of the plant produced has the same genetic make up.

(iii) This technique is commerically adopted to produce banana and apple.

Question 61.
What is biofortification? Write its importance. Mention the contribution of Indian Agricultural Research Institute towards it with the help of two examples. (2018C, Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) Biofortification is the process of developing crops with higher content of protein, minerals, oils, carbohydrates, etc.
(ii) Importance of Biofortification: It provides the crops with higher levels of vitamins, minerals, proteins and healthier fats.
It helps in the improvement of public health.
(iii) LARI contributed towards biofortification by developing several vegetable crops rich in vitamins and minerals.
Two examples of such crops are

  •  Vitamin-A enriched carrots and spinach.
  • Protein enriched beans.

Question 62.
Suggest and describe a technique through which a virus-free healthy plant can be obtained from a diseased sugarcane plant. (Delhi 2015C, All India 2014 C)
Or
Scientists have succeeded in recovering healthy sugarcane plants from a diseased one.
(i) Name the part of the plant used as explant by scientists.
(ii) Describe the procedure the scientists followed to recover the healthy parts.
(iii) Name the technology used for crop improvement. All Indig 2011
Answer:
The virus-free healthy sugarcane plant can be obtained through meristem culture of diseased plant; as meristematic tissues are free from viruses. They can be used as explants for micropropagation.

Steps in Meristem Culture

  • The shoot tip explants are grown in nutrient medium in either a test tube or a petridish, under aseptic/sterile in vitro conditions.
  • The nutrient medium should have carbon source, inorganic salts, vitamins, amino acids and growth regulators like auxin and cytokinin’in proper defined ratio.
  • The plantlets, thus obtained are later shifted to nurseries, under observation and finally to fields.

Question 63.
(i) Name the tropical sugarcane variety grown in South India. How has it helped in improving the sugarcane quality grown in North India?
(ii) Identify A, B and C in the following table. (Delhi 2014)

Crop Variety Insect Pests
Brassica Pusa Gaurav A
Flat bean Pusa Sem 2, Pusa Sem 3 B
C Pusa Sawani, Pusa A-4 Shoot and fruit borer

Answer:
(i) For sugarcane variety, Refer to Answer No. 23.

(ii) A- Aphids
B – Jassids, aphids and fruit borer
C – Okra

Question 64.
(i) Name the Indian scientist, whose efforts brought ‘Green Revolution in India’.
(ii) Mention the steps that are essentially carried out in developing a new genetic variety of crop under plant breeding programme. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
(i) Dr. MS Swaminathan brought ‘Green Revolution’ in India.
(ii) The steps in developing a new genetic variety of crops are

  • Collection of genetic variability or germplasm.
  • Evaluation and selection of parents.
  • Cross hybridisation among the selected . parents.
  • Selection and testing of superior recombinant or hybrids.
  • Testing, release and commercialisation of new cultivars.

Question 65.
How can crop varieties be made disease resistant to overcome food crisis in India?
Name one disease resistant variety in India of
(i) Wheat to.leaf and stripe rust.
(ii) Brassica to white rust. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
To overcome food crisis due to crop failure or disease, crop varieties that are disease resistant developed using following two techniques
(i) By conventional breeding techniques It includes

  • Screening the germplasm for the source of resistance.
  • Hybridisation of selected individuals.
  • Selection of hybrids.
  • Evaluation of hybrids.
  • Testing and release of the variety.

(ii) By mutation breeding It involves inducing mutations artificially and then using the plants that have the desirable character as a source of disease-resistance in breeding.

  • Himgiri wheat is resistant to leaf and stripe rust.
  • Pusa Swarnim (Karan Rai) is resistant to white rust.

Question 66.
Mention the property of plant cells that has helped them to grow into a new plant in in vitro conditions. Explain the advantages of micropropagation. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Plant cell has a property called ‘totipotency’ by which each plant cell or an explant can grow into a new plant under in vitro conditions.

Advantages of micropropagation These are as follows

  • Thousands of plants can be grown in a short period.
  • By culturing the meristems of virus infected plants, virus-free healthy plants can be raised.
  • Plants are genetically identical, so certain desirable characters can be continued through generations.
  • Hybrids can be produced by somatic hybridisation.

Question 67.
IAKI has released several varieties of crop plants that are biofortified. List three examples of such crops and their biofortifications. Foreign 2011
Answer:
Biofortified crops released by IARI are

  • Vitamin-A enriched carrots and spinach.
  • Iron and calcium enriched spinach.
  • Protein enriched beans.
  • Vitamin-C enriched bitter gourd and mustard.

Question 68.
(i) Mention the property that enables the explants to regenerate into a new plant.
(ii) A banana herb is virus-infected. Describe the method that will help in obtaining healthy banana plants from this diseased plant. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) Properties of explant, Refer to Answer No. 34.
(ii) Obtaining virus disease for plants. Refer to Answer No. 9.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 69.
With advancements in genetics, molecular biology and tissue culture, new’ traits have been incorporated into crop plants. Explain the main steps in breeding a new genetic variety of a crop. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The major steps in breeding a new genetic variety of a crop, Refer to Answer No. 32 (ii) and for detailed text, refer to page no. 246.

Question 70.
(i) Name the technology that has helped scientists to propagate on a large scale the desired crops in a short duration. List the steps carried out to propagate the crops by the said technique.
(ii) How are somatic hybrids obtained? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Tissue culture is the technique that has helped scientists to propagate plants with desirable traits on a large scale, in short duration.
Since, large number of plants are propagated through this culture, it is also referred to as micropropagation. The steps involved in this technique are

  • Explants are derived from any part of plant (to be propagated), i.e. tips of carrot.
  • Explants are grown in sterile conditions in special nutrient medium to regenerate complete plants.
  • Nutrient media must contain a carbon source (such as sucrose), organic salts, vitamins, amino acids and phytohormones, i.e. auxin and cytokinin.
  • Hence, propagation is achieved for a large number of plants under in vitro conditions.
  • All the plants obtained by tissue culture are called somaclones, since they are genetically identical to each other as well as to their parent plant.

(ii) Somatic hybrids are obtained by the method of somatic hybridisation. In this method, the naked protoplasts of cells of two plants are hybridised. Protoplasts are isolated by dissolving cell wall and fused to get a hybrid protoplast. The fused nucleus is called • heterokaryon that grows further to form a a new plant. The plants thus formed are called somatic hybrids.

Question 71.
(i) What is plant breeding? List the two steps the classical plant breeding involves.
(ii) How has the mutation breeding helped in improving crop varieties? Give one example where this technique has helped.
(iii) How has the breeding programme helped in improving the public nutritional health? State two examples in support of your answer. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
(i) Plant breeding involves the manipulation of plant’s genetic material,, so as to obtain a plant with desired characteristics. Classical plant breeding involves

  • crossing or hybridisations of purelines and
  • followed by artificial selection to produce plants with desirable plants of higher yield, nutrition and resistance to diseases.

(ii) For mutation breeding, Refer to Answer No. 18.

(iii) Breeding programmes help in improving public nutritional health via biofortification. It refers to the production of varieties with higher levels of nutritious substances,
e.g. Atlas-66-high protein content Maize hybrids-high lysine and tryptophan content.

Question 72.
More than 25% of human population is suffering from hunger and malnutrition. Do you think microbes can be helpful in overcoming this situation?
Answer:
Yes, microbes as Single Cell Protein (SCP) are helpful in overcoming this situation. They are a rich source of protein, e.g. Spirulina.

Question 73.
Mohan a big businessman, went to his village on Diwali holidays. He saw that there farmers are still using conventional plant breeding technique to increase the yield. He told them about plant tissue culture.
(i) What is plant tissue culture?
(ii) Name a method through which disease-free plants can be developed from a diseased plant.
Answer:
(i) Tissue culture is a technique in which any part of plant is grown in vitro under aseptic conditions to form a whole plant.
(ii) Meristem culture is the technique through which disease-free plants can be obtained from diseased plants.

Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9

Question 74.
Sohan is a small scale farmer and holds 3 acres of land. He would like to increase the yield in his farm. Harshit, a student of M.Sc. (Agriculture) advised him to go to the agricultural department centre of his locality to get high yielding variety of the crop. He also suggested Sohan to stop the use of chemical fertilisers.
(i) Explain the term high yielding variety.
(ii) Name two high yielding varieties of wheat.
(iii) What are the values shown by Harshit?
Answer:
(i) High yielding varieties are those varieties of crop plants which give better yield from the same resources than other varieties.
(ii) Sonalika and Kalyan Sona.
(iii) Harshit is helpful in nature. He uses his knowledge for the benefit of society.

The post Strategies for Enhancement in Food Production Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 9 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 7 Evolution to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 7 Important Questions, Evolution Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 7 Important Questions Evolution

Question 1.
State the two principal outcomes of the experiments conducted by Louis Pasteur on origin of life. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Louis Pasteur’s experiments demonstrated that life comes only from pre-existing life. He showed that in swan-neck pre-sterilised flasks, life did not evolved from ‘killed yeast’ while in another flask open to air, new living organisms arose from ‘killed yeast.’

Question 2.
State two postulates of Oparin and Haldane’s theory with reference to the origin of life. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Oparin and Haldane proposed the following postulates with reference to origin of life.

  • The first form of life came from pre-existing non-living organic molecules.
  • The conditions on earth favouring chemical evolution were high temperature, volcanic storms and reducing atmosphere.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 3.
Write the hypothetical proposals put forth by Oparin and Haldane. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Oparin and Haldane proposed the theory of chemical evolution. According to them, life originated from pre-existing non-living organic molecules and the formation of life was preceded by chemical evolution.

Question 4.
Why are analogous structures a result of convergent evolution? (All India 2014)
Answer:
When two species have structures that are similar in function but differ in origin and anatomy, they are called analogous structures. These structures develop in different species which move from different areas to a common habitat where they adapt themselves accordingly, therefore it is called convergent evolution.

Question 5.
Name the type of evolution that has resulted in the development of structures like wings of butterfly and bird. What are such structures called? (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Convergent evolution has resulted in the development of structures like wings of butterfly and birds. Such structures are called analogous organs.

Question 6.
Write the term used for resemblance of varieties of placental mammals to corresponding marsupials in Australia. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Adaptive radiation occurring through parallel evolution results in the resemblance of placental mammals to marsupials in Australia.

Question 7.
Identify the examples of convergent evolution from the following
(i) Flippers of penguins and dolphins
(ii) Eyes of Octopus and mammals
(iii) Vertebrate brains (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
(i) and (ii) are the examples of analogous organs representing convergent evolution.
Vertebrate brains are the example of divergent evolution.

Question 8.
Identify the examples of homologous structures from the following
(i) Vertebrate hearts
(ii) Thorns in Bougainvillea and tendrils of Cucurbita.
(iii) Food storage organs in sweet potato and potato. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Homologous organs are derived through divergent evolution thus, indicating common ancestry.
Examples of homology are
(i) Vertebrate heart and brain.
(ii) In plants, thorns and tendrils of Bougainvillea and Cucurbita represent homology.
On the other hand, food storage organs, i.e. tubers in sweet potato and potato are analogous organs.

Question 9.
State the significance of the study of fossils in evolution. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Fossils help us to know the morphological details of the organisms that were present in the past and relate them to the organisms of the present for better understanding the process of evolution. We can also trace the time at which the particular organism existed.

Question 10.
State the significance of biochemical similarities among diverse organisms in evolution. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Similarities in biochemicals such as DNA, help in deriving the line of evolution. Organisms with more similar DNA sequences are considered close relatives that might have evolved from the same ancestor.

Question 11.
Write the similarity between the wing of a butterfly and the wing of a bat. What do you infer from the above, with reference to evolution? (Delhi 2012)
Or
Comment on the similarity between the wings of a cockroach and the wings of a bird. What do you infer from the above, with reference to evolution? (All india 2012)
Or
Comment on the similarity between the flippers of dolphin and penguins, with reference to evolution. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Similarity between the wings of butterfly and bat or cockroach and bird or flippers of dolphin and penguins is that they perform similar functions but they are dissimilar in their basic structure and development.
They are thus, analogous organs. With reference to evolution, it can be inferred that these are formed as a result of convergent evolution.

Question 12.
Name the scientist who disproved spontaneous generation theory. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Louis Pasteur disproved the spontaneous generation theory through his swan-neck flask experiment. Refer to Answer No. 1.

Question 13.
(i) Identify the following pairs as homologous or analogous organs
(a) Sweet potato and potato.
(b) Eye of Octopus and eye of mammals.
(c) Thorns of Bougainvillea and tendrils of Cucurbita.
(d) Forelimbs of bat and whale.
(ii) State the kind of evolution they represent. (All India 2015)
Or
(i) Select the homologous structures from the combinations given below
(a) Forelimbs of whale and bat
(b) Tuber of potato and sweet potato
(c) Eyes of Octopus and mammals.
(d) Thorns of Bougainvillea and tendrils of Cucurbita.
(ii) State the kind of evolution they represent. (All India 2015)
Or
Select two pairs from the following which exhibit divergent evolution. Give reasons for your answer.
(i) Forelimbs of cheetah and mammals.
(ii) Flippers of dolphins and penguins.
(iii) Wings of butterflies and birds.
(iv) Forelimbs of whales and mammals. (All India 2015)
Or
Write about the ancestry and evolution of bat, horse and human on the basis of a comparative study of their forelimbs. What are these limbs categorised as? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
(i) The given pairs are identified as
(a) Analogous organs.
(b) Analogous organs.
(c) Homologous organs.
(d) Homologous organs.
(ii) (c) and (d) represent divergent evolution while (a) and (b) represent convergent evolution.
Or
(i) (a) Forelimbs of whales and bats and (d) thorns of Bougainvillea and tendrils of Curcubita are homologous organs.
(ii) Both these structures represent divergent evolution, i.e. sharing common ancestry, organs with same fundamental structure but different functions.
Or
Divergent evolution is represented by (i) and (ii).
Or
All mammals, i.e. whales, cheetah, bat and human share similarities in the pattern of bones of forelimbs. These forelimbs though perform different functions but have similar anatomical structure, i.e. all of them have humerus, radius, ulna, carpals, metacarpals and phalanges in their forelimbs.

Hence, the same structure is developed along different directions due to the adaptations to different needs in these animals. This is called divergent evolution and these structures are homologous.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 14.
Explain with the help of an example the type of evolution homology is based on. (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Divergent evolution leads to homologous structures. Explain with the help of an example. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
Divergent evolution is a process, where the same structure develops along different directions in different organisms due to adaptations to different needs. Divergent evolution leads to the development of homologous structures, as they all have similar anatomical structure and origin, but perform different functions.

Examples, the thorn of Bougainvillea and tendrils of Cucurbita are homologous organs as both of them are modified axillary buds, which perform different functions.

Question 15.
(i) Explain adaptive radiation with the help of suitable example.
(ii) Cite an example where more than one adaptive radiation have occurred in an isolated geographical area.
Name the type of evolution your example depicts and state why is it so named? (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) The process of evolution of different species in a given geographical area starting from a point and literally radiating to other areas or habitat is called adaptive radiation, e.g. alterations in beaks of finches on Galapagos Islands.

(ii) An example where more than one adaptive radiation have occur in an isolated geographical area is Australian marsupials, where a number of different marsupials evolved from an ancestral stock but within the isolated Australian island and all of them got adapted to different habitats, e.g. Tasmanian wolf (marsupial) and placental wolf (placental
mammals).

The above cited example depicts convergent evolution as these marsupials show development of similar adaptive functional structures in unrelated groups of organisms.

Question 16.
What was proposed by Oparin and Haldane on origin of life? How did SL Miller’s experiment support their proposal? (Foreign 2014)
Or
Mention the contribution of SL Miller’s experiment to origin of life. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Oparin and Haldane proposed that life originated on earth spontaneously from non-living matter, i.e. organic molecules.

SL Miller conducted an experiment, which provided experimental evidence for chemical evolution. He created conditions similar to primitive atmosphere, in the laboratory such as high temperature, reducing atmosphere consisting of CH4, NH3, etc. When he created an electric discharge in the flask containing all the above stated components at 800°C, organic molecules, e.g. amino acids were formed. Results indicated that the first non-cellular forms of life were created about 3 billion years ago. This also supports the hypothesis that life could have originated from organic matter.

Question 17.
List the two main propositions of Oparin and Haldane. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Two main propositions of Oparin and Haldane were

  • The primitive atmosphere was reducing, i.e. free oxygen was absent.
  • There was high temperature, high methane, ammonia and hydrogen gas in the atmosphere.

Question 18.
How do palaeontological evidences support evolution of organisms on earth? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Palaeontology is the study of past life based on fossil records. The study of fossils reveals the type of life forms occurring in the past and highlights the course of evolution of living organisms. The distribution of fossils in the sedimentary rocks of different ages fully supports the concept of evolution. It shows that structure of wing became more and more complex as we proceed from earliest to recent times. From the fossil records it has been concluded that evolution has taken place from the simple to complex forms in a gradual manner.

Question 19.
Write the Oparin and Haldane’s hypothesis about the origin of life on earth. How does meteorite analysis favour this hypothesis? (All India 2013)
Answer:
Oparin-Haldane theory states that origin of life is the result of a long series of physiochemical changes, brought about first by chemical evolution and then by biological evolution.

Analysis of meteorites also revealed the presence of similar compounds as found in the primitive atmosphere, indicating the occurrence of similar processes elsewhere in space.

Question 20.
Convergent evolution leads to analogous structures. Explain with the help of an example. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
Convergent evolution is a process of evolution, where anatomically dissimilar structures in different organisms perform similar functions. It leads to the formation of analogous structures in different groups of organisms as they perform similar function, but are anatomically different.

Examples, potato (stem modification) and sweet potato (root modification), flippers of penguins and dolphins.

Question 21.
Why are wings of butterfly and birds said to be analogous organs? Name the type of evolution the analogous organs are a result of. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 11.

Question 22.
(i) Differentiate between analogous and homologous structures.
(ii) Select and write analogous structures from the list given below.
(a) Wings of butterfly and birds
(b) Vertebrate hearts
(c) Tendrils of Bougainvillea and Cucurbita
(d) Tubers of sweet potato and potato. (2018)
Answer:
(i) Differences between analogous structure and homologous structure are as follows

Analogous structures Homologous structures
These have different basic plan and origin. These have similar basic plan and origin.
These are adapted to perform same functions. These are adapted to perform different functions.
These confirm convergent evolution, e.g. eye of Octopus and man. These confirm divergent evolution, e.g. limbs of man and whale.

(ii) Analogous organs
(a) Wings of butterfly and birds.
(b) Tubers of sweet potato and potato.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 23.
How do homologous organs represent divergent evolution? Explain with the help of a suitable example. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Homologous organs as divergent evolution: Homology is the relation among the organs of different groups of organisms, that show similarity in the basic structure and embryonic development, but have different functions. Homology in organs indicates common ancestry. It is based on divergent evolution. When due to different needs, some structures develop differently, the condition is called divergent evolution. This results in the formation of homologous organs. Examples of homology in plants and animals are as follows
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 1

Question 24.
Differentiate between homology and analogy. Give one example of each. (All India 2016)
Or
Differentiate between divergent and convergent evolution. Give one example of each. (Outside Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Differences between homology and analogy are as follows

Homology/Divergent evolution Analogy/Convergent evolution
Homology is based on divergent evolution. Analogy is based on convergent evolution.
Structures are anatomically similar but functionally different. Structures are anatomically different but functionally similar.
e.g. in animals, forelimbs of whales, bats and cheetah. In plants, thorns of Bougainvillea and tendrils of Cucurbita. e.g. in animals, wings of butterfly and birds. In plants, tubers of sweet potato and potato.

Question 25.
Describe the experiment that helped Louis Pasteur to dismiss the theory of spontaneous generation of life. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Theory of spontaneous generation states that the life originate;! from dead, decaying or rolling matters like storm, dead animals, etc.
Louis Pasteur rejected the theory of spontaneous generation and demonstrated that life had evoived from pre-existing life. In his experiment, he kept killed yeast cells in presterilised flask and in another flask open into air. The life did not evolved in the former, but new living organisms evolved in the another flask.

Question 26.
Explain convergent evolution with the help of two examples. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 20.

Question 27.
Explain adaptive radiation with the help of a suitable example. (Delhi 2015)
Or
What do you infer from the resemblance between flying squirrel and flying phalanger with reference to their evolution. Delhi 2015,2015C Or Explain adaptive radiation and
convergent evolution by taking example of some of Australian marsupials and Australian placental mammals. Foreign 2010 Or Australian marsupials and placental mammals are suitable examples of adaptive radiation and convergent evolution. Explain by giving reasons. All Indio 2010C
Answer:
Adaptive radiation is the process of evolution of different species in a given geographical area starting from a point and radiating to other habitats.
Darwin went to Galapagos Island and observed that there were many varieties of finches in the same island. All the varieties evolved on the island itself. Darwin suggested that after originating from a common ancestral seed eating stock, the finches must have radiated to different geographical areas and undergone adaptive changes in their beaks, thus enabling some to become insectivorous while the other remained herbivore and ate seeds.
Or
Many Australian marsupials, each different from the other, e.g. kangaroo, sugar glider, etc., evolved from a common ancestral stock, but all within the Australian Island continent. When more than one adaptive radiation occur in an isolated geographical area, it can be called as convergent evolution. Australian placental mammals also show adaptive radiation in evolving into varieties of such placental mammals, each one of which appears similar to a corresponding marsupial, e.g. placental wolf and Tasmanian wolf, anteater and numbat, flying squirrel and flying phalanger, etc.

Question 28.
Explain the interpretation of Charles Darwin who observed a variety of small black birds on Galapagos Islands. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) Darwin found the variations in the beaks of small black birds on Galapagos Island due to their adaptation to different food habits.

Darwin explained
(a) All the varieties must have evolved within the same island itself. The original finches were seed-eating. From them, some arose with altered beaks as insectivorous and some as vegetarian finches.
(b) This process of evolution of different species in a given geographical area starting from a point and radiating to other habitats is called adaptive radiation.

Question 29.
How does the study of fossils support evolution? Explain. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 18.

Question 30.
Given below is a diagrammatic representation of the experimental setup used by SL Miller for his experiment.
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 2
(i) Write the names of different gases contained and the conditions set for the reaction in the flask A.
(ii) State the type of organic molecule he collected in the water at B.
(iii) Write the conclusion he arrived at. (Delhi 2013C, Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) Gases were methane, ammonia, hydrogen and water vapour. In ‘A’ flask electric discharge was created using electrodes.
(ii) The organic molecules collected in water at ‘B’ were amino acids.
(iii) He concluded that life could have come from pre-existing non-living organic molecules and their formation was preceded by chemical evolution.

Question 31.
State the theory of biogenesis. How does Miller’s experiment support this theory? (Delhi 2012)
Or
State the views of Oparin and Haldane on evolution. How does SL Miller’s experiment support their views? (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The theory of biogenesis was proposed by Oparin and Haldane. It states that life could have come from pre-existing non-living organic molecules (e.g. RNA, protein, etc.) and the formation of life forms was preceded by chemical evolution, i.e. formation of diverse organic molecules from inorganic constituents.

In 1953, Urey and Miller conducted an experiment to prove this theory. They created the conditions of primitive earth, i.e. high temperature, volcanic storms, reducing atmosphere containingCH4, NH3, etc., at laboratory scale. They then stimulated electric discharge in a closed flask containing CH4,H2, NH3 and water vapour at 800°C. They observed the formation of amino acids.
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 3
In similar experiments, they observed the formation of sugars, nitrogen bases, pigments and fats. These small organic molecules are the building blocks for proteins and other components. Hence, this experiment supported that life has came from pre-existing non-living organic molecules.

Question 32.
Convergent evolution and divergent evolution are the two concepts explaining organic evolution. Explain each one with the help of an example. (Foreign 2011; Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 14 and 20.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 33.
Anthropogenic actions hasten evolution. Explain with the help of suitable example. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Human activities, i.e. anthropogenic actions are found to enhance evolution.
For example,
(i) Excessive use of DDT as a fertiliser in crops resulted in the evolution of DDT resistant mosquitoes.

  • When DDT was used first time, many mosquitoes died, but few survived.
  • Survived mosquitoes showed resistance to DDT and reproduced even in the presence of DDT.
  • Offsprings produced by these mosquitoes were also resistant to DDT.
  • Hence, DDT is not effective on mosquito population today.

(ii) Similarly, evolution of antibiotic resistant microbes has occurred due to the overuse of antibiotics.

Question 34.
(i) Differentiate between analogy and homology giving one example each of plant and. animal, respectively.
(ii) How are they considered as an evidence in support of evolution? (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 24.
(ii) Homology and analogy show the similarities and differences among the organisms of today and those existed years ago. These evidences come from the comparative study of external and internal structure.

These can be determined by the following types Homology in organs indicates common ancestry. It is based on divergent evolution. When due to different needs, some morphologically similar structures develop differently, to perform different functions, the condition is called divergent evolution. This results in the formation of homologous organs.
Analogy had developed due to the convergent evolution where different structures evolved for the same function and have morphologically dissimilar structures. These are called analogous organs.

Question 35.
(i) List any four evidences of evolution, (ii) Explain, any one of the evidences that helps to understand, the concept of evolution. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) Evidences of evolution are derived from

  • Palaeontology (Fossils)
  • Comparative anatomy and morphology, i.e. homology and analogy
  • Biochemical/Physiology
  • Biogeography
  • Embryology

(ii) Comparative anatomy and morphological evidences show the similarities and differences among the organisms of today and those that existed years ago.

The evidences come from comparative study of external and internal structure.
I. (a) The organs with same structural design and origin, but different functions are called homologous organs.
Examples are forelimbs of some animals like whales, bats and cheetah have similar anatomical structure, such as humerus, radius, ulna, carpals, metacarpals and phalanges.
(b) Homology in organ indicates common ancestry.
(c) Other examples of homology are vertebrate heart or brain. In plants also, thorns and tendrils of Bougainvillea and Cucurbita represent homology.
(d) Homology is based on divergent evolution. The same structures developed along different directions due to adaptations to different needs. The condition is called divergent evolution.

II. (a) Organs which are anatomically different, but functionally similar are called analogous organs.
For example, wings of butterfly and birds. In both, wings perform same function, but they have different origin and structure.
(b) Analogy refers to a situation exactly opposite to homology.
(c) Analogous organs are a result of convergent evolution. It is the evolution in which different structures evolve for same function and hence, have similarity. It can be said that above organisms had different structures, but they came in the same environment and evolved to perform same function.
(d) Other examples of analogy are eyes of Octopus and mammals; flippers of penguins and dolphins.

In plants, syveet potato (root modification) and potato (stem modification) are analogous organs.
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 4

Question 36.
(i) How does the study of fossils help to understand evolution?
(ii) How did SL Miller provide an experimental evidence in favour of Oparin and Haldane’s hypothesis? Explain. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) The fossils are the remains of past organisms preserved in sedimentary rocks.
Palaeontology is the study of fossils.

  • Rocks form sediments and a cross-section of earth’s crust indicate the arrangement of sediments one over the other during the long history of earth.
  • Different aged rock sediments contain fossils of different life forms, who died during the formation of the particular sediment.
    Fossils which were present in a specific area explain the presence of that organism in that area only.
  • Some organisms appear similar to modern organisms. They represent extinct organisms like dinosaurs.
  • A study of fossils in different sedimentary layers indicates the geological period in which they existed.
    Fossils which are obtained from old rocks are of simple type, while which were obtained from new rocks are of complex type.
  • The study showed that life forms varied over time and certain life forms are restricted to certain geological time scale. Hence, new forms of life have evolved at different times in the history of earth. Thus, palaeontological evidences help in detailed study of progress of evolution from old to new forms.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 31.

Question 37.
According to the Hardy-Weinberg principle, the allele frequency of a population remains constant. How do you interpret the change of frequency of alleles in a population? (All India 2019)
Answer:
According to Hardy-Weinberg principle, the change in frequency of alleles in a population shows the extent of evolutionary change.

Question 38.
Coelacanth was caught in South Africa. State the significance of discovery of Coelacanth in the evolutionary history of vertebrates. (All India 2019)
Or
State the significance of Coelacanth in evolution. (Delhi 2012)
Or
Coelacanth was caught in 1938 in South Africa. Why is it very significant in the evolutionary history of vertebrates? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
The discovery of Coelacanth (lobefins), the first amphibian is significant as it proved that amphibians have evolved from fish-like organisms. Lobefins were the ancestors of modern day frogs and salamanders.

Question 39.
How did Charles Darwin express fitness ? (Delhi 2019)
Or
What is ‘fitness of an individual’ according to Darwin? (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
According to Darwin, fitness of an individual is the ability of an organism to reproduce successfully and leave a large number of progenies under a particular set of selection pressures.

Question 40.
Write the names of the following:
(i) A 15 mya primate that was ape-like
(ii) A 2 mya primate that lived in East African grasslands. (2018)
Answer:
(i) Dryopithecus (ii) Australopithecus

Question 41.
What role does an individual organism play as per Darwin’s theory of natural selection? (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
According to the Darwin’s theory of natural selection, the role of an individual organism is to pass on the necessary variations, changes or mutations from present generation to the next generation, that has been selected by the nature.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 42.
Write the probable differences in eating habits of Homo habilis and Homo erectus. (Foreign 2016)
Answer:
The probable differences in eating habit of Homo habilis and Homo erectus are as follows
Homo habilis They did not eat meat.
Homo erectus They probably ate meat.

Question 43.
According to Hugo de Vries what is saltation? (All India 2016)
Or
What is ‘Saltation’ according to Hugo de Vries? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Mutation theory of Hugo de Vries states that the evolution occurs due to single-step large mutations occurring in a population. This is called saltation and it leads to new species formation or speciation.

Question 44.
State a reason for the increased population of dark coloured moths coinciding with the loss of lichens (on tree bark) during industrialisation period in England. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
The increase in dark population of moths was due to industrial melanism.
After industrialisation, dark-winged moths became more than white-winged moths. This is because tree trunks covered by lichens became dark due to the air pollution during industrialisation. White-winged moths fail to camouflage and thus, decreased in number, whereas dark-winged moths were able to escape predation.

Question 45.
Write the basis of origin of variations in organisms as described by Hugo de Vries. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Mutations are the basis of origin of variations in an organism according to Hugo de Vries.

Question 46.
Name the common ancestor of the great apes and man. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Dryopithecus is the common ancestor of great apes and man.

Question 47.
Mention how is mutation theory of Hugo de Vries different from Darwin’s theory of natural selection. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Hugo de Vries theory It states that evolution occurs due to single step large mutations called saltation, whereas Darwin’s theory states that the speciation occurs gradually through a number of generations, with the accumulation of minor variations.

Question 48.
List the two characteristics of mutation that help in explaining evolution. (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
According to mutation theory of evolution

  1. Mutation are random, inheritable and appear in all conceivable directions.
  2. Same type of mutations can appear in number of individuals of a species.

Question 49.
When does a species become founder to cause founder effect? (Foreign 2010).
Answer:
Founders effect occurs due to the change in allele frequency of a population. When the change in the allele frequency is very different in the new sample of population, so that they become a different species. The original drifted population becomes founder and the effect is called founder effect.

Question 50.
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 5
Study the ladder of human evolution given above and answer the following questions.
(i) Where did Australopithecus evolve?
(ii) Write the scientific name of Java man. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Australopithecus evolved in East African grasslands.
(ii) Java man -Homo erectus.

Question 51.
How would the gene flow or genetic drift affect the population in which either of them happen to take place ? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
If gene flow or genetic drift takes place in a population, the effect would be

  • Gene flow/Gene migration Due to migration, new genes or alleles are added to the population and are lost from the old population thus, changing the frequencies of alleles in both populations. When migration occurs multiple times it is termed as gene flow.
  • Genetic drift Changes occurring in allele frequencies by chance is called genetic drift. Due to changes in allele frequency in new population, some different species are formed. This is called founder effect and the original population is called founder.

Question 52.
With the help of an algebraic equation, how did Hardy-Weinberg explain that in a given population the frequency of occurrence of alleles of a gene is supposed to remain the same through generations ? (2018)
Answer:
Hardy-Weinberg’s principle states that allele frequencies in a population are stable. They remain constant from generation to generation. The gene pool also remains constant. This is called genetic equilibrium.

Thus, according to this principle, the sum total of all the allelic frequencies in a population is always 1. Suppose in a diploid individual, p and q represent the frequency of allele A and allele a, respectively. The probability that an allele A with a frequency of P appears on both the chromosomes of a diploid organism in the p². Similarly of aa is q², of Aa is 2pq. Hence, p² + 2pq + q² = 1.

The difference measured in the expected values of frequencies, indicates the extent of evolutionary change.

Question 53.
Mention the evolutionary significance of the following organisms:
(i) Shrews
(ii) Lobefins
(iii) Homo habilis
(iv) Homo erectus (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
The evolutionary significance of the given organisms are as follows
(i) Shrews They are the first mammals. These were long tailed, insectivorous, squirrel-like organisms. They gave rise to primitive primates. For example, leones and tarsiers at the beginning of the Palaeocene era.
(ii) Lobefisns They are the first amphibians. Modem day frogs and salamanders have evolved from them.
(iii) Homo habilis The first human-like primates who lived in Africa about 2 million years ago. They had brain capacity of 700 cc. They are also called as handy man as they were first and the most skillful tool makers.
(iv) Homo erectus They appeared after Homo habilis, about 1.7 million years ago. They had large brain capacities, i.e. 800-1100 cc and were omnivores.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 54.
Name the first human-like hominid. Mention his food habit and brain capacity. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Homo habilis were the first human-like hominid. They probably did not consume meat and their brain capacity was about 650-850cc.

Question 55.
Explain how natural selection operates in nature by taking an example of white-winged and dark-winged moths of England. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
In England, prior to industrialisation, the tree trunks were covered with white lichens hence, white moths tould survive and were protected from predators due to white colour. On the other hand, black moths (a dark-winged moths) could be easily identified due to their dark colour and declined in number due to predation.

However, as industrialisation progressed, the lichens were replaced by soot and dust particles and dark coloured moths were benefitted due to camouflage, while white-winged moths could be easily eaten up by the predators being easily identifiable. Thus, only the dark-winged moths who were able to fit and survive, i.e. adapted well in conditions, reproduced well in nature. Thus, natural selection operates in nature by selecting the fittest characters of organisms.

Question 56.
Rearrange the following in increasing order of evolution
Gnetales; Ferns; Zosterophyllum; Ginkgo. (2014C)
Answer:
The increasing order of evolution in plants is as follows: Zcsterophyllum – Ferns – Ginkgo – Gnetales

Question 57.
Name the ancestors of a man based on the features given below.
(i) Human-like, meat-eater with 900 cc brain, lived in Java.
(ii) More human-like with brain size 1400 cc, lived in Central Asia, used hides and buried their dead.
(iii) Human-like, vegetarian, with brain capacity between 650-800 cc.
(iv) Man-like primate, that existed about 15 my a. Fossils found in Tanzania. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
(i) Homo erectus
(ii) Homo sapienes neanderthalensis
(iii) Homo habilis
(iv) Ramapithecus

Question 58.
Explain the phenomenon of evolution by natural selection as supported by the variations observed in white-winged and dark-winged moth populations in England between 1850-1920. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 19.

Question 59.
(i) Write two differences between Homo erectus and Homo habilis.
(ii) Rearrange the following from early to late geological periods:
Carboniferous, Silurian, Jurassic. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Differences between Homo erectus and Homo habilis are

Homo erectus Homo habilis
Origin period is 1.5 mva Origin period is 1.2-1.5 mya
Brain capacity 900 cc meat eater, Fossils found in Java. First human like beings, brain capacity 650-800 cc. herbivorous and fossils found in Hast Africa.

(ii) The correct sequence from early to late geological period is Silurian → Carboniferous → rassic.

Question 60.
How can Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium be affected? Explain giving three reasons. (2018C)
Or
Giving three reasons, write how Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium can be affected. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Factors which affect Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium are (Any three)

  • Gene migration Due to migration, new genes or alleles are added to the population and are lost from the old population thus, changing the frequencies of population. Migration when happens multiple times, is termed as gene flow.
  • Genetic drift Changes occurring in frequencies by chance are called genetic drift. Due to changes in allele frequency in new population, some different species are formed. This is called founder effect and the original population is called founder.
  • Mutations These occur randomly and at a very slow rate. They lead to new phenotypes and due to considerable genetic variations, speciation occurs.
  • Recombination During gainetogenesis, crossing over between homologous chromosomes leads to new combinations of genes. It occurs during meiosis.

Question 61.
Write the characteristics of Ramapithecus, Dryopithecus and Neanderthal man. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Characteristics of Ramapithecus

  • Ramapithecus survived about 14-15 million years ago during late Miocene to Pliocene.
  • Ramapithecus walked erect on its hindlegs.
  • They were similar to ape, which lived on the tree tops, but also walked on the ground.
  • They ate hard nuts and seeds like modem man. Their jaws and teeth were similar to humans.

Characteristics of Dryopithecus

  • They lived about 25 million years ago during Miocene period.
  • Legs and heels indicate that Dryopithecus was of a semi-erect posture and Knuckle walker.
  • Dryopithecus was arboreal and herbivorous, who ate soft fruits and leaves.
  • Dryopithecus had large canines and incisors.

Characteristics of Neanderthal man

  • Neanderthal man existed in the late Pleistocene period.
  • Neanderthal walked upright with bipedal movement.
  • The face was slightly prognathous and had low brows, receding jaws and high domed heads.
  • The cranial capacity of Neanderthal man was about 1300-1600cc and of average 1450cc. Their jaws were deep with no chin and skull bones were thick.

Question 62.
p² + 2pq + q² = 1. Explain this algebraic equation on the basis of Hardy-Weinberg’s principle. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
The equation p² + 2pq + q² = 1, mathematically represents the Hardy-Weinberg’s principle. It is used to calculate the genetic variations among a population at equilibrium.
Principle It states that allele frequencies in a population are stable and remain constant from generation to generation.
In this equation,
p – frequency of allele A
q – frequency of allele a
p² – frequency of AA (homozygous) individuals in a population
q² – frequency of aa (homozygous) individuals
2pq – frequency of Aa (heterozygous) individuals

Also, the sum total of all the allelic frequencies is equal to 1. If the p and q allele frequencies are known, then the frequencies of three genotypes can be calculated using the Hardy-Weinberg’s equation. This equation can be used to measure the differences in frequencies of observed genotype measured from the frequencies predicted by the equation. The disturbance in genetic equilibrium results in evolution, thus the presence of any difference indicates the extent of evolutionary change.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 63.
How did industrialisation play a role in natural selection of light and dark coloured moth in England? (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Explain the increase in the numbers of melanic (dark-winged) moths in the urban areas of post-industrialisation period in England. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 19.

Question 64.
Since the origin of life on earth, there were five episodes of mass extinction of species.
(i) How is the sixth extinction presently in progress, different from the previous episodes?
(ii) Who is mainly responsible for the sixth extinction?
(iii) List any four points that can help to overcome this disaster. (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) Sixth extinction is different from previous episodes in the following ways

  • It takes place rapidly, due to the reduction in number of species per unit area per unit time.
  • In contrast to previous episodes which were naturally driven, sixth extinction is accelerated by human activities such as deforestation, industrialisation, etc.

(ii) Human activities that ultimately lead to global warming and disruption of environmental and ecological balance are responsible for sixth extinction.

(iii) The four measures that can be implemented to overcome this disaster are

  • Aforestation.
  • Reduction in overexploitation of natural resources.
  • Conservation of species and their natural habitats to minimise their losses.
  • Create awareness among people regarding global warming and its consequences.

Question 65.
Describe the three different ways by which natural selection can affect the frequency of a heritable trait in a population. (Foreign 2014)
Or
Explain the three ways in which natural selection operates on different traits in nature. (All India 2010)
Answer:
The three different ways by which natural selection can affect the frequency of a heritable trait in a population are
(i) Stabilisation It results in more number of individuals acquiring the mean character value, i.e. variation is much reduced.
(ii) Directional change It results in more individuals acquiring value other than mean character value, i.e. the peak shifts towards one direction.
(iii) Disruption In this, more individuals acquire peripheral character value at both ends of the distribution curve, i.e. two peaks are formed at periphery.
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 6

Question 66.
According to Darwinian theory, the rate of appearance of new forms is linked to their life cycles. Explain. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Darwin’s theory states that the fitness of an organism is measured by its reproductive ability. The appearance of new forms is linked to the lifespan of an organism.
The greater lifespan of an individual indicates that the more it can reproduce and hence, greater new forms would appear. This can be observed in the development of dark-winged moths due to industrial melanism.
Refer to Answer No. 19.

Question 67.
Study the schematic representation of evolutionary history of plant forms given below and mention:
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 7
(i) The plant forms ferns and conifers are most related to.
(ii) The nearest ancestors of flowering plants.
(iii) The most primitive group of plants.
(iv) Common ancestry of Psilophyton provides to.
(v) The common ancestor of Psilophyton and seed ferns.
(vi) The common ancestors of mosses and tracheophytes. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
(i) Psilophyton
(ii) Seed ferns,
(iii) Chlorophyte ancestor
(iv) Ferns, conifers and seeds ferns
(v) Tracheophyte ancestor
(vi) Chlorophyte ancestor.

Question 68.
Branching descent and natural selection are the two key concepts of Darwinian theory of evolution. Explain each concept with the help of a suitable example. (All India 2011)
Answer:
The two key concepts of Darwinian theory of natural selection are as follows Branching Descent

  • Members of a population vary in characteristics, even though they look superficially similar. Most of these variations are heritable.
  • Accumulation of variations over a period of time through a number of generations leads to change in population characteristics.

e.g. Evolution of marsupials of Australia derived from a common ancestor. Natural selection Nature selects those individuals who are fit in the environment. Fitness according to Darwin is reproductive fitness.

Those who adapt better to the habitat reproduce more and their progeny consists of more fit individuals, who are selected by nature, e.g. Industrial melanism.

Question 69.
(i) How does the Hardy-Weinberg’s expression (p² + 2pq + q² = 1), explain that genetic equilibrium is maintained in a population?
(ii) List any two factors that can disturb the genetic equilibrium. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) The expression states that the sum total of all the allele frequencies is one. Suppose there are two alleles ‘A’ and ‘a’ in a population. Their frequencies are p and q, respectively. The frequency of ‘AA’ individual in a population is p².
It can be explained that the probability that an allele ‘A’ with a frequency p appears on both the chromosomes of a diploid individual is simply the product of the probabilities, i.e. p².
In the same way, the frequency for aa is q² and for Aa it is 2 pq.
p² + 2 pq + q² = 1
where, p² represents the frequency of homozygous dominant genotype,
2 pq represents the frequency of the heterozygous genotype and q² represents the frequency of homozygous recessive.

(ii) Genetic equilibrium is disturbed by the factors like gene migration, genetic drift, mutation and gene recombination during gamete formation. Refer to Answer No. 24. (1)

Question 70.
(i) How does Hardy-Weinberg equation explain genetic equilibrium?
(ii) Describe how this equilibrium gets disturbed which may lead to founder effect. (All India, 2019, Foreign 2012)
Or
(i) Describe Hardy-Weinberg principle
(ii) List any four factors, which affect genetic equilibrium.
(iii) Describe founder effect. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) According to Hardy-Weinberg principle, the allele frequencies in a population are stable and are constant from generation to generation.

(ii) The four factors that affect genetic equilibrium are

  • Gene migration
  • Genetic drift
  • Mutation and recombination
  • Natural selection

(iii) Whenever the gene migration occurs multiple times, it leads to some changes, that may sometimes result in change in allele frequency (at random or by chance).
This difference in allele frequency leads to a new sample of population in such a way that they evolve into a different species. Such populations are called founders and the effect generated is called founder effect.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 71.
(i) Explain Darwinian theory of evolution with the help of one suitable example. State the two key concepts of theory.
(ii) Mention any three characteristics of Neanderthal man that lived in near East and Central Asia. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Darwinian theory of evolution/Darwin’s theory of Natural Selection:

  • All the populations have built in variations for each character, which help them to adapt better to the environment.
  • The characteristics, which enable some populations to survive better in natural conditions (climate, food, physical factors) would outbreed others (survival of the fittest).
  • The population, which better fits in an environment is selected by nature and survives more (natural selection).
  • Adaptability is inherited and fitness is the end result of ability to adapt and get selected by nature.

The two key concepts of Darwinian theory are:

  • Branching descent and
  • Natural selection
    (For details, Refer to Answer No. 32).

(ii) The three characteristics of Neanderthal man that lived in near East and Central Asia are:

  • Walked upright with bipedal movement.
  • Cranial capacity was around 1300-1600 cc.
  • Face slightly prognathous and jaws were deep with no chin.

Question 72.
How does the process of natural selection affect Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium? Explain. List the other four factors that disturb the equilibrium. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Natural selection affects Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium in the following ways:

  • It is a process in which heritable variations help in the survival of an organism, enabling it to reproduce and give rise to a large number of offsprings.
  • There may be change in the frequency of genes and alleles in the future generations.
  • It leads to the formation of new species. Hardy-Weinberg law states that allelic frequencies in a population are stable and remain constant from generation to generation but natural selection allows only one allele to adapt to changing conditions.

For other factors affecting Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium, Refer to Answer No. 24.

Question 73.
(i) Explain the process of natural selection that leads to speciation.
(ii) List the three ways in which the process operates in nature. Explain any one of processes. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
(i) Natural Selection Refer to Answer No. 35.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 29.

Question 74.
(i) Name the primates that lived about 15 million years ago. List their characteristic features.
(ii) (a) Where was the man-like animal found?
(b) Write the order in which Neanderthals, Homo habilis and Homo erectus appeared on the earth. State the brain capacity of each of them.
(c) When did modern man Homo sapiens appear on this planet? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Dryopithecus and Ramapithecus are the primates that lived about 15 million years ago.
Their characteristics are

  • They were hairy.
  • They walked like gorillas and chimpanzees. Dryopithecus was more ape-like, while Ramapithecus was more man-like.

(ii) (a) The man-like animal was found in East African grasslands.
(b) They appeared in the following order Homo habilis → Homo erectus → Neanderthal. They had brain capacities of 650-800 cc, 900 cc and 1400 cc, respectively.
(c) During ice age between 75000-10000 years ago, modern man Homo sapiens appeared on this planet.

Question 75.
Explain the salient features of Hugo de Vries theory of mutation. How is Darwin’s theory of natural selection different from it? Explain. Delhi 2011
Answer:
Hugo de Vries explained that new species arise from pre-existing ones in a single generation by a sudden appearance of marked differences called mutations. He believed that it is mutation, which causes evolution.

The differences between de Vries theory and Darwin theory are as follows

de Vries theory Darwin theory
Evolution resulted from mutation. Evolution resulted from variations.
Evolution was sudden. Evolution was gradual.
Mutations are random and directionless. Variations are small and directional.

Question 76.
(i) Write Hardy-Weinberg principle.
(ii) Explain the three different ways the natural selection can affect the frequency of a heritable trait in a population shown in the graph given below. (Delhi 2010)
Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 Img 8
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 34 (i).
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 29.

Question 77.
(i) Natural selection operates when nature-selects for fitness. Explain,
(ii) The rate of appearance of new forms is linked to the lifespan of an organism. Explain with the help of a suitable example. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
(i) The members of a population vary in characteristics even though they look similar. The population usually increases exponentially but the natural resources are limited leading to more competition. The individuals, which are fit and can adapt themselves are able to survive. They grow, reproduce and survive. This is called natural selection as stated by Darwin.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 30.

Question 78.
(i) How do the observations made during moth collection in pre and post-industrialised era in England to support evolution by natural selection?
(ii) Explain the phenomenon that is well-represented by Darwin’s finches other than natural selection. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) Natural selection is the key concept of Darwin’s theory of evolution which was explained by Charles Robert Darwin. According to this theory, population of all organisms exhibits variations in characteristics, which help them to adapt better to environment. It means that individuals of a population are never same.

Some of these characteristics, enable individuals to survive better in natural conditions and reproduce. This is called as the survival of the fittest. The organisms which adapt well in the environment are selected by nature and thus, survive more in nature.

This is called natural selection. From the description given below, we can figure out that how the observations made during moth collection in pre and post-industrialised era in England supported the idea of evolution by natural selection.

Industrial melanism There are two varieties of moth, white-winged and dark-winged.
(a) Before industrial revolution in England, white-winged moths were more in number than dark-winged moths, because there was less pollution, which led to light trunk of trees due to the presence of lichen on them. So, on light background white-winged moths were not visible, while dark-winged moths could be eaten by predators very easily.

(b) After industrialisation, dark-winged moths became more than white-winged moths. This is because during industrialisation, tree trunks covered by white lichens became dark due to air pollution (dust and soot particles). So, now white-winged moths could be detected easily. Due to this, white-winged moths could be easily eaten up by the predators as they fail to camouflage. Whereas dark-winged moths escape predation. So, nature selected only those moths which were better suited. However, none of them eradicated completely.

(ii) The phenomenon well-represented by Darwin’s finches other than natural selection is adaptive radiation.
Adaptive Radiation: HF Osborn (1898) developed the concept of adaptive radiation or divergent evolution. It involves the development of different functional structures from a common ancestral form.

When a group of organisms shares a homologous structures, which are specialised to perform a variety of different functions, it shows adaptive radiation. This represents the evolution of new forms in several directions from the common ancestral type (divergence).

The significance of adaptive radiation is that it suggests the existence of divergent evolution based on the modification of homologous structures. The examples of divergent evolution are as follows:
(a) Darwin’s finches of Galapagos Islands had common ancestors. Later on, their beaks modified according to their feeding habits.
(b) Australian marsupials and limbs of mammals are also good examples of adaptive radiation.

Question 79.
(i) How did Darwin explain adaptive radiation? Give another example exhibiting adaptive radiation.
(ii) Name the scientist who influenced Darwin and how? (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 27 of Topic 1.
(ii) Darwin was influenced by Thomus Robert Malthus, a British economist. He put forward a theory of human population growth. He wrote the book ‘An Essay of the Principles of Population’.

Question 80.
(i) Explain the observations and the conclusion drawn by Darwin during his visit to Galapagos Islands.
(ii) Write the two key concepts of Darwin’s theory of natural selection. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 27 of Topic 1.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 32 of Topic 2.

Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7

Question 81.
Anayaa told her younger brother that forelimbs of man and cheetah are structurally similar, though they perform different functions.
Do you agree with Anayaa? Give an example of such organs from the plant world.
Answer:
Yes, I agree with Anayaa. Such organs are called homologous organs. Thorns of Bougainvillea and tendrils of Cucurbita are homologous organs in plants.

Question 82.
Anita and Sunita had a hot argument whether or not life is still originating on the earth today.
(i) As a student of biology what is your answer to the above problem and why?
(ii) What would have been the energy source for origin of life on the earth?
Answer:
(i) There is no origin of life on earth today because the atmosphere is oxidising and any new molecule if formed will get oxidised.
(ii) Sunlight (UV rays) and lighting electrical discharge would act as the energy source for origin of life on earth.

Question 83.
During the biology lecture on theories of evolution, Mrs. Sharma was teaching the topic Lamarckism. Kapil was in a confused state after the lecture, so he went to his teacher and asked his doubts. He asked that if characters can pass to next generation, why he does not have the tatoo that his mother has on her arm.
The teacher smiled and told him the actual fact about it. She also explained him the reasons for the rejection of Lamarck’s theory.
(i) Name the book in which Lamarckism was explained.
(ii) What are the three postulates of this theory?
(iii) What are the values shown by teacher?
Answer:
(i) Philosophic Zoologique in 1809.

(ii) three postulates of this theory are:

  • New needs in respect to changing environment.
  • Acquisition of characters.
  • Inheritance of acquired characters.

(iii) The teacher was patient, knowledgeable and understanding.

The post Evolution Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 7 appeared first on Learn CBSE.


Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 8 Human Health and Disease to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 8 Important Questions, Human Health and Disease Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 8 Important Questions Human Health and Disease

Question 1.
State the functions of mast cells in allergy response. (All India 2019)
Answer:
The function of mast cell is allergy response is that it releases histamin which cause inflammatory reactions in the body.

Question 2.
State the function of interferons. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Interferons protect non-infected cells from the other viral infected cells by releasing cytokine barriers.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 3.
How do monocytes act as a cellular barrier in humans to provide innate immunity? (2018)
Answer:
Monocytes phagocytose and destroy microbes present in the blood to provide innate immunity.

Question 4.
How do cytokine barriers provide immunity in humans? (2018)
Answer:
Cytokine barriers include interferons, which are secreted by virus infected cells. They provide protection to non-infected cells from further same viral infection.

Question 5.
Name two diseases whose spread can be controlled by the eradication of Aedes mosquito. (2018)
Answer:
Dengue fever and chikungunya are two diseases, whose spread can be controlled by the eradication of Aedes mosquito.

Question 6.
Suggest a method to ensure an anamnestic response in humans. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Anamnestic response is the quick and intense response, which occurs when an individual encounters a particular antigen for the second time. It is aided by the memory of primary response stored in B-cells. By the administration of a dead or attenuated pathogen in the body of person, a secondary immune response can be ensured due to the presence of memory cells in the body.

Question 7.
Retroviruses have no DNA. However, the DNA of the infected host cell does possess viral DNA. How is it possible? (All India 2015)
Answer:
Retroviruses have RNA as their genetic material. After getting into the body of a person, the virus enters the macrophages. Here, RNA is replicated to form viral DNA by using enzyme reverse transcriptase. The viral DNA now, gets incorporated into the host cell’s DNA and directs the infected cells to produce viruses.

Question 8.
Indiscriminate diagnostic practices using X-rays, etc., should be avoided. Give one reason. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Indiscriminate diagnostic practices using X-rays should be avoided, because there are several potential risks from exposure to ionising radiations, e.g. cancer can be developed in later stages of life, various tissues can also get affected leading to cataract, hair loss, etc.

Question 9.
In what way is monocyte a cellular barrier with reference to immunity? (Delhi 2015)
Or
Name any two types of .cells that act as ‘cellular barriers’ to provide innate immunity in humans. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Cellular barriers include certain types of leucocytes of our body such as polymorphonuclear leucocytes, monocytes and natural killer in the blood as well as macrophages in tissues. These can phagocytose and destroy microbes and provide innate immunity to humans.

Question 10.
How do cytokinin barriers help in evading viral infections? (Delhi 2015)
Or
How do interferons protect us? (All India 2012)
Answer:
Cytokinins are virus infected cells, which secrete proteins called interferons. They protect non-infected cells from further viral infection by inhibiting their replication and making cell resistant to further infection.

Question 11.
Why is Gambusia introduced into drains and ponds? (All India 2014)
Answer:
Gambusia is a fish that feed upon mosquito larvae. Thus, it is introduced in drains and ponds to destroy disease vectors.

Question 12.
Why is secondary immune response more intense than the primary immune response in humans? (All India 2014)
Or
When does a human body elicit an anamnestic response? (All India 2013; Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The secondary or anamnestic immune response is based on the memory of primary response, i.e. first encounter with an antigen. Due to this, the second generated immune response is more fast and have higher affinity for antigen and therefore, it is more intense than primary immune response in humans.

Question 13.
How does haemozoin affect the human body when released in blood during malarial infection? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The release of toxic haemozoin by the ruptured RBCs during malarial infection results in recurrence of high fever and chill every 3-4 days.

Question 14.
What is an autoimmune disease? Give an example. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The abnormal response of an immune system, in which it fails to recognise ‘self’ and ‘non-self’ and starts destroying its own cells and molecules is called autoimmune disease. Rheumatoid arthritis is an example of autoimmune disease, which destroys articular cartilage and fusing bones.

Question 15.
Why sharing of injection needles between two individuals is not recommended? (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Sharing of injection needles may act as a mode of transmission of certain diseases including AIDS. Thus, it is not recommended.

Question 16.
State two different roles of spleen in the human body? (All India 2012)
Answer:
The two different roles of spleen in human body are
(i) Spleen acts as a filter to trap blood-borne microorganisms.
(ii) It is a large reservoir of erythrocytes.

Question 17.
Why do pollen grains of some flower trigger sneezing in some people? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Pollen grains are allergens that cause allergy in some people due to release of chemicals like histamine and serotonin from mast cells. These trigger the inflammatory responses in body, e.g. sneezing, wheezing, etc.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 18.
What is it that prevents a child to suffer from a disease he/she is vaccinated against? Give one reason. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Due to vaccination body produces antibodies in large numbers. It protects the child by neutralising the pathogenic agents during infection. The vaccine also generates memory B-cells and T-cells that can recognise pathogens on subsequent exposure and produce intense immune response.

Question 19.
How does malaria differ from chikungunya with reference to their vectors? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Malaria is spread by female Anopheles mosquito, whereas chikungunya is spread by female Aedes mosquito.

Question 20.
Malaria, typhoid, pneumonia and amoebiasis are some of the human infectious diseases. Which one of these is transmitted through mechanical carriers? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Amoebiasis is transmitted through mechanical carrier, i.e. houseflies.

Question 21.
Differentiate between the roles of B-lymphocytes and T-lymphocytes in generating immune responses. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
For B and T-lymphocytes, Refer to page no. 210.

Question 22.
Principle of vaccination is based on the property of ‘memory’ of the immune system. Taking one suitable example, justify the statement. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
For vaccination, Refer to page no. 211.

Question 23.
Why is the structure of an antibody molecule represented as HgLa ? Name any two types of antibodies produced in a human body. (2018C)
Answer:
For structure of antibody molecule. Refer to page no. 210-211.

Question 24.
Mention one application for each of the following
(i) Passive immunisation
(ii) Antihistamine
(iii) Colostrum
(iv) Cytokinin-barrier (All India 2017)
Answer:
Applications of given components are as follows
(i) Passive immunisation provides a faster immune response.
(ii) Antihistamine is used to reduce the symptoms of allergy, such as sneezing, watery eyes, rashes, running nose, etc.
(iii) Colostrum consists of antibodies (e.g. IgA) that provide immunity to an infant against infections.
(iv) Cytokinin barrier produces interferons and protects non-infected cells from further viral infection.

Question 25.
Name the cells HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) gains entry into after infecting the human body. Explain the events that occur in these cells. (All India 2016)
Or
How do macrophages in the human body act as HIV factory? (All India 2010)
Or
Name the cells that act as HIV factory in humans when infected by HIV. Explain the events that occur in the infected cell.
Answer:
After infecting the human body, the HIV gains entry into macrophages.
Events occurring in these cells are as follows
(i) RNA genome of the virus replicates to form viral DNA by enzyme reverse transcriptase.
(ii) Viral DNA gets incorporated into the macrophage DNA and directs the infected cells to produce new viruses.
(iii) Macrophages continue to produce virus particles and thus called HTV factory.

Question 26.
Name the causative organism of the disease amoebiasis. List three symptoms of the disease. (All India 2016)
Or
(i) Name the protozoan parasite that causes amoebic dysentery in humans.
(ii) Mention two diagnostic symptoms of the disease.
(iii) How is this disease transmitted to others? (All India 2016, Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The disease amoebic dysentery or amoebiasis is caused by an intestinal parasite, Entamoeba histolytica, which is found in the large intestine of human. Transmitting agent is housefly, which acts as mechanical carrier. It transmits the parasite from faeces of infected person to the food.
Symptoms include constipation, abdominal pain and cramps, stools with excess mucous and blood clots.

Question 27.
(i) Name any two causative organisms responsible for ringworm.
(ii) State any two symptoms of the disease. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) Causative organisms responsible for ringworm are Microsporum, Epidermophyton and Trichophyton (all fungi).

(ii) Two symptoms of the disease are
(a) Intense itching
(b) Appearance of dry, scaly lesions on various body parts.

Question 28.
(i) Name any two helminths which are known pathogenic to human.
(ii) List any two symptoms of the diseases caused by any one of them. (Delhi 2016)
Or
List the symptoms of ascariasis. How does a healthy person acquire this infection? (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) Helminths worms, which pathogenic to human are
(a) Ascaris, the roundworm.
(b) Wuchereria, the filarial worm.

(ii) Ascaris is an intestinal parasite that causes ascariasis. Symptoms of ascariasis are internal bleeding, muscular pain, fever, anaemia and blockage in intestinal passage.
A healthy person acquires this infection through consumption of water, vegetables or fruits contaminated with the eggs of parasite Ascaris.

Question 29.
Name any two secondary lymphoid organs in a human body and state the function of any of them. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Secondary lymphoid organs provide the site for interaction of lymphocytes with the antigen, which then proliferate to become effector cells, e.g. spleen, tonsils and lymph nodes.
Lymph nodes help to trap antigens entering the tissue fluid, whereas spleen trap the blood-borne microbes.

Question 30.
How are oncogenic viruses different from proto-oncogenes?
Answer:
Oncogenic viruses The cancer causing viruses which have viral genes or oncogenes are called, oncogenic viruses.
Proto-oncogenes These genes are present in normal cells, which when activated under certain conditions could lead to oncogenic transformation of the cells, thus leading to cancer.

Question 31.
(i) Which organ of the human body is initially affected when bitten by an infected female Anopheles! Name the stage of the parasite that infects this organ.
(ii) Explain the events that are responsible for chill and high fever in the patient. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) Liver is initially affected by the sporozoites stage dud to the bite of female Anopheles.
(ii) Rupture of RBC and release of haemozoin is responsible for chill and high fever.

Question 32.
Name an allergen and write the response of human body when exposed to it. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
The allergen can be pollen grains, spores or dust particles. When the allergens are inhaled or enter body system, they stimulate body to produce IgE antibodies and trigger an antiallergic reaction. The chemicals such as histamine and serotonin are released from mast cells in response to allergen, thereby causing dilation of blood vessels. These chemicals also elicit inflammatory response that may result in sneezing, watery eyes, running nose, etc.

Question 33.
Differentiate between active and passive immunity. (Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Differences between active and passive immunity are as follows
Table
Active immunity
Develops when body’s own cells produce antibodies in response to infection or vaccine.
Slow in response, but long lasting effects.
e.g. Immunity developed by vaccination.

Passive immunity
Develops when antibodies produced in other organisms are injected or administered into a person to counteract antigen.
Provides immediate relief, but short lived,
e.g, Injection of tatanus.

Question 34.
How does a vaccine for a particular disease immunise the human body against that disease? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
During vaccination for a particular disease, an antigen or antigenic protein or weak pathogen, which is in inactive form is introduced into the body to induce mild immune response.

The vaccine generates antibodies that neutralises the toxin/pathogen and produces memory-B or T-cells, which recognise the pathogen in the subsequent encounters and produce antibodies.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 35.
Why is a person with cuts and bruises following an accident administered tetanus antitoxin? Give reasons. (All India 2013)
Or
Why does a doctor administer tetanus antitoxin and not a tetanus vaccine to a child injured in a roadside accident with a bleeding wound? All India 2010
Answer:
A person with cuts and bruises following an accident is administered tetanus antitoxin, because this toxin contains performed antibodies against the pathogen Clostridium tetani. This inactivates the pathogen and provide passive immunity. Also, tetanus antitoxin provide instant response unlike tetanus vaccine, which take time to develop immunity.

Question 36.
A patient showed symptoms of sustained high fever, stomach pain and constipation, but no blood clot in stools. Name the disease and its pathogen. Write the diagnostic test for the disease. How does the disease get transmitted? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
The symptoms, such as constant high fever, stomach pain and constipation, weakness and headache are shown in typhoid.
Its causative’agent is a bacterium called Salmonella typhi. Widal test is used for its diagnosis. Typhoid is transmitted through contaminated food and water.

Question 37.
A student on a school picnic to a park on a windy day started sneezing and having difficulty in breathing on reaching the park. The teacher enquired whether the student was allergic to something.
(i) What is an allergy?
(ii) Write the two unique characteristics of the system involved in the response observed in the student. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
(i) Allergy is a hypersensitive response to a foreign substance coming in contact with or entering the body, e.g, sneezing, watery eyes, etc.
(ii) It is due to the release of histamine and serotonin by the mast cells.

Question 38.
A young boy when brought a pet dog home started to complain of watery eyes and running nose. The symptoms disappeared when the boy was kept away from the pet.
(i) Name the type of antibody and the chemicals responsible for such a response in the boy.
(ii) Mention the name of any one drug that could be given to the boy for immediate relief from such a response. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
(i) In case of allergy, IgE antibodies are involved. Histamine and serotonin are responsible for such responses.
(ii) Antihistamine could be given for immediate relief.

Question 39.
(i) Highlight the role of thymus as a lymphoid organs.
(ii) Name the cells that are released from the above mentioned gland. Mention, how they help in immunity? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Thymus is a primary lymphoid organs of the immune system. Here, immature lymphocytes get differentiated into antigen-sensitive T-lymphocytes.
(ii) T-lymphocytes are released from thymus, after their maturation get completed. They themselves do not produce antibodies, but help B-cells to produce them. They are also responsible for Cell Mediated Immune (CMI) response.

Question 40.
Name the parasite that causes filariasis in humans. Mention its two diagnostic symptoms. How is this transmitted to others? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Wuchereria (W. bancrofti and W. malayi) is the filarial worm that causes filariasis in humans.
Diagnostic Symptoms
(i) The presence of nematodes in lymph vessels causes collection of fluid. It may lead, to swelling in arms, breasts, legs and genital region.
(ii) Inflammation of lower limbs result in deformities.
It is transmitted to a healthy person through the bite of the female mosquito vector, Culex.

Question 41.
Name and explain the two types of immune responses in humans. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Immune responses are of two types
(i) Primary response The reaction of the body’s immune system to the first attack of microbe (antigen) is called primary immune response. It is slow and less intense.
(ii) Secondary response The reaction of the body’s immune system to any subsequent infection of the same microbe is termed as secondary immune response. It is fast and intense.

Question 42.
Name the two special types of lymphocytes in humans. How do they differ in their roles in immune response? (All India 2012)
Answer:
Two special types of lymphocytes in humans are
(i) B-lymphocytes or B-cells
(ii) T-lymphocytes or T-cells

Differences between B and T-lymphocytes are as follows
Table
B-lymphocytes
They produce antibodies against antigen.
They do not respond to organ transplant.

T-lymphocytes
They stimulate B-cells to produce antibodies.
They react to organ transplant.

Question 43.
(i) Name the group of virus responsible for causing AIDS in humans. Why are these virus so, named?
(ii) List any two ways of transmission of HIV infection in humans other than sexual contact? All India 2012
Answer:
(i) Retrovirus is the group of viruses causing AIDS in humans. They contain RNA as genetic material and with the help of enzyme reverse transcriptase, they make viral DNA using RNA as a template. Thus, they are called retrovirus.

(ii) (a) By sharing infected needles.
(b) By transfusion of blood contaminated with HIV.

Question 44.
Why is an antibody represented as H2L2? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Antibody is represented as H2I2 because each antibody molecule has four peptide chains, i.e. two small light (L) chains and two longer heavy (H) chains.

Question 45.
Name the different types of cell providing cellular barrier responsible for innate immunity in humans. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
For cellular barrier as innate immunity, Refer to page no. 209.

Question 46.
List any two emergent circumstances, when a medical doctor would recommend injection of a preformed antibody into the body of a patient and why? (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
In case of snake bite and in tetanus infection. Preformed antibodies help in providing quick immune response.

Question 47.
List the two types of immunity a human baby inborn with. Explain the differences between the two types. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Two types of immunity with which human baby is born include.
(i) Innate immunity It is inherited type of immunity and it protects an organism from birth throughout the life. It is not specific to particular pathogen and consists of four types of barriers namely physical, physiological, cellular and cytokine.

(ii) Natural passive immunity It is passively transferred from mother to foetus through placenta, e.g. IgG antibodies can cross placental barrier to reach the foetus.

Question 48.
How is an allergic reaction caused by an allergen? Name the drug that can reduce the symptoms of allergy? (All India 2011C)
Answer:
An allergic reaction is caused by allergens as these can produce IgE type of antibodies. These antibodies causes the release of histamine and serotonin like chemicals from mast cells, which cause allergic reactions. The use of drugs like antihistamine, adrenaline and steroids quickly reduce the symptoms of allergy.

Question 49.
Name the two types of immunity in a human body. Why are cell-mediated and humoral immunities so called? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Types of immunity system in humans are
(i) Innate immunity and acquired immunity are two main types of immunities in human body.
(ii) Cells mediated immunity is so called as it is mediated by specialised cells, the T-lymphocytes that recognise self and non-self cells. Humoral immunity is so called because it is mediated by antibodies, which are found circulating in body fluid (humor) e.g. blood.

Question 50.
Write the scientific names of the causal organisms of elephantiasis and ringworm in humans. Mention the body parts affected by them. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Elephantiasis is caused by Wuchereria bancrofti and W. malayi. These affect lower limbs and genital organs.
(ii) Ringworm is caused by Microsporum, Trichophyton and Epidermophyton. They affect the skin, nails and scalp.

Question 51.
Identify A, D, E and F in the diagram of an antibody molecule given below, (Delhi 2011)
Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8 Img 1
Answer:
A-Antigen binding region,
D-Light chain
E-Heavy chain
F-Disulphide bond/bridge

Question 52.
Name the host and the site, where the following occur in the life cycle of a malarial parasite.
(i) Formation of gametocytes.
(ii) Fusion of gametocytes. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
(i) Formation of gametocytes occurs in the erythrocytes (RBCs) of human beings.
(ii) Fusion of gametocytes occurs in the intestine of mosquito.

Question 53.
Define the term health. Mention any two ways of maintaining it. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Health can be defined as a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being. It can be maintained by taking balanced diet, maintaining personal hygiene, regular exercise/yoga, vaccination against infectious diseases, etc. (1+1)

Question 54.
Identify A, B, C and D in the following table. (Foreign 2010)
Table
Name of the human diseases
Typhoid
Common cold
Pneumonia

Name of the causal bacterial virus
Salmonella typhi
B
Streptococcus pneumoniae

Specific organ or its part affected
A
C
D
Answer:
A – Small intestine
B – Rhinovirus
C – Nose, respiratory passage
D- Alveoli of lungs.

Question 55.
The barriers in the innate immunity are given in the following table. Identify A, B, C and D. (Delhi 2010C)
Table
Types of barrier
Physical
Physiological
C
Cellular

Barriers
Skin, A
B, in the eye
Interferon
WBC, D
Answer:
A-Epithelium lining
B-Tears
C-Cytokinin
D-Polymorphonuclear leucocytes.

Question 56.
(i) How does a vaccine affect immunity?
(ii) How can we get immunisation against tetanus? (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) In vaccination, a preparation of antigenic proteins of pathogen or inactivated/ weakened pathogen (vaccine) are introduced into the body. The antibodies produced in the body against these antigens would neutralise the pathogenic agents during actual infection. The vaccines also generate memory-B and T-cells.
(ii) Preformed antibodies for tetanus are directly injected to acquire quick immune response. This is called passive immunisation against tetanus.

Question 57.
Why do normal cells not show cancerous growth? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Normal cells do not show cancerous growth as
(i) Their growth and division are regulated by certain regulatory mechanisms.
(ii) They show the property of contact inhibition, by virtue of which contact with other cells inhibit their uncontrolled growth.

Question 58.
State the effect of carcinogens on human body. Name the carcinogenic ionising and non-ionising radiations. Mention their carcinogenic effects. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Carcinogens can transform normal cell into cancerous cells.
Carcinogenic ionising radiations are X-rays and gamma rays. Carcinogenic non-ionising radiations are UV-rays.
These radiations cause changes in base sequences, i.e. mutations that lead to transformation of normal cells into cancerous cell.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 59.
(i) Explain the property that prevents normal cells from becoming cancerous.
(ii) All normal cells have inherent characteristic of becoming cancerous. Explain.
Answer:
(i) For concerous cells Refer to Answer No. 57.
(ii) All normal cells have ceUular oncogenes (c-onc) or proto-oncogenes. When activated under certain conditions, such genes could lead to oncogenic transformation of cells, i.e. they may become cancerous.

Question 60.
Name a human disease, its causal organism, symptoms (any three) and vector spread by intake of water and food contaminated by human faecal matter. (All India 2017)
Or
A patient is down with amoebiasis. List the symptoms that confirm this infection. Name the causative pathogen. (Delhi 2015c)
Answer:
Amoebiasis is a disease spread by intake of water and food contaminated by human faecal matter. Causal organism Entamoeba histolytica. Symptoms
• Abdominal pain
• Constipation with cramps
• Faeces with excess mucus
Vector or carrier of pathogen is housefly.

Question 61.
(i) What precaution(s) would you recommend to a patient requiring repeated blood transfusion?
(ii) If the advise is not followed by the patient there is an apprehension that the patient might contract a disease that would destroy the immune system of his/her body. Explain with the help of schematic diagram only how the immune system would get affected and destroyed. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
(i) Repeated blood transfusion may result in contracting diseases like AIDS. The recipient must ensure that the donor’s blood is being screened for HIV and other pathogens. Also, he should make sure that doctors are using fresh needles.

(ii) In the absence of such measures, the patient can get infected by HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus), which causes AIDS. It is a threatening disorder that weakens the immune system by attacking helper T-cells in the body. A schematic diagram showing the cycle of proliferation and effects of retrovirus (HIV) in infected person is as follows
Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8 Img 2

Question 62.
(i) It is generally observed that the children who had suffered from chickenpox in their childhood may not contract the same disease in their adulthood.
Explain giving reasons the basis of such an immunity in an individual. Name this kind of immunity.
(ii) What are interferons? Mention their role. (Foreign 2016)
Answer:
(i) A child who had suffered from chickenpox in childhood may not contract disease in his/her adulthood. It is because during the first encounter with pathogen (chickenpox) specific antibodies (by humoral immune response) are produced to counter the attack. During this attack, memory cells are also produced. Due to this, on subsequent exposure to the same pathogen, the immune response is more rapid and intense. That is why, second exposure to the chickenpox does not cause disease. It is known as acquired immunity of the body.

(ii) Interferons are special kind of proteins secreted by virus infected cells. These protect the healthy cells from the virus attacks.

Question 63.
Certain attributes of innate immunity are given in the table below. Identify A, B, C, D, E and F respectively in it. (Delhi 2016C)
Table
Types of barrier
(i) A
(ii) C
(iii) Cytokine

Example of the barrier
B
Polymorpho nuclear leucocytes
E

Function
Prevent microbial growth
D
F
Answer:
(i) A – Physiological barriers
B – Lysozyme in saliva

(ii) C – Cellular barriers
D – Fhagocytose and destroy microbes

(iii) E – Interferons
F – Prevention of viral infections

Question 64.
State the three characteristics of acquired immunity. List the different ways by which it can be attained by humans. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
The characteristics of acquired immunity are
(i) It is pathogen specific.
(ii) It is characterised by memory.
(iii) Responses can be characterised as a primary response (of low intensity) and secondary response.

Acquired immunity can be attained by humans in the following ways
(i) Active immunity The antibodies are produced in the host body as a response to foreign entitities, i.e. on living microbes or other proteins. The onset of response is slow.
(ii) Passive immunity The readymade antibodies are directly introduced to protect the body against foreign agents.

Question 65.
How are primary and secondary immune responses carried out in the human body? Explain. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
The primary response is the first response of immune system to a newly introduced foreign agent, while a second intensified immune response to same foreign agent is the secondary or anamnestic response. Immune responses are produced by two types of lymphocytes
(i) B-Iymphocytes These produce an army of proteins in response to pathogens, i.e. antibodies in the blood. The different types of antibodies secreted are IgA, IgM, IgE and IgG. This response generated via antibodies of the immune system is also called the humoral immune response.
(ii) T-lymphocytes are the mediators of the cell-mediated immunity (CMI). The cell-mediated immune response is responsible for the graft rejection.

Question 66.
(i) HIV and Hepatitis-B are STDs. Mention the two other ways by which they can be transmitted to a healthy person.
(ii) Why is early detection of STD essential? What can it lead to otherwise? Explain. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) STDs like AIDS and hepatitis-B can be transmitted to a healthy person in the following ways
(a) Unsafe blood transfusion.
(b) From infected mother to foetus throught lactation.

(ii) Early detection of STD is essential for timely cure. Otherwise this can lead to Pelvic Inflammatory Diseases (PIDs), abortions or even cancer of the reproductive tract. (IVi)

Question 67.
A youth in his twenties met with an accident and succumbed to the injuries. His parents agreed to donate his organs. List any two essential clinical steps to be undertaken before any organ transplant. Why is the transplant rejected sometimes? What views would you share with your health club members to promote organ donation? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Organ transplantation involves the removal of damaged/injured tissues or organs from the body of a person and their substitution by similar tissues/organs from a donor. Tissue matching, blood group matching are essential clinical steps before undertaking any graft/transplant. Transplantation may result in the rejection of transplanted organs as the immune system recognises the protein in the transplanted tissue or organs as foreign and initiates cellular immunity. We should raise and promote awareness about organ donation, about need of organ and tissue donors. There are lakhs of people waiting for organ donation and many people die daily while waiting for transplant. Organs and tissues from one donor can save upto 40-50% lives. So, we should encourage and get registered for organ donation to save many lives.

Question 68.
(i) State what happens in the human body when malarial parasites infected RBCs burst to release the parasites in the blood.
(ii) Mention the specific sites in the host body, where production of
(a) sporzoites and
(b) gametocytes takes place in the life cycle of the malarial parasites. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) When the RBCs infected with malarial parasites burst open, they release a toxic substance called haemozoin, which is responsible for the chill and high fever recurring every three to four days.
(ii) (a) Sporozoites They are produced in the gut (inside oocyte on the surface of stomach) of the female Anopheles mosquitoes.
(b) Gametocytes RBCs of human body.

Question 69.
What is the functional difference between B-and T-cells. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
B-and T-cells are lymphocytes involved in immune responses generated by the host’s body. Functional differences between B- Cells and T-Cells are as follows
Table
B-lymphocytes
They are formed and mature in bone marrow.
They produce antibody against antigen. The immune response produced is called humoral or antibody mediated immunity.
They do not respond to organ transplantation.

T-lymphocytes
They are formed in bone marrow, but maturation occurs in thymus gland.
They directly attach the antigen or direct B-cells to produce antibody. They produce cell-mediated immune response.
They respond to organ transplantation.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 70.
Mention any two human diseases caused by round worms. Name their causative agents and their mode of transmission into the human body. (All India 2015C)
Answer:
Roundworms are nematodes, that cause helminthic disease in humans.
Two human diseases caused by roundworms are
(i) Ascariasis It is caused by intestinal endoparasite of humans, Ascaris lumbricoides. Infection occurs through contaminated vegetables, fruits and water.
(ii) Filariasis It is caused by filarial worms, Wuchereria bancrofti and W. malayi. It is transmitted by the bite of female Culex mosquito.

Question 71.
At what stage is Plasmodium picked up by the female Anopheles? Describe the life cycle of the parasite in this insect. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Female Anopheles pick up Plasmodium at gametocyte stage from human body.
Inside mosquito’s body, the gametocytes develop to form male and female gametes. These gametes fuse and form zygote, which further divides to form many sporozoites in the intestine of mosquito. These sporozoites later move into salivary glands. See text on page no. 206.

Question 72.
(i) Differentiate between benign and malignant tumours.
(ii) Why is colostrum a boon to the newborn baby? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Differences between benign and malignant tumours are as follows
Table
Benign tumour
Tumour remains confined to the affected organ. The rate of tumour growth is usually slow.
These tumours cause limited damage.
It is non-cancerous.

Malignant tumour
The tumour spreads to other organs of the body. Rate of tumour growth is usually rapid.
These tumours have neoplastic cells that migrate to other sites of the body and start a new tumour wherever they land. This property is called metastasis.
It is cancerous.

(ii) The milk produced during the initial few days of lactation is called colostrum, which contains IgA antibodies. These are essential to develop resistance in newborn babies as they provide passive immunity. Thus, breast- feeding during the initial period of infant growth is recommended by doctors for bringing up a healthy baby.

Question 73.
A heavily bleeding and bruised road accident victim was brought to a nursing home. The doctor immediately gave him an injection to protect him against a deadly disease.
(i) Write what did the doctor inject into the patient’s body?
(ii) How do you think this injection would protect the patient against the disease?
(iii) Name the disease against which this injection was given and the kind of immunity it provides. (All India 2015)
Answer:
(i) The doctor must have injected the tetanus vaccine into the patient.
(ii) The vaccine injection stimulates the body to make antibodies against the tetanus toxin.
(iii) The disease is tetanus, which is caused by bacterium Clostridium tetani. It may enter the skin through a cut or puncture wound. Once bacteria is under the skin, it makes a toxin that causes severe and painful muscle spasms, which can even be fatal. The injection provides passive immunity.

Question 74.
Community service department of your school plans a visit to a slum near the school with an objective to educate the slum dwellers with respect to health and hygiene,
(i) Why is there a need to organise such visits?
(ii) Write the steps you will highlight, as a member of this department, in your interactions with them to enable them to lead a healthy life. All Indio 2Q14
Answer:
(i) The community service department of schools plans a visit to a slum is educate them about health, hygiene and nutrition. These, people are’always at risk of acquiring infections due to poor hygiene. Therefore, there is always a need to organise visits to slums so, as to educate and create awareness among them regarding the importance of hygiene.

(ii) The points to be highlighted while interacting with the slum people may be:
• Importance of cleanliness and hygiene of body as well as surroundings.
• Awareness and prevention of infectious diseases.
• Use of public facilities, i.e. toiletries.
• Consumption of properly cooked and hygienic food and water.
• Administration of vaccines to newborn children, so as to prevent diseases.

Question 75.
(i) Name and explain giving reason, the type of immunity provided to the newborn by the colostrum and vaccinations.
(ii) Name the type of antibody
(a) present in colostrum.
(b) produced in response to allergens in human body. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) The immunity provided to the newborn by colostrum and vaccinations is called passive immunity.

This is because both in colostrum and vaccines the antibodies conferred are not produced by own body, but are rather transferred passively to recipient’s body. Such as IgA antibodies pass through milk (colostrum) to infants and provides passive immunity against infection.

(ii) (a) The type of antibody present in colostrum is IgA.
(b) IgE is produced in response to allergens in human body.

Question 76.
(i) Name the causative organisms for the following diseases
(a) Elephantiasis
(b) Ringworm
(c) Amoebiasis
(ii) How can public hygiene help to control such diseases? Delhi 2014c
Answer:
(i) The causative agents or organisms for the following diseases are:
(a) Elephantiasis- Wuchereria bancrofti
(b) Ringworm- Microsporum
(c) Amoebiasis-Entamoeba histolytica

(ii) Maintenance of public hygiene includes
• keeping body and surroundings clean.
• consumption of clean drinking water, fruits and vegetables, etc.
• proper disposal of waste and excreta.
• regular cleaning and disinfection of tanks and other water reservoirs, etc.
• all the above measures help to control the increase in vectors of infectious diseases and their breeding places. Thus, there would be reduced chances of transmission of infectious diseases.

Question 77.
Name the cells HIV attacks first, when it gains entry into a human body. How does this virus replicate further to cause immunodeficiency in the body? (Delhi 2013C, 2010; All India 2D10C)
Or
Trace the events occur in human body to cause immunodeficiency, when HIV gains entry into the body. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The HIV virus attacks the macrophages first in human body. The further replication of virus causes immuno deficiency in the following way
(i) RNA is replicated to form viral DNA by the enzyme reverse transcriptase.
(ii) Viral DNA gets incorporated into the host cell’s DNA and directs the infected cells to produce viruses.
(iii) Macrophages continue to produce virus particles and function as HIV factories.
(iv) The virus particles enter helper T-lymphocytes in the blood, where they continue to replicate and produce viral progenies.
(v) The number of helper T-lymphocytes progressively decreases in the body of the infected person.
(vi) With the decrease in number of T-cells, the immunity also decreases. The person is unable to produce any immune response even against common bacteria like Mycobacterium, parasites like Toxoplasma, viruses and fungi.

Question 78.
Trace the life cycle of malarial parasite in human body, when bitten by infected female Anopheles. (All India 2012)
Or
Trace the life cycle of Plasmodium in humans from the stage of entry until it is picked up by the female Anopheles. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Life Cycle of Malarial Parasite (Plasmodium) in Human Body
Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8 Img 3

Question 79.
Study a part of the life cycle of malarial parasite given below. Answer the questions that follows.
Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8 Img 4
(i) Mention the role of A in the life cycle of the malarial parasite.
(ii) Name the event C and the organ where this event occurs.
(iii) Identify the organ B and name the cells being released from it. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) A is female Anopheles mosquito, these mosquitoes act as vectors and transmit the disease from infected to healthy individuals.
(ii) The event C is fertilisation. It occurs in the intestinal wall of mosquito.
(iii) B is salivary glands of mosquito, sporozoites cells are released from it.

Question 80.
Study the diagram showing replication of HIV in humans and answer the following questions accordingly.
Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8 Img 5
(i) Write the chemical nature of the coat A.
(ii) Name the enzyme B acting on X to produce molecule C. Name C.
(iii) Mention the name of the host cell D the HIV attacks first, when it enters into the human body.
(iv) Name the two different cells the new viruses E subsequently attack. (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) A – Protein coat
(ii) B – Reverse transcriptase, A-viral RNA, C – Viral DNA
(iii) D – Macrophages (animal or human cell)
(iv) E – Macrophages and helper T-cells.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 81.
(i) Name the causative agent of typhoid in humans.
(ii) Name the test administered to confirm the disease.
(iii) How does the pathogen gain entry into the human body? Write the diagnostic symptoms and mention the body organ that gets affected in severe cases? All India 2011
Answer:
(i) Salmonella typhi.
(ii) Widal test.
(iii) Pathogens enter the human body through contaminated food and water.
Diagnostic symptoms high fever, weakness, stomach pain. The body organ affected is small intestine.

Question 82.
An antibody molecule is represented as H2L2. Explain. (Delhi 2010.)
Answer:
For Antibody H2L2, Refer to Answer No. 44.
Refer to figure 8.2. on page no. 210.

Question 83.
(i) All human beings have cellular oncogenes, but only few suffer from cancer disease. Give reasons.
(ii) How is a malignant tumour different from a benign tumour? (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
(i) Ail cells have cellular oncogenes (c-onc) or proto-oncogene, but only few suffer from cancer disease because these genes code for certain growth factors. Under certain conditions, they get activated and lead to oncogenic transformation causing cancer. This transformation is induced by physical, chemical and biological factors called carcinogens.

(ii) For differences between benign and malignant tumours, Refer to Answer No. 72 (i).

Question 84.
Under polio prevention programme, infants in India were given polio vaccines on a large scale at regular intervals to eradicate polio from the country.
(i) What is a vaccine? Explain, how does it impart immunity to the child against the disease.
(ii) With the help of an example each, differentiate between active and passive immunity. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
(i) Vaccine is a preparation of inactivated or weakened pathogen of polio virus or protein that is injected into a person to provide protection against disease. Refer to Answer No. 34.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 33.

Question 85.
(i) Cancer is one of the most dreaded diseases. Explain ‘contact inhibition’ and ‘metastasis’ with respect to disease.
(ii) Name the group of genes that have been identified in normal cells that could lead to cancer. How do these genes cause cancer?
(iii) Name any two techniques that are useful in detecting cancers of internal organs.
(iv) Why are cancer patients often given a-interferon as part of the treatment? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Contact inhibition is the property exhibited by normal cells. It prevents their uncontrolled proliferation when they are in contact with other neighbouring cells. But cancerous cells seem to have lost this property and continue to divide despite being in contact with other cells, which leads to masses of cells called tumours.

Metastasis is the property exhibited by malignant tumours which grows rapidly, invades neighbouring tissues and is capable of reaching distant sites through blood and lymph thus, spreading malignant tumours to other organs or parts of body. These two properties make ‘cancer’ one of the dreaded diseases.

(ii) The group of genes called cellular oncogenes or proto-oncogenes in normal cells could lead to cancer. These genes are present in inactivated or suppressed form. Some factors, i.e. physical, chemical or biological called carcinogens are capable of activating these oncogenes and thus, transforming normal cells into cancerous one.

(iii) The two techniques useful in detecting cancers of internal organs, are CT (Computed Tomography) and MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging).

(iv) As tumour cells are capable of avoiding recognition and destruction by immune system, the cancer patients are given a-interferons, which are biological response modifiers. It helps in activating the immune system and destroy tumours.

Question 86.
(i) Name and explain any four lymphoid organs present in humans.
(ii) Categorise the named lymphoid organs as primary or secondary lymphoid organs, giving reasons. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) The four lymphoid organs are:
(a) Bone marrow Major lymphoid organs as both B and T-lymphocytes are formed here and p-lymphocytes mature here only.
(b) Thymus T-lymphocytes mature in thymus and they are responsible for cell mediated iinmupe response.
(c) Spleen Bean-shaped organ comprising of single mass of lymphoid tissues. In foetal stage, it produces all type of blood cells but only lymphocytes are produced in adult stage.
(d) Lymph nodes These are small solid structures composed of lymphoid tissue. They produce lymphocytes and plasma cells and also act as filters for lymph.

(ii) The above described lymphoid organs, such as bone marrow and thymus can be grouped under primary lymphoid organs, because these act as organs where both B and T-lymphocytes mature and acquire their antigenic specificity. Whereas the spleen and lymph nodes are considered as secondary lymphoid organs where the lymphocytes undergo proliferation and differentiation. These are the site of acquired immune response to antigens and formation of effector cells.

Question 87.
A person in your colony has recently been diagnosed with AIDS. People/residents in the colony want him to leave the colony for the fear of spread of AIDS.
(i) Write your view on the situation, giving reasons.
(ii) List the possible preventive measures that you would suggest to the residents of your locality in a meeting organised by you so that they understand the situation.
(iii) Write the symptoms and the causative agent of AIDS. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) AIDS is not contagious, i.e: it does not spread by shaking hand, talking and use of common utensils. So, there is no need of fear to live with the AIDS patient.
(ii) Some preventive and safe steps to be suggested are:
(a) Taking out HIV affected blood from blood bank, ensuring the use of only disposable needles and syringes in all public and private hospitals and clinics.
(b) Free distribution of condoms in public.
(c) Advocating safe sex and promoting regular check-up for HIV in population.

(iii) AIDS is caused by Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), a retrovirus. This virus attacks on T-helper cells, thus destroying the immune system.
The common symptoms of AIDS are weakness, fever, weight loss, regular illness, etc.

Question 88.
Describe the asexual and sexual phases of life cycle of Plasmodium that causes malaria in humans. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
For life cycle of Plasmodium, Refer to page no. 206.

Question 89.
Mention the useful as well as the harmful drug obtained from the latex of poppy plant. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Morphine is obtained from latex of poppy plant. It is useful as an analgesic. Heroin formed after acetylation of morphine is harmful as it is a depressant.

Question 90.
How does smoking tobacco in human lead to oxygen deficiency in their body? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Smoking increases carbon monoxide (CO) content in blood and reduces the concentration of haem-bound oxygen. This causes oxygen deficiency in the body. (1)

Question 91.
(i) Name the source plant of heroin drug. How is it obtained from the plant? (2018C)
(ii) Write the effects of heroin on the human body.20ia c
Answer:
(i) Heroin is obtained from Papaver somniferum. It is extracted from the latex of the plant.
(ii) Heroin is a depressant and slows down body function.

Question 92.
Why are adolescents especially advised not to smoke? How does smoking affect the functioning of the body? (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Adolescents are advised not to smoke for the following reasons
(i) Smoking paves way for hard drugs.
(ii) Smoking is associated with increased incidences of cancers of lung, throat and bronchitis and emphysema. It also increases carbon monoxide content in blood and reduces the concentration of haem-bound oxygen.

Question 93.
Name two drugs obtained from poppy plant. ‘These drugs are medically useful, but are often abused’. Taking the mentioned examples justify by giving reasons. (Delhi 2016 C)
Or
How are morphine and heroin related? Mention the effect each one of them has on the human body? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Both morphine and heroin are extracted from the latex of plant Papaver somniferum.
Heroin is actually obtained by the acetylation of morphine. Thus, both heroine and morphine are related.
Morphine acts as an effective sedative and pain-killer while heroin acts as depressant and slows down body functions.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 94.
What happens to an individual when a regular dose of drugs/alcohol is abruptly discontinued? What characteristics manifest in the individual under such a situation? (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Or
What is ‘withdrawal syndrome’? List any two symptoms it is characterised by. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
If the regular dose of drug or alcohol in an addicted person is discontinued abruptly, the body exhibits characteristic and unpleasant symptoms called ‘withdrawal syndrome’.
The ‘withdrawal syndrome’ is characterised by symptoms like anxiety, nausea and excessive sweating.

Question 95.
Write the scientific name of the source plant of the drugs-marijuana and hashish and mention their effects on human body. (Delhi 2014C)
Or
Name the plant source of ganja. How does it affect the body of the abuser? (All Indio 2012)
Answer:
The scientific name of source plant of drugs marijuana, hashish and ganja is Cannabis sativa. These drugs usually affect the cardiovascular system of human body.

Question 96.
Name the plant source of the drug popularly called smack. How does it affect the body of the abuser? (Delhi 2012)
Or
Name the opioid drug and its source plant. How does the drug affect the human body? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Smack is obtained from Papaver somniferum (poppy plant).
Drug’s affects
(i) It binds to specific opioid receptors present in our central nervous system and gastro-intestinal tract.
(ii) It is a depressant that slows down the body functions.

Question 97.
Identify A, B, C and D in the following table. (Delhi 2012C)
Table
Scientific name of the source plant
Papaver somniferum
Cannabis sativa
Erythroxylum coca

Drug
A
Cannabinoids
C

Harmful effects/Human body part affected
Depressant/ slows body function
B
D
Answer:
A- Heroine
B – Cardiovascular system
C – Cocaine
D – Central nervous system

Question 98.
Why is tobacco smoking associated with rise in blood pressure and emphysema (oxygen deficiency in the body)? Explain. (All India 2011)
Answer:
The nicotine present in tobacco stimulates
adrenal glands to secrete adrenaline and nor-adrenaline. Both these hormones increase blood pressure and heart rates. ID
Smoking is associated with increased incidence of lung cancers. It increases carbon monoxide level of the blood, which competes with oxygen for transport. As the concentration of haem-bound oxygen decreases, there is oxygen deficiency in the body. It also increases the craving for hard drugs. (1)

Question 99.
Why is there a fear amongst the guardians that their adolescent wards may get trapped in drug/alcohol abuse? (All India 2017)
Answer:
There is always a fear amongst guardians that their adolescents may get trapped in drug/alcohol abuse due to following reasons:
(i) Adolescence is accompanied by several biological and behavioural changes. It is a vulnerable phase of mental and psychological development of an individual in which an individual may get addicted to alcohol/drugs very easily.
(ii) In this age, the first use of drugs or alcohol may be out of curiosity or experimentation, which later on turns to addiction.
(iii) Adolescents usually take drugs due to social pressure, need of adventure, excitement to avoid stress, depression and frustration.

Question 100.
Explain ‘addiction’ and ‘dependence’ in respect of drug/alcohol abuse in youth. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Addiction is a psychological attachment to certain effects such as euphoria and a temporary feeling of well-being associated with drugs and alcohol. These drive people to take them without need or even when it becomes self-destructive. In the absence of any guidance or counselling, the person gets addicted and becomes dependent on their use.

Dependence on drug/alcohol is the tendency of the body to manifest a characteristic and unpleasant withdrawal syndrome, if regular dose of drugs/alcohol is discontinued abruptly. Withdrawal symptoms are characterised by anxiety, shakiness, nausea and sweating. Sometimes, it can be so severe that they may be life threatening.

Question 101.
Prior a sports event blood and urine samples of sports persons are collected for drug tests.
(i) Why is there a need to conduct such tests?
(ii) Name the drugs the authorities usually look for.
(iii) Write the generic names of two plants from which these drugs are obtained. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(i) It is necessary to conduct these tests as sports-persons often take drugs to increase their performance.
(ii) Cocaine and morphines are the drugs the authorities usually look for.
(iii) Morphine is extracted from the latex of poppy plant Papaver somniferum. Cocaine is obtained from the coca plant Erythroxylum coca.

Question 102.
A team of students are preparing to particfpate in the interschool sports meet. During a practice session you find some vials with labels of certain cannabinoids.
(i) Will you report to the authorities? Why?
(ii) Name a plant from which such chemicals are obtained.
(iii) Write the effect of these chemicals on human body. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) Yes, I will report it to the authorities, because cannabinoids are classified as drugs and taking them without medical supervision is illegal.
(ii) Cannabinoids are obtained from various parts of plant Cannabis sativa.
(iii) Effect The cannabinoids interact with cannabinoid receptors in the brain and affect the cardiovascular system of the body.

Question 103.
Do you support ‘dope test’ being conducted on sports persons participating in a prestigious athletic meet? Give three reasons in support of your answer. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Yes, the ‘dope test’ should be conducted on sports persons participating in a prestigious athletic meet. This is done to find out if any participant had taken any kind of performance enhancing drugs.
The use of drugs in sports should be banned as
(i) they increase muscle strength.
(ii) promote aggressiveness.
(iii) increase athletic performance.

Because of above reasons, use of such drugs, e.g. steroids, analgesics, diuretics should be banned for participants as it would be unfair on the part of other participants (not consuming such drugs).

Question 104.
‘Prevention is better than cure’ is an apt slogan to safeguard adolescents from drug abuse. List any 6 steps that could be taken in this regard. (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Six steps that could be taken to prevent adolescents from drug alcohol abuse are as follows
(i) A child should not be pushed unduly to perform beyond his/her limits in studies, sports or any other activities.
(ii) Educating and counselling him/her to face problems and stresses and accept disappointments and failures as part of life.
(iii) Parents and teachers can identify the danger signs and take appropriate steps to diagnose the malady and underlying causes.
(iv) Help should be taken from qualified psychologists and psychiatrists.
(v) Parents and teacher should become more supportive.
(vi) Help of close friends and relatives can also be taken.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 105.
Write the source and the effect on the human body of the following drugs
(i) Morphine
(ii) Cocaine
(iii) Marijuana (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Morphine is obtained from the latex of Papaver somniferum. It is a depressant, which slows down the body functions.
(ii) Cocaine is obtained from Erythroxylum coca. It is a stimulant and produces a sense of euphoria and increased energy.
(iii) Marijuana is obtained from the inflorescence of Cannabis sativa. It affects cardiovascular system of the body.

Question 106.
(i) Name the drug used
(a) as an effective sedative and pain killer.
(b) for helping patients to cope with mental illness like depression, but often misused.
(ii) How does moderate and high dosage of cocaine affect the human body? (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) (a) Morphine is an effective sedative and pain-killer.
(b) Lysergic Acid Diethylamides (LAD) or barbiturates are often misused.

(ii) Moderate dose of cocaine have a stimulating action on central nervous system. It produces a sense of euphoria and increased energy. High dosage of cocaine causes hallucinations.

Question 107.
Municipal corporation has deputed personals to check mosquito breeding in your school. Which places they should check for mosquitoes and name two diseases which are spread by them.
Answer:
They should check water tanks, flower pots, etc. These are the places where mosquitoes breed. Mosquitoes spread dengue and malaria.

Question 108.
It is commonly observed that parents feel embarrassed to discuss freely with their adolescent children about sexuality and reproduction. The result of this parental inhibition is that the children go astray sometimes.
(i) Explain the reasons that you feel are behind such embarrassment amongst some parents to freely discuss such issues with their growing children.
(ii) By taking one example of a local plant and animal, how would you help these parents to overcome such inhibitions about reproduction and sexuality? (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) The reasons behind the embarrassment amongst some parents to freely discuss sexuality and reproduction related issues are as follows
(a) Communication gap is a big reason for the same. The parents feel that talking about such issues will have a negative impact on children.
(b) In India, sex-related issues are considered as taboos, so people feel awkward while talking about them.
(c) Social beliefs are also responsible for this. , Most parents think that there has to be a V line of respect between parents and their children. Parents usually think that their child is too young to discuss over this topic.

(ii) To overcome this inhibition, parents can make children understand about sexuality via scientific perspective.
For example, in order to tell them about sexuality parents can take the example of cucurbit and papaya. In cucurbits, both male and female reproductive structures are present on the same plant, i.e, they are bisexual, while in papaya both male and female reproductive structures are present on different plants, i.e. they are unisexual. Similarly, in animals, earthworm is bisexual or hermaphrodite while cockroaches are unisexual. The concept of reproduction can be taught in same way by citing the examples of asexual reproduction in lower animals and sexual reproduction in higher animals.

Question 109.
Modern life style in big cities and towns is surely making the life more easy and comfortable for people. On the contrary, many more health issues and problems are on the rise and one of them is allergic reactions.
(i) Write any four steps you would suggest to minimise the cause of the above allergic responses.
(ii) List any two allergens. How does the human body respond to them? Explain. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) Allergy is a hypersensitive reaction of the immune system to certain antigens present in the environment. The following steps can be used to minimise the allergic reactions
(a) Provide a less protected environment in early childhood.
(b) Avoiding exposure to allergens like mites in dust, pollens, animal dander, etc.
(c) Use of drugs; like antihistamine, adrenaline and steroids.
(d) Exposing the patient to small doses of allergens and studying possible reactions.

(ii) Mist in dust and pollens are allergens. The human body responds to them by producing IgE antibodies and releasing chemicals like histamine and serotonin from mast cells.

Question 110.
Peer pressure plays a negative role in triggering smoking habits in adolescents. As a school captain list any two activities you would like to organise with the help of senior students of your school and any other two activities you would like your school authorities to organise for the students to tackle this problem. Explain how these activities will help in doing so. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
As a captain, we will organise craft competition to create the awareness among the students. Secondly, we will prepare some students to deliver debate during morning assembly to make it more effective and with the help of school authorities, we will prepare hoardings and put them Up on walls. We will also distribute some brochure amongst the students including the lecture of principal during morning assembly, we can also arrange a play on any auspicious occasion.

Question 111.
You have attended a birthday party hosted by one of your classmates. You found some guests at the party sitting in a corner making a lot of noise and consuming ‘something’. After a while one of the boys from the group started screaming, behaving abnormally and sweating profusely.
(i) Would you inform your parents/school authorities? Yes/No? Give reason in support of your answer.
(ii) Prepare a note to be circulated amongst the schoolmates about the sources and dangers of any two drugs.
(iii) Write any two ways that you will suggest to your school principal, so as to promote awareness amongst the youth against the use of these drugs. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
(i) Yes, I will inform the school authorities, because such kind of behaviour may lead to terrible consequences in future. It may lead to addiction to drugs. (1)
(ii) Following are two drugs that are most commonly available
Table
Drugs
Cocaine
Marijuana

Sources
Coca plant
Cannabis sativa

Danger
Damage to blood vessel, increased heart rate, even death.
Mental retardation, lung infection, lung cancer.

(iii) Ways to promote awareness amongst the youth against the use of these drugs are as follows:
(a) All students must be inspired to adopt a healthy life style.
(b) There should be a counsellor who must talk to students about their problems and situations that force them to adopt wrong habits.

Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8

Question 112.
An active member of an awareness group conducts regular programmes to sensitise public against alcoholism amongst youth as a serious health hazard in his locality.
Identify the values this member of the group is trying to propagate amongst the people in his locality. (Value Based Question, Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Member of an awareness group is trying to aware public, commonly youth about the harmful impacts of alcohol.
He wants to tell people that alcohol has several ill effects which affect the body of the individual in many ways as follows
(i) Alcohol affects the foetus in case of pregnancy.
(ii) It leads to reckless behaviour, vandalism and violence.
(iii) It causes aggressiveness, rebellious behaviour and depression.
(iv) Fatigue, isolation, fluctuations in weight are the other ill effects.
(v) Change in sleeping pattern, loss of appetite and lack of personal hygiene is also seen in addicts.

The post Human Health and Disease Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 8 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 5 Principles of Inheritance and Variation to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 5 Important Questions, Principles of Inheritance and Variation Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 5 Important Questions Principles of Inheritance and Variation

Question 1.
Name the pattern of inheritance where F1phenotype
(i) resembles only one of the two parents.
(ii) does not resemble either of the two parents and is in between the two. (All India 2019)
Or
Name the respective pattern of inheritance, where F1 phenotype
(i) does not resemble either of the two parents and is in between the two.
(ii) resembles only one of the two parents. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) Dominance
(ii) Incomplete dominance
Or
(i) Incomplete dominance
(ii) Dominance.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 2.
British geneticist RC Punnett developed a graphical representation of a genetic cross called ‘Punnett Square’. Mention the possible result this representation predicts of the genetic cross carried. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Punnett square helps to predict the probability of all the possible genotypes of offspring in a genetic cross.

Question 3.
Name the type of cross that would help to find the genotype of a pea plant bearing violet flowers. (All India 2017)
Answer:
To find the genotype of a pea plant bearing violet flowers, test cross would be carried out in which the plant with dominant trait, i.e. violet flowers, will be crossed with its recessive parent.

Question 4.
State a difference between a gene and an allele. (All India 2016)
Answer:
A unit of inheritance which is passed down from parent to offspring through the gametes over successive generations is known as gene. Genes consist of a pair of contrasting forms for a character that are known as alleles.

Question 5.
Give an example of polygenic trait in humans. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
On what basis is the skin colour in humans considered polygenic? (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
An example of a polygenic trait in humans is skin colour.
Or
Skin colour is considered to be a polygenic trait because it is under the control of many genes.

Question 6.
A geneticist interested in studying variations and patterns of inheritance in living beings prefers to choose organisms for experiments with shorter life cycle. Provide a reason. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
A geneticist interested in studying variations and patterns of inheritance in living beings prefers to choose organisms with shorter life cycle, because it enables the geneticist to study many generations of the organism in a short time period.

Question 7.
Mention any two contrasting traits with respect to seeds in pea plant that were studied by Mendel. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Two contrasting seed traits studied by Mendel are

  • Seed shape Round and wrinkled.
  • Seed colour Yellow and green.

Question 8.
What are ‘true-breeding lines’ that are used to study inheritance pattern of traits in plants. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
True-breeding lines are those plants, which have undergone continuous self-pollination and show stable trait inheritance and expression for several generations.

Question 9.
How many kinds of phenotype would you expect in F2-generation in a monohybrid cross exhibiting codominance? (All India 2014)
Answer:
In codominance, alleles are able to express themselves independently when present together. Thus, in a monohybrid cross there would be three kinds of phenotype in the F2-generation showing codominance.

Question 10.
Name the stage of cell division where segregation of an independent pair of chromosomes occurs. (All India 2014)
Or
Name the event during cell division cycle that results in the gain and loss of chromosomes. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
During meiotic anaphase-I of cell division, the separation of independent pair of chromosomes occurs.
Or
Non-disjunction of chromosomes during anaphase-I of meiosis results in the gain or loss of chromosomes.

Question 11.
A garden pea plant (A) produced inflated yellow pod and another plant (B) of the same species produced constricted green pods. Identify the dominant traits. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The dominant trait in the pea plant is inflated green pods while the recessive trait is constricted yellow pod?

Question 12.
A garden pea plant produced axial white flowers another of the same species produced terminal violet flowers. Identify the dominant traits. (All India 2012)
Answer:
The dominant trait in the pea plant is axial violet flowers, while the recessive trait is terminal white flowers.

Question 13.
In a dihybrid cross, when would the proportion of parental gene combinations be much higher than non-parental types, as experimentally shown by Morgan and his group? (All India 2012)
Answer:
The proportion of parental gene combination is much higher than non-parental types, when the two genes show linkage and are inherited together.

Question 14.
Write possible genotypes Mendel got when he crossed F1 tall plant with a dwarf pea plant. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Tt and tt (in ratio of 1:1) genotypes were obtained on crossing F1 tall plant with a dwarf parent plant. It is a test cross.

Question 15.
Garden pea plant produced round, green seed. Another of same species produced wrinkled yellow seeds. Identify dominant traits. (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
The dominant trait in pea plant is round and green seeds, while the recessive trait is wrinkled and yellow seeds.

Question 16.
Mention two contrasting flower related traits studied by Mendel in pea plant experiments. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
The two contrasting flower traits in pea plant are

  • Violet flowers and white flowers.
  • Axial flowers and terminal flowers.

Question 17.
Name the contrasting pod related traits studied by Mendel in his pea plant experiment. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
The two contrasting pod related traits in pea plant are

  • Inflated/Constricted shape.
  • Green/Yellow colour.

Question 18.
Mention the type of allele that expresses itself only in homozygous state in an organism. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
Recessive allele expresses itself only in homozygous condition because in the presence of a dominant allele its effect is masked.

Question 19.
Pea flowers produce assured seed sets. Give a reason. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Pea flowers produce assured seed sets because they have cleistogamous flowers, which undergo natural self-pollination.

Question 20.
Explain polygenic inheritance with the help of an example. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Refer to text ‘Polygenic Inheritance, on page no. 94 and 95.

Question 21.
When does a geneticist need to carry a test cross? (Foreign 2015)
Or
How would you find the genotype of an organism exhibiting a dominant phenotype? (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
A geneticist needs to carry a test cross when he/she wants to determine the genotype of an organism, with a dominant phenotype trait, whether it is homozygous or heterozygous.
Or
Genotype of the dominant phenotype is determined by a test cross. In it, the F1 progeny is crossed to its recessive parent. When F1 progeny (heterozygous) crossed with dwarf plant, the monohybrid test cross ratio is 1 : 1. But, all tall plants are obtained when both homozygous parents are crossed.

Question 22.
Why did TH Morgan select Drosophila melanogaster to study sex-linked genes for his lab experiments. (Foreign 2015)
Or
Write the scientific name of the fruitfly. Why did Morgan prefer to work with fruit flies for his experiments? State any three reasons. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The scientific name of fruitfly is Drosophila melanogaster.
TH Morgan preferred this organism for his study because of the following reasons

  • It has fast and short life cycle.
  • It has’only four pairs of chromosomes.
  • It reproduces quickly.

Question 23.
Give an example of a gene responsible for multiple phenotypic expressions. What are such genes called? State the cause that is responsible for such an effect. (Foreign 2015)
Or
Explain pleiotropy with the help of an example. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Pleiotropy is the phenomenon in which a single gene exhibits multiple phenotypic expressions. The genes exhibiting pleiotropy are called pleiotrppic genes. Pleiotropism occurs mainly because of mutation in a particular gene, e.g. phenylketonuria which is a disorder caused by mutation in the gene coding for the enzyme phenylalanine hydroxylase. In the absence of this enzyme, phenylalanine is not converted into tyrosine and accumulation of phenylalanine takes place. The affected individual shows hair and skin pigmentation and mental problems.

Question 24.
The F2 progeny of a monohybrid cross showed phenotypic and genotypic ratio as 1 : 2 : 1, unlike that of Mendel’s monohybrid F2 ratio. With the help of a suitable example, work out a cross and explain how it is possible. (All India 2015)
Or
Why are F2 phenotypic and genotypic ratios are same in a cross between red flowered snapdragon and white flowered snapdragon plants? Explain with the help of cross. Delhi 2010
Answer:
The given condition represents the case of incomplete dominance. In snapdragon, the inheritance of flower colour shows incomplete dominance. Neither of the alleles of gene for flower colour is completely dominant over the other and hybrid shows an intermediate phenotype. Therefore, F2 phenotypic and genotypic ratios are same in a cross between red flowered snapdragon and white flowered snapdragon plants.

It can be explained with the help of a cross given below
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 1

Question 25.
With the help of one example, explain the phenomena of codominance and multiple allelism in human population. (All India 2014)
Answer:
In human population, the phenomena of codominance and multiple allelism can be explained by the inheritance pattern of ABO blood groups which are controlled by three alleles, i.e. IA,IB and I.

  • Codominance IA and IB both are codominant as both of them express themselves independently in blood group AB (IA IB). There is no mixing of the effects of two alleles and the expressed phenotype is the combination of two phenotypes. They do not follow Mendelian inheritance.
  • Multiple allelism In this phenomenon, genes exist in more than two allelic forms or combinations. For example, the gene for blood group exists in three allelic forms IA, IB and i. These alleles are produced due to repeated mutation of the same gene in different direction. They do not follow Mendelian pattern of inheritance.

Question 26.
Linkage and crossing over of genes are alternatives of each other. Justify with the help of an example. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Linkage is the tendency of certain loci or alleles (genes) to be inherited together. While crossing over in the segregation of genes. The former helps to preserve parental characters in offsprings whearas the latter produces new combination of characters. The genes on a chromosome either follow linkage path or crossing over to form the gametes during gametogenesis in human. Therefore, linkage and crossing over of genes are alternatives of each other.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 27.
In snapdragon, a cross between true-breeding red flowered (RR) plants and true-breeding white flowered (rr) plants showed a progeny of plants with all pink flowers.
(i) The appearance of pink flowers is not known as blending. Why?
(ii) What is this phenomenon known as? (All India 2014)
Answer:
(i) Blending is the mixing of two colours, but in this example red and white colours appear independently at cellular level. Thus, no blending occurs. The red and white colours reappear in F2-generation.
(ii) This phenomenon is known as incomplete dominance.

Question 28.
A cross was carried out between two pea plants showing the contrasting traits of height of the plants. The results of the cross showed 50% parental characters.
(i) Work out the cross with the help of a Punnett square.
(ii) Name the type of the cross carried out. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) A Punnett square representing the cross given in the question is as follows
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 2
(ii) The type of cross carried out here is a test cross, in which an individual with an unknown dominant phenotype is crossed with a homozygous recessive for that trait.

Question 29.
How does the gene T control ABO blood group in humans? Write the effect the gene has on the structure of red blood cells. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
In humans, the ABO blood groups are controlled by a gene called gene ‘I’. It has three alleles, i.e. IA, IB and i. A person possesses any two of the three alleles. IA and IB are codominant and they both are dominant over i. These alleles help to determine the blood group of a person. The plasma membrane of red blood cells has sugar polymers that protrude out from its surface and the kind of sugar is regulated by the gene ‘I’ of ABO blood group. The alleles IA and IB produce enzymes that produce A and B types of sugar respectively on the surface of red blood cells, while allele i does not produce any sugar.

Question 30.
Study the figures given below and answer the question.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 3
Identify in which of the crosses, the strength of linkage between the genes is higher. Give reasons in support of your answer. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
The strength of linkage is higher in the cross A than in cross B because linkage is higher when two genes are present closely on the same chromosome than those genes which are far apart. In cross B, the chances of crossing over or recombination are higher because the genes are loosely linked.

Question 31.
A cross between a red flower bearing plant and a white flower bearing plant of Antirrhinum produced all plants having pink flowers. Work out a cross to explain how this is possible. (All India 2013)
Or
Explain the mechanism of inheritance of the progeny produced when two Antirrhinum pink flowers were crossed. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Cross of red flowered Antirrhinum with white flowered plant produces pink flowered plants. This shows incomplete dominance.
For cross, Refer to Answer No. 24.

Question 32.
Work out a cross to find the genotype of a tall pea plant. Name the type of cross. (All India 2013)
Answer:
To know the genotype of tall pea plant, test cross is to be performed. It is the cross between F1-hybrid and its recessive parent.
For cross, Refer to Answer No. 28 (i).

Question 33.
Differentiate between multiple allelism and pleiotropy with the help of an example of each. (Delhi 2013c)
Answer:
Differences between multiple allelism and pleiotropy are
Multiple allelism
This occurs when one trait is controlled by more than two alleles.
e.g. ABO blood grouping.

Pleiotropy
This occurs when one gene controls many traits.
e.g. Phenylketonuria (PKU).

Question 34.
In a cross between two tall pea plants, some of the offsprings produced were dwarf. Show with the help of Punnett square, how this is possible. (Delhi 2013)
Or
When a tall pea plant was selfed, it produced one fourth of its progeny as dwarf. Explain with the help of a cross. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Tall plants may either have genotype TT or Tt. Two tall pea plants that produce some dwarf plants among their progenies must be heterozygous with the genotype Tt. Plants with genotype TT cannot produce dwarf offspring as they lack the allele for dwarfness (t) and hence, cannot transfer it to the progeny. But, if both the parents are heterozygous tall (Tt), 25% of F, progeny would contain ‘t’ allele in homozygous (tt) condition. It can be represented using Punnett square as follows
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 4

Question 35.
In a typical monohybrid cross, the F2 population ratio is written as 3 : 1 for phenotype, but expressed as 1 : 2 : 1 for genotype. Explain with the help of an example. (All India 2013)
Or
Tallness of pea plant is dominant trait, while dwarfness is the alternate recessive trait. When a pureline tall is crossed with a pureline dwarf, what fraction of tall plants in F2-generation shall be heterozygous? Give reasons. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
In a monohybrid cross, when a pureline tall plant is crossed with a pureline dwarf plant, following ratios are produced
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 5
The phenotypic ratio 3 : 1 represents that 14th of F2 plants are tall, whereas 1/4th plants are dwarf. The genotypic ratio 1 : 2 : 1 represents 1 true breeding dominant, 2 heterozygous dominant and 1 true breeding recessive progeny.
Or
Two-third of tall progenies are heterozygous because gene for tallness (T) is dominant and also expresses itself in heterozygous condition. It is due to this reason that a difference is observed in F2 phenotypic and genotypic ratio.

Question 36.
How is the phenotypic ratio of F2-generation in a dihybrid cross is different from monohybrid cross? (All India 2012)
Answer:
In a monohybrid cross, the phenotypic ratio of F2-generation is 3 : 1, whereas in dihybrid cross, the pheonotypic ratio of F2-generation is 9 : 3 : 3 : 1.

Question 37.
In a dihybrid cross, white-eyed, yellow-bodied female Drosophila crossed with red-eyed, brown-bodied male Drosophila produced in F2-generation 1.3% recombinants and 98.7% progeny with parental type combinations. This observation of Morgan deviated from Mendelian F2-phenotypic dihybrid ratio. Explain, giving reasons Morgan’s observation. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
The results obtained were due to the linkage. It is the phenomenon in which two or more linked genes are inherited together and their frequency of recombination in a test cross progeny is less than the expected 50%. In Morgan’s experiment on Drosophila, the genes for eye colour and body colour show linkage and do not allow crossing over during gamete formation. Hence, parental type progeny is in greater ratio than that of recombinants.

Question 38.
Explain the phenomena of dominance, multiple allelism and codominance taking human ABO blood group as an example. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Refer to text on page no. 93 and 94.

Question 39.
Compare in any three ways the chromosomal theory of inheritance as proposed by Sutton and Bovery with that of experimental results on pea plant presented by Mendel. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Through any of the given ways chromosomal theory of inheritance and experimental results presented by Mendel can be compared

  • In a diploid organism, the factors (genes) and chromosomes occur in pairs.
  • Both chromosomes as well as genes segregate at the time of gamete formation such that only one of each pair is transmitted to a gamete.
  • A gamete contains only one chromosome of a type and only one of the two alleles of a trait.
  • The paired condition of both chromosomes as well as Mendelian factors is restored during fertilisation. (Any three)

Question 40.
(i) Explain linkage and recombination as put forth by TH Morgan based on his observations with Drosophila melanogaster crossing experiment.
(ii) Write the basis on which Alfred Sturtevant explained gene mapping. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) TH Morgan studied X-linked gene in Drosophila and saw that when the two genes in a dihybrid cross were situated on the same chromosome, the proportion of parental gene combinations were much higher than the non-parental type.
He attributed this due to the physical association or linkage of the two genes on a chromosome and coined the term linkage. The term recombination describes the generation of non-parental gene combination in offsprings.

(ii) Alfred Sturtevant explained gene mapping by using the frequency of recombination between the gene pairs on the same chromosome as a measure of the distance between genes and he mapped their position on the chromosome.

Question 41.
What is a test cross? How can it decipher the heterozygosity of a plant? (All India 2016)
Answer:
Test Cross This is a method devised by Mendel to determine the genotype of an organism. In this cross, the organism with an unknown dominant genotype is crossed with the recessive parent, instead of self-crossing. For example, in a monohybrid cross, between violet colour flower (W) and white colour flower (w), the F1-hybrid was a violet colour flower. If all the F1-progenies are of violet colour, then the dominant flower is homozygous and if the progenies are in 1 : 1 ratio, then it is deciphered that dominant flower is heterozygous.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 6

Question 42.
How would you find genotype of a tall pea plant bearing white flowers? Explain with the help of a cross. Name the type of cross you would use. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
We can find out the genotype of a plant by test cross by allowing it to cross with its recessive parent. The tall plant may be either homozygous or hetorozygous.
Case I Tall (homozygous) pea plant with white flowers crossed with dwarf pea plant with white flowers.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 7

If plant produces all tall plants with white flowers as offspring, then genotype of plant is TTpp, i.e. homozygous tall plant with white flowers.
Case II Tall (heterozygous) pea plant with white flowers is crossed with dwarf pea plant with white flowers. If plant produces both tall plant with white flowers and dwarf plant with white flowers, then genotype of plant is Ttpp, i.e. heterozygous tall pea plant with white flowers.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 8

Question 43.
Although Mendel published his work on inheritance of characters in 1865 but for several reasons, it remained unrecognised till 1900. Explain giving three reasons, why did it take so long. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
Mendel published his work on inheritance of characters in 1865, but it remained unrecognised till 1900. Give three reasons for the delay in accepting his work. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
The following are the three reasons that led to delay in accepting Mendel’s work.

  • Lack of communication and less published work.
  • His concept of factors (genes) as discrete units which did not blend with each other was not accepted in the light of variations occurring continuously in nature.
  • Mendel’s approach to explain biological phenomenon with the help of mathematics was also not accepted.

Question 44.
Explain the laws that Mendel derived from his monohybrid crosses. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
From mbnohybrid crosses, Mendel derived law of dominance and law of segregation.
Refer to text on page no. 92 for detailed description of these laws.

Question 45.
A teacher wants his/her students to find the genotype of pea plants bearing purple coloured flowers in their school garden. Name and explain the cross that will make it possible. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Test cross is a method devised by Mendel to determine the genotype of a plant with dominant phenotype (purple flower in this case). In a test cross, the unknown dominant genotype is crossed with recessive parent (white, WW in the given case).
(i) If the progeny consists of purple and white flowers in ratio of 1:1, the purple flower is a hybrid with PW genotype. It can be seen from the given cross.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 9
(ii) If the progeny obtained have all purple flowers, both parents are homozygous, i.e. genotype of purple flower is PP.
It can be seen from the cross that follows
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 10

Question 46.
During a monohybrid cross involving a tall pea plant with a dwarf pea plant, the offspring populations were tall and dwarf in equal ratio. Work out a cross to show how it is possible. (All India 2015)
Answer:
In a monohybrid test cross, involving a heterozygous tall plant (Tt) and a pure dwarf plant (tt), the progeny consists of tall and dwarf plants in the ratio of 1 : 1. This can be shown as follows
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 11

Question 47.
Explain with the help of a suitable example, the inheritance of a trait where two different dominant alleles of a trait express themselves simultaneously in the progeny. Name this kind of inheritance pattern. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Codominance is the inheritance of a trait where two different dominant alleles of a trait express themselves simultaneously in the progeny.
For example, ABO blood groups in human population.

  • Gene T for blood group exhibits three allelic forms, i.e. IA, IB and i.
  • IA and IB produce RBC surface antigen A and B respectively, whereas i does not produce any antigen.
  • IA and IB are codominant alleles, and they both are dominant over ‘i’ which is a recessive allele.
  • In case IA and IB are present together, both express themselves equally and produce both surface antigen A and B. The resultant offspring is of ‘AB’ blood type.
Allele from parent 1 Allele from parent 2 Genotypes of offsprings Blood types of offsprings
IA IA IAIA A
IA IB IAIB AB
IA i IAi A
IB IA IAIB AB
IB IB IBIB B
IB i IBi B
i i ii O

Question 48.
Explain polygenic inheritance with the help of a suitable example. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Polygenic inheritance is an inheritance pattern controlled by three or more genes (multiple genes) and the graded phenotypes are due to the additive or cumulative effect of all the different genes of the trait, e.g. skin colour in human population shows variation.

Skin colour in humans is produced by a pigment called melanin. The quantity of melanin is due to three pairs of polygenes (A, B and C). If a black or very dark (AA BB CC) and white or very light (aa bb cc) individuals marry each other, the offsprings or individuals of F1-generation show intermediate colour and they are often called mulatto (Aa Bb Cc).

A total of eight allele combinations are possible in the gametes forming 27 distinct genotypes distributed into 7 phenotypes, i.e. 1 very dark,
6 dark, 15 fairly dark, 20 intermediate, 15 fairly light and 1 very light.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 49.
Morgan carried out several dihybrid crosses in Drosophila and found F2 ratios deviated very significantly from the expected Mendelian ratio. Explain his finding with the help of an example. (All India 2014C; Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Morgan’s studies on Drosophila were based on the genes that were located on the X-chromosome. He found when the two genes in a dihybrid cross were situated on the same chromosome, the proportion of parental gene combinations were much higher than the non-parental type. Morgan stated this association as linkage to describe the physical association of genes on a chromosome. Recombination is a term used to describe the generation of non-parental gene combination. Morgan also found that some genes were tightly linked (low recombination) and others were loosely linked (high recombination). He concluded that in case of inheritance of linked genes, the phenotypic ratio deviates from expected 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 ratio of Mendel’s dihybrid cross.

To prove his findings, Morgan hybridised yellow-bodied and white-eyed females with brown-bodied and red-eyed males (wild type) and intercrossed their F1-progeny (cross A). It was observed that the two genes did not segregate independently for each other and the F2-ratio deviated significantly from 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 ratio.

In F2-generation, parental combinations were 98.7% and the recombinants were 1.3%. In another cross (cross B), between white-bodied female fly with miniature wing and a male fly with yellow body and normal wing, parental combinations were 62.8% and recombinants were 37.2% in F2-generation. Thus, it was proved from the crosses that the linkage between genes for yellow body and white eyes was stronger than the linkage between the white body and miniature wing.

Question 50.
(i) Write the conclusion Mendel arrived at on dominance of traits on the basis of monohybrid crosses that he carried out in pea plants.
(ii) Explain why a recessive allele is unable to express itself in a heterozygous state. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) In a monohybrid cross in pea plant, Mendel found that only dominant trait expresses itself in offspring no matter it is whether present in homozygous state (TT) or in heterozygous state (Tt). Dominant trait does not require another similar allele to produce its effect on the phenotype, in fact it has the ability to mask the effect of recessive allele. Based on this observation, Mendel proposed the law of dominance.

(ii) Since, the characters are controlled by genes which occur in pair, when two alternate forms of a trait or character (genes or alleles) are present in an organism, only one factor expresses itself in F1-generation. This factor is dominant, while the other factor that remains masked by the dominant factor is called as recessive.

The recessive allele is unable to express itself in a heterozygous state because it forms an incomplete or defective polypeptide or enzyme, so its expression does not contain any effect. In contrast, dominant allele can form complete polypeptide or enzyme to express its effect.

Question 51.
In pea plants, the colour of the flower is either violet or white, whereas human skin colour shows many gradation.
Explain giving reasons how it is possible. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
In pea plants, the colour of the flower is either violet or white because the colour is purely dependent on two alleles and the crossing between them, i.e. violet and white in the parents generation, which results in F1-generation. Thus, the resultant offsprings are either violet or white coloured. Hence, the inheritance pattern of flower colour in pea plant follows the law of dominance.

But in case of humans, skin colour is produced by polygenes. Such inheritance is controlled by one or more genes in which dominant alleles have cumulative effect with each dominant allele expressing a part of the trait. The full trait is shown only when all the dominant alleles are present together.

The quantity of human skin pigment melanin determines the human skin colour (i.e. very dark, dark, fairly dark, intermediate, fairly light, light and very light). Refer to Answer No. 48.

Question 52.
(i) Explain the phenomena of multiple allelism and codominance taking ABO blood group as an example. (All India 2012)
(ii) What is the phenotype of the following?
(a) IAi
(b) ii
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 25.
(ii) Phenotypes of given blood genotypes are as follows
(a) IAi – ‘A’ blood group
(b) ii – ‘O’blood group

Question 53.
A pea plant with purple flowers was crossed with white flowers producing all plants with only purple flowers. On selfing, these plants produced 482 plants with purple flowers and 162 with white flowers. What genetic mechanism accounts for these results? Explain. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 12

Purple flowered plants : White flowered plants are in the ratio of 482 : 162 which is approximately equal to 3 : 1.

The genetic mechanism for these results is explained below:
(i) Factors segregate from each other during gamete formation that remain together in a parent.
(ii) A homozygous parent produces all gametes that are similar, while heterozyogous parent produces two kinds of gametes in equal ratio.

Question 54.
Work out a cross between true breeding red and white flowered dog flower plants (snapdragon) upto F2 progeny. Explain the results of F1 and F2-generation. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
For cross, Refer to Answer No. 24.
In F1-generation Pink flowered plants obtained. It is due to incomplete dominance.
In F2-generation Alleles of the hybrid (F1) segregate during gamete formation and the parental characters reappear without any change. So, the phenotypic and genotypic ratios in F2-generation are same.

Question 55.
(i) Work out the crosses so as to obtain the phenotypic ratios given below:
(a) 1 : 2 : 1 (in F2-generation)
(b) 3 : 1 (in F2-generation)
(c) 1 : 1 (in F1-generation)
(ii) Differentiate between pleiotropy and polygenic inheritance patterns. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) (a) 1 : 2 : 1 (in F2-generation ) is the phenotypic ratio of incomplete dominance.
Refer to figure 5.3 on page no. 93.

(b) 3 : 1 (in F2-generation) is the phenotypic ratio of monohybrid cross.
Refer to figure 5.1 on page no. 91.

(c) 1 : 1 (in F1/sub>-generation) is the phenotypic ratio of test cross.
Refer to text and figure of ‘Test cross’ on page no. 91 and 92.

(ii) Differences between pleiotropy and polygenic inheritance are as follows

Pleiotropy Polygenic inheritance
Single gene product confers many physiological effects. Single phenotypic effect is under the control of many genes.
The genes involved are called pleiotropic genes. The genes involved are called polygenes.
e.g. phenylketonuria. e.g. human skin colour.

Question 56.
Differentiate between incomplete dominance and codominance. Substantiate your answer with one example of each. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Differences between codominance and incomplete dominance are as follows

Codominance Incomplete dominance
It is the appearance of both parental phenotypes together in the offspring when a cross is done between individuals with two different phenotypes. It is the appearance of an intermediate phenotype, which is a combination of both parental alleles when a cross is done between individuals with two different phenotypes.
Both parental alleles produce their effect independently. Effect of the two parental alleles is intermediate on the offspring.
Both parental alleles can be observed in the offspring. None of parental alleles can be observed in the offspring.
Examples include ABO blood group, etc. Six different genotypes of human ABO blood group show four phenotypes-A, B, AB and O. Examples include inheritance of flower colour in the dogflower, etc. Here, the genotypic ratio of F2 remains same as Mendel’s monohybrid cross, i.e. 1 : 2 : 1, but phenotypic ratio changes from 3 : 1 to 1 : 2 : 1.

Question 57.
(i) Write the scientific name of the organism Thomas Hunt Morgan and his colleagues worked with for their experiments.
Explain the correlation between linkage and recombination with respect to genes as studied by them.
(ii) How did Sturtevant explain gene mapping while working with Morgan? (2018)
Answer:
(i) Thomas Hunt Morgan and his colleagues worked on Drosophila melanogaster.
Relation between Linkage and Recombination:
Morgan carried out dihybrid crosses in Drosophila to study sex-linked genes. Morgan hybridised yellow-bodied, white-eyed females to brown-bodied, red-eyed males. He intercrossed their F1– progeny. It was observed that the two genes did not segregate independently of each other. The F2 ratio deviated from the ratio of 9 : 3 : 3 : 1.

It was known to Morgan and his colleagues that genes were located on X-chromosomes. They noticed that when the two genes in a dihybrid cross were situated on the same chromosome, the proportion of parental combination was very high in comparison to non-parental type. He attributed this due to the physical association or linkage of the two genes. To describe this physical association of gene, he coined the term linkage. Recombination term was used to describe the generation of non-parental gene combinations. In his experiments, he observed that even when genes were grouped on the same chromosome, some genes were very tightly linked and showed very low recombination. On the other hand, loosely linked genes showed higher recombination.

(ii) Sturtevant, a student of Morgan, used the frequency of recombination between the gene pairs on the same chromosomes as a measure of the distance between genes. He mapped the position of genes on the chromosome by using this information.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 58.
State and explain the ‘law of independent assortment’ in a typical Mendelian dihyhrid cross. (Delhi 2017)
Or
Using Punnett square show the F2 result of a dihybrid cross where the pure breed parents have contrasting traits with reference to seed shape and seed colour in Pisum sativum. Give the phenotypic ratio. (Delhi 2013C)
Or
Workout a typical Mendelian dihybrid cross and state the law that he derived from it. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Law of Independent Assortment (Third law) is based on the inheritance of two genes, i.e. dihybrid cross which states that when two pairs of contrasting traits are combined in a hybrid, segregation of one pair of characters is independent of the other pair of characters.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 13

These factors randomly rearrange in the offspring producing both parental and new combination of characters. It means inheritance of one character does not affect the inheritance of another character and both characters assort independently during gamete formation. The Punnett square can be used to understand the independent segregation of the two pairs of genes during meiosis.

Question 59.
(i) What is polygenic inheritance? Explain with the help of a suitable example.
(ii) How &re pleiotropy and Mendelian pattern of inheritance different from polygenic pattern of inheritance? (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Polygenic Inheritance It was proposed by Galton in 1833 and he suggested that many instances of continuous variations are heritable. In this case, a trait is controlled by three or more genes and the graded phenotypes develop due to the additive or cumulative effect of all the different genes of the trait, e.g. human skin colour, height, intelligence etc.
Polygene is a gene where one dominant allele controls only a unit or partial quantitative expression of a trait.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 14
It also takes into account the influence of environment and is also called as quantitative inheritance, as the character or phenotype can be quantified, like the amount of pigment, intelligence in human beings and milk yield in animals. These characters have been found to be determined by many genes and their effects have been cumulative. These traits are called polygenic traits, e.g. human skin colour explains the phenomenon of polygenic inheritance. Skin colour in human is produced by a pigment called melanin. The quantity of melanin is due to three pairs of polygenes (A, B and C). If black or very dark (AABBCC) and white or very light (aabbcc) individuals marry each other, the offsprings or individuals of F,-generation show intermediate colour which are often called mulatto (AaBbCc).

A total of eight allele combinations are possible in the gametes forming 27 distinct genotypes distributed into 7 phenotypes, i.e. 1 very dark, 6 dark, 15 fairly dark, 20 intermediate, 15 fairly light, 6 light and 1 very light.

(ii) In pleiotropy, single gene product may produce multiple or more than one phenotypic effect whereas in polygenic inheritance single phenotypic trait (human skin colour) is controlled by 3 pairs of genes (A, B and C). In Mendelian inheritance, one gene controls one phenotypic character (flower colour red or white). However, in polygenic inheritnace one phenotype is controlled by more than one gene.

Question 60.
(i) A couple with blood group A and B, respectively have a child with blood group O. Work out a cross to show how it is possible and the probable blood groups that can be expected in their other offspring.
(ii) Explain the genetic basis of blood groups in human population. (All India 2015C, Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) Parents must be heterozygous since blood group ‘O’ appears in progeny. The progeny can have all the four blood groups. A, B, AB and O. There are three alleles of the gene controlling blood group character, i.e. IA, IB and i. IA and IB are dominant over i and together they are codominant to each other.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 15

(ii) ABO blood grouping in humans shows the phenomenon of codominance. Refer to Answer No. 29 and 47.

Question 61.
(i) State and explain the law of segregation as proposed by Mendel in a monohybrid cross.
(ii) Write the Mendelian F2 phenotypic ratio in a dihybrid cross. State the law that he proposed on the basis of this ratio. How is this law different from the law of segregation? Foreign 2015
Answer:
(i) Law of segregation states that the factors or alleles of a pair segregate from each other during gamete formation in a way that a gamete receives only one of the two factors. They do not show any blending. The pattern of inheritance can be understood by crossing F1-hybrid (Tt heterozygous) of a tall plant with a dwarf plant.
Here, hybrid tall makes two types of gametes (T) and (t), while pure dwarf makes only one type of gamete, i.e. (t). It is because only one allele can enter in a gamete for a character.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 16
(ii) (a) Mendelian F2 phenotypic ratio in a dihybrid cross is 9 : 3 : 3 : 1.
(b) Law of independent assortment was proposed on the basis of dihybrid cross. It states that when two pairs of contrasting traits are combined in a hybrid, segregation of one pair of characters is independent of the other pair of characters.

Differences between law of segregation and law of independent assortment are:

Law of segregation Law of independent assortment
It is based on the monohybrid cross. It is based on the dihybrid cross.
It explains non-mixing of two alleles of a gene at the time of gamete formation. It explains non-mixing of characters during their inheritance to the next generation.

Question 62.
Give a genetic explanation for the following cross. When a tall pea plant with round seeds was crossed with a dwarf pea plant with wrinkled seeds then all the individuals of F1-population were tall with round seeds. However, selfing among F1 population led to a 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 phenotypic ratio. (All India 2015)
Answer:
The cross given in the question is a dihybrid cross, which explains the third law of Mendel, i.e. law of independent assortment. In a dihybrid cross inheritance pattern of two traits are considered simultaneously.
This law states that when two pairs of traits are combined in a hybrid, segregation of one pair of character is independent of the other pair of characters at the time of gamete formation. The alleles controlling these characters also get randomly rearranged in the offspring producing both parental and new combinations of characters.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 17

The ratio 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 was. obtained because the factors of height of plant and those for shape of seeds have segregated independently and each gamete has one factor for each of these two traits.

Question 63.
A cross was carried out between a pea plant heterozygous for round and yellow seeds with a pea plant having wrinkled and green seeds.
(i) Show the cross in a Punnett square.
(ii) Write the phenotype of the progeny of this cross.
(iii) What is this cross known as? State the purpose of conducting such a cross. (All India 2014C; Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 18
(ii) Phenotypic ratio Round yellow : Round green : Wrinkled yellow : Wrinkled green = 1 : 1 : 1 : 1
Genotypic ratio 1 : 1 : 1 : 1

(iii) This cross is known as dihybrid test cross. The purpose of this cross is to determine the relationship between different allelic pairs.

Question 64.
Work out a monohybrid cross up to F1-generation between two pea plants and two Antirrhinum plants both having contrasting traits with respect to colour of flower. Comment on the pattern of inheritance in the crosses carried above. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 53 for cross showing inheritance pattern of flower colour in garden pea plant.
Phenotypic ratio
Purple : White
3 : 1
Genotypic ratio
PP : Pp : pp
1 : 2 : 1
Inheritance of flower colour in garden pea shows true dominance. In F1-generation, dominant colour purple is expressed and in F2-generation, both dominant (purple) and recessive (white) colours are expressed in the ratio of 3 : 1.

Inheritance pattern of flower colour in Antirrhium (snapdragon), Refer to Answer No. 24. Inheritance in snapdragon flower colour shows incomplete dominance. In this phenomenon, neither of the two alleles is completely dominant over the other and the hybrid is intermediate between the two. Hence, red is homozygous dominant, white is homozygous recessive, while hybrid is intermediate, i.e. pink.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 65.
(i) Differentiate between dominance and co-dominance.
(ii) Explain codominance taking an example of human blood groups in the population. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Difference between dominance and codominance is as follows
Dominance:
Out of the two contrasting alleles of a gene, only one can produce effect in heterozygous condition, e.g. trait of tallness in pea plants.

Codominance:
Both the alternative forms of a gene can produce effect in heterozygous condition, e.g. ABO blood grouping in humans.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 47.

Question 66.
(i) Explain Mendel’s law of independent assortment by taking a suitable example.
(ii) How did Morgan show the deviation in inheritance pattern in Drosophila with respect to this law? (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 58.
(ii) Morgan found that linkage is an exception to the law of independent assortment.
Conclusion of Morgan’s studies, Refer to Answer No. 49.

Question 67.
What is the inheritance pattern observed in the size of starch grains and seed shape of Pisum sativum. Work out the monohybrid cross showing the above traits. How does this pattern of inheritance deviate from that of Mendelian law of dominance? (Delhi 2013)
Or
Pea seeds with BB alleles have round seeds and large starch grains, while seeds with bb alleles have wrinkled seeds with small starch grains.
Work out the cross between these two parents. Explain the phenotypic ratio of the progeny with respect to seed shape and the starch grain size of the progeny produced. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
The starch synthesis in pea plants is controlled by a single gene. It has two alleles B and b. BB homozygotes produce large starch grains as compared to that produced by bb homozygotes.

After maturation, it was observed that BB seeds were round and bb were wrinkled. When they were crossed, the resultant progeny have intermediate sized (Bb) seeds.
The cross involved is
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 19

Deviation from Mendel’s law of dominance: If starch grain size is considered as the phenotype, then, the alleles show incomplete dominance.
Thus, dominance is not an autonomous feature of a gene, it depends on gene product and production of particular phenotype from this product.

Question 68.
Differentiate between the following.
(i) Polygenic inheritance and pleiotropy.
(ii) Dominance, codominance and incomplete dominance. (All India 2013C; Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Differences between polygenic inheritance and. pleiotropy are as follows

Polygenic inheritance Pleiotropy
Single phenotypic effect is under the control of many genes. Single gene product confers many phenotypic effects.
The genes involved are called polygenes, e.g. human skin colour. The genes involved are called pleiotropic genes. eg-phenylketonuria.

(ii) Differences between dominance, codominance and incomplete dominance are as follows

Dominance Codominance Incomplete dominance
It is a relationship between alleles of a single gene, in which one allele masks the phenotypic expression of another allele at the same gene locus, e.g. tallness in pea plant. It is the phenomenon of expression of both the alleles in heterozygous condition. In this, alleles do not show dominant-recessive relationship and are able to express themselves independently, e.g. ABO blood group in humans. It is also known as partial or mosaic dominance where none of the two contrasting alleles or factors is dominant, e.g. incomplete dominance in 4 ‘O’ clock plant.

Incomplete dominance
It is also known as partial or mosaic dominance where none of the two contrasting alleles or factors is dominant, e.g. incomplete dominance in 4 ‘O’ clock plant.

Question 69.
(i) List three different allelic forms of gene T in human. Explain the different phenotypic expressions, controlled by these three forms.
(ii) A woman with blood group A marries a man with blood group O. Discuss the possibilities of the inheritance of the blood group in the following starting with ‘yes’ or ‘no’ for each.
(a) They produce children with blood group A only.
(b) They produce children, some with 0 blood group and some with A blood group. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) In humans, the ABO blood groups are controlled by a gene called T. It has three alleles. These are IA, IB and i.
Table showing the genetic basic of blood groups in human population Refer to Answer No. 47.

(ii) (a) No, its not necessary as mother could have a genotype IAIA or IAi. If the genotype is IA IA, all the offsprings would have A blood group, but in the second case, offsprings can have either ‘A’ or ‘O’ blood group as their father has ‘O’ blood group.

(b) Yes, if the mother is of genotype IAi and father is ‘O’ (genotype ii), blood group of some children can be ‘O’ and some can be ‘A’.

Question 70.
(i) Explain monohybrid cross taking seed coat colour as a trait in Pisum sativum. Work out the cross up to F2-generation.
(ii) State the law of inheritance that can be derived from such a cross.
(iii) How is the phenotypic ratio of F2-generation different in a dihybrid cross? (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) In a monohybrid cross, when homozygous dominant and homozygous recessive parents are crossed, F1-hybrid would be heterozygous for the trait and would express the dominant allele.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 20
(ii) The laws of inheritance that can be derived from such a cross are
(a) Law of dominance
(b) Law of segregation

(iii) Phenotypic ratio in F2-generation.
In monohybrid cross – 3:1
In dihybrid cross – 9 : 3 : 3 : 1

Question 71.
When a garden pea plant with violet flowers was crossed with another plant with white flowers, 50% of the progeny bear violet flowers.
(i) Work out the cross.
(ii) Name the type of cross and mention its significance.
(iii) How does the inheritance pattern of flower colour in snapdragon differ from the above? (Delhi 2010c)
Or
When a garden pea plant with green pods was cross-pollinated with another plant with yellow pods, 50% of the progeny borne green pods.
(i) Work out the cross to illustrate this.
(ii) How do you refer to this type of cross? Why is such a cross done? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) The test cross ratio is 1 : 1.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 21
50% flowers are violet. The dominant plant is heterozygous, i.e. Vw. On crossing with white flowers, 50% dominant violet colour is expressed.

(ii) Type of cross-Test cross. Significance The cross is used to determine the genotype of the unknown dominant parent.

(iii) In this test cross, violet and pure white flowers when crossed produce violet and white flowers.
Whereas in snapdragon, the F1-generation hybrid was pink coloured. F2-generation consists of red, pink and white flowers in the ratio of 1 red : 2 pink : 1 white. This is due to incomplete dominance. Similar type of cross can be made for plants with green and yellow pods.
Question 72.
Write the sex of a human having XXY chromosome With 22 pairs of autosomes. Name the disorder this human suffers from. (2018C)
Answer:
The sex of a human having XXY chromosomeswith 22 pairs of autosomes is male.
The disorder from which this human is suffering is Klinefelter’s syndrome.

Question 73.
State the fate of a pair of autosome during gamete formation. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
During gamete formation, the homologous pair of autosomes gets separated from each other and moves to different gametes, so that each gamete receives haploid set of chromosomes.

Question 74.
Give an example of a human disorder that is caused due to a single gene mutation. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Sickle-cell anaemia is an example of a human disorder that is an caused due to a single gene mutation.

Question 75.
Give an example of a sex-linked recessive disorder in humans. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Haemophilia is a sex-linked recessive disorder in humans.

Question 76.
Give an example of an organism that exhibits haplo-diploidy sex-determination system. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Haplo-diploidy sex-determination system is seen in honeybees.

Question 77.
Give one example of organism exhibiting female heterogamety. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Or
Write the chromosomal basis of sex-determination in birds. (Delhi 2016C)
Or
Explain the mechanism of sex-determination in birds. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Female heterogamety is exhibited by birds. They have ZW-ZZ type of sex-determination mechanism. In this type, the male is homogametic and the female is heterogametic. Therefore, there are two types of eggs, i.e. with Z and with W and only one type of sperms, i.e. each with Z.

When egg with Z-chromosome is fertilised by a sperm with Z-chromosome, a zygote with ZZ-chromosomes (male) is formed. Similarly when egg with W-chromosome is fertilised by a sperm with Z-chromosome, a zygote with ZW-chromosomes (female) is formed.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 22

Question 78.
Identify the correct statement
(i) Females of many birds have a pair of dissimilar ZW-chromosomes, while the males possess a pair of similar 2Z-chromosomes.
(ii) Females of many birds have a pair of similar ZZ-chromosomes, while the males possess a pair of dissimilar ZW-chromosomes. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The correct statement is
(i) Females of many birds have a pair of dissimilar ZW-chromosomes, while the males possess a pair of similar ZZ-chromosomes.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 79.
Identify and write the correct statement
(i) In grasshopper males, two sex chromosomes are X and Y type.
(ii) In grasshopper males, there exist XO type of sex-determinants. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The correct statement Is
(ii) In grasshopper males, there exist XO type of sex-determinants.

Question 80.
Identify and write the correct statement
(i) Drosophila male has one X and one Y-chromosome.
(ii) Drosophila male has two X-chromosomes. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
The correct statement is
(i) Drosophila male has one X and one Y-chromosome.

Question 81.
Why do normal red blood cells become
elongated and sickle-shaped in structure in a person suffering from sickle-cell anaemia? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
In sickle-cell anaemia, substitution of valine in place of glutamic acid in the sixth position of haemoglobin chain occurs. The mutant haemoglobin molecule undergoes polymerisation under low oxygen tension causing the change in the shape of the RBC from biconcave disc to the elongated sickle-like structure.

Question 82.
Name one autosomal dominant and one autosomal recessive Mendelian disorder in humans. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Autosomal dominant Mendelian disorder- Huntington’s disease.
Autosomal recessive Mendelian
disorder-Sickle-cell anaemia.

Question 83.
Write the genotype of
(i) an individual who is the carrier of sickle-cell anaemia gene, but apparently unaffected and
(ii) an individual affected with the disease. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) HbA Hbs
(ii) Hbs Hbs

Question 84.
A human being suffering from Down’s syndrome shows trisomy of 21st chromosome. Mention the cause of this chromosomal abnormality. (All India 2010)
Or
Write the cause of Down’s syndrome in humans. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
This is due to non-disjunction, i.e. failure of segregation of homologous chromosomes during gamete formation resulting in the gain of an extra copy of chromosome number 21 (21 Trisomy).

Question 85.
The son of a haemophilic man may not get this genetic disorder. Mention the reason. (Delhi 2010C)
Answer:
The gene responsible for haemophilia is located on X-chromosome and males have only single copy of X-chromosome with no alternate normal allele. The son gets X-chromosome from mother only. So, if the female is normal, the son may not get this genetic disorder from male (father).

Question 86.
Write the genotypes of the parents of a child suffering from thalassemia. State the cause of this disease. (All India 2019)
Answer:
The genotypes of the parents of a child suffering from thalassemia are as follows
Mother → ThB ThB+
Father → ThB ThB+
Thalassemia is an autosomal-linked recessive disease, which results in reduced rate of synthesis of one of the globin chains of haemoglobin. The disease is controlled by a single pair of allele, ThB and ThB+. ThB codes for normal B-protein and ThB+ codes for an abnormal B-protein. Only homozygous individuals for ThB+ (ThB+ ThB+) show the diseased phenotype.

Question 87.
Name a disorder a human suffers from as a result of monosomy of the sex chromosome. Give the karyotype and write the symptoms. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Monosomy of the sex chromosome in humans results in Turner’s syndrome.
The number of chromosomes is 45 (44+ XO).

Symptoms are as follows:

  • The affected females are sterile as ovaries are rudimentary.
  • Other symptoms include lack of secondary sexual characters, short stature, etc

Question 88.
A haemophilic father can never pass the gene for haemophilia to his son. Explain. (2018)
Or
A cross between a normal couple resulted in a son who was haemophilic and a normal daughter. In course of time, when the daughter was married to a normal man, to their surprise, the grandson was also haemophilic.
(i) Represent this cross in the form of a pedigree chart. Give the genotypes of the daughter and her husband.
(ii) Write the conclusion you draw from the inheritance pattern of this disease. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 23
Genotypes of daughter and her husband are XhX and XY, respectively.

(ii) Haemophilia is a sex-linked recessive disease. It is transmitted from the carrier female to her sons. From the above pedigree chart, it can be observed that the disease is being transmitted from the carrier female to her daughter (carrier) and son (affected). The carrier daughter transmits this disease to the grandson. This pattern of inheritance is called criss-cross inheritance.

Question 89.
Is haemophilia in humans a sex-linked or autosomal disorder? Work out a cross in support of your answer. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Haemophilia is a sex-linked disorder and more specifically it is X-linked disorder.
If normal parents give rise to a haemophilic child, then their genotypes should be
Father – XY (normal)
Mother – XXh (carrier/heterozygous non-haemophilic)
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 24

Question 90.
A couple with normal vision bears a colourblind child. Work out the cross to show how it is possible and mention the sex of the affected child. (Delhi 2016)
Or
A colourblind child is born to a normal couple. Work out a cross to show how it is possible. Mention the sex of this child. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Colour blindness is a sex-linked disease which results in the defect in either red or green cone cells of eyes. The gene for this disorder is present on the X-chromosome. Hence, it is carried by normal females that do not express the disease.

If a colourblind child is born to a normal couple, then the mother would be the carrier of the disease. The following cross shows the inheritance of the disorder
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 25
Thus, the sex of colourblind child would be male.

Question 91.
Differentiate between male and female heterogamety. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Differences between male and female heterogamety are

Male heterogamety Female heterogamety
Male produces two different types of gametes. Female produces two different types of gametes.
Example: human male produces gametes with either X or Y-chromosomes. Example: female birds produce gametes with either Z or W type chromosomes.

Question 92.
Why is the possibility of a human female suffering from haemophilia rare? Explain. (Foreign 2014, All India 2012,2013,2014C)
Answer:
Haemophilia is an X-linked recessive disease. Therefore, the females having haemophilic allele on single X-chromosome do not produce haemophilic phenotype. Females suffer from this disease only if the father is haemophilic and the mother is at least the carrier of disease. Such condition is rare and hence, the human females are rarely haemophilic.

Question 93.
Why is pedigree analysis done in the study of human genetics? State the conclusions that can be drawn from it. (All India 2014)
Answer:
The study of inheritance of genetic traits in several generations of a human family in the form of a family diagram is called pedigree analysis. Inheritance pattern of traits in human beings cannot be studied by crosses. Thus, pedigree analysis is done. Based on the pedigree studies, inheritance of a specific trait, abnormality or disease can be traced.

Question 94.
Identify a, b, c, d, e and / in the table given below (All India 2014)

Syndrome Cause Characteristics of affected individual Sex Male/ Female/ Both
Down’s Trisomy of 21 a (i), (ii) b
c XXY Overall masculine development d
Turner’s 45 with XO e (i) (ii) f

Answer:
(a) (i) Short stature individuals with round head and furrowed tongue.
(ii) Slow piental development.
(b) Both
(c) Klinefelter’s syndrome
(d) Male
(e) (i) Rudimentary ovaries.
(ii) Lack of secondary sexual characters.
(f) Female

Question 95.
Women are often blamed for producing female children. Consequently, they are ill-treated and ostracised. How will you address this issue scientifically, if you were to conduct an awareness programme to highlight the values involved? (Delhi 2014)
Or
Explain why it is scientifically incorrect to blame the mother for bearing a female child? (Delhi 2013C)
Or
Do you agree to the perception in our society that the woman is responsible for the gender? Substantiate your answer scientifically. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 26

Question 96.
Name a blood related autosomal Mendelian disorder. Why is it called Mendelian disorder? How is the disorder transmitted from parents to offspring? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
A blood related autosomal Mendelian genetic disorder is sickle-cell anaemia. It occurs by the change of a single base pair in the gene, leading to the substitution of glutamic acid by valine at the 6th position of p-globin chain of haemoglobin.

Since, its transmission follows Mendelian principles, it is called Mendelian disorder. Inheritance pattern It is transmitted from parents to the offspring, when both the partners are carriers (heterozygous) of the disease.
Refer to the cross on page no. 116.

Question 97.
Write the types of sex-determination mechanisms the following crosses show. Give an example of each type.
(i) Female XX with male XO.
(ii) Female ZW with male ZZ. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) The type of sex-determination mechanism shown in female XX and males XO is called male heterogamety. In this case, males are heterogametic with half of the male gametes carrying X-chromosome while the other half being devoid of it, e.g. grasshopper.

(ii) The type of sex-determination mechanism is female heterogamety because female produces two different types of gametes, i.e. Z and W while males are ZZ type, e.g. birds.

Question 98.
(i) Colour blindness in humans is a sex-linked trait. Explain with the help of a cross.
(ii) In human beings, the sex of the child is determined by the father and not by the mother. Explain. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 19.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 24. (1+1)

Question 99.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 27
This is the pedigree of a family tracing the movement of the gene for haemophilia. Explain the pattern of inheritance of the disease in the family. (Delhi 2013C)
Or
Haemophilia is a sex-linked inheritance condition in humans where a simple cut causes non-stop bleeding. Study the pedigree chart showing the inheritance of haemophilia in a family. Answer the questions that follows
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 28

Give reasons, which explain that haemophilia is (Foreign 2011)
(i) sex-linked (ii) caused by X-linked gene.
Answer:
The pedigree of a family given in the question depicts that mother is normal (XX), while father is haemophilic (XhY). As haemophilia is a sex-linked disease, F1 -generation will produce 50% carrier daughters and 50% normal sons. In F2-generation, both carrier daughters got married to a normal man and produced 25% diseased (XhY) and 25% normal son (XY) and 25% carrier (XCX) and 25% normal daughter (XX).

Or
(i) (a) It is X-linked trait which is transmitted from an unaffected carrier female to some of the male offsprings.
(b) Females rarely become haemophilic as in this cases, the mother has to be at least a carrier and father should be haemophilic.

(ii) Gene for haemophilia is X-linked or present on X-chromosome because male receives this gene from mother.
(a) So, a carrier female transmits it to her son.
(b) Disease appears more in males because they have only one X-chromosome.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 100.
A relevant portion of (3-chain of haemoglobin of a normal person is given below
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 29
The codon for the sixth amino acid is GAG. The sixth codon GAG mutates to GAA as a result of mutation ‘A’ and to GUG as a result of mutation ‘B’. Haemoglobin structure did not change as a result of mutation ‘A’, whereas haemoglobin structure changed because of mutation ‘B’ leading to sickle-shaped RBCs.
Explain giving reasons how. could mutation ‘B’ lead to sickle-shaped RBCs. Explain giving reasons how could mutation.‘B’ change the haemoglobin structure or bring down mutation and not mutation ‘A’. (All India 2011)
Answer:
In mutation A, the change in amino acid does not occur when codon GAG changes to GAA because both GAG and GAA code for amino acid, glutamic acid. Thus, there is no change in haemoglobin structure.

In mutation B, the change in amino acid occurs when codon GAG is changed to GUG because GUG codes for valine, while the original codon GAG codes for glutamic acid. Thus, there will be a change in the haemoglobin structure which would lead to sickle-cell anaemia.

Question 101.
Given below is the representation of a relevant part of amino acid composition of the ß-chain of haemoglobin, related to the shape of human red blood cells.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 30
(i) Is this representation of the sequence of amino acids indicating a normal human or a sufferer from a certain blood related genetic disease? Give reason in support of your answer.
(ii) Why is the disease referred to as a Mendelian disorder? Explain. (All India 2019)
Or
Given below is the representation of amino acid composition of the relevant translated portion of ß-chain of haemoglobin, related to the shape of human red blood cells.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 31
(i) Is this representation indicating a normal human or a sufferer from certain related genetic disease? Give reason in support of your answer.
(ii) What difference would be noticed in the phenotype of the normal and the sufferer related to this gene?
(iii) Who are likely to suffer more from the defect related to the gene represented the males, the females or both males and females equally? And why? (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) This representation indicates normal human because normal peptide HbA is with glutamic acid (Glu) at sixth position of (1-globin chain of haemoglobin molecule. Sickle-cell anaemia is referred to as Mendelian disorder because each parent contributes one mutant allele to affected offspring and the recessive sickle trait is expressed in homozygous condition only.

(ii) The normal individual has biconcave, disc-like RBCs, whereas the sufferer has sickle-shaped RBCs.

(iii) It is an autosomal recessive disorder. So, both males and females suffer equally.

Question 102.
Name the kind of diseases/disorders and any two symptoms that are likely to occur in humans if
(i) Mutation in the gene that codes for an enzyme phenylalanine hydroxylase occurs.
(ii) the karyotype is XXY. (All India 2019)
Or
(i) Name the kind of diseases/disorders that are likely to occur in humans if
(a) mutation in the gene that codes for an enzyme phenylalanine hydrolase occurs,
(b) there is an extra copy of chromosome 21,
(c) the karyotype is XXY.
(ii) Mention any one symptom of the diseases/disorders named above. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
(i) The following types of diseases are likely to occur in human
(a) Phenylketonuria
(b) Down’s syndrome
(c) Klinefelter’s syndrome

(ii) Symptoms of above diseases are
(a) Phenylketonuria Accumulation of phenylketonuria causes mental retardation.
(b) Down’s syndrome Affected individuals are short statured with small round head.
(c) Klinefelter’s syndrome The individuals are sterile.

Question 103.
Explain the mechanism of sex-determination in birds. How does it differ from that of human beings? 2018
Or
Differentiate between ‘ZZ’ and ‘XT type of sex-determination mechanisms. (Delhi 2015)
Or
Explain the sex-determination mechanism in humans. How is it different in birds? (All India 2010)
Answer:
Differences between XY and ZZ types of sex-determination are as follows

XY type sex-determination
(In humans)
ZZ type sex-determination
(In birds)
Females are homogametic, while males are heterogametic. Females are heterogametic, while males are homogametic.
Female produces egg with X-chromosomes only, while male produces sperms with either X or Y-chromosomes
Example: humans, Drosophila
Female produces eggs with either Z or W-chromosomes, while male produces sperm with Z-chromosomes.
Example:  fish, birds, etc.

Sex-determination in humans Refer to Answer No. 24.
Sex-determination in birds Refer to Answer No. 6.

Question 104.
During a medical investigation, an infant was found to possess an extra chromosome 21. Describe the symptoms the child is likely to develop later in the life. (Delhi 2017)
Or
Explain how trisomy of 21st chromosome occurs in humans. List any four characteristic features in an individual suffering from it. (Foreign 2012)
Or
Name the genetic disorder caused by trisomy of 21st chromosome in a human. Write the diagnostic features of the disorder. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
An additional copy of chromosome number 21 (trisomy of chromosome number 21) in humans results in Down’s syndrome.
Following characteristic symptoms are likely to develop in the child suffering from Down’s syndrome
(i) Short statured with small, round head.
(ii) Furrowed tongue and partially open mouth.
(iii) Broad palm with characteristics palm crease.
(iv) Slow mental, physical and psychomotor development.

Question 105.
Both haemophilia and thalassemia are blood related disorders in humans. Write their causes and the difference between the two. Name the category of genetic disorder they both come under. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Haemophilia and thalassemia both are Mendelian or gene related human disorders.
Cause of Haemophilia It is caused due to the absence of antihaemophilic globulin and plasma thromboplastin factor.
Cause of Thalassemia It is caused due to mutation or deletion of the genes controlling the formation of globin chains (a and P) of haemoglobin.
Differences between haemophilia and thalassemia are as follows

Haemophilia Thalassemia
Influence on single trait. Influence on multiple traits.
Inheritance is criss-cross. Inheritance is straight from both the parents to all the offsprings.

Category of genetic disorder
Haemophilia – Sex-linked disease
Thalassemia – Autosomal recessive disease

Question 106.
Give the example of an autosomal recessive trait in humans. Explain its pattern of inheritance with the help of a cross. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Sickle-cell anaemia is an autosomal recessive trait in humans. Refer to Answer No. 25 for detail. The inheritance of sickle-cell anaemia is shown in the cross given below
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 32

Question 107.
Which chromosomes carry the mutant genes causing thalassemia in humans? What are the problems caused by these mutant genes? (Delhi 2015)
Or
Write the type and location of the gene causing thalassemia in humans. State the cause and symptoms of the disease. How is sickle-cell anaemia different from this disease? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Thalassemia is an autosomal-linked recessive disease, which occurs due to either mutation or deletion of genes, resulting in reduced rate of synthesis of one of the globin chains of haemoglobin. It is associated with the mutation in chromosome 11 or 16 which code for p-chain and a – chain of haemoglobin, respectively. Haemoglobin is the oxygen carrying component of the red blood cells. It consists of two different proteins, an a and a p. If the body does not produce enough of either of these two proteins, the red blood cells do not form properly and cannot carry sufficient oxygen.
This results in anaemia that begins in early childhood and lasts throughout the life.
For sickle-cell anaemia, Refer to Answer No. 25.

Question 108.
Name the phenomenon that leads to situations like ‘XO’ abnormality in humans. How do humans with ‘XO’ abnormality suffer? Explain. (Foreign 2012)
Or
Name a disorder, give the karyotype and write the symptoms a human suffers from as a result of monosomy of the sex chromosome. (Foreign 2011)
Or
(i) Name the genetic disorder in a human female having 44 + XO karyotype. Mention the diagnostic features of this disorder.
(ii) Explain the cause of such chromosomal disorder. (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
XO abnormality or monosomy of
X-chromosome represents chromosomal disorder called Turner’s syndrome.

Non-disjunction is responsible for this chromosomal disorder. It is the phenomenon of failure of segregation of the members of homologous pairs of the chromosomes. Such disorder occurs due to the absence of one X-chromosome, i.e. 45 with XO (karyotype). The affected individual has underdeveloped feminine characters. Females are sterile and ovaries are rudimentary.

Question 109.
(i) Sickle-cell anaemia in humans is a result of point mutation. Explain.
(ii) Write the genotypes of both the parents, who have produced a sickle-celled anaemic offspring. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) Point mutation occurs due to change in a single base pair of DNA. Sickle-cell anaemia occurs due to defect caused by the single base substitution at the sixth codon of the P-chain of haemoglobin from GAG to GUG.

This causes substitution of glutamic acid by valine. The defective haemoglobin molecule undergoes polymerisation under low oxygen tension causing sickle-shaped red blood cells.

(ii) The parents must be heterozygotes, i.e. HbA Hbs and HbA Hbs to produce a sickle-celled anaemic offspring. Refer to Answer No. 25 and 35.

Question 110.
Name a disorder, give the karyotype and write the symptoms where a human male suffers as a result of an additional X-chromosome. (Foreign 2011)
Or
Name the genetic disorder caused by an extra X-chromosome in a human male. State the diagnostic features of the individual suffering from it. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
It is a chromosomal disorder called Klinefelter’s syndrome, which occurs in males. The affected human males have XXY sex chromosome (47 chromosomes).
Karyotype: 44 + XY
Symptoms
(i) Development of feminine characters like breast development.
(ii) Body hair sparse.
(iii) Individual is sterile.

Question 111.
(i) Why are grasshopper and Drosophila said to show male heterogamety? Explain.
(ii) Explain female heterogamety with the help of an example. (All India 2010)
Or
Explain the mechanism of sex-determination in insects like Drosophila and grasshopper. (All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) In male heterogamety, males produce two different types of gametes. In humans and Drosophila, the males have one X and Y chromosome, whereas in grasshopper, the male have only one X-chromosome (XO type). Thus, the males of these organisms show male heterogamety as they produce two types of gametes
Either with or without X-chromosome
Some gametes with X-chromosome and some with Y-chromosome.

(ii) In some organisms, females produce two different types of gametes. This is termed as female heterogamety. In birds and some reptiles, female has two different sex chromosomes (one Z and one W-chromosome) whereas male has a pair of same chromosome (a pair of Z-chromosome). (11/2)

Question 112.
(i) Why are thalassemia and haemophilia categorised as Mendelian disorders? Write the symptoms of these diseases. Explain their pattern of inheritance in humans.
(ii) Write the genotypes of the normal parents producing a haemophilic son. (All India 2015)
Answer:
(i) Thalassemia and haemophilia are categorised as Mendelian disorders because these disorders are due to alteration in a single gene. Also, they are transmitted to offspring through Mendelian principles of inheritance.
Symptoms and pattern of inheritance are given below

(a) Thalassemia It is an autosome-linked recessive blood disorder characterised by defect in α, ß or δ-chain resulting in abnormal Hb molecule.
Symptom Anaemia
Inheritance Two mutant alleles (one from each parent) must be inherited for an individual to be affected, i.e. homozygous. Heterozygous are carriers and may pass the mutant allele to their children.

(b) Haemophilia It is a sex-linked recessive disorder whose gene is located on X-chromosome.
Symptom Prolonged clotting time and internal bleeding, even in a minor injury.
Inheritance The gene is present on X-chromosome, so it is inherited by males as they have a single X-chromosome. Affected males are said to be hemizygous. Females have 2 X-chromosomes, thus their possibility of being affected is rare as the mother of such female has to be at least carrier and father should be haemophilic.

(ii) Genotypes of the normal parents producing a haemophilic son are XCX (carrier mother) and XY (father).
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 33

Question 113.
(i) Why are colour blindness and thalassemia categorised as Mendelian disorders? Write the symptoms of these diseases seen in people suffering from them.
(ii) About 8% of human male population suffers from colour blindness whereas only about 0.4% of human female population suffers from this disease. Write an explanation to show how it is possible. (All India 2015)
Answer:
(i) The inheritance pattern of colour blindness is same as that of haemophilia. Refer to Answer No. 41.

(ii) Colour blindness is an X-linked recessive trait which shows transmission from carrier female progeny. In males, the defect can appear in heterozygous condition beacause males possess only one X-chromosome whereas in females, it appears in homozygous condition only, which is very rare. Thus, it is more common in males than females.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 114.
(i) Explain the mechanism of sex-determination in humans.
(ii) Differentiate between male heterogamety and female heterogamety with the help of an example of each. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 24.

(ii) A sex (male or female) is heterogametic, if it has two different sex chromosomes.
Male heterogamety The female has two X-chromosomes (XX), while male has only one X-chromosome and at the time of gametogenesis the latter produces two types of gametes, 50% with X-chromosome, while other 50% without X-chromosomes. Heterogametic r tales are of two types
(a) XX-XY type, e.g. Drosophila, man, etc.
(b) XX-XO type, e.g. insects like grasshopper.
Female heterogamety In some species like birds,’fishes, etc. females are heterogametic, i.e. produce two types of gametes, while males produce only one type of gamete.

Heterogametic females are of two types
(a) ZO-ZZ type, e.g. butterflies
(b) ZW-ZZ type, e.g. insects, fish, reptiles, birds, etc.

Question 115.
(i) Why is haemophilia generally observed in human males? Explain the conditions under which a human female can be haemophilic.
(ii) A pregnant human female was advised to undergo MTP. It was diagnosed by her doctor that the foetus she is carrying has developed from a zygote formed by an XX-egg fertilised by Y carrying sperm. Why was she advised to undergo MTP? (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) The genes for haemophilia are present on X-chromosome. A male has only one X-chromosome and bears only one allele for the trait. He is hemizygous for the trait as Y-chromosome does not have a corresponding allele. A female contains two X-chromosomes. She has to be homozygous recessive to be haemophilic. It means her father must be a sufferer and mother must be either a carrier or sufferer to carry forward the disease.

(ii) The zygote will have XXY-chromosomes.
It will develop into a male with Klinefelter’s syndrome. Such males are sterile and show feminine characters. That is why, female was advised to undergo MTP.

Question 116.
(i) How does a chromosomal disorder differ from a Mendelian disorder?
(ii) Name any two chromosomal aberration-associated disorders.
(iii) List the characteristics of the disorders mentioned above that help in their diagnosis. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
(i) Differences between chromosomal disorders and Mendelian disorders are

Chromosomal disorders Mendelian disorders
These are caused due to the absence or excess of one or more chromosomes or abnormal arrangement of one/more chromosomes. These are due to alteration in a single gene.
They are not transmitted as the affected individual is sterile. They are transmitted to generations through Mendelian principles of inheritance.
Example: Down’s syndrome, Turner’s syndrome. Example: colour blindness, phenylketonuria.

(ii) Chromosomal disorders Down’s syndrome and Klinefelter’s syndrome.

(iii) Down’s syndrome The affected individual is short statured with small round head, furrowed tongue and partially open mouth. Physical, psychomotor and mental development is also retarded.

Klinefelter’s syndrome It occurs in males, which show overall muscular development, but feminine development also occurs. Such individuals are sterile.

Question 117.
Explain the causes, inheritance pattern and symptoms of any two Mendelian genetic disorders. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Two Mendelian genetic disorders are as follows
(i) Sickle-cell anaemia Refer to Answer No. 25.
(ii) Phenylketonuria It occurs due to defective allele on the autosome. It is inherited from parent, who are heterozygous for the gene to the offspring.

The affected individual lacks an enzyme phenylalanine hydroxylase that converts the amino acid phenylalanine into tyrosine. As a result, phenylalanine gets accumulated in brain and body and gets converted into phenyl pyruvate and other derivatives.

Symptoms Accumulation of these compounds in the brain causes mental retardation. They are also excreted in the urine due to poor absorption by kidney.

Question 118.
Study the given pedigree chart showing the pattern of blood group inheritance in a Family.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 34
(i) Give the genotype of the following
(a) Parents
(b) The individual X in second generation.
(ii) State the possible blood groups of the individual Y in third generation.
(iii) Explain codominance with the inheritance of the blood group AB. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) (a) Parents A – IA IO
B- IB IO
(b) Xindividual-IB IO (B-type)

(ii) Individual Y-blood groups can be O or A.
(iii) IA and IB when stay together, show the phenomenon of codominance and express themselves in the presence of each other.
In heterozygous hybrid, when both alternative alleles coexist, both the alleles show their effect and result in the progeny with AB blood group. This is called codominance.

Question 119.
Study the following pedigree chart of a family starting with mother with AB blood group and father with 0 blood group.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 35
(i) Mention the blood group as well as its genotype of the offspring numbered 1 in generation II.
(ii) Write the possible blood groups as well as their genotypes of the offsprings numbered 2 and 3 in genearation III.
Answer:
(i) Offspring numbered 1 has blood group B with genotype IO IB.
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 36
(ii) Offspring 2 may have blood group A (IAIO) or blood group O (IOIO).
There can be two cases for offspring numbered 3 to know the possible blood groups as well as their genotypes.
Case I When parent is homozygous for A, i.e. IA IA
Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 Img 37

Question 120.
Naresh, a haemophilia patient, forbades his daughter to marry Mohan who is also a haemophilia patient. Is Naresh right?
Answer:
Naresh is right because his daughter can be carrier of haemophilia disease (an X-linked disorder).
If she marries a haemophilic person, there are 75% chances that their offspring will also suffer from haemophilia.

Question 121.
Avantika’e doctor advised her to undergo MTP because through diagnostic tests she came to know that her foetus has XO chromosomes. Do you think Avantika should undergo MTP? Give reason.
Answer:
(i) Yes, Avantika should undergo MTP.
(ii) The foetus contains XO chromosomes, i.e. one X-chromosome is lacking.
It means that the baby will be suffering from Turner’s syndrome. Therefore, MTP is recommended.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 122.
Prateek was rushed to a nearby hospital after an accident, which had caused too much blood loss. The hospital failed to supply O negative blood for transfusion. Asif, who was attending a patient there, heard about the situation and agreed to donate blood as he had the same blood group. Prateek’s mother initially refused but was later convinced by her daughter’s view.
(i) Why cannot O positive blood be transfused into Prateek’s body?
(ii) Human blood grouping is an example of?
(iii) What values do you find in Prateek’s sister and Asif?
Answer:
(i) O+ blood group contains antigen for Rh factor. Rh blood lacks the antigen, so if the two blood mix, it will lead to clotting and thus, death of the patient.
(ii) Multiple allelism.
(iii) Prateek’s sister shows understanding of science and Asif believes in helping a person in need without thinking about which religion or caste he belongs to.

The post Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6

$
0
0

We have given these Class 12 Biology Important Questions Chapter 6 Molecular Basis of Inheritance to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Biology Chapter 6 Important Questions, Molecular Basis of Inheritance Important Questions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Class 12 Biology Chapter 6 Important Questions Molecular Basis of Inheritance

Question 1.
Write the dual purpose served by deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates in polymerisation. (2018)
Answer:
Deoxyribonucleoside Triphosphates (dNTPs) serve the dual purpose of

  • acting as a substrate.
  • providing energy (from two terminal phosphates).

Question 2.
Why does hnRNA undergo splicing? Where does splicing occur in the cell? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
hnRNA undergoes splicing to remove non-coding sequences, i.e. introns and joins exons. Splicing occurs in the nucleus of the cell.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 3.
Name the enzyme that transcribes hnRNA in eukaryotes. (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Write the function of RNA polymerase-II. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
The RNA polymerase-II transcribes the precursor of mRNA, i.e. the heterogeneous nuclear RNA (hnRNA).

Question 4.
Why is RNA more reactive in comparison to DNA? (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
The OH-group in the ribose of RNA at 3’end makes the molecule more reactive, compared with DNA. RNA is also not stable under alkaline conditions.

Question 5.
Name the negatively charged and positively charged components of a nucleosome. (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Name the positively charged protein around which the negatively charged DNA wrapped. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
Histone proteins forming an octamer is the positively charged component and the DNA helix is the negatively charged component of nucleosome.

Question 6.
What is cistron? (All India 2015)
Answer:
The segment of DNA coding for a polypeptide is known as cistron.

Question 7.
Name the transcriptionally active region of chromatin in a nucleus. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Euchromatin (lightly stained) is the transcriptionally active region of chromatin in a nucleus.

Question 8.
What will happen if DNA replication is not followed by cell division in a eukaryotic cell? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
If cell division is not followed after DNA replication then replicated chromosomes (DNA) would not be distributed to daughter nuclei. A repeated replication of DNA without any cell division results in the accumulation of DNA inside the cell.
This would increase the volume of the cell nucleus, thereby causing cell expansion. Further, it will lead to polyploidy.

Question 9.
Why is it not possible for an alien DNA to become part of chromosome anywhere along its length and replicate normally? (All India 2014)
Answer:
An alien DNA cannot become a part of chromosome anywhere along its length and replicate normally due to the absence of origin of replication where the replication process is initiated.

Question 10.
Name the enzyme and state its property that is responsible for continuous and discontinuous replication of the two strands of a DNA molecule. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
DNA-dependent DNA polymerase This enzyme can polymerise deoxynucleotides in 5′ → 3′ direction only.
Due to this, replication of DNA is continuous in one strand with polarity 3′ → 5’while discontinuous in another polarity 5′ → 3′.

Question 11.
Name the enzyme that joins the small fragment of DNA of a lagging strand during DNA replication. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
DNAligase.

Question 12.
Which one of an intron and an exon is the reminiscent of antiquity? (All India 2013C)
Answer:
Intron is considered to be the reminiscent of antiquity because these are non-coding sequences. (1)

Question 13.
Name the specific components and the linkage between them that forms deoxyadenosine. (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
The specific components of deoxyadenosine are adenine and deoxyribose. These are linked by N-glycosidic linkage.

Question 14.
Which one out of rho factor and sigma factor acts as an initiation factor during transcription in a prokaryote? (Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
Sigma factor acts as an initiation factor and binds to the promoter during transcription in prokaryotes.

Question 15.
Name the enzyme involved in continuous replication of DNA strand. Mention the polarity of the template strand. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Enzyme involved in continuous replication of DNA strand is DNA polymerase.
Template strand has 3′ → 5′ polarity.

Question 16.
Name the two basic amino acids that provide positive charges to histone proteins. (Delhi 2012C)
Answer:
Lysine and arginine.

Question 17.
If the base adenine constitutes 31% of an isolated DNA fragment, then what is the expected percentage of the base cytosine in it? (Delhi 2011c)
Answer:
According to Chargaff’s rule A + G = C+ T = 50%
∴ if A = 31% then T = 31%;
C + T = 50%
∴ C = 50% – 31% = 19%

Question 18.
A structural gene has two DNA strands X and Y shown along side. Identify the template strand. (All India 2010C)
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 1
Answer:
‘X’ is template strand. It is because the template strand has the polarity in 3′ → 5′ direction.

Question 19.
What is an origin of replication in a chromosome? State its function. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Replication does not initiate randomly at any place in DNA (chromosome). So, there is a definite region in DNA (chromosome) termed as origin of replication. It is the place from where DNA replication originates. It helps in propagation of a piece of DNA, during recombinant DNA procedures.

Question 20.
Although a prokaryotic cell has no defined nucleus, yet DNA is not scattered throughout the cell. Explain. (2018)
Answer:
Prokaryotes lack a defined nucleus. However, the DNA is not scattered throughout the cell. This is due to the fact that the negatively charged DNA is held with some positively charged proteins in nucleoid or the middle region. In this region, the DNA is organised in large loops held by proteins.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 21.
Describe the structure of a nucleosome. (Delhi 2017)
Or
Draw a labelled diagram^of a nucleosome. Where is it found in a cell? (Foreign 2014; All India 2012)
Or
How do histones acquire positive charge? Delhi 2011
Answer:
Nucleosome is a complex of negatively charged DNA. wrapped around the positively charged histone octamer (unit of 8 molecules of histone). It is found in the nucleus of the cell.
It is made up of four types of proteins; H2A, H2B, H3 and H4 occurring in pairs. The histone proteins acquire positive charge due to abundance of amino acid residues, i.e. lysine and arginines. Both these amino acids carry positive charges in their side chains. A typical nucleosome consists of 200 base pairs of DNA helix.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 2

Question 22.
Discuss the role enzyme DNA ligase plays during DNA replication. (All India 2016)
Answer:
DNA ligase facilitates the joining of Okazaki fragments in lagging DNA strands together by catalysing the formation Of phosphodiester bond. It also plays a role in repairing single-strand breaks in duplex DNA.

Question 23.
In a typical nucleus, some regions of chromatin are stained light and others dark. Explain why is it so and what is its significance. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
In a typical nucleus, some regions of chromatin are stained light because of loose packing of chromatin and some regions of chromatin are stained dark because, chromatin is densely packed. Euchromatin is transcriptionally active chromatin (lightly stained) while heterochromatin (darkly stained) is transcriptionally inactive.

Question 24.
Explain the two factors responsible for conferring stability to double helix structure of DNA. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Two factors responsible for conferring stability to double helix structure of DNA are

  • Stacking of one base pair over other.
  • H-bonds between nitrogenous bases.

Question 25.
State the difference between the structural genes in a transcription unit of prokaryotes and eukaryotes. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Prokaryotic structural genes are continuous and are without any non-coding region, while eukaryotic structural genes contain exons (coding DNA) and introns (non-coding DNA).

Question 26.
Show DNA replication with the help of a diagram only. (All India 2014C; Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The replication fork of DNA formed during DNA replication.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 3

Question 27.
A template strand is given below. Write down the corresponding coding strand and the mRNA strand that can be formed, along with their polarity. (Foreign; 2014)
3′- ATGCATGCATGCATGCA TGCATGC-5′
Answer:
For the given template strand 3- ATGCATGCAT GCATGCATGCATGC- 5′
Coding strand is 5′- TACGTACGTACGTACGTACG TACG – 3′
and mRNA strand is 5′- UACGUACGUACGUACGU ACGUACG – 3′

Question 28.
Draw a schematic diagram of a part of double-stranded dinucleotide DNA chain having all the four nitrogenous bases showing the correct polarity. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Schematic diagram of a double stranded dinucleotide DNA chain having all the four nitrogenous bases (A, T, G, C) with polarity.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 4

Question 29.
State the functions of the following in a prokaryote:
(i) tRNA
(ii) rRNA (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) tRNA helps in transferring amino acids to ribosome for the synthesis of polypeptide chain.
(ii) rRNA plays structural and catalytic role during translation.

Question 30.
Differentiate between a cistron and an exon. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
Differences between cistron and exon are as follows

Cistron Exon
Cistron is segments of DNA that possess both exon and intron. Exons are coding regions of a gene that code for different proteins.
It refers to the whole gene. It refers to a part of gene.

Question 31.
Differentiate between exons and introns. (All India 2012C)
Answer:
Differences between exons and introns are as follows

Exons Introns
Regions of a gene which become part of mRNA. Regions of a gene which do not form part of mRNA.
Code for the different proteins and hence called coding sequence. Removed during the processing of mRNA because they are non-coding sequences.

Question 32.
State the dual role of deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates during DNA replication. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:

  • The deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates are the building blocks for the DNA strand (polynucleotide chain), i.e. they act as substrates.
  • These also serve as energy source in the form of ATP and GTP because of the presence of high energy terminal phosphate groups.

Question 33.
Answer the questions based on the dinucleotide shown below.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 5
(i) Name the type of sugar guanine base is attached to.
(ii) Name the linkage connecting the two nucleotides.
(iii) Identify the 3′ end of the dinucleotide. Give a reason for your answer. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Pentose sugar or deoxyribose sugar.
(ii) Two nucleotides are linked through 3′-5′ phosphodiester linkage to form a dinucleotide.
(iii) The ribose sugar has a free 3′ – OH group which is referred to as 3’end of the polynucleotide chain.

Question 34.
Make a labelled diagram of an RNA dinucleotide showing its 3′ → 5′ polarity. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
RNA dinucleotide.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 6

Question 35.
Answer the following questions based on Meselson and Stahl’s experiment on E.coli.
(i) Write the name of the chemical substance used as the only source of nitrogen in the experiment.
(ii) Why did they allow the synthesis of the light and the heavy DNA molecules in the organism?
(iii) How did they distinguish the heavy DNA molecules from the light DNA molecules?
(iv) Write the conclusion the scientists arrived at, at the end of the experiment. (All India 2019,11)
Answer:
(i) NH4Cl (Ammonium chloride) with N14 atom.
(ii) It is to show that after one generation E. coli with 15N -DNA in a medium of 14N, has DNA of intermediate density between the light and heavy DNAs.
It shows that of the two strands, only one strand is synthesised newly, using the 14N-nitrogen source in the medium.
(iii) The heavy and light DNA molecules can be differentiated by centrifugation in a cesium chloride (CsCl) density gradient.
The 15N -DNA was heavier than 14N -DNA and the hybrid 15N – 14N -DNA was intermediate between the two newly form DNA strands.
(iv) Scientists concluded that the DNA replication is semi-conservative, i.e. of the two strands of DNA, one is the parental strand, while the other is newly synthesised.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 36.
Explain the mechanism of DNA replication with the help of a replication fork. What role does the enzyme DNA-ligase play in a replication fork? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Replication in DNA strand occurs within a small opening of the DNA helix, known as replication fork.
For figure, see Answer No. 26.
DNA polymerases catalyse polymerisation only in one direction, i.e. 5′ → 3′. It creates additional complications at the replicating fork. Consequently, on one strand (template 3′ → 5′), the replication is continuous. This is known as leading strand, while on the other strand (template 5′ → 3′), it is discontinuous. This is known as lagging strand.
The discontinuously synthesised fragments called Okazaki fragments are later joined by DNA ligase.

Question 37.
Construct and label a transcription unit from which the RNA segment given below has been transcribed. Write the complete name of the enzyme that transcribed this RNA. (Delhi 2019)
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 7
Answer:
The process of copying genetic information from one strand of DNA into RNA is called ‘transcription’. Transcription is catalysed by ‘DNA dependent RNA polymerase’.
The RNA molecule given in question should be
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 8
As RNA have uracil in place of thymine.
For given RNA, the transcription unit will be
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 9

Question 38.
Why is DNA molecule considered as a better hereditary material than RNA molecule? (2018C)
Or
Why is DNA a bettter genetic material when compared to RNA? (Delhi 2015C)
Or
Why is DNA considered a better hereditary material than RNA? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
DNA is considered a better genetic material when compared to RNA because of its high stability and low reactivity. RNA being more reactive, is labile and easily degradable.
The high reactivity of RNA is contributed by the 2-OH group in the nucleotides. RNA as a catalyst (e.g. ribozyme) is also more reactive. Uracil present in RNA makes it unstable over DNA that contains thymine.

Question 39.
Name the three polymerases found in eukaryotic’cells and mention their functions. (2018C)
Answer:
Three types of RNA polymerases are found in eukaryotic cells and their functions are as follows

  • RNA polymerase-I transcribes rRNAs.
  • RNA polymerase-II transcribes the precursor of mRNA called hnRNA.
  • RNA polymerase-III transcribes tRNA, 5 SrRNA and swRNAs.

Question 40.
Explain the post-transcriptional modifications the AnRNA undergoes in eukaryotic. (2018C)
Answer:
Refer to page no. 138-139.

Question 41.
Study the diagram given below:
Name the linkage X, Y, Z and the respective molecules formed by them. (Delhi 2016C)
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 10
Answer:
X : N-glycosidic linkage. It forms nucleoside.
Y : Phosphoester linkage. It forms nucleotide.
Z : 3′-5’phosphodiester linkage. It forms polynucleotide.

Question 42.
Describe the experiment that helped demonstrate the semi-conservative mode of DNA replication. (All India 2016)
Or
How was a heavy isotope of nitrogen used to provide experimental evidence to semi-conservative mode of DNA replication? (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Matthew Meselson and Franklin Stahl conducted an experiment with Escherichia coli (1958) as follows

  • They grew many generations of E. coli in a medium that contained 15NH4Cl (15N is the heavy isotope of nitrogen) as the only source of nitrogen. The result was that 15N was incorporated into the newly synthesised DNA. Upon centrifugation in a cesium chloride (CsCl) density gradient, this heavy DNA molecule could be distinguished from the normal DNA.
  • The cells were then transferred into a medium containing normal 14NH4Cl.
  • At definite time intervals, as the cells multiplied, samples were taken and the DNA which remained as double-stranded helices were extracted.
  • The samples were separated independently on CsCl gradient to measure the densities of DNA.
  • The DNA obtained from the culture, one generation after the transfer from 15N to 14N medium had a hybrid or intermediate density.
  • The DNA obtained from the culture after another generation (generation II), was composed of equal amounts of hybrid DNA and Tight’ DNA.
    Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 11

Thus, Meselson and Stahl concluded that the DNA replication is semi-conservative, i.e. out of the two strands of DNA one is the parental
strand, while another is newly synthesised.

Question 43.
(i) Differentiate between a template strand and coding strand of DNA.
(ii) Name the source of energy for the replication of DNA. (Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Differences between template strand and coding strand are as follows

Template strand Coding strand
It has 3′- 5’polarity. It has 5′- 3’polarity.
It gets transcribed. It does not get transcribed.
Its sequence is complementary to mRNA formed. Its sequence is same as mRNA except it contains ‘T’ instead of ‘U’.

(ii) The source of energy for the replication of DNA are the deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates that have two terminal high energy phosphates.

Question 44.
(i) A DNA segment has a total of 1000 nucleotides, out of which 240 of them are adenine containing nucleotides. How many pyrimidine bases this DNA segment possesses?
(ii) Draw a diagrammatic sketch of a portion of DNA segment to support your answer. (Delhi 2015)
Or
(i) A DNA segment has a total of 1500 nucleotides, out of which 410 are guanine containing nucleotides. How many pyrimidine bases this segment possesses?
(ii) Draw a diagrammatic sketch of a portion of DNA segment to support your answer. (All India 2015)
Or
(i) A DNA segment has a total of 2000 nucleotides, out of which 520 are adenine containing nucleotides. How many purine bases this DNA segment possesses?
(ii) Draw a diagrammatic sketch of a portion of DNA segment to support your answer. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) According to Chargaff’s rule, ratio of purines to pyrimidines is equal,
i.e. A + G = C + T
The number of adenine (A) is equal to the number of thymine (T).
A = 240(given)
Therefore, T = 240
Also, the number of guanine (G) is equal to cytosine (C).
Thus, G + C = 1000 – [A + T]
G + C = 1000 – 480= 520
Hence, G = 260, C = 260
The number of pyrimidine bases,
i.e. C + T= 240 + 260 = 500

(ii) Diagrammatic sketch of portion of DNA segment
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 12
Or
(i) Given, G = 410 therefore, C = 410
A + T = 1500 – (G + C)
= 1500 – 820 = 680
Hence, A = 340; T = 340
The number of pyrimidine bases, i.e.
C + T = 410 + 340 = 750

(ii) Refer to above figure.
Or
(i) Given, A = 520
therefore, T = 520
A + T = 520 + 520 = 1040
Total number of nucleotides = 2000
G + C = 2000 – 1040 = 960
G = 960/2 = 450
Hence, total number of purine bases are
⇒ A + G = 520 + 480 = 1000
(ii) Refer to above figure.

Question 45.
With the help of a schematic diagram, explain the location and role of the following in a transcription unit. Promoter, structural gene, terminator. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Structure of a transcription unit
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 13
The promoter and terminator flank the structural gene in a transcription unit. The promoter is located towards 5’end (upstream) of the structural gene and it helps to initiate transcription by binding with RNA polymerase. The terminator is located toward 3’end (downstream) of the coding strand and it usually defines the end of the process of transcription. The structural gene is present in between promoter and terminator. It codes for enzyme or protein for structural functions.

Question 46.
(i) What are the transcriptional products of RNA polymerase-III?
(ii) Differentiate between capping and tailing.
(iii) Expand ArcRNA. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
(i) RNA polymerase-III is responsible for the transcription of tRNA, SrRNA and snRNAs (small nuclear RNAs).
(ii) In capping process, an unusual nucleotide (methyl guanosine triphosphate) is added to ‘5’ end of hnRNA.
In tailing process, 200-300 adenylate residues are added at 3′ end of hnRNA.
(iii) hnRNA is heterogeneous nuclear RNA.

Question 47.
It is established that RNA is the first genetic material. Explain giving three reasons. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
RNA is the first genetic material in cells because

  • RNA is capable of both storing genetic information and catalysing chemical reactions.
  • Essential life processes (such as metabolism, translation, splicing, etc.) were evolved around RNA.
  • It shows the power of self-replication.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 48.
(i) Construct a complete transcription unit with promoter and terminator on the basis of hypothetical template strand given below.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 14
(ii) Write the RNA strand transcribed from the above transcription unit along with its polarity. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) Transcription unit
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 15
(ii) RNA strand transcribed from the above transcriptional unit
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 16

Question 49.
List the salient features of double helix structure of DNA. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Salient features of DNA double helix are as follows

  • It is made up of two polynucleotide chains containing the backbone of sugar-phosphate from which the bases project inside.
  • The two chains have anti-parallel polarity, i.e. one of them is 5′ → 3′, the other has 3′ → 5’polarity.
  • The bases in two strands are paired through hydrogen bond (H-bonds) forming base pairs (bp). Adenine pairs through two hydrogen bonds with thymine on opposite strand and vice-versa. In the same way, guanine is bonded with cytosine through three H-bonds. Due to which, purine always comes opposite to a pyrimidine.
  • The two chains are coiled in a right-handed fashion. The pitch of the helix is 3.4 nm and there are roughly 10 bp in each turn. Consequently, the distance between base pair in a helix is about 0.34 nm.
  • The plane of one base pair stacks over the other in double helix. This confers stability to the helical structure.

Question 50.
How is hnRNA processed to form mRNA? (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
The precursor of mRNA transcribed by RNA polymerase-II is called heterogeneous nuclear RNA (hnRNA). It undergoes following processing to form nascent wRNA.

  • Splicing In this process, the non-coding introns are removed and coding sequences called exons are joined in a definite order. This is required because primary transcript contains both introns and exons.
  • Capping Refer to Answer No. 46.
  • Tailing Refer to Answer No. 46.
  • The fully processed mRNA is released from the nucleus into cytoplasm for translation.

Question 51.
The base sequence in one of the strands of DNA is TAGCATGAT.
(i) Give the base sequence of the complementary strand.
(ii) How are these base pairs held together in a DNA molecule?
(iii) Explain the base complementarity rule. Name the scientist who framed this rule. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
(i) ATCGTACTA.
(ii) Base pairs are held together by weak hydrogen bonds, adenine pairs with thymine by two H-bonds and guanine pairs with cytosine through three H-bonds.
(iii) Base complementarity rule : For a double-stranded DNA, this rule states that the ratio between adenine and thymine and that between guanine and cytosine are constant and equal to one. Erwin Chargaff framed this rule.

Question 52.
Why do you see two different types of replicating Strands in the given DNA replication fork? Explain. Name these strands. (Delhi 2011)
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 17
Answer:
Two different types of parent strands function as template strands.
On the template strand with 3′ → 5’polarity, the new strand is synthesised as a continuous strand because the enzyme DNA polymerase can carry out polymerisation of the nucleotides only in 5′ → 3′ direction. This is called continuous synthesis and the strand is called leading strand.

On the template strand with 5′-» 3’polarity, the new strand is synthesised from the point of replication fork in short stretches called Okazaki fragments and this strand is called lagging strand. Okazaki fragments are later joined by DNA ligases to form a continuous strand.

Question 53.
Monocistronic structural genes in eukaryotes have interrupted coding sequences. Explain. How are they different in prokaryotes? (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Monocistronic structural genes in eukaryotes have interrupted coding sequences due to the presence of introns, i.e. non-coding sequences.

Differences between monocistronic structural gene in prokaryotes and in eukaryotes are as follows

Structural gene in prokaryotes Structural gene in eukaryotes
Consists of only coding sequences. Consists of both coding and non-coding sequences.
Information is continuous as only exons are present. Information is split due to the presence of introns in between exons.
There is no need of splicing. Splicing is required to make functional mRNA.

Question 54.
Explain the role of 35S and 32P in the experiments conducted by Hershey and Chase. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
Hershey and Chase used 35S and 32P in their culture medium. These are radioactive sulphur and phosphorus, respectively. These two components were used to detect whether the genetic material is DNA or protein.

Role of 32P and 35S Viruses grown on medium with 32S. had non-radioactive genetic material and radioactive protein as sulphur is not present in DNA but found in protein.
While those grown on 32P had radioactive genetic material because DNA contains phosphorus but proteins does not contain it. Thus, it was established that DNA is the genetic material.

Question 55.
Describe the initiation process of transcription in bacteria. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Initiation process of transcription in bacteria RNA polymerase becomes associated transiently to an initiation factor sigma (cr) and binds to specific sequence on DNA called promoter to initiate transcription.
A single DNA-dependent RNA polymerase catalyses the transcription of all the three types of RNA.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 18

Question 56.
Describe the elongation process of transcription in bacteria. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Elongation process of transcription in bacteria RNA polymerase facilitates opening of the DNA helix after binding to promoter. It uses ribonucleoside triphosphates as substrate and polymerises the nucleotides in a template dependent fashion following complementarity. The process continues till RNA polymerase reaches the terminator region on the DNA strand.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 19

Question 57.
Describe the termination process of transcription in bacteria. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Termination occurs when RNA polymerase reaches the terminator region and the nascent RNA falls off. The RNA polymerase being transiently associated with termination factor rho (p) also falls off the transcription unit.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 20

Question 58.
Draw a schematic representation of a dinucleotide. Label the following :
(i) The component of a nucleotide
(ii) 5′ end
(iii) N-glycosidic linkage
(iv) Phosphodiester linkage (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
Schematic representation of a dinucleotide.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 21

Question 59.
Describe the role of RNA polymerases in transcription in bacteria and in eukaryotes. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
In bacteria, there is a single DNA-dependent RNA polymerase, which catalyses the formation of mRNA, tRNA and rRNA.
In eukaryotes, there are three types of RNA polymerases, which show division of labour.
These are as follows

  • RNA polymerase-I transcribes rRNAs, (28S, 18S and 5.8S)
  • RNA polymerase-II transcribes the precursor of mRNA called hnRNA.
  • RNA polymerase-III transcribes tRNA, 5 SrRNA and snRNAS.

Question 60.
(i) State the ‘central dogma’ as proposed by Francis Crick.
(ii) Explain, how the biochemical characterisation (nature) of ‘Transforming Principle’ was determined, which was not defined from Griffith’s experiments. (2018)
Answer:
(i) Central Dogma It states that there is one way or unidirectional flow of information from master copy DNA to working copy RNA (transcription) and from working copy RNA to building plan of polypeptide chain (translation).
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 22
Central dogma of molecular biology was proposed by Crick (1958). It can also be written as follows
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 23
Exception Reverse transcription is an exception to central dogma. The discovery of ‘RNA dependent DNA polymerase’ gave the concept of central dogma reverse or teminism. It suggested that information flow can also take place from RNA to DNA.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 24
During this, transcription or RNA synthesis occurs over DNA and translation or protein synthesis occurs over ribosomes. In eukaryotes, these two processes are separated in time and space. This protects DNA from respiratory enzymes and RNA’s degradation from nucleases.

(ii) Various experiments were conducted to prove that DNA is the genetic material. Griffith did his experiment and concluded that some substance causes transformation. However, he did not tell the substance that had caused the transformation.

Biochemical Characterisation of Transforming Principle Three scientists Avery, MacLeod and McCarty revealed that the chemical nature of the transforming substance was DNA. They showed that DNA isolated from S-strain could itself confer the pathogenic properties to R-strain.

This fact suggested that DNA possesses the genetic properties.
The outline of the experiment is given below
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 25

Thus, on the basis of their experiment, they concluded that DNA is the hereditary material.

Question 61.
(i) Why does DNA replication occur in small replication forks and not in its entire length?
(ii) Why is DNA replication continuous and discontinuous in a replication fork?
(iii) State the importance of origin of replication in a replication fork. (2018C)
Answer:
(i) DNA replication occurs in small replication fork and not in its entire length because whole DNA cannot be opened in one stretch due to high energy requirement.

(ii) DNA replication is continuous and discontinuous in a replication fork because the enzyme DNA polymerase can carry out polymerisation of the nucleotides only in 5-3′ direction. On the template strand with 3-5′ polarity, DNA replication is continuous. On the template strand with polarity 5′-3′, the DNA replication occurs in short stretches and is called discontinuous.

(iii) Replication of DNA does not initiate randomly, and DNA polymerases on their own cannot initiate replication. So, there is a need of specific sequence, called origin of replication from which the replication starts. DNA polymerase binds to it and continues the process.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 62.
Answer the following questions based on Hershey and Chase’s experiments
(i) Name the kind of virus they worked with and why?
(ii) Why did they use two types of culture media to grow viruses in? Explain.
(iii) What was the need for using a blender and later a centrifuge during their experiments?
(iv) State the conclusion drawn by them after the experiments. (All India 2016)
Or
How did Hershey and Chase established that DNA is transferred from virus to bacteria? (Delhi 2015)
Or
Describe the Hershey and Chase’s experiment. Write the conclusion drawn by the scientists after their experiment. (All India 2014)
Or
Name the scientists, who proved experimentally that DNA is the genetic material. Describe their experiment. (Delhi 2014)
Or
(i) Describe Hershey and Chase’s experiment.
(ii) Write the aim of the experiment. (Delhi 2010C; All India 2010)
Answer:
(i) They worked with bacteriophage, i.e. viruses that infect bacteria. These viruses were used because during infection they transfer their genetic material into bacteria.
(ii) They used two types of culture media, containing 35S and 32P, so as to compare that which one out of DNA and proteins gets transferred from virus to bacteria and acts as genetic material.
(iii) A blender and centrifuge was used to open up the bacterial cells and viral particles, so, that genetic material could be exposed.
(iv) Conclusion DNA is the genetic material.
Or
Alfred Hershey and Martha Chase (1952) established that DNA is transferred from viruses that infect bacteria. In their experiment, bacteriophages (viruses that infect bacteria) were used. They grew some viruses on a medium that contained radioactive phosphorus and some others on medium containing radioactive sulphur. Viruses grown in the presence of radioactive phosphorus contained radioactive DNA, but not radioactive protein because DNA contains phosphorus, but protein does not. In the same way, viruses grown on radioactive sulphur contained radioactive protein, but not radioactive DNA because DNA does not contain sulphur. Radioactive phages were allowed to attach to E.coli bacteria. As the infection proceeded, viral coats were removed from the bacteria by agitating them in a blender. The virus particles were seperated from the bacteria by spinning them in centrifuge.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 26

Bacteria which were infected with viruses that had radioactive DNA were radioactive, indicating that DNA was the material that passed from the virus to the bacteria. Bacteria that were infected with viruses that had radioactive proteins were not radioactive. This indicated that the proteins did not enter the bacteria from viruses. It proved that DNA is the genetic material that is passed from virus to bacteria.

Question 63.
(i) Name the stage in the cell cycle where DNA replication occurs.
(ii) Explain the mechanism of DNA replication. Highlight the role of enzymes in the process.
(iii) Why is DNA replication said to be semi-conservative? (All India 2016)
Or
(i) Explain the process of DNA replication with the help of a schematic diagram.
(ii) In which phase of the cell cycle does replication occur in eukaryotes? What would happen if cell division is not followed after DNA replication? (Delhi 2014)
Or
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of a ‘replicating fork’ showing the polarity. Why does DNA replication occur within such ‘forks’?
(ii) Name two enzymes involved in the process of DNA replication, along with their properties. (Outside Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) During the synthetic phase of interphase of cell cycle DNA duplicates or replicates.
(ii) Process of DNA Replication Replication is an energy expensive process, deoxyribonucleoside triphosphate serves the dual purpose of

  • acting as a substrate.
  • providing energy (from two terminal phosphates).

In a long DNA molecule, replication takes place within a small opening of the DNA helix, known as replication fork because whole DNA does not open in one stretch due to high energy requirement. DNA dependent DNA polymerases catalyse polymerisation only in one direction, i.e. 5′ → 3′. This brings additional complications at the replication fork.

On one strand (template with polarity 3′ → 5′), replication is continuous, while on the 5′ → 3′ strand, replication is discontinuous.
Thus, the fragments synthesised are discontinuous and later joined by the enzyme DNA ligase.
The DNA polymerases cannot initiate replication process on their own and replication does not initiate randomly anywhere in DNA.
It begins at definite regions in a DNA molecule known as origin of replication (Ori).
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 27

Enzymes for DNA Replication
The process of replication requires a set of catalysts (enzymes) as given below
(a) DNA-Dependent DNA Polymerase: It is the main enzyme which uses a DNA template to catalyse the polymerisation of deoxynucleotides. The average rate of polymerisation is 2000 bp (base pairs) per second approximately. These enzymes are highly efficient as they have to catalyse polymerisation of a large number of nucleotides in a very short time. These polymerases act very fast, catalyse the replication process with high degree of accuracy as any mistake would result in mutations.

(b) Helicase It unwinds the DNA strand, i.e. separates the two strands from one point for the formation of a replication fork.

(c) DNA Ligase It facilitates the joining of DNA strands together by catalysing the formation of phosphodiester bond. It plays a role in repairing single strand breaks in duplex DNA.

(iii) It is said to be semi-conservative because in newly synthesised DNA, one strand is parental and one is new, so it conserves the one strand. DNA replication is followed by cell division. In case, the latter fails to occur, polyploidy may occur.

Question 64.
List the criteria of a molecule that can act as genetic material must fulfil. Which one of the criteria is best fulfilled by DNA or by RNA thus making one of them a better genetic material than the other? Explain. (All India 2016)
Answer:
From the Hershey and Chase experiment, the fact was established that DNA acts as genetic material. But later studies revealed that in some viruses (e.g. Tobacco Mosaic Viruses, QB bacteriophage, etc.) RNA is the genetic material. Following are the criteria that a molecule must fulfil to act as a genetic material.

  • It- should be able to replicate.
  • It should be chemically and structurally stable.
  • It should provide the scope for slow changes (mutation), which are required for evolution.
  • It should be able to express itself in the form of ‘Mendelian characters’.

According to these criteria, both DNA and RNA have the ability to direct their duplications (because of the rule of base pairing and complementarity).

So, both the nucleic acids (DNA and RNA) have the ability to direct their duplications, whereas the other molecules in the living system, fail to fulfil first criteria itself, e.g. protein. The most important criteria of genetic material is the stability as the genetic material should not change with the different stages of life cycle, age or with change in the physiology of an organism. Both DNA and RNA have the ability to mutate. Since, RNA is unstable, it mutates at a faster rate. That is why, those viruses, which have RNA genome and a shorter lifespan, undergo mutation and thus, evolve rapidly.

DNA is dependant on RNA for protein synthesis, whereas RNA directly codes for protein synthesis. This proves that both RNA and DNA act as genetic material, but DNA being more stable is preferred for the storage of genetic information.

Question 65.
Describe Meselson and Stahl’s experiment that was carried in 1958 on E. coli. Write the conclusion they arrived at after the experiment. (All India 2016)
Or
(i) What is central dogma? Who proposed it?
(ii) Describe Meselson and Stahl’s experiment to prove that the DNA replication is semi-conservative. (Outside Delhi 2015C)
Or
‘DNA replication is semi-conservative’. Name the scientists who proposed it and who proved it. How was it proved experimentally? (All India 2014C)
Or
Describe Meselson and Stahl’s experiment and write the conclusion they arrived at. (Foreign 2014: Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 42.
Or
Central Dogma Francis Crick proposed the central dogma in molecular biology, which states that the genetic information flows from DNA → RNA → Proteins.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 28

Question 66.
(i) How are the following formed and involved in DNA packaging in the nucleus of a cell?
(a) Histone octamer
(b) Nucleosome
(c) Chromatin
(ii) Differentiate between euchromatin and heterochromatin. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) (a) Histone Octamer Histones are the proteins that are rich in basic amino acids, i.e. lysine and arginine. Both these amino acids carry positive charges in their side chains. So, histones are a set of positively charged, basic proteins (histones + protamine). A histone octamer is formed by the organisation of two molecules each of H2A, H2B, H3 and H4 histones so asa to make a unit of 8 molecules. It helps to package DNA into nucleosome.

(b) Nucleosome The negatively charged DNA is wrapped around the positively charged histone octamer, forming a structure known as nucleosome. It forms the fundamental repeating units of eukaryotic chromatin. It is used to pack the large eukaryotic genome into the nucleus.

(c) Chromatin One nucleosome contains 200 base pairs of DNA helix, approximately. Nucleosomes are the repeating unit of chromatin, which are thread-like stained (coloured) bodies present in nucleus.

The nucleosomes in chromatin look like ‘beads-on-string’ when observed under an electron microscope. The chromatin is further packed to form a solenoid structure of 30 mm diameter and further supercoiling tends to form a looped structure called chromatin fibre and then chromatid. This further coils and condenses at metaphase stage to form the chromosomes.

(ii) Differences between euchromatin and heterochromatin are as follows

Euchromatin Heterochromatin
It is lightly stained region. It is darkly stained region of the chromatin (chromosome).
It is loosely coiled region and thus, has less DNA. It is the compactly coiled region and thus, has more DNA.
It is transcriptionally active and is transcribed into mRNA. It is transcriptionally inert and cannot be transcribed into mRNA due to very tight coiling.

Question 67.
(i) Explain with the help of Griffith’s experiment how the search for genetic material was conducted and what was the conclusion drawn?
(ii) How did MacLeod, McCarty and Avery establish the biochemical nature of the so called ‘genetic material’ identified by Griffith in his experiment? (Delhi 2016C)
Or
(i) Describe the series of experiments of F Griffith. Comment on the significance of the results obtained, (ii) State the contribution of MacLeod, McCarty and Avery. (All India 2016, 2010)
Or
(i) Describe the experiment which demonstrated the existence of transforming principle.
(ii) How was the biochemical nature of this transforming principle determined by Avery, MacLeod and McCarty? (Foreign 2015)
Or
(i) Describe the various steps of Griffith’s experiment that led to the conclusion of the ‘transforming principle’.
(ii) How did the chemical nature of the ‘transforming principle’ get established? (All India 2014)
Or
(i) Write the conclusion drawn by Griffith at the end of his experiment with Streptococcus pneumoniae.
(ii) How did O Avery, C MacLeod and M McCarty prove that DNA was the genetic material? Explain. (All India 2013)
Or
Describe Frederick Griffith’s experiment on Streptococcus pneumoniae. Discuss the conclusion he arrived at. (All India 2012)
Answer:
(i) Griffith Experiments: It took a long time to discover and prove that DNA acts as a genetic material. By 1926, the quest to determine the mechanism for genetic inheritance had reached the molecular level. Transforming Principle Frederick Griffith in 1928, carried out a series of experiments with Streptococcus pneumoniae (a bacterium that causes pneumonia).

He observed that when these bacteria (Streptococcus pneumoniae) were grown on a culture plate, some of them produced smooth, shiny colonies (S-type), whereas the others produced rough colonies (R-type).

This difference in appearance of colonies (smooth/rough) was due to the presence or absence of mucus (polysaccharide) coat.
In his experiments, he first infected two separate groups of mice as follows S-strain (virulent strain) → Inject into mice → Mice die.

R-strain (non-virulent strain) → Inject into mice → Mice live.
S-strain (heat-killed) → Inject into mice → Mice live.
S-strain (heat-killed) + R-strain (live) → Inject into mice → Mice die.

Griffith concluded that the live R-strain, bacteria, had been transformed by the heat-killed S-strain bacteria. He concluded that, there was some ‘transforming agent that was transferred from the heat-killed S-strain, which helped the R-strain bacteria to synthesise a smooth polysaccharide coat and thus, become virulent.

He concluded that must be due to the transfer of the genetic material. However, he was not able to define the biochemical nature of genetic material from his experiments.

(ii) Contributions of MacLeod, McCarty and Avery : These scientists worked to determine the chemical nature of transforming principle of Griffith’s experiments. They discovered that protein digesting enzymes (proteases) and RNA-digesting.enzymes (RNase) did not affect transformation. Digestion with DNase did inhibit transformation suggesting that DNA was responsible for the transformation.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 68.
(i) Describe the process of trancription in bacteria.
(ii) Explain the processing the /mRNA needs to undergo before becoming functional mRNA in eukaryotes. (Outside Delhi 2016)
Or
Describe the process of transcription in bacterium. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
(i) The process of transcription in prokaryotes consists of three steps

  • Initiation Refer to Answer No. 55.
  • Elongation Refer to Answer No. 56.
  • Termination Refer to Answer No. 57.

(ii) In eukaryotes, the primary transcript is often larger than the functional RNA, called heterogeneous nuclear RNA or hnRNA.
Post-transcription processing is necessary to convert primary transcript of different types of RNAs into functional RNAs.

The processing includes

  • Cleavage Larger RNA precursors are cleaved to form smaller RNAs.
  • Splicing Eukaryotic transcripts possess extra segments called introns which are non-functional. They do not appear in mature or processed RNA. The functional coding sequences are called exons. Splicing is the removal of introns and fusion of exons in a definite order to form functional RNAs.
  • Terminal additions (capping and tailing) Capping includes addition of an unusual nucleotide to 5’ end of hrRNA. These unusual segments are CCA segment in tRNA and cap nucleotides at 5’end of mRNA. In tailing, poly-A segment (200-300 residues) are added at 3’end of mRNA. Cap is formed by the modification of GTP into 7-methyl guanosine or 7 mG.
  • Nucleotide modifications They are most common in tRNA-methylation (i.e. methyl cytosine, methyl guanosine), deamination (e.g. inosine form adenine), dihydrouracil, pseudouracil, etc.

Question 69.
Explain the process of transcription in prokaryotes. How is the process different in eukaryotes? (Outside Delhi 2015)
Answer:
In prokaryotes or bacterial cell, transcription occurs in three steps-initiation elongation and termination. For detail, Refer to text on pages 138-139.

Question 70.
(i) Explain the role of DNA-dependent RNA polymerase in initiation, elongation and termination during transcription in bacterial cell.
(ii) How is transcription a more complex process in eukaryotic cells? Explain. (Foreign 2011)
Answer:
(i) Role of DNA-dependent RNA polymerase

  • RNA polymerase becomes associated transiently with initiation factor (σ) and binds to the promoter site on DNA and initiates transcription.
  • It uses the nucleoside triphosphate as substrates and polymerises them in a template-dependent fashion following the base complementarity rule in the 5′ → 3′ direction.
  • It also facilitates the opening of the DNA helix and continues the elongation process.
  • When the polymerase falls off a terminator region on the DNA, the nascent RNA separates. This results in termination.

(ii) Reasons that transcription is more complex in eukaryotes are
(a) The three types of RNA polymerases in the nucleus show division of labour.

  • RNA polymerase-I transcribes rRNAs (28S, 18S and 5.8S).
  • RNA polymerase-II transcribes the precursor of mRNA, called hnRNA.
  • RNA polymerase-III transcribes tRNA, 5 SrRNA and snRNAse.

(b) hnRNA contains both coding sequences called exons and non-coding sequences called introns. So, it undergoes a process called splicing, in which the non-coding sequences (introns) are removed and the coding sequences (exons) are joined together in a defined order.

(c) In capping, unusual nucleotide, methyl guanosine triphosphate residues are added at the 5’end of the hnRNA.

(d) In tailing, 200-300 adenylate residues are added at the 3’ end of the hnRNA.

Question 71.
(i) Mention the contributions of the following scientists:
(a) Maurice Wilkins and Rosalind Franklin
(b) Erwin Chargaff
(ii) Draw a double-stranded dinucleotide chain with all the four nitrogen bases. Label the polarity and the components of the dinucleotide. (All India 2011C)
Answer:
(i) (a) Maurice Wilkins and Rosalind: Franklin They carried out X-ray diffraction studies on the structure of DNA molecule.
(b) Erwin Chargaff He proposed the base complementarity rule, according to which
\(\frac { [A+G] }{ [T+C] }\) = 1

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 28.

Question 72.
Study the flowchart given below and answer the questions that follows
I. S-strain → into mice → mice die
II. R-strain → into mice → mice live
III. Heat-killed S-strain + Live R-strain → into mice → A
IV. Heat-killed S-strain + DNase + Live R-strain → into mice → B
(i) Name the organism and differentiate between its two strains S and R, respectively.
(ii) Write the result A and B obtained in step III and IV, respectively.
(iii) Name the scientist who performed the.steps I, II and III.
(iv) Write the specific conclusion drawn from the step IV. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) The organism is bacterium Streptococcus pneumoniae.
Differences between S-strain and R-strain are as follows

S-strain R-strain
They form smooth colonies protected by a capsule. They form rough colonies without a capsule.
They are virulent. They are non-virulent.

(ii) 1 A – Mice died.
B – Mice lived.

(iii) Frederick Griffith performed these steps.

(iv) When DNase was added to the medium, the DNA of the heat-killed cells got denatured and was unable to carry transformation. This indicates that DNA was the transforming component.

Question 73.
Name one amino acid, which is coded by only one codon. (2018C)
Answer:
Methionine.

Question 74.
Give an example of a codon having dual function. (All India 2016)
Answer:
AUG is a codon with dual functions. It codes for the amino acid methionine (met) and also acts as an initiator codon of polypeptide synthesis during protein synthesis.

Question 75.
Write the two specific codons that a translational unit of mRNA is flanked by one on either sides. (Outside Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Two specific-codons that are flanked on either sides of mRNA in a translation unit are

  • Start codon (AUG)
  • Stop codon (UAG or UAA or UAA).

Question 76.
How does a degenerate code differ from an unambiguous one? (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
When some amino acids are coded by more than one codon, the code is said to be degenerate.
On the other hand, when one codon codes for only one amino acid, it is called unambiguous.

Question 77.
How is repetitive/satellite DNA separated from bulk genomic DNA for various genetic experiments? (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Satellite DNA is separated from bulk genomic DNA by density-gradient centrifugation technique.

Question 78.
State which human chromosome has
(i) the maximum number of genes and
(ii) the one which has the least number of genes. (Foreign 2014,2011)
Answer:
(i) Chromosome 1 (2968 genes).
(ii) Chromosome Y (231 genes).

Question 79.
Which one of the two subunits of ribosome encounters an mRNA? (Delhi 2013c)
Answer:
Smaller subunit.

Question 80.
Differentiate between the following: Inducer and repressor in lac operon. (Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
Inducer It is a chemical which after coming in contact with repressor, changes it into non-DNA binding state, so as to free the operator gene.
Repressor It is a regulator protein meant for blocking the operator gene.

Question 81.
Mention the role of the codons AUG and UGA during protein synthesis. (Delhi 2011,10)
Answer:
AUG acts as initiation codon and codes for amino acid methionine.
UGA acts as stop/termination codon that signals termination of polypeptide synthesis.

Question 82.
Mention the contribution of genetic maps in human genome project. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Genetic maps are used as a starting point in the sequencing of whole genome.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 83.
Mention any two ways in which Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs) identified in human genome, can bring out revolutionary changes in biological and medical sciences. (All India 2011c)
Answer:

  • By tracing human history.
  • By finding chromosomal locations for disease associated sequences.

Question 84.
Differentiate between the genetic codes given below
(i) Unambiguous and universal
(ii) Degenerate and initiator (All india 2017)
Answer:
(i) The difference between unambiguous and universal genetic codes is as follows
Unambiguous:
In genetic code, one codon codes for only one amino acid, hence it is unambiguous.

Universal:
The genetic code is universal, i.e. each codon codes for same amino acid in all organisms.

(ii) The difference between degenerate and initiator codes is as follows

Degenerate Initiator
Some amino acids are coded by more than one codon, hence the code is degenerate. These codons act as start signal for translation,
e.g serine, leucine, arginine are encoded by 6 codons. e.g. AUG acts as initiator codon and it codes for methionine.

Question 85.
Following are the features of genetic codes. What does each one indicate? (All India 2016)
Stop codon, Unambiguous codon, Degenerate codon, Universal codon.
Answer:

  • Stop codon does not code for any amino acids, e.g. UGA.
  • Unambiguous codon codes for only one . amino acid, e.g. CCG codes for proline.
  • Degenerate codon Genetic code is described as degenerate when a single amino acid is coded by more than one codon, e.g. serine is coded by 6 codons.
  • Universal codons codes for the same amino acid in all organisms (except in mitochondria and few protozoan).

Question 86.
What is aminoacylation? State its significance. (All India 2016)
Or
Explain aminoacylation of tRNA. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Aminoacylation or charging of tRNA is a process in which amino acids get activated in the presence of ATP and get linked to their cognate tRNA.
Significance of aminoacylation The charged tRNA carries amino acids to the site of protein synthesis. If two charged tRNAs are brought close to each other, the formation of peptide bond is favoured energetically.

Question 87.
State the functions of ribozyme and release factor in protein synthesis, respectively. (Outside Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Ribozyme in bacteria is 23S rRNA, that acts as an enzyme for the formation of a peptide bond between two amino acids.
Release factor binds to the stop condon (UAA) to terminate translation and release the complete polypeptide.

Question 88.
How would lac operon operate in E. coli growing in a culture medium, where lactose is present as source of sugar? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
When lactose is present in a medium having E. coli, it will act as a substrate for enzyme 3-galactosidase and switches on the operon.
Hence, it is also termed as an inducer. It inactivates repressor by binding to it and allows RNA polymerase access to the promoter.

Question 89.
Where does peptide bond formation occur in a bacterial ribosome and how? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
A peptide bond is formed between carboxyl group (-COOH) of amino acid at P-site and amino group (-NH) of amino acid at A-site. It is formed by the enzyme peptidyl transferase in a bacterial ribosome.

Question 90.
(i) Name the scientist who suggested that the genetic code should he made of a combination of three nucleotides.
(ii) Explain the basis on which he arrived at this conclusion. (Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(i) George Gamow suggested that the genetic code should be made of a combination of three nucleotides.
(ii) George stated that a codon must be of three bases in order to code for 20 amino acids, since there are only four bases (i.e. 43 or 4 × 4 × 4 = 64) which code for 20 amino acids.

Question 91.
Why is charging of tRNA necessary during translation process? (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Amino acids are activated in the presence of ATP and linked to their cognate tRNA. This is called charging of tRNA (aminoacylation). The process is required as the formation of peptide bond between the amino acids is favoured energetically, when they are brought together. Activation of amino acids by ATP provides the energy for the formation of peptide bond.

Question 92.
One of the salient features of the genetic code is that it is nearly universal from bacteria to humans. Mention two exceptions to this rule. Why are some codes said to be degenerated? (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
Genetic code is nearly universal except in mitochondrial codons and in some protozoans. Some amino acids are coded by more than one codon, hence some codes are said to be degenerated.

Question 93.
Draw a schematic diagram of lac operon in its switched off position. Label the following
(i) Structural genes
(ii) Repressor bound to its correct positions
(iii) Promoter gene
(iv) Regulatory gene (Foreign 2012)
Answer:
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 29

Question 94.
Write the full form of VNTR. How is VNTR different from Probe? (All India 2011)
Answer:
VNTR-Variable Number Tandem Repeat.
Difference between VNTR and Probe is as follows
VNTR:
It is a class of satellite DNA, where a small sequence is arranged tandemly in many copy numbers.

Probe:
It is a radiolabelled VNTR, used for hybridisation with DNA segments in question.

Question 95.
(i) Differentiate between unambiguous and degenerate codons.
(ii) Write two functions of the codon AUG. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Differences between unambiguous and degenerate codons are as follows

Unambiguous Degenerate
No ambiguity for a particular codon. For example, GGA is an ambiguous codon, it codes for glycine as well as glutamic acid. Code is degenerate for a particular amino acid.
A particular codon will always code for the same amino acid, where it is found. One amino acid is coded by more than one codon, e.g. phenylalanine has two codons, i.e. UUU and UUC.

(ii) Refer to Answer No. 2.

Question 96.
‘A very small sample of tissue or even a drop of blood can help determine paternity’. Provide a scientific explanation to substantiate how it is possible. (All India 2019)
Answer:
DNA fingerprinting is the basis of paternity testing in case of disputes. This technique is used to distinguish between individual of same species by using their DNA sample. The DNA is isolated from the cells and further amplified to produce many copies by using polymerase chain reaction. This amplified DNA is further processed to detect the presence of similarities between the parent and child.

Because, the DNA from sample can be amplified to produce many copies in DNA fingerprinting, only a very small sample of tissue or even a drop of blood can help determine paternity.

Question 97.
Expand ‘BAC’ and ‘YAC’ what are they and what is the purpose for which they are used? (All India 2019,13)
Answer:
BAC — Bacterial Artificial Chromosome
YAC — Yeast Artificial Chromosome.
‘BAC’ and ‘YAC’ are used as vectors in cloning of DNA.

Question 98.
(i) Expand VNTR and describe its role in DNA fingerprinting.
(ii) List any two applications of DNA fingerprinting technique. (2018)
Answer:
(i) VNTR The expanded form of VNTR is Variable Number of Tandem Repeats. These are short nucleotide repeats in the DNA. These are highly specific for individuals. No two individuals have the same VNTR.

Role of VNTR in Fingerprinting VNTRs are used as probe markers in the identification of DNA of different individuals because no two individuals can have the same VNTRs (except in case of monozygotic twins).

(ii) Applications of DNA Fingerprinting:

  • DNA fingerprinting can identify the real genetic mother, father and offspring.
  • DNA fingerprinting is very useful in the detection of crime and legal pursuits.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 99.
(i) List the two methodologies which were involved in human genome project. Mention how they were used.
(ii) Expand YAG and mention what was it used for. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Two major methodologies involved in HGP are as follows

  • Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs) This method focuses on identifying all the genes that are expressed as RNA.
  • Sequence annotation This method involves the sequencing of whole set of genome (that contained all coding and non-coding sequence) and then assigning functions to the different regions in the sequence.

(ii) YAC stands for yeast artificial chromosome. These were used as vectors in which fragments of whole DNA of human were inserted and cloned.

Question 100.
A number of passengers were severely burnt beyond recognition during a train accident. Name and describe a modern technique that can help handover the dead to their relatives. (Delhi 2017)
Or
Following the collision of two trains a large number of passengers are killed. A majority of them are beyond recognition. Authorities want to handover the dead to their relatives. Name a modern scientific method and write the procedure that would help in the identification of kinship. (Delhi 2015)
Or
Following a severe accident, many charred-disfigured bodies are recovered from the site making the identification of the dead very difficult. Name and explain the technique that would help the authorities to establish the identity of the dead to be able to handover the dead to their respective relatives. (All India 2014C)
Or
In a maternity clinic, for some reasons the authorities are not able to handover the two newborns to their respective real parents. Name and describe the technique that you would suggest to sort out the matter. (All India 2013)
Answer:
The technique that can help in the identification of victims is DNA fingerprinting which is used to distinguish between individuals of same species by using their DNA sample. The chemical structure of DNA is same in everyone (99.9%) except the order of base pairs, i.e. only 0.1% of DNA makes every individual unique.
DNA fingerprinting exploits the highly variable tandem repeating sequences, i.e. VNTRs for profiling. These VNTRs are highly conserved among members of the same species.

Technique:
This technique is carried out in following steps:

  • DNA Isolation DNA is extracted from the cells in a high speed centrifuge.
  • Amplification Many copies of the extracted DNA can be made by the use of polymerase chain reaction.
  • Digestion of DNA by restriction endonucleases.
  • Separation of DNA fragments by electrophoresis.
  • Blotting Transfer of separated DNA fragments to synthetic membranes (like nylon or nitrocellulose).
  • Hybridisation, with the help of a radio-labelled VNTR probe (small segments of DNA which help to detect the presence of a gene in a long DNA sequence). These probes target a specific nucleotide sequence that is complementary to them.
  • Autoradiography Detection of hybridised DNA fragments by autoradiography.

The presence of similarities between the victims and their relatives determines their association on the basis of which dead bodies or newborns can be identified and handed over to their families.

Question 101.
(i) What do ‘Y’ and ‘B’ stand for in ‘YAC’ and ‘BAG used in Human Genome . Project (HGP)? Mention their role in the project.
(ii) Write the percentage of the total human genome that codes for proteins and the percentage of discovered genes whose functions are known as observed during HGP.
(iii) Expand SNPs identified by scientists in HGP. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) Y stands for yeast in the word YAC (Yeast Artificial Chromosome) and B stands for bacteria in the word BAC (Bacterial Artificial Chromosome). These are used as vectors in cloning of DNA.
(ii) Less than 2% of the total human genome codes for protein, functions of 50 % of discovered genes are not known.
(iii) SNPs stands for single nucleotide polymorphisms.

Question 102.
(i) How many codons code for amino acids and how many are unable to do so?
(ii) Why are codes said to be
(a) degenerate and
(b) unambiguous? (Delhi 2016C)
Or
(i) How many codons code for amino acids and how many do not?
(ii) Explain the following giving one example of each.
(a) Unamhiguous and specific codon
(b) Degeneration codon
(c) Universal codon
(d) Initiator codon (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) Out of 64 codons, 61 code for amino acids and rest 3 codons do not code for any amino acids. These function as stop codons.
(ii) (a) Unambiguous and specific codon These code for only one amino acid, thus, making the genetic code unambiguous and specific, e.g. UUU.
(b) Some amino acids are coded by more than one codon, so the code is degenerate, e.g. serine is coded by 6 codons.
(c) Codon is nearly universal. Some exceptions to the rule are mitochondrial codon and in some protozoans, e.g. UUU.
(d) Initiator codon AUG has dual function. It codes for methionine and also acts as initiator.

Question 103.
Write any three goals of human genome project. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
The following are the goals of the human genome project:

  • Identify all the (approximately) 20000-25000 genes in human DNA.
  • Determine the sequence of the 8 billion chemical base pairs that make up human DNA.
  • Improve tools for data analysis.

Question 104.
What is mutation? Explain with the help of an example how does a point mutation affect the genetic code. Name another type of mutation. (Outside Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
A mutation is a sudden, stable, inheritable change in genetic material. A classical example of point mutation is a change of single base pair in the gene for p-globin chain that results in the change of amino acid residue glutamate to valine in a cell of a person suffering from sickle-cell anaemia. It is a genetic disease.

The other type of mutation includes frameshift insertion or deletion mutation. The insertion or deletion of one or more bases may change the reading frame from the point of insertion or deletion. Insertion or deletion of three or its multiple bases insert or delete one or multiple codon, hence one or multiple amino acid may be formed in polypeptide.

Question 105.
Explain the significance of satellite DNA in DNA fingerprinting technique. (All India 2018)
Answer:
Significance of satellite DNA in DNA fingerprinting A DNA satellite is a region that consists of short DNA sequences repeated many times. The variation between individuals in the lengths of their DNA satellites forms the basis of DNA fingerprinting.

DNA satellites are of two types, i.e. microsatellites and minisatellites. Their characteristic that makes them useful for identification is that they are highly polymorphic. The length of each satellite in DNA is inherited.

The length of satellite regions is highly variable between people. These form small peaks during density gradient centrifugation and thus, are invaluable for identification purposes.

Question 106.
Describe how the lac operon operates, both in the presence and the absence of an inducer in E. coli. (All India 2014)
Answer:
Lac operon is made up of one regulatory gene i and three structural genes (z, y, a).
Its function in the presence and the absence of inducer is as follows
(i) When inducer (lactose) is absent, i gene regulates and produces repressor mRNA. The repressor protein binds to the operator region of operon and as a result prevents RNA polymerase to bind to the operon. The operon is switched off in this situation.

(ii) When inducer (lactose) is present, lactose acts as an inducer and binds to the repressor. Thus, forming an inactive repressor. The repressor fails to bind the operator region. The RNA polymerase binds to the operator and transcripts lac mRNA.

Lac mRNA is known to be polycistronic which produces all three enzymes, i.e. P-galactosidase, permease and transacetylase required for the hydrolysis of lact >se. Operon is switched on in this situation.

Question 107.
(i) What is a genetic code?
(ii) Explain the following Degenerate code, Unambiguous code, Universal code, Initiator code. (All India 2014C)
Or
State the conditions when genetic code is said to be
(i) degenerate
(ii) unambiguous and specific
(iii) universal (Foreign 2012)
Or
Unambiguous, universal and degenerate are some of the terms used for the genetic code. Explain the salient features of each of them. All India 2011
Answer:
(i) Genetic code is the sequence of three nucleotides present on tnRNA which codes for a specific amino acid.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 30 (ii).

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 108.
Explain the process of translation. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
Translation is the process of polymerisation of amino acids to form a polypeptide with the help of mRNA, tRNA and ribosomes and many enzymes involved in the process.
The different phases of translation are:

  • Activation of amino acids (Refer to text on page no. 157).
  • Initiation of polypeptide synthesis (Refer to text on page no. 158).
  • Elongation of polypeptide chain (Refer to text on page no. 158).
  • Termi’nation of polypeptide synthesis (Refer to text on page no. 158).

Question 109.
(i) Which human chromosome has
(a) maximum number of genes and
(b) which one has fewest genes?
(ii) Write the scientific importance of single nucleotide polymorphism identified in human genome. (All India 2014C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 6.
(ii) Scientists have identified about 1.4 million locations, where single base DNA differences or Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs) occur in humans. Since, these sequences have high degree of polymorphism they form the basis of DNA fingerprinting.

Question 110.
(i) Name the scientist who postulated the presence of an adapter molecule that can assist in protein synthesis, (ii) Describe its structure with the help of a diagram. Mention its role in protein synthesis. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) Francis Crick proposed the presence of an adapter molecule, i.e. /RNA which could read the code and bind to the specific amino acids, thus assisting in protein synthesis.
(ii) A clover leaf structure of tRNA
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 30
A tRNA- functions as carrier of amino acids and participates in protein synthesis.

Question 111.
(i) Explain DNA polymorphism as the basis of genetic mapping of human genome.
(ii) State the role of VNTR in DNA fingerprinting. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) DNA polymorphism exhibited by certain repetitive DNA sequences is used to construct genetic and physical maps of the genome which are used in human genome project. (ii) Variable Number of Tandem Repeats (VNTRs) belong to a class of satellite DNA called as minisatellite. VNTRs are used as probes in DNA fingerprinting.

Question 112.
Given below are the sequences of nucleoside in a particular mRNA and amino acids coded by it.
UUUAU GUUC GAGUUAGU GUAA
Phe – Met – Phe – Glu – Leu – Val
Write the properties of genetic codes that can be and that cannot be correlated from the above given data. (Delhi 2013C, 2010C)
Answer:
UUUAUGUUCGAGUUAGUGUAA
Phe – Met – Phe – Glu – Leu – Val
According to the sequence given above

  • Codon is triplet.
  • Genetic code is specific and unambiguous.
    For example, AUG – Codes for methionine (Met) GAG – Codes for glutamine (Glu) UUA – Codes for leucine (Leu)
  • Codon is degenerate, i.e. same amino acids are coded by more than one code.
    For example, UUU and UUC, both codes for phenylalanine (Phe).
  • Code is read without punctuation.
  • UAA acts as a terminating code.

Thus, all properties of codon are satisfied from the above given data. Except the one that mostly AUG work as an initiating codon.

Question 113.
How are the structural genes activated in lac operon in E. coli ? (All India 2012)
Answer:
Lac operon consists of

  • an operator, which controls all structural genes as a unit
  • a regulatory gene (i gene)
  • three structural genes (z, y, a), which code for enzymes and
  • a promoter, where RNA polymerase binds for transcription.

The regulatory gene codes for a repressor protein that has high affinity for the operator region and which prevents RNA polymerase from transcribing the structural genes, i.e. the lac operon is switched off or inactive.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 31
Lac operon in the presence of inducer When inducer (lactose) is added, it binds with repressor protein and inactivates it. This allows RNA polymerase to have access to the promoter and transcription proceeds via the activation of structural genes.

Question 114.
(i) Name the scientist who called tRNA an adapter molecule.
(ii) Draw a clover leaf structure of tRNA showing the following
(a) Tyrosine attached to its amino acid site.
(b) Anticodon for this amino acid in its correct site (codon for tyrosine is UAC).
(iii) What does the actual structure of tRNA look like? (All India 2011)
Answer:
(i) Francis Crick.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 38 (ii).
(iii) The actual structure of tRNA looks like an inverted L.

Question 115.
A considerable amount of lactose is added to the growth medium of E. coli. How is the lac operon switched on in the bacteria? Mention the state of the operon when lactose is digested. (All India 2010C)
Answer:
In lac operon, when lactose is added, it enters the cell wall with the help of permease, a small amount of which is already present in cell. Lactose binds itself to active repressor and changes its structure. The repressor now fails to bind to the operator.

Then, RNA polymerase starts transcription of operon by binding to promoter site-P. All the three enzymes for lactose metabolism are synthesised.
After some time, when whole of lactose is consumed, there is no inducer present to bind to the repressor. Due to this, the repressor becomes active again, attaches itself to the operator and finally switches off the operon.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 116.
(i) Why is tRNA called an adapter?
(ii) Draw and label a secondary structure of tRNA. How does the actual structure of tRNA look like? (All India 2010C)
Answer:
(i) tRNA binds to a specific amino acid and it also reads the codon of the amino acid bound to it through its anticodon. So, it is called an adapter molecule.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 32
In actual structure, the /RNA is a compact molecule, that looks like an inverted L.

Question 117.
The following is the flow chart higlighting the steps in DNA fingerprinting technique. Identify a, b, c, d, e and f.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 33
Answer:
a – Restriction endonuclease
b – Polyacrylamide gel
c – Nitrocellulose or Nylon
d – VNTR e – Hybridisation
e- Autoradiography

Question 118.
Study the schematic representation of the genes involved in the lac operon given below and answer the questions that follows
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 34
(i) Identify and name the regulatory gene in this operon. Explain its role in switching off the operon.
(ii) Why is lac operon’s regulation referred to as negative regulation?
(iii) Name the inducer molecule and the products of the genes z and y of the operon. Write the function of these gene products. (All India 2019, Foreign 2010, Delhi 2010)
Answer:
(i) i gene-regulatory gene : It codes for the repressor protein of the operon, which is synthesised constitutively. The repressor has the affinity for the operator gene. It binds to the operator and prevents the RNA polymerase from transcribing the structural genes.
(ii) When repressor binds to the operator, the operon is switched off and transcription is stopped. So, it is called negative regulation.
(iii) Lactose is an inducer molecule.
Gene ‘Z’ codes for p-galactosidase, which is responsible for the hydrolysis of lactose into galactose and glucose.
‘y’ gene codes for permease. It increases the permeability of the cell to lactose.

Question 119.
(i) Write the contributions of the following scientists in deciphering the genetic code.
George Gamow, Har Gobind Khorana, Marshall Nirenberg, Severo Ochoa.
(ii) State the importance of genetic code in protein biosynthesis. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) George Gamow coined the term genetic code and argued that since there are only four bases and if they have to code for 20 amino acids, the code should constitute a contribution of bases.
He suggested that in order to code for all* the amino acids the genetic code should be made up of 3 nucleotides.

Har Gobind Khorana developed a chemical 52 method for the synthesis of RNA molecule with defined base combinations (homopolymers and copolymers). Marshall Nirenberg Put forward a cell-free system for protein synthesis that helps in deciphering the code.
Severo Ochoa Showed that the polynucleotide phosphorylase also helped in polymerising RNA with defined sequences in a template independent manner (enzymatic RNA synthesis).

(ii) The genetic code is the set of rules by which information encoded in genetic material is translated into proteins by living cells. The genetic code is nearly universal language that encodes directions for cells. Their arrangement as codons, stores the blueprint for amino acid chain. This chain in turn forms proteins which regulate the biological process in every living beings.

Question 120.
What is an operon? Explain the functioning of operon when in an open state. (2018C)
Answer:
For operon and functioning of operon, Refer to text on page no. 159 and 160.

Question 121.
(i) Explain the role of regulatory gene, operator, promoter and structural genes in lac operon when E. coli is growing in a culture medium with the source of energy as lactose.
(ii) Mention what would happen if lactose is withdrawn from the culture medium. (Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
(i) For role of regulatory gene, operator gene, promoter gene and structural gene, Refer to text on page no. 159 and 160.
(ii) If lactose is withdrawn from the culture medium, the repressor of the operon is synthesised from the i gene. This repressor protein binds to the operator region of operon and prevents RNA polymerase from transcribing the operon.

Question 122.
(i) Write any two different levels at which regulation of gene expression could be exerted in eukaryotes.
(ii) Give a labelled schematic representation of ‘lac operon’ in its switched off position. (All India 2016)
Answer:
(i) The different levels at which regulation of gene expression can be exerted in eukaryotes are following

  • Transcriptional level (formation of primary transcript).
  • Processing level (regulation of splicing)

(ii) Lac operon in switched off position
Refer to Answer No. 21.

Question 123.
(i) How is DNA fingerprinting done? Name any two types of human samples which can be used for DNA fingerprinting. Explain the process sequentially.
(ii) Mention any two situations when the technique is useful. Outside Delhi 2016C
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 28.
Samples that can be used for DNA fingerprinting are nails, blood, hair, skin, etc.

(ii) The technique is useful in the following situations

  • Paternity testing in case of disputes.
  • In determining population and genetic diversities.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 124.
How do mRNA, tRNA and ribosomes help in the process of translation? (All India 2015)
Or
Name the major types of RNAs and explain their role in the process of protein synthesis in a prokaryote. (Foreign 2014)
Answer:
(i) Translation is the process of polymerisation of amino acids to form a polypeptide. The role of mRNA, tRNA and ribosomes in the process is described below
(a) Role of mRNA The order and sequence of amino acids are defined by the sequence of bases in the mRNA. It stores the genetic information from DNA. The amino acids are joined by a bond, which is known as a peptide bond.
This process requires energy mRNA also possesses untranslated sequences called Untranslated Regions (UTR) at both 5′ end and 3′ end. They help in efficient translation.

(b) Role of (RNA It acts as an adaptor molecule. Activation of amino acids occurs in the presence of ATP and activated amino acids get linked to their cognate tRNA, i.e. charging of fRNA or aminoacylation of tRNA.

If two such charged fRNAs are brought closer, the formation of peptide bond between them would occur energetically in the presence of a catalyst.

(c) Role of /RNA It is formed in nucleolus and it forms 80% of total RNA present inside the cell. It is also the most stable type of RNA. rRNA is associated with structural organisation of ribosomes (rRNA forms about 60% of weight of ribosomes), which are seats of protein synthesis.

(d) Role of ribosomes Initiation of polypeptide synthesis occurs in ribosomes (cellular factory for protein synthesis).

  • Ribosome consists of structural RNAs and about 80 different proteins.
  • In its inactive state, it exists as two subunits, i.e. a large and a small subunit.
  • When the small subunit encounters an mRNA, the process of translation of the mRNA to protein begins.
  • There are two sites in the large subunit, i.e. the P-site and A-site for subsequent amino acids to bind to and thus, be close enough to each other for the formation of a peptide bond.

The small subunit (with the fRNA) attaches to the large subunit in such a way that the initiation codon (AUG) comes to the P-site.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 35

Question 125.
Sketch a schematic diagram of lac operon in switched on position. How is the operon switched off ? Explain. (Outside Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 2.

Question 126.
(i) Write the specific features of the genetic code AUG.
(ii) Genetic codes can be universal and degenerate. Write about them, giving one example of each.
(iii) Explain aminoacylation of the tRNA. (All India 2013)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 2.
(ii) Refer to Answer No. 30 (ii).
(iii) Refer to Answer No. 14.

Question 127.
Given below is the schematic representation of lac operon of E.coli. Explain the functioning of this operon when lactose is provided in the growth medium of the bacteria.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 36
Answer:
Lactose in the lac operon regulates operon, by switching on and off. If lactose is present in the medium, it acts as an inducer here and the substrate for the enzyme p-galactosidase.
It binds to the repressor and forms an inactive repressor, which fails to bind to the operator region of the operon.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 37
The RNA polymerase thus, binds to the operator and transcribes lac-mKNA. Lac mRNA produces all three enzymes, i.e. P-galactosidase, permease and transacetylase of polycistronic structural gene present in E.coli.
Therefore, operon will be switched on in the presence of the lactose.

Question 128.
(i) DNA polymorphism is the basis of DNA fingerprinting technique. Explain.
(ii) Mention the causes of DNA polymorphism. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
(i) DNA polymorphism It is the occurrence of inheritable mutations at a frequency greater than 0.01 in a population.

  • Such variations often occur in non-coding sequences. They keep on accumulating generation after generation.
  • Types of polymorphism range from single nucleotide change to very large scale changes.
  • Single nucleotide polymorphism is used to diagnose disease related sequences of DNA on the chromosome.
  • Variable number of tandem repeats show a high degree of polymorphism.

(ii) DNA polymorphism occurs due to mutations.
Refer to text on page no. 161-162, for further detail.

Question 129.
Name and describe the technique that will help in solving a case of paternity dispute over the custody of a child by two different families. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Refer to Answer No. 28.

Question 130.
(i) Name the enzyme responsible for transcription of tRNA and the amino acid, the initiator tRNA gets linked with.
(ii) Explain the role of initiator tRNA in initiation of protein synthesis. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
(i) RNA polymerase transcribes tRNA and the amino acid, the initiator tRNA gets linked with is methionine.
(ii) The initiator tRNA binds the amino acid methionine at its amino acid acceptor site. It has anticodon loop, which has anticodon for methionine, i.e. UAC. It recognises the start codon (AUG) at P-site and binds to it according to complementarity of bases.

Question 131.
(i) Describe the process of aminoacylation.
(ii) ‘Process of transcription and translation are coupled in prokaryotes, but not in eukaryotes’. Explain. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) Refer to Answer No. 14 on page no. 171.
(ii) In bacteria, both processes occur in cytoplasm as there is no nucleus. In eukaryotes, transcription occurs in nucleus, while translation occurs in the cytoplasm.

Complexities in eukaryotic transcription: Eukaryotes have additional complexities in gene expression than prokaryotes as mentioned in gene expression below
(a) There are at least three RNA polymerases in the nucleus other than the RNA polymerase in organelles. The RNA polymerase-I transcribes rRNAs (28S, 18S and 5.8S). RNA polymerase-III is responsible for the transcription of tRNA, 5srRNA and snRNAs (small nuclear RNAs). RNA polymerase-II transcribes precursor of mRNA, the heterogeneous nuclear RNA (hnRNA).

(b) Another complexity is that, the primary transcripts contain both the exons and the introns and are nonfunctional. Hence, it is subjected to a process called splicing.
In this process, introns are removed and exons are joined in a definite order.

(c) hnRNA undergoes additional processing called capping and tailing. In capping, an unusual nucleotide is added to the 5′ end of ImRNA.

In tailing, adenylate residues (200-300) are added at 3′ end in a template. Capping and tailing protect the mRNA from degradation by the activity of digestive enzymes present in the cytoplasm. It is the fully processed hnRNA, now called mRNA, that is transported out of the nucleus for translation process.

Complexities in translation in eukaryotes

  • The mRNA formed in nucleus has to be transported to the cytoplasm.
  • Transcription and translation cannot be coupled in eukaryotes.

Question 132.
(i) Describe the structure and function of a tRNA molecule. Why is it referred to as an adapter molecule?
(ii) Explain the process of splicing of hnRNA in a eukaryotic cell. (All India 2017)
Answer:
(i) Structure of tRNA

  • The secondary structure of tRNA looks like a clover-leaf.
  • All tRNA molecules have a guanine residue at its 5’end.
  • At its 3′ end an unpaired CCA sequence is present. Amino acids get attached to this end during translation.
  • tRNA has an anticodon loop, an amino acid acceptor arm, and a ribosome site.
  • The anticodon loop has bases complementary to the code. Amino acid acceptor end binds to amino acids.

Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 38
Function of tRNA The function of tRNA is to align the required amino acids according to the nucleotide sequence of mRNA. tRNA is also called the adapter molecule because on one hand it can read the code and on the other hand it can bind to specific amino acid. It acts as intermediate molecule between triplet code of mRNA and amino acid sequence of polypeptide chain.

(ii) Splicing of hnRNA Eukaryotic transcripts possess extra segments called introns or intervening sequences or non-coding sequences. They do not appear in mature or processed RNA. The functional coding sequences are called exons. Splicing is removal of introns and fusion of exons to form functional RNAs. A complex called spliceosome is formed between 5’end (GU) and 3’end (AG) of intron. Energy is obtained from ATP. It removes the introns. The adjacent exons are brought together. The ends are sealed by RNA ligase.

Question 133.
Where do transcription and translation occur in bacteria and eukaryotes, respectively? Explain the complexities in transcription and translation in eukaryotes that are not seen in bacteria. (Foreign 2010)
Answer:
In bacteria, both processes occur in cytoplasm as there is no nucleus.
In eukaryotes, transcription occurs in nucleus, while translation occurs in the cytoplasm. Complexities in eukaryotic transcription Refer to Answer No. 2. (ii)

Complexities in translation in eukaryotes are

  • The OTRNA formed in nucleus has to be transported to the cytoplasm.
  • Transcription and translation cannot be coupled in eukaryotes.

Question 134.
According to human genome project, about 99.9% nucleotide bases are exactly the same in all humans. Do you think the discrimination of people on the basis of colour, creed and religion is correct? Justify.
Answer:
No discrimination of people on these grounds is not correct because all people have same genetic material (i.e. DNA) and are similar in their makeup.

Principles of Inheritance and Variation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 5

Question 135.
An organism is able to survive on a culture medium, containing nutrient A, by the enzyme-catalysed reactions.
Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 Img 39
A mutant organism failed to survive on this medium, but grew well when nutrient C was added to it.
(i) Which gene of this mutant organism is defective?
(ii) What does such a condition indicate of?
(iii) Indicate the value expressed in this sequence of reactions.
Answer:
(i) The gene q is defective.
(ii) It indicates that one gene controls the synthesis of one enzyme.
(iii) Each one of reaction has a role to play, when one fails, progress is not possible.

The post Molecular Basis of Inheritance Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Biology Chapter 6 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

$
0
0

We have given these Accountancy Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Chapter 1 Accounting for Not for Profit Organisation to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Accountancy Chapter 1 Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Solutions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Important Questions Class 12 Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 1.
Differentiate between ‘Receipts and Payments Account’ and ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ on the basis of ‘Period’. (All India 2019)
Answer:

Basis Receipts and Payments Account Income and Expenditure Account
Period It may relate to preceding are succeeding periods. It’s items relate only to the current period.

Question 2.
What is meant by ‘Life membership fees’? (All India 2019)
Answer:
Life membership fee is the lumpsum amount paid by members instead of paying periodic subscription.

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 3.
State the main aim of a not-for-profit organisation. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Such organisations are formed to provide services such as education, health care, recreation, etc free of cost or at nominal cost.

Question 4.
How is life membership fee treated while preparing the financial statements of a not-for-profit organisation? (All India 2019)
Answer:
It will be added to capital fund on the liabilities side of balance sheet.

Question 5.
How are specific donations treated while preparing final accounts of a ‘Not-for-Profit Organisation’? (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Specific donations are recorded on receipt side of receipts and payments account and liabilities side in the balance sheet.

Question 6.
State the basis of accounting of preparing ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ of a ‘Not-for-Profit Organisation’. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
It is prepared following accrual basis of accounting.

Question 7.
Not-for-profit organisations have some distinguishing features from that of profit organisations. State any one of them.
Answer:
Such organisations are formed not to earn profits but to provide service such as education, healthcare, recreation, sports, etc either free of cost, or at nominal cost.

Question 8.
Give two main sources of income of not-for-profit organisations. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Two main sources of their income are

  • Subscriptions from their members
  • Membership fees/entrance fees

Question 9.
Name any two financial statements required to be prepared by not-for-profit organisations at the end of the year. (All India 2010)
Answer:

  • Income and expenditure account
  • Balance sheet

Question 10.
Unrestricted funds raised by non-profit organisations through various sources are credited to which account?
Answer:
Fund raised by non-profit organisations through various sources are credited to ‘Capital Fund’ or ‘General Fund’.

Question 11.
What is the capital of a non-profit organisation generally known as?
Answer:
Accumulated fund or Capital fund.

Question 12.
From the following information, calculate the amount of subscriptions received by Happy Sports Club during the year ended 31st March, 2018.

Particulars 31.03.2017 (Rs) 31.03.2018 (Rs)
Advance subscription 3,000 4,500
Outstanding subscription 4,500 6,000

The Club has 2,000 members each paying an annual subscription of Rs 500. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 1

Question 13.
Calculate the amount of stationery to be debited to ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ of New Friends Club for the year ended 31st March, 2018. Also present the relevant information in the Balance Sheet of the Club as at 31st March, 2018.

Particulars 31st March, 2017 (Rs) 31st March, 2018 (Rs)
Stock of stationery +25,000 -40,000
Creditors for stationery -30,000 +19,000

During the year Rs 46,000 were paid to the creditors for stationery and stationery of Rs 6,000 was purchased in cash. (All India 2019)
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 2

Question 14.
From the following information, calculate the amount of ‘Sports Material’ to be debited to Income and Expenditure Account of Young Football Club for the year ended 31st March, 2018.

Particulars Amt (Rs)
Opening stock of sports material 21,000
Closing stock of sports material 24,000
Opening creditors of sports material 23,500
Closing creditors of sports material 27,000

During the year, the creditors for sports material were paid ₹ 1,10,000. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Calculation of Sports Material to be Debited to Income and Expenditure Account.
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 3

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 15.
From the following information, calculate the amount of sports material consumed by Durga Sports Club for the year ended 31st March, 2018.

Particulars 31.3.2017 (Rs) 31.3.2018 (Rs)
Balance of sports material 87,000 1,07,000
Creditors for sports material 2,39,000 3,41,000

During the year, sports material purchased was ₹ 4,94,000. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 4

Question 16.
From the following information, calculate the amount of stationery consumed by Shree Club for the year ended 31st March, 2018.

Particulars 31.3.2017 (Rs) 31.3.2018 (Rs)
Balance of stationery 24,000 29,500
Creditors for stationery 2,09,000 1,95,000

During the year, creditors were paid ₹ 3,00,000. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 5

Question 17.
From the following information, calculate the amount of medicines to be debited to ‘Income and Expenditure Account’ of a Charitable Hospital for the year ended 31st March, 2018. Also present the relevant information in the Balance Sheet of the hospital; as at 31st March, 2018.

Particulars 31st March, 2017 (Rs) 31st March, 2018 (Rs)
Stock of medicines 8,00,000 15,00,000
Creditors for medicines 6,00,000 8,00,000

Cash paid to the creditors of medicines during the year was ₹ 25,00,000. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 6

Question 18.
Janta Kalayan Club has 1,250 members each paying an annual subscription of? 150. During the year ended 31st March, 2018 the club did not receive subscription from 45 members and received subscriptions in advance from 46 members for the year ending 31st March, 2019. On 31st March, 2017 the outstanding subscriptions were ₹ 15,000 and subscriptions received in advance were ₹ 3,000.
Calculate the amount of subscription that will be debited to the Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended 31st March, 2018. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Calculation of amount of subscription received for the year ended 31st March, 2018
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 7

Question 19.
How the following items for the year ended 31st March, 2018 will be presented in the financial statements of Aisko Club.

Particulars Amt (Rs) Amt (Rs)
Tournament Fund 1,50,000
Tournament Fund Investments 1,50,000
Income from Tournament Fund Investments 18,000
Tournament Expenses 12,000

Additional Information:
Interest accrued on tournament fund investments Rs 6,000. Delhi 2019
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 8

Question 20.
Present the following information for the year ended 31st March, 2018 in the financial statements of a not-for-profit organisation. (Delhi 2019)

Particulars Amt (Rs)
Opening Balance of Match Fund 5,00,000
Sale of Match Tickets 3,75,000
Donations for Match Fund received during the year 1,24,000
Match Expenses 10,00,000

Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 9
NOTE As match expenses are greater than match fund.
Excess amount of expenses will be charged from income and expenditure account.

Question 21.
From the following information, calculate the amount of subscriptions outstanding as at 31st March, 2009. (All India 2010)
A club has 250 members each paying an annual subscription of ₹ 1,000. The receipts and payments account for the year showed a sum of ₹ 2,65,000 received as subscriptions. The following additional information is provided
Subscriptions outstanding on 31st March, 2008 – 40000
Subscriptions received in advance on 31st March, 2009 – 30000
Subscriptions received in advance on 31st March, 2008 – 12000
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 10

Question 22.
From the following information, calculate the amount of subscriptions outstanding as at 31st March, 2009. (All India 2010)
A club has 250 members each paying an annual subscription of ₹ 1,000. The receipts and payments account for the year showed a sum of ₹ 2,05,000 received as subscriptions. The following additional information is provided
Subscriptions outstanding on 31st March, 2008 – 30,000
Subscriptions received in advance on 31st March, 2009 – 40,000
Subscriptions received in advance on 31st March, 2008 – 14,000
Answer:
Solve as Q. No. 21 on page 12 and 13. Subscriptions outstanding as on 31st March, 2009 ₹ 51,000.

Question 23.
State the meaning of non-profit organisation, (NCERT)
Answer:
Not-for-profit organisations are those organisations whose objective is not to earn profit but to provide services to its members and to the society. These organisations are set up for the welfare of the society as a whole, rather than for the benefit of any one individual and are set up for the purpose of promoting culture, art, religion, education, etc. e.g. Clubs, hospitals, libraries, schools, societies for promotion of sports, arts and culture, etc.

Question 24.
What is the capital fund? How is it calculated? (NCERT)
Answer:
In case of not-for-profit organisation, capital fund can be considered as excess of its assets over its liabilities. Any surplus or deficit ascertained from income and expenditure account is added to (deducted from) the capital fund. This is also termed as accumulated fund.
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 11

Question 25.
What is subscription? How is it calculated? (NCERT)
Answer:
It is the membership fee paid by the members on annual basis. It is the main source of income of non-profit organisations.
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 12

Question 26.
Show the treatment of the following items by a not-for-profit organisation. (NCERT)
(i) Annual subscription
(ii) Specific donation
(iii) Sale of fixed assets
(iv) Sale of old periodicals
(v) Sale of sports material
(vi) Life membership fees
Answer:
(i) Annual subscription is shown on the credit side of income and expenditure account.
(ii) It is to be capitalised and shown on the liabilities side of balance sheet.
(iii) Amount received from sale of old assets is debited to receipts and payments account. Any profit on sale of asset is credited and any loss on sale of asset is debited to income and expenditure account.
(iv) Amount realised from the sale of periodicals should be shown on the credit, i.e. income side of income and expenditure account.
(v) It is shown as an income in the income and expenditure account of a sports club.
(vi) It is treated as a capital receipt and added to the capital fund/general fund on the liabilities side of balance sheet, or is shown as a separate head in the liabilities side.

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 27.
Distinguish between not-for-profit organisations and profit earning organisations.
Answer:
The differences between not-for-profit organisations and profit earning organisations are

Basis Not-for-Profit Organisations Profit Earning Organisations
Motive The main motive of such organisations is to provide services. The main motive of such organisations is to earn profit.
Funds The funds of such organisations are represented by the general fund comprising of donations, subscriptions, surplus, etc. In profit earning organisations, fund is represented by capital contributions by proprietors and accumulated reserves.
Financial Statements Financial statements of these organisations comprise of receipt and payment account, income and expenditure account and balance sheet. Financial statements of these organisations include manufacturing account, trading account, profit and loss account and balance sheet.
Surplus/Profit The balance of income and expenditure account is either surplus or deficit. The balance of the profit and loss account is either net profit or net Joss.
Distribution of Profit Surplus or deficit is not distributed among its members. It is adjusted in capital fund. Profit or loss is distributed among the owners of the business.
Capital vs Capital Fund These organisations maintain a capital fund account instead of capital account. These organisations maintain a capital account.

Question 28.
Is entrance/admission fees a revenue receipt?
Answer:
Yes, it is a revenue receipt.

Question 29.
State the nature of receipts and payments account.
Answer:
It is a real account.

Question 30.
Name the account which shows the classified summary of transactions of a cash book in a not-for-profit organisation.
Answer:
Receipts and payments account.

Question 31.
Why adjustments for outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses or depreciation are not made in the receipts and payments account?
Answer:
Adjustments for outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses or depreciation are not made in the receipts and payments account because receipts and payment account is prepared on cash basis of accounting.

Question 32.
State the basis of accounting, on which a receipts and payments account is prepared in case of not-for-profit organisation. (All India 2011)
Answer:
It is prepared on cash basis of accounting.

Question 33.
Can the balance in receipts and payments account be treated as income of the period?
Answer:
No, as the balance in receipts and payments account is closing cash and bank balance.

Question 34.
Every receipt and payment, whether capital or revenue and irrespective of the period is recorded in receipts and payments account. Why? Give reason.
Answer:
It is so because receipts and payments account is prepared on cash basis of accounting.

Question 35.
Explain the statement, ‘receipts and payments account is a summarised version of cash book’.
Answer:
Receipts and payments account is a summary of the cash book. This account is generally prepared by non-profit organisations. All cash receipts are recorded on the receipts side (i.e. debit side) and all cash payments are recorded on the payments side (i.e. credit side) of receipts and payments account. It begins with the opening balance of cash and bank and ends with the closing balances of cash and bank (balancing figure) at the end of the accounting period. It records all the cash and bank transactions, both of capital and revenue nature, which may relate not only to the current period but also to the previous or next accounting period. This account helps an NPO in ascertaining closing cash balance. It is referred to assummarised version of cash book.

Question 36.
What are the features of receipts and payments account?
Answer:
The features of receipts and payments account are

  • Nature Receipts and payments account is a real account in nature.
  • Period In this account, all receipts and payments, irrespective of the period to which they pertain, are shown.
  • Capital and Revenue All cash receipts and cash payments whether of capital nature or of revenue nature are included.
  • Banking Transactions Receipts/payments made through bank are also recorded.
  • Non-cash Items Non-cash items such as depreciation, outstanding expenses, accrued income, etc., are not shown in this account.
  • Opening and Closing Balance It begins with opening balance of cash in hand and cash at bank or bank overdraft and closes with the year end balance of cash in hand and cash at bank or bank overdraft.

Question 37.
From the following particulars relating to Royals Club, New Delhi, prepare a receipts and payments account for the year ending 31st March, 2016.
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 13
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 14

Question 38.
Where is general donation received shown in the final accounts of a non-profit organisation?
Answer:
It is shown on the credit side of the income and expenditure account.

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 39.
Where will you record the life membership fees while preparing the final accounts of non-profit organisation?
Answer:
It will be added to capital fund on the liabilities side of balance sheet.

Question 40.
Income and expenditure account is prepared following which basis of accounting?
Answer:
It is prepared following accrual basis of accounting.

Question 41.
State the nature of income and expenditure account. (All India 2010)
Answer:
It is a nominal account.

Question 42.
Write one difference between ‘receipts and payments account’ and ‘income and expenditure account’.
Answer:
Receipts and payments account is prepared on cash basis and the income and expenditure account is prepared on accrual basis of accounting.

Question 43.
Receipts and payments account and income and expenditure account have a similarity between them. State the similarity.
Answer:
Both are prepared by non-profit organisations.

Question 44.
How is capital fund of a non-profit organisation calculated if it is not given in the question?
Answer:
Capital fund is calculated by preparing an opening balance sheet.

Question 45.
What is the amount or property received by a non-profit organisation as stated by the will of a deceased person commonly known as?
Answer:
Legacy

Question 46.
Name the account which is similar to profit and loss account in case of a not-for-profit organisation.
Answer:
Income and expenditure account.

Question 47.
All the revenue items relating to the current accounting period are shown in income and expenditure account. Why?
Answer:
It is so because it is prepared on accrual basis of accounting.

Question 48.
Name the term used for denoting ‘excess of income over expenditure’ in case of non-profit organisations. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Surplus

Question 49.
What is the term given to excess of expenditure over income in case of non-profit organisations?
Answer:
Deficit

Question 50.
Honorarium is a kind of remuneration paid to a person who is not the employee of a non-profit organisation. What kind of expenditure is it?
Answer:
It is a revenue expenditure.

Question 51.
‘Income and expenditure account of a not-for-profit organisation is akin to profit and loss account of a business concern.” Explain the statement, (NCERT)
Answer:
Income and expenditure account is prepared by a non-profit organisation and is a summary of income and expenditure of the accounting year. Income and expenditure account is akin to profit and loss account because of the following similarities which are observed amongst these accounts

  • Both are nominal accounts.
  • Both are prepared on accrual basis.
  • Both record revenue items related to current accounting year only.
  • In both the accounts, expenses and losses are recorded on the debit side and incomes and gains are recorded on the credit side.

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 52.
Explain the basic features of income and expenditure account, (NCERT)
Answer:
The basic features of income and expenditure account are

  • Nature It is a nominal account.
  • Capital Items No capital items are recorded in this account.
  • Debit and Credit Sides Its debit side includes all the expenses pertaining to the particular period and credit side includes all the income pertaining to the same period.
  • Opening and Closing Balances No opening and closing balances are recorded in it.
  • Only Current Period Items No item, either revenue or expenditure, pertaining to the past period or the future period is entered in this account.
  • Similar to Profit and Loss Account This account is prepared in the same manner in which a profit and loss account is prepared.
  • Surplus/Deficit Credit balance is called surplus, i.e. ‘excess of income over expenditure’ and debit balance is called deficit, i.e. ‘excess of expenditure over income’, i.e. deficit.

Question 53.
Show the treatment of items of income and expenditure account when there is a specific fund for those items, (NCERT)
Answer:
Certain special funds are created for certain purposes/activities, e.g. Prize funds, match fund, sports fund, etc. The income earned from such funds (e.g. interest on investment for which investment fund is maintained) is added to the respective fund (i.e. investment fund) and not credited to income and expenditure account and also the expenses incurred on such specific purposes (e.g. tournament expenses for which tournament fund is maintained) are also deducted from the special fund (i.e. tournament).

Question 54.
Distinguish between income and expenditure account and profit and loss account.
Answer:
The differences between income and expenditure account and profit and loss account are

Basis Income and Expenditure Account Profit and Loss Account
Preparation Income and expenditure account is prepared by non-profit organisations. Profit and
Basis of Preparation It is prepared on the basis of receipts and payments account. It is prepared on the basis of trial balance and additional information.
Objective Its main objective is to ascertain surplus or deficit. Its main objective is to ascertain net profit or loss.
Balance The balance in this account is either surplus or deficit. The balance in this account is either net profit or net loss.

Question 55.
Distinguish between income and expenditure account and receipts and payment account. (NCERT)
Answer:
The differences between income and expenditure account and receipts and payments account are

Basis Income and Expenditure Account Receipts and Payments Account
Nature It is a nominal account. It is a real account.
Nature of Items It records income and expenditure of revenue nature only. It records receipts and payments of revenue as well as capital nature.
Basis It is based on accrual system of accounting. It is based on cash basis of accounting.
Period Income and expenditure items relate only to the current period. Receipts and payment?may also relate to preceding and succeeding periods.
Debit Side Debit side of this account records expenses and losses. Debit side of this account records the receipts.
Credit Side Credit side of this account records income and gains. Credit side of this account records the payments.
Depreciation It records non-cash item e.g., depreciation. It does not records non-cash item e.g., depreciation.
Opening Balance There is no opening balance. Balance in the beginning represents cash in hand/cash at bank or overdraft at the beginning.
Closing Balance Balance at the end represents surplus or deficit. Balance at the end represents cash in hand at the end and bank balance (or bank overdraft).
Similarity It is similar to profit and loss account. It is similar to a cash book.

Question 56.
From the following information of a not-for-profit organisation, show the ‘sports material’ items in the ‘income and expenditure account’ for the year ending 31st March, 2009 and the balance sheets as at 31st March, 2008 and 31st March, 2009.

31-3-2008 Amt (Rs) 31-3-2009 Amt (Rs)
Stock of sports material 2,200 5,800
Creditors for sports material 7,800 9,200
Advance to suppliers for sports material 15,000 25,000

Payment to suppliers for the sports material during the year was ₹ 1,20,000, there were no cash purchases made. (All India 2010)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 15

Question 57.
Prom the following information of Gems Club, prepare income and expenditure account for the year ended 31st March, 2018.
Receipts and Payments Account
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 16
Additional Information:
Subscriptions received included ₹ 15,000 for 2018-19. The amount of subscriptions outstanding on 31st March, 2018 were ₹ 20,000. Salaries unpaid on 31st March, 2018 were ₹ 8,000 and rent receivable was ₹ 2,000. Opening stock of printing and stationery was ₹ 12,000, whereas closing stock was ₹ 15,000. (All India 2019)
Answer:
In the books of Gems Club Income and Expenditure Account
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 17

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 58.
From the following receipts and payments account and additional information of swachh Bharat Club, New Delhi for the year ended 31st March, 2018, prepare income and
expenditure account and balance aheet.
Receipts and Payments Account of Swachh Bharat Club
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 18
Additional Information:
Assets on 1.4.2017 were Books ₹ 50,000; Computers ₹ 75,000. liabilities and Capital fund on 1.4.2017 were Creditors ₹ 60,000; Capital fund ₹ 1,28,000. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 19

Question 59.
From the following receipts and payments account and additional information, prepare income and expenditure account and balance sheet of Sears Club, Noida as on 31st March, 2018.
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 20
Additional Information:
(i) The club has 200 members each paying an annual subscription of ₹ 1,000. ₹ 60,000 were in arrears for last year and 25 members paid in advance in the last year for the current year.
(ii) Stock of stationery on 1-4-2017 was ₹ 3,000 and 31-3-2018 was ₹ 4,000. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 Img 21

Question 60.
Which of the following is/are account(s) in NPO where outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses, etc are not recorded?
(a) Receipt and payment account
(b) Income and expenditure account
(c) Balance sheet
(d) All of these
Answer:
(a) Receipt and payment account

Question 61.
What is the source of income for a non-profit organisation?
(a) Subscriptions from members
(b) Donations
(c) Legacies
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 62.
Non-profit organisation provide it’s services in the field of
(a) education
(b) healthcare
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) manufacturing of goods
Answer:
(c) Both (a) and (b)

Question 63.
Receipt and payment account is
(a) personal account
(b) real account
(c) capital account
(d) final account
Answer:
(b) real account

Question 64.
Which of the following cannot be recorded in receipt and payment account?
(a) Subscription received in advance
(b) Last year subscription received
(c) Current year outstanding subscription
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(c) Current year outstanding subscription

Question 65.
On 1st January, 2017 outstanding subscription ₹ 160. For 2017, amount received from subscription ₹ 4,200. On 31st December, 2017 outstanding subscription ₹ 240. Which of the following will be recorded in receipt and payment account as subscription received?
(a) ₹ 4,200
(b) ₹ 4,280
(c) ₹ 4,120
(d) ₹ 4,600
Answer:
(a) ₹ 4,200

Question 66.
Specific donations appearing on the receipts side of the receipt and payment account are to be carried to
(a) debit side of income and expenditure account
(b) assets side of balance sheet
(c) liabilities side of the balance sheet
(d) credit side of income and expenditure account
Answer:
(c) liabilities side of the balance sheet

Question 67.
Income and expenditure account is
(a) personal account
(b) real account
(c) nominal account
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) nominal account

Question 68.
Income and expenditure account records transactions of
(a) capital nature
(b) revenue nature
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
Answer:
(b) revenue nature

Question 69.
Subscription
2014 – 2015 – ₹ 1,200
2015 – 2016 – ₹ 26,500
2016 – 2017 – ₹ 500
Subscription outstanding as on 31st March, 2015 was ₹ 2,000 and on 31st March, 2016 ₹ 2,500. Amount to be shown in income and expenditure account will be
(a) ₹ 25,800
(b) ₹ 24,800
(c) ₹ 28,200
(d) ₹ 27,500
Answer:
(c) ₹ 28,200

Question 70.
The balance of income and expenditure account before adjustment is ₹ 400 deficit. Accrued interest-? 600 Outstanding wages ₹ 300 Prepaid insurance ₹ 200 Amount after adjustment will be
(a) ₹ 200 deficit
(b) ₹ 100 deficit
(c) ₹ 100 saving/surplus
(d) ₹ 300 surplus
Answer:
(c) ₹ 100 saving/surplus

Question 71.
Any excess of assets over liabilities in non-profit organisation is called
(a) cash
(b) working capital
(c) loan
(d) capital fund
Answer:
(d) capital fund

Question 72.
Balance of income and expenditure account is transferred to
(a) assets side of balance sheet
(b) liabilities side of balance sheet
(c) capital fund
(d) adjusted in assets
Answer:
(c) capital fund

Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1

Question 73.
Consider the following information.
Tournament fund ₹ 20,000;
Tournament expenses ₹ 6,000;
Receipt from tournament ₹ 9,000.
Amount to be transferred to liabilities side of balance sheet will be
(a) ₹ 22,000
(b) ? 23,000
(c) ₹ 18,000
(d) ₹ 230
Answer:
(b) ₹ 23,000

Question 74.
Find insurance premium to be debited to income and expenditure account?
If prepaid premium (opening) is ₹ 2,000, Prepaid premium closing ₹ 2,800,
Premium paid during the year ₹ 7,200.
(a) ₹ 6,400
(b) ₹ 8,000
(c) ₹ 12,000
(d) None of these
Answer:
(a) ₹ 6,400

The post Accounting for Not-for-Profit Organisation Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 1 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

$
0
0

We have given these Accountancy Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts to solve different types of questions in the exam. Go through these Class 12 Accountancy Chapter 2 Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Solutions & Previous Year Questions to score good marks in the board examination.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Important Questions Class 12 Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 1.
A new partner acquires two main rights in the partnership firm which he joins. State one of these rights. All Indio 2019
Answer:
Right to share future profits of the firm.

Question 2.
Ritesh and Hitesh are childhood friends. Ritesh is a consultant whereas Hitesh is an architect. They contributed equal Arts amounts and purchased a building for ₹ 2 crore. After a year, they sold it for ₹ 3 crore and shared the profits equally. Are they doing the business in partnership? Give reason in support of your answer. (CBSE 2018)
Answer:
No, they are not doing the business in partnership. They are mere co-owners of the property.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 3.
Does partnership firm has a separate legal Ans. entity? Give reason in support of your answer. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
No, partnership firm does not have a separate legal entity. In case a business firm is not able to meet its liabilities out of its business assets, then private assets of partners can be used to meet firm’s liabilities.

Question 4.
A group of 40 people wants to form a partnership firm. They want your advice regarding the maximum number of persons that can be there in a partnership firm and the name of the Act under whose provisions it is given. (All India 2016)
Or
What is the maximum number of partners that a partnership firm can have? Name the act that provides for the maximum number of partners in a partnership firm. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
The maximum number of partners that a firm can have is 50. The limit has been given as per Rule 10 of Companies (Miscellaneous) Rules Act, 2014.

Question 5.
State the provisions of Indian Partnership Act, 1932 regarding interest on partners capital and interest on partners loan when there is no partnership deed.(All India 2015,2010)
Answer:
According to Indian Partnership Act, 1932, in the absence of partnership deed, no interest on partners’ capital is allowed and interest on partners loan is allowed @ 6% per annum.

Question 6.
The partnership deed is silent on payment of salary to partners. Anita, a partner, claimed that, since she managed the business, she should get a monthly salary of ?10,000. Is she entitled for the salary? Give reason. (Delhi (C) 2014)
Answer:
No, Anita is not entitled for the salary. Since, the partnership deed is silent on the payment of salary to partners, in that case provisions of Partnership Act will be followed which prohibits payment of salary to the partners.

Question 7.
State the provisions of Indian Partnership Act, 1932 regarding the payment of remuneration to a partner for the services rendered. (Delhi 2012)
Answer:
In the absence of partnership deed, a partner is not entitled to get any remuneration from the firm.

Question 8.
What share of profit would a ‘sleeping partner’, who has contributed 75% of the total capital, get in the absence of a deed? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
In the absence of partnership deed, sleeping partner will get equal share of profit, no matter how much share of total capital he has contributed.

Question 9.
Is a sleeping partner liable for the acts of other partners? (Delhi (c) 2011)
Answer:
Yes, a sleeping partner is also liable for the acts of other partners.

Question 10.
Would a ‘charitable dispensary’ run by 8 members be deemed a partnership firm? Give reason in support of your answer. (All India 2011)
Answer:
No, acharitable dispensary’ run by 8 members cannot be deemed to be a partnership firm because

  • For partnership, there must be a business.
  • There must be sharing of profits among the partners from such business.
  • In this case, there is no business and no sharing of profits.

Question 11.
What is meant by a partnership deed? (Delhi 2011, 2010: All India 2010)
Answer:
Partnership deed is a document which contains the terms and conditions of partnership agreement.

Question 12.
Why should a firm have a partnership deed? (All India 2011)
Answer:
A firm should have a partnership deed because

  • It regulates the rights, duties and liabilities of the partners.
  • It avoids disputes in future by acting as a proof.
  • It serves as an evidence in the court of law.

Question 13.
What is meant by ‘unlimited liability of a partner’? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Unlimited liability of a partner means that each partner is liable jointly and also severally with all the other partners to the third party for all the acts of the firm done, while he is a partner. His private assets can also be used for paying off the firm’s debts.

Question 14.
A, B and C decided that interest on capitals will be provided to each partner @ 5% per annum, but after one year C wants that no interest on capital is to be provided to any partner. State how ‘C’ can do this? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
C can do this only when all partners agree to it or if there is no partnership deed.

Question 15.
A, B and C are partners and decided that no interest on drawings is to be charged to any partner. But after one year, C wants that interest on drawings should be charged to every partner. State how C can do this. (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
C can do this only when all the partners agree to it.

Question 16.
Dev withdrew ₹ 10,000 on 15th day of every month. Interest on drawings was to be charged @ 12% per annum. Calculate interest on Dev’s drawings. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Interest on Dev’s Drawings
= 10000 × 12 × \(\frac { 12 }{ 100 }\) × \(\frac { 6 }{ 12 }\)
= ₹ 7,200

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 17.
Chhavi and Neha were partners in a firm sharing profits and losses equally. Chhavi withdrew a fixed amount at the beginning of each quarter. Interest on drawings is charged @ 6% p.a. At the end of the year, interest on Chhavi’s drawings amounted to ₹ 900. Pass necessary journal entry for charging interest on drawings. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 1

Question 18.
Give two items which may appear on the debit side of a Partner’s Current Account. (Comportment 2018)
Answer:
Two items which may appear on the debit side of a Partners’ Current Account are

  • Drawings
  • Interest on drawings

Question 19.
Tom and Harry were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3. During the year ended 31st March, 2015 Tom had withdrawn ₹ 40,000. Interest on his drawings amounted to ₹ 2,000. Pass necessary journal entry for charging interest on drawings assuming that the capitals of the partners were fluctuating. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 2

Question 20.
Nusrat and Sonu were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. During the year ended 31st March, 2015 Nusrat had withdrawn ₹ 15,000. Interest on her drawings amounted to ₹ 300. Pass necessary journal entry for charging interest on drawings assuming that the capitals of the partners were fixed. Delhi 2016
Answer:
Solve as Q. No. 4 on page 36.
Debit Nusrat’s Current Account and Credit Interest on Drawings with ₹ 300.

Question 21.
Anna and Bobby were partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 5 : 3. On 1st April, 2014 their capital accounts showed balances of ₹ 3,00,000 and ₹ 2,00,000 respectively.
Calculate the amount of profit to be distributed between the partners if the partnership deed provided for interest on capital @ 10% per annum and the firm earned a profit of ₹ 45,000 for the year ended 31st March, 2015. (All India (C) 2016)
Answer:
No profit will be distributed as the amount of profit (i.e. ₹ 45,000) is not sufficient to pay the interest on capital ( ₹ 50,000).

Question 22.
A partnership deed provides for the payment of interest on capital but there was a loss instead of profit during the year 2010-2011. At what rate will the interest on capital be allowed? (All India 2012)
Answer:
No interest on capital will be allowed as there was loss in the firm.

Question 23.
Give the average period in months for charging interest on drawings for the same amount withdrawn at the beginning of each quarter. (All India 2011)
Answer:
The average period for charging interest on drawings for the same amount withdrawn at the beginning of each quarter is 7\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) months which can be computed as follows = \(\frac { 12+3 }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 }\) = 7.5 months
∴ Interest on Drawings = Total Drawings × \(\frac { Rate }{ 100 }\) × \(\frac { 7\frac{1}{2} }{ 12 }\)

Question 24.
Where would you record interest on drawings when capitals are fixed? (All India 2010)
Answer:
When capitals are fixed, interest on drawings will be recorded on the debit side of partners current account.

Question 25.
Where would you record interest on drawings when capitals are fluctuating? (All India 2010)
Answer:
When capital are fluctuating interest on drawings will be recorded on the debit side of partners’ capital accounts.

Question 26.
On 1st April, 2013 Mohan and Sohan entered into partnership for doing business of dry fruits. Mohan introduced ₹ 1,00,000 as capital and Sohan introduced ₹ 50,000. Since Sohan could introduce only ₹ 50,000 it was further agreed that as and when there will be a need Sohan will introduce further capital. Sohan was also allowed to withdraw from his capital when the need for the capital was less. During the year ended 31st March, 2014, Sohan introduced and withdrew the following amounts of capital.

Date Capital Introduced Capital Withdrawn
1st May, 2013 10,000
30th June, 2013 5,000
30th September, 2013 97,000
1st February, 2014 87,000

The partnership deed provided for interest on capital @ 6% per annum. Calculate interest on capitals of the partners. Foreign 2015
Answer:
Calculation of Interest on Capital
Mohan = 1,00,000 × \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 6,000
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 3

Question 27.
Distinguish between ‘fixed capital account’ and ‘fluctuating capital account, on the basis of credit balance. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Difference between fixed and fluctuating capital account is stated below

Basis Fixed capital account Fluctuating capital account
Credit Balance It always shows credit balance in capital account. Fluctuating capital can also show credit balance, as well as, debit balance.

Question 28.
What is meant by fixed capital of a partner? (Delhi (C) 2016)
Answer:
Under this system of maintaining capital account of partners, partners capital remains fixed unless an additional capital is introduced or a part of it is withdrawn.

Question 29.
What is meant by fluctuating capital of a partner? (All India (c) 2016)
Answer:
Under this system of maintaining capital accounts of partners, partners capital fluctuates when all the adjustment regarding interest on capital.
drawings, share of profit etc are recorded directly in the capital account.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 30.
Name the accounts which are maintained for the partners when capitals of the partners are fixed. (Compartment 2014)
Answer:
When capitals of the partners are fixed, following accounts are required to be maintained

  • Partners fixed capital accounts
  • Partners current capital accounts

Question 31.
Distinguish between fixed and fluctuating capital accounts. (Comportment 2014; Delhi; All India 2011)
Answer:
The differences between fixed and fluctuating capital accounts are

Basis Fixed capital account Fluctuating capital basis account
No. of Account(s) Each partner has two accounts, i.e. capital account and current account. Each partner has only one account, i.e. capital account.
Balance Capital account always shows a credit balance. Sometimes capital Sccount may show a debit balance due to huge drawings or losses.

Question 32.
When the partners’ capitals are fixed, where the drawings made by a partner will be recorded? (Delhi: All India 2013)
Answer:
When the partners’ capitals are fixed, the drawings made by a partner will be recorded in partners’ current account (debit side).

Question 33.
The firm XYZ earned a profit of ₹ 2,75,000 during the year ending on 31st March, 2009. 10% of this profit was to be transferred to general reserve. Pass necessary journal entry for the same. (Delhi (C) 2010)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 4

Question 34.
On 1st April, 2013, Brij and Nandan entered into partnership to construct toilets in government girls schools in the remote areas of Uttarakhand. They contributed capitals of ₹ 10,00,000 and ₹ 15,00,000 respectively.
Their profit sharing ratio was 2 : 3 and interest allowed on capital as provided in the partnership deed was 12% per annum. During the year ended 31st March, 2014, the firm earned a profit of ₹ 2,00,000.
Prepare profit and loss appropriation account of Brij and Nandan for the year ended 31st March, 2014. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 5

Question 35.
On 1st April, 2013, Jay and Vijay entered into partnership for supplying laboratory equipments to government schools situated in remote and backward areas. They contributed capitals of ₹ 80,000 and ₹ 50,000 respectively and agreed to share the profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. The partnership deed provided that interest on capital shall be allowed at 9% per annum. During the year the firm earned a profit of ₹ 7,800. Showing your calculations clearly, prepare profit and loss appropriation account of Jay and Vijay for the year ended 31st March, 2014. (Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Solve as Q. No. 8 on page 41.
[Interest on capital : Jay = ₹ 4,800, Vijay- ₹ 3,000]

Question 36.
P and Q were partners in a firm sharing profits in 3 : 1 ratio. Their respective fixed capitals were ₹ 10,00,000 and ₹ 6,00,000. The partnership deed provided interest on capital @ 12% p.a. The partnership deed further provided that interest on capital will be allowed fully even if it will result into a loss to the firm. The net profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2018 was ₹ 1,50,000.
Pass necessary journal entries in the books of the firm allowing interest on capital and division of profit/loss among the partners. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 6

Working Note
Calculation of Interest on Capital
P = 10,00,000 × 12% = ₹ 20,000
Q = 6,00,000 × 12% = ₹ 72,000

Question 37.
E, F and G were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 3 : 4. Their respective fixed capitals were E ₹ 3,00,000; F ₹ 4,00,000 and G ₹ 5,00,000. The partnership deed provided for allowing interest on capital @ 2% p.a. even if it results into a loss to the firm. The net profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2018 was ₹ 2,10,000.
Pass necessary journal entries for allowing interest on capital and distribution of profit/loss in the books of the firm. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 7

Question 38.
A and B were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3. Their fixed capitals on 31st March, 2017 were A ₹ 60,000 and B180,000. They agreed to allow interest on capital @ 12% p.a. The profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2018 before allowing interest on capitals was ₹ 12,600.
Pass necessary journal entries for the above transactions in the books of A and B. Also show your working notes clearly. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 8

Working Note:
Interest on A’s Capital = 60,000 × 12% = ₹ 7,200
Interest on B’s Capital = 80,000 × 12% = ₹ 9, 600
? 7,200 + ₹ 9, 600 = 16,800
As interest on capital is more than profit available, i.e. ₹ 12,600
So, interest on capital will be provided to the maximum of profit available.
Hence,
Interest on A’s Capital =12,600 × \(\frac { 7,200 }{ 16,800 }\) = ₹ 5 400
Interest on B’s Capital = 12,600 × \(\frac { 9,600 }{ 16,800 }\) = ₹ 7 200

Question 39.
Jain, Gupta and Singh were partners in a firm. Their fixed capitals were : Jain ₹ 4,00,000, Gupta ₹ 6,00,000 and Singh ₹ 10,00,000. They were sharing profits in the ratio of then- capitals. The firm was engaged in the processing and distribution of flavoured milk. The partnership deed provided for interest on capital at 10% per annum. During the year ended 31st March, 2014 the firm earned a profit of ₹ 1,47,000.
Showing your working notes clearly, prepare profit and loss appropriation account of the firm. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Solve as Q. No. 8 on page 41.
[Interest on Capital: Jain’s Current Account = ₹ 29,400; Gupta’s Current Account = ₹ 44,100 and Singh’s Current Account = ₹ 73,500]

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 40.
Lalan and Balan were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. Their fixed capitals on 1st April, 2010 were Lalan ₹ 1,00,000 and Balan ₹ 2,00,000. They agreed to allow interest on capital @ 12% per annum and charge on drawings @ 15% per annum. The firm earned a profit, before all above adjustments, of ₹ 30,000 for the year ended 31st March, 2011. The drawings of Lalan and Balan during the year were ₹ 3,000 and ₹ 5,000 respectively. Showing your calculation clearly, prepare profit and loss appropriation account of Lalan and Balan. The interest on capital will be allowed even if the firm incurs loss. (All India 2012)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 9

Working Notes
1. Interest on drawings is to be calculated on an average basis for 6 months as the time period is not given, i.e.
Interest on Lalan’s drawings = 3,000 × \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) × \(\frac { 6 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 225
Interest on Balan’s drawings = 5,000 × \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) × \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 375

2. Interest on capital
Lalan = 1,00,000 × \(\frac { 12 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 12,000
Balan = 2,00,000 × \(\frac { 12 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 24,000

Question 41.
Arun and Arora were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3. Their fixed capitals on 1st April, 2010 were Arun ₹ 60,000 and Arora ₹ 80,000. They agreed to allow interest on capital @ 12% per annum and to charge on drawings @ 15% per annum.
The profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2011 before all the above adjustments were ₹ 12,600. The drawings made by Arun were ₹ 2,000 and by Arora ₹ 4,000 during the year.
Prepare profit and loss appropriation account of Arun and Arora. Show your calucaltions clearly. The interest on capital will be allowed even if the firm incurs loss. Delhi 2012
Answer:
Solve as Q. No. 14 on page 44.
[Net loss transferred to Arun’s current account = ₹ 2,344, Arora = ₹ 1,406]

Question 42.
Sonu and Rajat started a partnership firm on 1st April, 2017. They contributed ₹ 8,00,000 and ₹ 6,00,000 respectively as their capitals and decided to share profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2.
The partnership deed provided that Sonu was to be paid a salary of ₹ 20,000 per month and Rajat a commission of 5% on turnover. It also provided that interest on capital be allowed @ 8% p.a. Sonu withdrew ₹ 20,000 on 1st December, 2017 and Rajat withdrew ₹ 5,000 at the end of each month. Interest on drawings was charged @ 6% p.a. The net profit as per Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March, 2018 was ₹ 4,89,950. The turnover of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2018 amounted to ₹ 20,00,000. Pass necessary journal entries for the above transactions in the books of Sonu and Rajat. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 10
Working notes:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 11

Question 43.
P and Q were partners in a firm sharing profits and losses equally. Their fixed capitals were ₹ 2,00,000 and ₹ 3,00,000 respectively. The partnership deed provided for interest on capital @12% per annum. For the year ended 31st March, 2016, the profits of the firm were distributed without providing interest on capital. Pass necessary adjustment entry to rectify the error. (All India 2017)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 12

Question 44.
P and Q were partners in a firm sharing profits equally. Their fixed capitals were ₹ 1,00,000 and ₹ 50,000 respectively. The partnership deed provided for interest on capital at the rate of 10% per annum. For the year ended 31st March, 2016 the profits of the firm were distributed without providing interest on capital. Pass necessary adjustment entry to rectify the error. (Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Solve as Q. no. 1 on Page 47.
Debit Q’s Current Account and Credits P’s Current Account with ₹ 2,500.

Question 45.
A and B are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. On 31st March, 2014, the balance sheet of the firm was as follows
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 13
The profit of ₹ 80,000 for the year ended 31st March, 2014 was divided between the partners without allowing interest on capital @12% per annum and a salary to A at ₹ 1,000 per month. Dining the year A withdrew ₹ 10,000 and ₹ 20,000. Pass a single journal entry to rectify the error. (Foreign 2015)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 14
Working Note
Calculation of Opening Capital and Interest on Capital
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 15
Calculation of Adjusted Profits
Adjusted Profits = Given Profit – Salary – Interest on Capital = 80,000-12,000 – (2,640 + 960) = ₹ 64,400

Question 46.
Mukesh and Ramesh are partners sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 2 : 1 respectively. They admit Rupesh as a partner with 1/4 share in profits with a guarantee that his share of profit shall be atleast ₹ 55,000. The net profit of the firm for the year ending 31st March, 2013 was ₹ 1,60,000. Prepare profit and loss appropriation account. (All India (C) 2014)
Answer:
Profit and Loss Appropriation Account for the year ending 31st March, 2013
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 16
Working Note
Calculation of New Profit Sharing Ratio
Rupesh’s share = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)
Mukesh’s share = \(1-\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}\)
Remaining share = \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}=\frac{2}{4}\)
Ramesh’s share = \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{3}=\frac{1}{4}\)
Distributable profits = ₹ 1,60,000 to be distributed between Mukesh, Ramesh and Rupesh in 2 : 1 : 1 ratio.
Mukesh’s share = 1,60,000 x \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 }\) = ₹ 80,000;
Ramesh’s share = 1,60,000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) = ₹ 40,000;
Rupesh’s share = 1,60,000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) = ₹ 40,000;
Rupesh’s share is less than the guaranteed amount of ₹ 55,000, therefore deficiency of ₹ 15,000 (55,000 – 40,000) shall be borne by Mukesh and Ramesh in 2:1 ratio, i.e. Mukesh will give
= 15,000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) = ₹ 10,000 and Ramesh will give =15,000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) = ₹ 5,000.

Question 47.
Rajiv and Sanjeev were partners in a firm. Their partnership deed provided that the profits shall be divided as follows
First ₹ 20,000 to Rajeev and the balance in the ratio of 4 : 1. The profits for the year ended 31st March, 2017 were ₹ 60,000 which had been distributed among the partners. On 1-4-2016 their capitals were Rajeev ₹ 90,000 and Sanjeev ₹ 80,000. Interest on capital was to be provided @ 6% p.a. While preparing the profit and loss appropriation interest on capital was omitted. Pass necessary rectifying entry for the same. Show your workings clearly. (Compartment 2018)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 17
Working Note
Calculation of amount to be adjusted
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 18

Question 48.
Praveen, Sahil and Riya are partners having fixed capitals of ₹ 2,00,000, ₹ 1,60,000 and ₹ 1,20,000 respectively. They share profits in the ratio of 3 : 1 : 1. The partnership deed provided for the following which were not recorded in the books.
(i) Interest on capital @ 5% per annum.
(ii) Salary to Praveen ₹ 1,500 per month and to Riya ₹ 1,000 per month.
(ii) Transfer of profit to general reserve ₹ 10,000. Net profit for the year ended 31st March, 2015 was ₹ 1,00,000.
Pass necessary rectifying entry for the above adjustments in the books of the firm. Also show your workings clearly. (All India (C) 2016)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 19
Working Note
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 20
Interest on Capital
Praveen = 200000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 10,000, Sahil = 1,60000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 8,000, Riya = 1,20000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 6,000
Salary: Praveen (1,500 x 12) = ₹ 18,000, Riya (1,000 x 12) = ₹ 12,000
Calculation of Adjusted Profits
Adjusted Profits = Given Profit – Transfer to Reserve – Interest on Capital – Salary
= 100000 -10000 – 24000 (10,000 +8000 + 6000) – 30000 88000 + 12000) = ₹ 36000

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 49.
Ajay, Binay and Chetan were partners sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 3 : 2. The partnership deed provided for the following
(i) Salary of ₹ 2,000 per quarter to Ajay and Binay.
(ii) Chetan was entitled to a commission of ₹ 8,000.
(iii) Binay was guaranteed a profit of₹ 50,000 per annum.
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 21
Working Note
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 22

Calculation of Adjusted Profits
Adjusted Profit = Given Profit – Salary – Commission – Guarantee to Binay
= 1,50,000 – 16,000 (8,000 + 8,000) – 8,000 – 50,000
= ₹ 76000

Question 50.
Vikas and Vivek were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. On 1st April, 2014, they admitted Vandana as a new partner for 1/8th share in the profits with a guaranteed profit of ₹ 1,50,000. The new profit sharing ratio between Vivek and Vikas will remain the same but they decided to bear any deficiency on account of guarantee to Vandana in the ratio 2 : 3. The profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2015 was ₹ 9,00,000.
Prepare profit and loss appropriation account of Vikas, Vivek and Vandana for the year ended 31st March, 2015. (All India 2016)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 23
Working Note
Vandana’s share in profit = 9,00,000 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 }\) = ₹ 1,12,500
Minimum profit guaranteed to Vandana = ₹ 1,50,000
Deficiency = 37,500 (1,50,000 – 1,12,500) is to be borne by Vivek and Vikas in 2 : 3 ratio.
Deficiency to be borne by Vivek = 37, 500 x \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) = ₹ 15,000
Deficiency to be borne by Vikas = 37, 500 x \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 }\) = ₹ 22,500

Question 51.
P and Q were partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 5 : 3. On 1st April, 2014 they admitted R as a new partner for 1/8th share in the profits with a guaranteed profit of ₹ 75,000. The new profit sharing ratio between P and Q will remain the same but they agreed to bear any deficiency on account of guarantee to R in the ratio of 3 : 2. The profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2015 was ₹ 4,00,000. Prepare profit and loss appropriation account of P, Q and R for the year ended 31st March, 2015. (Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Solve as Q. no. 8 on Page 52.
Amount Transferred to Capital Accounts: P = ₹ 2,03,750; Q = ₹ 1,21,250; R = ₹ 75,000

Question 52.
Prem, Param and Priya were partners in a firm. Their fixed capitals were Prem ₹ 2,00,000; Param ₹ 3,00,000 and Priya ₹ 5,00,000. They were sharing profits in the ratio of their capitals. The firm was engaged in the sale of ready-to-eat food packets at three different locations in the city, each being managed by Prem, Param and Priya. The outlet managed by Prem was doing more business than the outlets managed by Param and Priya.

Prem requested Param and Priya for a higher share in the profits of the firm which Param and Priya accepted. It was decided that the new profit sharing ratio will be 2 : 1 : 2 and its effect will be introduced retrospectively for the last four years. The profits of the last four years were ₹ 2,00,000, ₹ 3,50,000, ₹ 4,75,000 and ₹ 5,25,000 respectively.
Showing your calculations clearly, pass a necessary adjustment entry to give effect to the new agreement between Prem, Param and Priya. (All India 2015)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 24
Working Note
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 25

Question 53.
A and B are partners in a firm sharing profit and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2. The following was the balance sheet of the firm as at 31st March, 2010.
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 26
The profits ₹ 30,000 for the year ended 31st March, 2010 were divided between the partners without allowing interest on capital @ 12% per annum and salary to A @ ₹ 1,000 per month. During the year, A withdrew ₹ 10,000 and B ₹ 20,000. Pass the necessary adjustment journal entry and show your working clearly. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Solve as Q. no. 3 given on Page 48.
Debit B’s Capital Account and Credit A’s Capital Account with ₹ 5,280.

Question 54.
A, B and C were partners in a firm. On 1st April, 2008, their fixed capitals stood at ₹ 50,000, ₹ 25,000 and ₹ 25,000 respectively.
As per the provisions of the partnership deed
(i) B was entitled for a salary of ₹ 5,000 per annum.
(ii) All the partners were entitled to interest on capital at 5% per annum.
(iii) Profits were to be shared in the ratio of capitals.
The net profit for the year ending 31st March, 2009 of ₹ 33,000 and 31st March, 2010 of ₹ 45,000 was divided equally without providing for the above terms.
Pass an adjustment journal entry to rectify the above error. (All India 2011)
Answer:
Adjusting Journal Entry
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 27
Working Notes
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 28

2. Calculation of Adjusted Profit
Adjusted Profit = Given Profit – Salary – Interest on Capital
31st March, 2009 ⇒ 33,000 – 5,000 – 5,000 (2,500 + 1,250 + 1,250) ⇒ ₹ 23,000
31st March, 2010 ⇒ 45,000 – 5,000 – 5,000 (2,500 + 1,250 + 1,250) ⇒ ₹ 35,000
Calculation of Interest on Capital
A = 50,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 2,500; B = 25,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1,250; C = 25,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1,250

Question 55.
A, B and C were partners. Their capitals were ₹ 30,000, ₹ 20,000 and ₹ 10,000 respectively. According to the partnership deed, they were entitled to interest on capital @ 5% per annum. In addition, B was also entitled to draw a salary of ₹ 500 per month. C was entitled to a commission of 5% on the profits after charging the interest on capitals but before charging the salary payable to B. The net profits for the year were ₹ 30,000 distributed in the ratio of their capitals without providing for any of the above adjustments. The profits were to be shared in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1.
Pass the necessary adjustment entry showing the working clearly. (Delhi; All India 2010)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 29
Working Notes
1. Adjustment Table
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 30

2. Calculation of Adjusted Profit
Adjusted Profit = Given Profit – Interest on Capital – Salary – Commission
= 30,000 – 3,000 (1,500 +1,000 +500) – 6,000 – 1,350 = ₹ 19,650

3. Interest on Capital
A = 30,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1,500, B = 20,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 1,000, C = 10,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 500

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 56.
On 31st March, 2018 the balance in the capital accounts of Abhir, Bobby and Vineet, after making adjustemnts for profits and drawings were ₹ 8,00,000, ₹ 6,00,000 and ₹ 4,00,000 respectively.
Subsequently, it was discovered that interest on capital and interest on drawings had been omitted. The partners were entitled to interest on capital @ 10% p.a. and were to be charged interest on drawings @ 6% p.a. The drawings during the year were Abhir ₹ 20,000 drawn at the end of each month, Bobby ₹ 50,000 drawn at the beginning of every half year and Vineet ₹ 1,00,000 withdrawn on 31st October, 2017. The net profit for the year ended 31st March, 2018 was ₹ 1,50,000. The profit sharing ratio was 2 : 2 : 1.
Pass necessary adjusting entry for the above adjustments in the books of the firm. Also, show your workings clearly. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 31
Calculation of Interest on Drawings
Calculation of Opening Capital
Abhir = 20,000 x 12 x \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x \(\frac { 5.5 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 6,600
Bobby = 50000 x 2 x [\(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x \(\frac { 9 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 4,500
Vineet = 1,00,000 x \(\frac { 6 }{ 100 }\) x \(\frac { 5 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 2,500
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 32

Question 57.
Naveen, Qadir and Bajesh were partners doing an electronic goods business in Uttarakhand. After the accounts of partnership were drawn up and closed, it was discovered that interest on capital has been allowed to partners @ 6% p.a. for the years ending 31st March, 2017 and 2018, although there is no provision for interest on capital in the partnership deed. On the other hand, Naveen and Qadir were entitled to a salary of ₹ 3,500 and ₹ 4,000 per quarter respectively, which has not been taken into consideration. Their fixed capitals were ₹ 4,00,000, ₹ 3,60,000 and ₹ 2,40,000 respectively. During the last two years they had shared the profits and losses as follows

Year Ended Ratio
31st March, 2017 3 : 2 : 1
31st March, 2018 5 : 3 : 2

Pass necessary adjusting entry for the above adjustments in the books of the firm. Also, show your workings clearly. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 33

Question 58.
Pass necessary rectifying journal entries for the following omissions committed while preparing profit and loss appropriation Account. You are also required to show your workings clearly.
(i) A, B and C were partners sharing profits and losses equally. Their fixed capitals were A ₹ 4,00,000; B ₹ 5,00,000 and C ₹ 6,00,000. The partnership deed provided that interest on partners’ capital will be allowed @10% per annum. The same was omitted.

(ii) P, Q and R were partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 2 : 2 :1. Their partnership deed provided that interest on partners’ drawings will be charged @ 18% p.a. Interest on the partners’ drawings was ₹ 1,000, ₹ 500 and ₹ 2,000 respectively. The same was omitted. (All India 2019)
Answer:
(i) Rectifying Journal
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 34

Question 59.
Jay, Vijay and Karan were partners of an architect firm sharing profits in the ratio of 2 : 2 : 1. Their partnership deed provided the following:
(i) A monthly salary of ₹ 15,000 each to Jay and Vijay.
(ii) Karan was guaranteed a profit of ₹ 5,00,000 and Jay guaranteed that he will earn an annual fee of ₹ 2,00,000. Any deficiency arising because of guarantee to Karan will be borne by Jay and Vijay in the ratio of 3 : 2.
During the year ended 31st March, 2018 Jay earned fee of ₹ 1,75,000 and the profits of the firm amounted to ₹ 15,00,000.
Showing your workings clearly prepare Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and the Capital Account of Jay, Vijay and Karan for the year ended 31st March, 2018. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 35
NOTE: In the absence of any information of capital at the beginning, it is not possible to close capital account and calculate capital at the end. Alternatively, we can calculate the balance also.

Question 60.
Moli, Bhola and Raj were partners in a firm sharing profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 3 : 4. Their partnership deed provided for the following.
(i) Interest on capital @ 5% per annum.
(ii) Interest on drawing @ 12% per annum.
(iii) Interest on partners’ loan @ 6% per annum.
(iv) Moli was allowed an annual salary of ₹ 4,000, Bhola was allowed a commission of 10% of net profit as shown by profit and loss account and Raj was guaranteed a profit of ₹ 1,50,000 after making all the adjustments as provided in the partnership agreement.
Their fixed capitals were Moli ₹ 5,00,000; Bhola ₹ 8,00,000 and Raj ₹ 4,00,000. On 1st April, 2016 Bhola extended a loan of ₹ 1,00,000 to the firm. The net profit of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2017 before interest on Bhola’s loan was ₹ 3,06,000.
Prepare profit and loss oppropriation account of Moli, Bhola and Raj for the year ended 31st March, 2017 and their current accounts assuming that Bhola withdrew ₹ 5,000 at the end of each month, Moli withdrew ₹ 10,000 at the end of each quarter and Raj withdrew ₹ 40,000 at the end of each half year. (CBSE 2018)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 36

3. Calculation of Commission Payable to Bhola
3,0, 000 x \(\frac { 10 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 30,000

4. Distributable profits = 3,00,000 + 7,500 – 85,000 – 4,000 – 30,000 = ₹ 1,88,500
Moli’s share =1,88,500 x \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 56,550; Bhola’s share = 1,88,500 x \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 56,500
Raj’s share =1,88,500 x \(\frac { 4 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 75,400; Amount guaranteed to Raj = ₹ 1,50,000
Deficiency = Guaranteed amount – Actual amount
= 1,50,000 – 75,400 = ₹ 74,600 to be borne by Moli and Bhola equally, i.e. 37,300 each.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 61.
On 31st March, 2014, the balances in the capital accounts of Eleen, Monu and Ahmad after making adjustments for profits and drawings were ₹ 1,60,000, ₹ 1,20,000 and ₹ 80,000 respectively. Subsequently, it was discovered that the interest on capital and drawings had been omitted.
(i) The profit for the year ended 31st March, 2014 was ₹ 40,000.
(it) During the year Eleen and Monu each withdrew a total sum of ₹ 24,000 in equal instalments in the beginning of each month and Ahmad withdrew a total sum of ₹ 48,000 in equal instalments at the end of each month.
(iii) The interest on drawings was to be charged @ 5% per annum and interest on capital was to be allowed @ 10% per annum.
(iv) The profit sharing ratio among the partners was 2 : 1 : 1.
Showing your working notes clearly, pass the necessary rectifying entry. (Delhi (c) 2015)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 37

Interest on Drawings
Eleen = 24,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) x \(\frac { 6.5 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 650
Monu = 24,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) × \(\frac { 6.5 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 650
Ahmad = 48000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 100 }\) × \(\frac { 5.5 }{ 12 }\) = ₹ 1.100

Calculation of Adjusted Profit:
Adjusted Profit = Given Profit – Interest on Capital + Interest on Drawings
=40,000 – 41,600 (16,400 + 13,400 + 11,800) + 2,400 (650 + 650 + 1,100) = ₹ 800

Question 62.
A, B and C were partners in a firm. On 1st April, 2012 their capitals stood as ₹ 5,00,000, ₹ 2,50,000 and ₹ 2,50,000 respectively.
As per provisions of the partnership deed
(i) C was entitled for a salary of ₹ 5,000 per month,
(ii) A was entitled for a commission of ₹ 80,000 per annum,
(iii) Partners were entitled to interest on capital @ 6% per annum.
(iv) Partners will share profits in the ratio of capitals.
Net profit for the year ended 31st March, 2013 was ₹ 3,00,000 which was distributed equally, without taking into consideration the above provisions. Showing your working clearly, pass necessary adjustment entry for the above. (Delhi (C) 2014)
Answer:
Solve as Q. no. 12 on page 54 and 55.
Debit B’s Capital Account and Credit A’s Capital Accounts with ₹ 60,000

Question 63.
Ali, Bimal and Deepak are partners in a firm. On 1st April, 2011 their capital accounts stood at ₹ 4,00,000, ₹ 3,00,000 and ₹ 2,00,000 respectively. They shared profits and losses in the ratio of 5 : 3 : 2 respectively. Partners are entitled to interest on capital @ 10% per annum and salary to Bimal and Deepak @ ₹ 2,000 per month and ₹ 3,000 per quarter respectively as per the provisions of the partnership deed.

Bimal’s share of profit (excluding interest on capital but including salary) is guaranteed at a minimum of ₹ 50,000 per annum. Any deficiency arising on that account shall be met by Deepak. The profits of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2012 amount to ₹ 2,00,000. Prepare profit and loss appropriation account for the year ended on 31st March, 2012. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 38

Working Note:
Distributable profits = 2,00,000 – 90,000 – 36,000 = ₹ 74,000 to be distributed in 5 : 3 : 2
Ali’s share = 74,000 × \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 37,000; Deepak’s share = 74,000 × \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 14,800
Bimal’s share (excluding interest on capital and salary) = 74,000 x \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 22,200
Bimal’s share (excluding interest on capital and including salary) = 22,200 + 24,000 (Salary) = ₹ 46,200
Guarantee by Deepak = ₹ 50,000
Deficiency to be borne by Deepak = 50,000 – 46,200= ₹ 3,800

Question 64.
Anwar, Biswas and Divya are partners in a firm. Their capital accounts stood at ₹ 8,00,000, ₹ 6,00,000 and ₹ 4,00,000 respectively on 1st April, 2011. They shared profits and losses in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 1 respectively. Partners are entitled to interest on capital @ 6% per annum and salary to Biswas and Divya @ ₹ 4,000 per month and ₹ 6,000 per quarter respectively as per the provisions of partnership deed.

Biswas’s share of profit (including interest on capital but excluding salary) is guaranteed at a minimum of ₹ 82,000 per annum. Any deficiency arising on that account shall be met by Divya. The profits for the year ended 31st March, 2012 amounted to ₹ 3,12,000. Prepare profit and loss appropriation account for the year ended 31st March,2012. (Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 39

Working Note
Distributable profits = 3,12,000 – 1,08,000 – 72,000 = ₹ 1,32,000 to be distributed in 3 : 2 : 1
Anwar’s share = 1,32,000 x \(\frac { 3 }{ 6 }\) = ₹ 66,000; Divya’s share = 1,32,000 × \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\) = ₹ 22,000
Biswas’s share of profit (excluding interest on capital an salary) = 1,32,000 × \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 }\) = ₹ 44,000
Biswas’s share (excluding salary and including interest on capital)
= 44,000 + 36,000 (Interest on Capital) = ₹ 80,000
Guarantee by Divya = ₹ 82,000. Therefore, deficiency of ₹ 2,000 (82,000 – 80,000) should be contributed by Divya.

Question 65.
Ahmad, Bheem and Daniel are partners in a firm. On 1st April, 2011, the balance in their capital accounts stood at ₹ 8,00,000, ₹ 6,00,000 and ₹ 4,00,000 respectively. They shared profits in the proportion of 5 : 3 : 2 respectively. Partners are entitled to interest on capital @ 5% per annum and salary to Bheem @ ₹ 3,000 per month and a commission of ₹ 12,000 to Daniel as per the provisions of the partnership deed.

Ahmad’s share of profit (excluding interest on capital) is guaranteed at not less than ₹ 25,000 per annum. Bheem’s share of profit (including interest on capital but excluding salary) is guaranteed at not less than ₹ 55,000 per annum. Any deficiency arising on that account shall be met by Daniel. The profits of the firm for the year ended 31st March, 2012 amounted to ₹ 2,16,000. Prepare ‘profit and loss appropriation account’ for the year ended 31st March, 2012. (All India 2013)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 40
Working Note:
Distributable profits = 2,16,000 – 90,000 – 36,000 -12,000 = ₹ 78,000 to be distributed in 5 : 3 : 2.
Ahmad’s share of profit = 78,000 x \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 39,000
Ahmad’s share of profit is already above the guaranteed amount, therefore no adjustment is required. I
Bheem’s share of profit (excluding interest on capital and salary) = 78,000 x \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 23,400
Bheem’s share (excluding salary and including interest on capital) = 23,400 +30,000 = ₹ 53,400 1
Guarantee by Daniel = ₹ 55,000
Therefore, deficiency of ₹ 1,600 (55,000 – 53,400) should be contributed by Daniel.
Daniel’s share =78,000 x \(\frac { 2 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 15,600

Question 66.
How does nature of business affect the value of goodwill of a firm? (All India 2019:2011)
Answer:
If the nature of the products, in which the firm deals, are in high demand, the profit of the firm will be higher and therefore the value of goodwill will increase.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 67.
How does the market situation affect the value of goodwill of a firm? (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The monopoly condition or limited competition enables the concern to earn high profits which leads to higher value of goodwill.

Question 68.
How does the factor ‘quality of product’ affect the goodwill of a firm? (Delhi: All Indio 2010)
Answer:
If the firm enjoys good reputation for its product quality, there will be higher sales and the value of its goodwill will increase.

Question 69.
How does the factor ‘efficiency of management’ affect the goodwill of a firm? (Delhi: All Indio 2010)
Answer:
When the management of a firm is capable and competent, the firm will earn higher profits therefore the ‘efficiency of management’ surely will affect or increase the goodwill.

Question 70.
How does the factor location affect the goodwill of a firm? (Delhi 2010)
Answer:
The value of business will be more, if it is located in a convenient or prominent locality.

Question 71.
The firm of P, Q and R earned ₹ 4,00,000 average profits during the last three years. The capital employed in the business was ₹ 6,00,000. Normal rate of return of the industry is 8%.
Calculate the goodwill of the firm by capitalising the super profits. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Average Profit = ₹ 4,00,000
Capital Employed = ₹ 6,00,000
Normal Rate of Return = 8%
Normal Profit = 6,00,000 x \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 48,000 100
Super Profit = Average Profit – Normal Profit
= 4,00,000 – 48P00 = ₹ 3,52,000
Goodwill = Super Profit × \(\frac { 100 }{ Normal Rate of Return }\)
= 3,52,000 × \(\frac { 100 }{ 8 }\)
= ₹ 44,00,000

Question 72.
Average profits of a firm during the last few years are ? 80,000 and the normal rate of return in a similar business is 10%. If the goodwill of the firm is ₹ 1,00,000 at 4 years’ purchase of super profit, find the capital employed by the firm. (All India 2019)
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 41
Normal Profit = Average Profit – Super Profit
= 80000 – 25000 = ₹ 55,000
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 42

Question 73.
A firm earned average profit of ₹ 3,00,000 during the last few years. The normal rate of return of the industry is 15%. The assets of the business were ₹ 17,00,000 and its liabilities were ₹ 2,00,000. Calculate the goodwill of the firm by capitalisation of average profits. (Dehli 2019)
Answer:
Average Profit = ₹ 3,00,000
Normal Rate of Return = 15%
Capitalised Value of Average Profits
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 43
= ₹ 20,00,000 …(1)
Capital Employed = Total Assets – Liabilities
= 17,00,000 – 2,00,000 = ₹ 15,00,000 …(2)
Goodwill = Capitalised Value of verage Profit – Capital employed
= 20,00,000 – 15,00,000 = ₹ 500000

Question 74.
The capital of the firm of Anuj and Benu is ₹ 10,00,000 and the market rate of interest were is 15%. Annual salary to the partner is ₹ 60,000 each. The profit for the last three years ₹ 3,00,000, ₹ 3,60,000 and ₹ 4,20,000. Goodwill of the firm is to be valued on the basis of two years purchase of last three years average super profits. Calculate the goodwill of the firm. (Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Capital Employed = ₹ 10,00,000
Normal Rate of Return = 15%
Normal Profit = 10,00,000 × 15% = ₹ 1,50,000
3 Year’s Average Profit
= \(\frac { 3,00,000 + 3,60,000 + 4,20,000 }{ 3 }\)
= ₹ 3,60,000
Average profit after partners salary
= 3,00,000 – 60,000 × 2 = ₹ 2,40,000
Super Profit = Average Profit – Normal Profit
= 2,40,000 – 1,50,000 = ₹ 90,000
Goodwill = Super Profit × No. of Year’s Purchase
= 90,000 × 2 = ₹ 1,00,000

Question 75.
State any three circumstances other than (i) death of a partner (ii) admission of a partner and (iii) retirement of a partner when need for valuation of goodwill of a firm may arise. (Delhi; All India 2016)
Answer:
The need for valuation of goodwill may arise
(i) When there is a Change in Profit Sharing Ratio In case the existing partners in the firm decide to mutually change the profit sharing ratio between them, there is a need to value the goodwill.
(ii) When the Partnership Firm is Sold as Going Concern The need for valuation of goodwill arises, in case the partnership firm is sold to some other concern on going basis.
(iii) When Two Firms Amalgamate The need for valuing also arises in case of amalgamation of two firms that is merger or acquisition of two business.

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 76.
On 1st April, 2014 a firm had assets of ₹ 1,00,000 excluding stock of ₹ 20,000. Partners’ capital accounts showed a balance of ₹ 60,000. The current liabilities were ₹ 10,000 and the balance constituted the reserve. If the normal rate of return is 8% the ‘Goodwill’ of the firm is valued at ₹ 60,000 at four years’ purchase of super profit, find the average profit of the firm. (All India (C) 2015)
Answer:
Goodwill = Super Profit × Number of Years’ Purchase
60,000 = Super profit × 4
Super profit = \(\frac { 60,000 }{ 4 }\) = ₹ 15000
Capital Employed
⇒ Total Assets – Current liabilities
⇒ (100000 + 20000) – 10000
⇒ ₹ 110000
Normal Profit = Capital Employed × Normal Rate of Return
= 110000 x \(\frac { 8 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 8,800
Super Profit = Average Profit – Normal Profit
15000 = Average profit – 8,800
Average profit = 15,000 + 8,800 = ₹ 23000

Question 77.
The average profit earned by a firm is ₹ 75,000 which includes undervaluation of stock of ₹ 5,000 on an average basis. The capital invested in the business is ₹ 7,00,000 and the normal rate of return is 7%. Calculate goodwill of the firm on the basis of 5 times the super profit. (Delhi (C) 2015)
Answer:
Average profit = 75,000 + 5,000 = ₹ 80,000
Normal Profit = Capital Employed × Normal Rate of Return
= 700000 × \(\frac { 7 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 49000
Super Profit = Average Profit – Normal Profit
= 80000 – 49000 = ₹ 31000
Goodwill = Super Profit × Number of Years Purchase
= 31000 × 5 = ₹ 1,55000

Question 78.
A business has earned average profits of ₹ 1,00,000 during the last few years and the normal rate of return in similar business is 10%. Find out the value of goodwill by
(i) Capitalisation of super profit method.
(ii) Super profit method, if the goodwill is valued at 3 years’ purchase of super profit.
The assets of the business were ? 10,00,000 and its external liabilities ₹ 1,80,000. (Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Actual average profit = ₹ 1,00,000
Normal rate of return = 10%
Total assets = ₹ 10,00,000
External liabilities = ₹ 1,80,000
Capital Employed = Total Assets – External Liabilities
= 10,00,000 – 1,80,000
= ₹ 8,20,000
Normal Profit = Capital Employed × \(\frac { Normal Rate of Return }{ 100 }\)
= 8,20,000 x \(\frac { 10 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 82,000
Super Profit = Average Profit – Normal Profit
= 100,000 – 82000 = ₹ 18,000
(i) Calculation of Goodwill by Capitalisation of Super Profit Method
Goodwill
= Super Profit × \(\frac { 100 }{ Normal Rate of Return }\)
= 18000 x \(\frac { 100 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 180000

(ii) Calculation of Goodwill by Super Profit Method
Goodwill = Super Profit × Number of Years’ Purchase
= 18000 × 3 = ₹ 54000

Question 79.
A partnership firm earned net profits during the last 3 years as follows

Year Net Profit
2007-2008 1,90,000
2008-2009 2,20,000
2010-2011 2,50,000

The capital employed in the firm throughout the above mentioned period has been ₹ 4,00,000. Having regard to the risk involved, 15% is considered to be a fair return on the capital. The remuneration of all the partners during this period is estimated to be ₹ 1,00,000 per annum.
Calculate the value of goodwill on the basis of
(i) 2 years’ purchase of super profits earned on average basis during the above mentioned 3 years and
(ii) By capitalisation method. (All india 2011)
Answer:
3 years’ total profit = 1,90000 + 220000 + 2,50000 = ₹ 6,60,000
Average profit = \(\frac { 660000 }{ 3 }\) = ₹ 2,20,000
(-) Remuneration to partners = ₹ 1,00,000
Actual average profit = ₹ 1,20,000
Capital employed = ₹ 4,00,000
Normal rate of return = 15%
Normal profit = 400000 × \(\frac { 15 }{ 100 }\) = ₹ 60,000
Super Profit = Actual Average Profit – Normal Profit
= 1,20,000 – 60,000 = ₹ 60,000
(i) Goodwill = Super Profit × Number of Years’ Purchase
= 60,000 × 2 = ₹ 1,20,000

(ii) Capitalised Value of Goodwill
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 44

Question 80.
If partnership deed is silent or has not been formulated, then partners are entitled for
(a) salary
(b) commission
(c) interest on loan
(d) profit share in capital ratio
Answer:
(c) interest on loan

Question 81.
In partnership business, partner’s liability is
(a) in proportion to profit/loss
(b) in proportion to capital
(c) limited
(d) unlimited
Answer:
(d) unlimited

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 82.
If a partner individually carries on any business of the same nature as competing with that of firm, he shall account for
(a) retire from partnership
(b) all profits made by him
(c) dissolve the firm
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) all profits made by him

Question 83.
In a partnership, manager’s commission is shown in
(a) profit and loss account
(b) profit and loss appropriation account
(c) balance sheet
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) profit and loss account

Question 84.
In a partnership, interest on partner’s capital is
(a) debited to profit and loss appropriation account
(b) credited to profit and loss appropriation acoount
(c) debited to profit and loss account
(d) credited to profit and loss account
Answer:
(a) debited to profit and loss appropriation account

Question 85.
If a partner draws a fixed amount on the first day of every month, then for what period the interest on total drawings is calculated?
(a) 5.5 months
(b) 6.5 months
(c) 6 months
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) 6 months

Question 86.
‘A’ and ‘B’ were partners in a firm. They share their profits in the ratio of 2 : 1. A’ withdraws an amount of ₹ 2,000 on 1st July, 2017. Journalise it.
(a) Profit and Loss Appropriation A/c Dr – 2,000
To A’s Capital A/c – 2,000
(b) A’s Capital A/c Dr – 2,000
To Profit and Loss A/c – 2,000
(c) A’s Drawings A/c Dr – 2,000
To Cash/Bank A/c – 2,000
(d) A’s Capital A/c Dr – 2,000
To A’s Drawings A/c – 2,000
Answer:
(c) A’s Drawings A/c Dr – 2,000
To Cash/Bank A/c – 2,000

Question 87.
Gupta and Bansal are partners in a firm, Gupta withdraw ₹ 800 per month at the beginning of every month for 6 months ending on 31st December, 2017. Bansal withdraw ₹ 800 per month at the end of every month for 6 months ending on 31st December, 2017. Calculate interest on drawings @ 15% per annum on 31st December, 2017.
(a) Gupta = ₹ 320, Bansal ₹ 280
(b) Gupta = ₹ 180, Bansal = ₹ 220
(c) Gupta = ₹ 720, Bansal = ₹ 720
(d) Gupta = ₹ 210, Bansal = ₹ 150
Answer:
(d) Gupta = ₹ 210, Bansal = ₹ 150

Question 88.
When fluctuating capital method is used, which of the following items are shown in debit side of partners’ capital account?
(a) Opening debit balance of capital account
(b) Drawings
(c) Interest on drawings
(d) All of the above
Answer:
(d) All of the above

Question 89.
‘A’ and ‘B’ were partners in a firm. They share profits in the ratio of 2 : 3. Their capital account balance as on 1st April, 2017 was ? 10,00,000 and ? 20,00,000. Additional capital introduced by them, A = ₹ 3,00,000, B = ₹ 2,00,000. Journalise it.
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 45
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 46

Question 90.
Asha and Bipasha are partners in a firm. They share profits in the ratio of 1 : 1. In this year, they suffered a loss. They maintain capital accounts under fluctuating account method. Pass journal entry to transfer the loss to the capital accounts of Asha and Bipasha.
(a) Profit and Loss Appropriation A/c Dr
To Asha’s Capital A/c
To Bipasha’s Capital A/c
(b) Asha’s Capital A/c Dr
To Bipasha’s Capital A/c
(c) Asha’s Capital A/c Dr
Bipasha’s Capital A/c Dr
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Asha’s Capital A/c Dr
Bipasha’s Capital A/c Dr

Question 91.
‘R’ and ‘S’ were partners in a firm. They share their profits and losses in 1 : 2 ratio. ‘R’ is hard working and dedicated to the affairs of the firm. As per contract or deed he is to receive ₹ 500 per month as salary. Journalise it if capital account is maintained under fixed capital method.
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 47
Answer:
Accounting for Partnership Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 Img 48

Question 92.
Pass the journal entry to record salary of partner
(a) Profit and Loss Appropriation A/c Dr
To Partners’ Capital A/c
(b) Profit and Loss A/c Dr
To Salary A/c
(c) Partner’s Capital A/c Dr
To Salary A/c
(d) Salary A/c Dr
To Profit and Loss Appropriation A/c
Answer:
(a) Profit and Loss Appropriation A/c Dr
To Partners’ Capital A/c

Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2

Question 93.
‘X’ and Y are partners in a firm sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. As per their agreement, “X’ will receive 5% per annum interest on his loan of ₹ 1,00,000 and Y will receive 2% commission on sales affected by him, which were ₹ 1,00,000. Calculate X’s share of profit when net profit as per profit and loss account is ₹ 1,00,000.
(a) ₹ 58,800
(b) ₹ 58,000
(c) ₹ 60,000
(d) ₹ 48,200
Answer:
(a) ₹ 58,800

Question94.
‘A’ and ‘B’ are partners sharing profits in the ratio of 3 : 2. Calculate interess on A/s capital if profits for the year are ₹ 15,000 and interest on capital to all partners is ₹ 20,000 each.
(a) ₹ 20,000
(b) ₹ 12,500
(c) ₹ (7,500)(loss)
(d) ₹ 7,500
Answer:
(d) ₹ 7,500

The post Accounting for Partnership: Basic Concepts Class 12 Important Questions and Answers Accountancy Chapter 2 appeared first on Learn CBSE.

Viewing all 10076 articles
Browse latest View live


<script src="https://jsc.adskeeper.com/r/s/rssing.com.1596347.js" async> </script>